texmf-dist/bibtex

git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@71 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751

48 files changed, 69430 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/aaai-named.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/aaai-named.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..629d4725341
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/aaai-named.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1283 @@
+%NAME: aaai-named.bst
+% BibTeX `aaai-named' style file for BibTeX version 0.99c, LaTeX version 2.09
+% This version was made by modifying the master file made by
+% Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU)
+
+% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+% Modifications Copyright 1988, Peter F. Patel-Schneider
+% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+% btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+% This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+
+% There are undoubtably bugs in this style.  If you make bug fixes,
+% improvements, etc.  please let me know.  My e-mail address is:
+%	pfps@spar.slb.com
+
+%   Citation format: [author-last-name, year]
+%		     [author-last-name and author-last-name, year]
+%		     [author-last-name {\em et al.}, year]
+%
+%   Reference list ordering: alphabetical by author or whatever passes
+%	for author in the absence of one.
+%
+% This BibTeX style has support for short (year only) citations.  This
+% is done by having the citations actually look like
+%         \citename{name-info, }year
+% The LaTeX style has to have the following
+%     \let\@internalcite\cite
+%     \def\cite{\def\citename##1{##1}\@internalcite}
+%     \def\shortcite{\def\citename##1{}\@internalcite}
+%     \def\@biblabel#1{\def\citename##1{##1}[#1]\hfill}
+% which makes \shortcite the macro for short citations.
+
+ENTRY
+  { address
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+    journal
+    key
+    month
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}
+  { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+	{ add.period$ write$
+	  newline$
+	  "\newblock " write$
+	}
+	{ output.state before.all =
+	    'write$
+	    { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+
+  "\bibitem[" write$
+  label write$
+  "]{" write$
+
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+    'skip$
+    { output.state before.all =
+	'skip$
+	{ after.sentence 'output.state := }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+
+    { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+
+      nameptr #1 >
+	{ namesleft #1 >
+	    { ", " * t * }
+	    { numnames #2 >
+		{ "," * }
+		'skip$
+	      if$
+	      t "others" =
+		{ " et~al." * }
+		{ " and " * t * }
+	      if$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+	{ ", editors" * }
+	{ ", editor" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+
+    { title "t" change.case$ }
+
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+	{ t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+	    { "--" *
+	      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	    }
+	    {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+		{ "-" *
+		  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+		}
+	      while$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ t #1 #1 substring$ *
+	  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+    { month empty$
+	{ "" }
+	{ "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+	  month
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { month empty$
+	'year
+	{ month " " * year * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+	{ series field.or.null }
+	{ output.state mid.sentence =
+	    { "number" }
+	    { "Number" }
+	  if$
+	  number tie.or.space.connect
+	  series empty$
+	    { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	    { " in " * series * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+	{ edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+	{ edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+	{ #1 'multiresult := }
+	{ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+	{ "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+	{ "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+  number empty$
+    'skip$
+    { "(" number * ")" * *
+      volume empty$
+	{ "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+	{ pop$ format.pages }
+	{ ":" * pages n.dashify * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+	{ "chapter" }
+	{ type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+	{ "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+	{ "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+  month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+  and and and and and
+
+  key empty$ not and
+
+    { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+    { journal empty$
+	{ "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+	  warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " key * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  editor num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " et~al." * }
+    { #2 <
+	'skip$
+	{ editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+	    { " et~al." * }
+	    { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In "
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+	{ series empty$
+	    { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+	      crossref * warning$
+	      "" *
+	    }
+	    { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+	{ booktitle empty$
+	    { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+	      crossref * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ "In " key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+      format.vol.num.pages output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  howpublished address new.block.checkb
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+      format.edition output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.pages output
+      address empty$
+	{ organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+	  organization output
+	  publisher output
+	  format.date "year" output.check
+	}
+	{ address output.nonnull
+	  format.date "year" output.check
+	  new.sentence
+	  organization output
+	  publisher output
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ organization output.nonnull
+	  address output
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	{ address new.block.checka
+	  address output
+	}
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+    { organization address new.block.checkb
+      organization output
+      address output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  title howpublished new.block.checkb
+  format.title output
+  howpublished new.block.checka
+  howpublished output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  empty.misc.check
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  editor empty$
+    { organization output }
+    { format.editors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ publisher new.sentence.checka }
+	{ organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+	  organization output
+	}
+      if$
+      publisher output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { address output.nonnull
+      format.date "year" output.check
+      new.sentence
+      editor empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ organization output }
+      if$
+      publisher output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  format.date output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+  "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+  'len :=
+  s #1 len substring$ =
+    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+    's
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { et.al.char.used }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.et.al.char.used}
+{ #0 'et.al.char.used :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.et.al.char.used}
+
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+
+  numnames #1 =
+    { s #1 "{vv }{ll}" format.name$ }
+    { numnames #2 =
+        { s #1 "{vv }{ll }and " format.name$ s #2 "{vv }{ll}" format.name$ *
+        }
+        { s #1 "{vv }{ll }\bgroup \em et al.\egroup " format.name$ }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+
+	{ cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+
+	{ key #3 text.prefix$ }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ key empty$
+
+	    { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+
+	    { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ editor format.lab.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.organization.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ organization empty$
+
+	    { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+
+	    { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ key #3 text.prefix$ }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.organization.label}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ organization empty$
+
+	    { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+
+	    { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ key #3 text.prefix$ }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.key.label
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+	'editor.key.organization.label
+	{ type$ "manual" =
+	    'author.key.organization.label
+	    'author.key.label
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  duplicate$
+
+  "\protect\citename{" swap$ * ", }" *
+  year field.or.null purify$ *
+  'label :=
+  year field.or.null purify$ *
+
+  sortify 'sort.label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  ""
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { nameptr #1 >
+	{ "   " * }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+
+      s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  ff{ }}{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+
+      nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+	{ "et al" * }
+	{ t sortify * }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+  sortify
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { key sortify }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ editor sort.format.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.organization.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { key sortify }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { key sortify }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort}
+
+{ calc.label
+  sort.label
+  "    "
+  *
+  type$ "book" =
+
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.sort
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+	'editor.organization.sort
+	{ type$ "manual" =
+	    'author.organization.sort
+	    'author.sort
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+
+  *
+
+  "    "
+  *
+  year field.or.null sortify
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT
+
+STRINGS { longest.label last.sort.label next.extra }
+
+INTEGERS { longest.label.width last.extra.num }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+  #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.sort.label :=
+  "" 'next.extra :=
+  #0 'longest.label.width :=
+  #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.sort.label sort.label =
+    { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+      last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+    }
+    { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+      "" 'extra.label :=
+      sort.label 'last.sort.label :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+    { "a" 'extra.label := }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  label extra.label * 'label :=
+  label width$ longest.label.width >
+    { label 'longest.label :=
+      label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+    }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+
+{ et.al.char.used
+    { "\newcommand{\etalchar}[1]{$^{#1}$}" write$ newline$ }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  preamble$ empty$
+
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{" "}" * write$ newline$
+
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/abstract.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/abstract.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c185c90fec1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/abstract.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1340 @@
+% BibTeX bibliography style `abstract' by David Kotz
+%    modifed from
+% BibTeX standard bibliography style `alpha'
+	% version 0.99a for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+	% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+	% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+	% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+	% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+	% btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+	% This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+	% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+
+% DFK added abstract, comment, keyword
+ENTRY
+  { abstract
+    address
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+    comment
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+    journal
+    key
+    keyword
+    month
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}
+  { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+% DFK added after.quote to signify end of something not needing period
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block after.quote}
+
+% DFk added after.quote 
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+  #4 'after.quote :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+% DFK added after.quote handling so no period is printed after quotes
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state after.quote =
+    { write$
+      newline$
+      "\newblock " write$
+    }
+  { output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+	{ add.period$ write$
+	  newline$
+	  "\newblock " write$
+	}
+	{ output.state before.all =
+	     'write$
+	     { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+	    if$
+	}
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+% DFK added, variant of output
+FUNCTION {output.quote}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { output.nonnull 
+	 after.quote 'output.state :=}
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+% DFK changed to use cite$ for the label
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+  "\bibitem[" write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "]{" write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+% DFK changed to not put period when after.quote
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ output.state after.quote =
+   'skip$
+   'add.period$
+  if$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+    'skip$
+    { output.state before.all =
+	'skip$
+	{ after.sentence 'output.state := }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+      nameptr #1 >
+	{ namesleft #1 >
+	    { ", " * t * }
+	    { numnames #2 >
+		{ "," * }
+		'skip$
+	      if$
+	      t "others" =
+		{ " et~al." * }
+		{ " and " * t * }
+	      if$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+	{ ", editors" * }
+	{ ", editor" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { title "t" change.case$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+	{ t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+	    { "--" *
+	      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	    }
+	    {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+		{ "-" *
+		  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+		}
+	      while$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ t #1 #1 substring$ *
+	  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+    { month empty$
+	{ "" }
+	{ "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+	  month
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { month empty$
+	'year
+	{ month " " * year * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+	{ series field.or.null }
+	{ output.state mid.sentence =
+	    { "number" }
+	    { "Number" }
+	  if$
+	  number tie.or.space.connect
+	  series empty$
+	    { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	    { " in " * series * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+	{ edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+	{ edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+	{ #1 'multiresult := }
+	{ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+	{ "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+	{ "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+  number empty$
+    'skip$
+    { "(" number * ")" * *
+      volume empty$
+	{ "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+	{ pop$ format.pages }
+	{ ":" * pages n.dashify * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+	{ "chapter" }
+	{ type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+	{ "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+	{ "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+  month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+  and and and and and
+  key empty$ not and
+    { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+    { journal empty$
+	{ "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+	  warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " key * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  editor num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " et~al." * }
+    { #2 <
+	'skip$
+	{ editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+	    { " et~al." * }
+	    { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In "
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+	{ series empty$
+	    { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+	      crossref * warning$
+	      "" *
+	    }
+	    { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+	{ booktitle empty$
+	    { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+	      crossref * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ "In " key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+% DFK added
+FUNCTION {format.abstract}
+{ abstract empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "\begin{quote} {\bf Abstract:} " abstract * " \end{quote}" *}
+  if$
+}
+
+% DFK added
+FUNCTION {format.keyword}
+{ keyword empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "\begin{quote} {\bf Keyword:} " keyword * " \end{quote}" *}
+  if$
+}
+
+% DFK added
+FUNCTION {format.comment}
+{ comment empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "\begin{quote} {\bf Comment:} " comment * " \end{quote}" *}
+  if$
+}
+
+% DFK added
+FUNCTION {dfk.stuff}
+{ new.block
+  format.abstract output.quote
+%  new.block
+  format.keyword output.quote
+%  new.block
+  format.comment output.quote
+}
+
+% DFK: added a call to dfk.stuff in all entry-type functions below
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+      format.vol.num.pages output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  dfk.stuff
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  dfk.stuff
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  howpublished address new.block.checkb
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  dfk.stuff
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  dfk.stuff
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+      format.edition output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  dfk.stuff
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.pages output
+      address empty$
+	{ organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+	  organization output
+	  publisher output
+	  format.date "year" output.check
+	}
+	{ address output.nonnull
+	  format.date "year" output.check
+	  new.sentence
+	  organization output
+	  publisher output
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  dfk.stuff
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ organization output.nonnull
+	  address output
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	{ address new.block.checka
+	  address output
+	}
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+    { organization address new.block.checkb
+      organization output
+      address output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  dfk.stuff
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  dfk.stuff
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  title howpublished new.block.checkb
+  format.title output
+  howpublished new.block.checka
+  howpublished output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  dfk.stuff
+  fin.entry
+  empty.misc.check
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  dfk.stuff
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  editor empty$
+    { organization output }
+    { format.editors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ publisher new.sentence.checka }
+	{ organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+	  organization output
+	}
+      if$
+      publisher output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { address output.nonnull
+      format.date "year" output.check
+      new.sentence
+      editor empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ organization output }
+      if$
+      publisher output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  dfk.stuff
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  dfk.stuff
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  format.date output
+  dfk.stuff
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+  "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+  'len :=
+  s #1 len substring$ =
+    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+    's
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { et.al.char.used }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.et.al.char.used}
+{ #0 'et.al.char.used :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.et.al.char.used}
+
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames #1 >
+    { numnames #4 >
+	{ #3 'namesleft := }
+	{ numnames 'namesleft := }
+      if$
+      #1 'nameptr :=
+      ""
+	{ namesleft #0 > }
+	{ nameptr numnames =
+	    { s nameptr "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+		{ "{\etalchar{+}}" *
+		  #1 'et.al.char.used :=
+		}
+		{ s nameptr "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$ * }
+	      if$
+	    }
+	    { s nameptr "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$ * }
+	  if$
+	  nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+	  namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+	}
+      while$
+      numnames #4 >
+	{ "{\etalchar{+}}" *
+	  #1 'et.al.char.used :=
+	}
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+    { s #1 "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$
+      duplicate$ text.length$ #2 <
+	{ pop$ s #1 "{ll}" format.name$ #3 text.prefix$ }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	{ key #3 text.prefix$ }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	    { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ editor format.lab.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.organization.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ organization empty$
+	    { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	    { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ key #3 text.prefix$ }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.organization.label}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ organization empty$
+	    { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	    { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ key #3 text.prefix$ }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.key.label
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+	'editor.key.organization.label
+	{ type$ "manual" =
+	    'author.key.organization.label
+	    'author.key.label
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  duplicate$
+  year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #2 substring$
+  *
+  'label :=
+  year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$
+  *
+  sortify 'sort.label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  ""
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { nameptr #1 >
+	{ "   " * }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+      s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  ff{ }}{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+      nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+	{ "et al" * }
+	{ t sortify * }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+  sortify
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { key sortify }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ editor sort.format.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.organization.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { key sortify }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { key sortify }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+  sort.label
+  "    "
+  *
+  type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.sort
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+	'editor.organization.sort
+	{ type$ "manual" =
+	    'author.organization.sort
+	    'author.sort
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  year field.or.null sortify
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+% DFK throw away stuff above and use cite$ for sort key
+  pop$
+  cite$
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT
+
+STRINGS { longest.label last.sort.label next.extra }
+
+INTEGERS { longest.label.width last.extra.num }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+  #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.sort.label :=
+  "" 'next.extra :=
+  #0 'longest.label.width :=
+  #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.sort.label sort.label =
+    { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+      last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+    }
+    { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+      "" 'extra.label :=
+      sort.label 'last.sort.label :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+    { "a" 'extra.label := }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  label extra.label * 'label :=
+  label width$ longest.label.width >
+    { label 'longest.label :=
+      label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+    }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ et.al.char.used
+    { "\newcommand{\etalchar}[1]{$^{#1}$}" write$ newline$ }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  preamble$ empty$
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{"  longest.label  * "}" * write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/annotate.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/annotate.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d0ec29f70ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/annotate.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1280 @@
+% BibTeX bibliography style `annotate'
+% based on alpha.
+
+ENTRY
+  { address
+    annotate
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+    journal
+    key
+    month
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}
+  { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+	{ add.period$ write$
+	  newline$
+	  "\newblock " write$
+	}
+	{ output.state before.all =
+	    'write$
+	    { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+  "\bibitem[" write$
+  label write$
+  "]{" write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+    'skip$
+    { output.state before.all =
+	'skip$
+	{ after.sentence 'output.state := }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+      nameptr #1 >
+	{ namesleft #1 >
+	    { ", " * t * }
+	    { numnames #2 >
+		{ "," * }
+		'skip$
+	      if$
+	      t "others" =
+		{ " et~al." * }
+		{ " and " * t * }
+	      if$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.annotate}
+{ annotate empty$
+	{ "" }
+	{ " \begin{quotation}\noindent "
+	  annotate
+	  * " \end{quotation} " *
+	}
+      if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+	{ ", editors" * }
+	{ ", editor" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { title "t" change.case$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+	{ t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+	    { "--" *
+	      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	    }
+	    {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+		{ "-" *
+		  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+		}
+	      while$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ t #1 #1 substring$ *
+	  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+    { month empty$
+	{ "" }
+	{ "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+	  month
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { month empty$
+	'year
+	{ month " " * year * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+	{ series field.or.null }
+	{ output.state mid.sentence =
+	    { "number" }
+	    { "Number" }
+	  if$
+	  number tie.or.space.connect
+	  series empty$
+	    { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	    { " in " * series * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+	{ edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+	{ edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+	{ #1 'multiresult := }
+	{ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+	{ "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+	{ "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+  number empty$
+    'skip$
+    { "(" number * ")" * *
+      volume empty$
+	{ "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+	{ pop$ format.pages }
+	{ ":" * pages n.dashify * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+	{ "chapter" }
+	{ type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+	{ "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+	{ "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+  month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+  and and and and and
+  key empty$ not and
+    { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+    { journal empty$
+	{ "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+	  warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " key * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  editor num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " et~al." * }
+    { #2 <
+	'skip$
+	{ editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+	    { " et~al." * }
+	    { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In "
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+	{ series empty$
+	    { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+	      crossref * warning$
+	      "" *
+	    }
+	    { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+	{ booktitle empty$
+	    { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+	      crossref * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ "In " key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+      format.vol.num.pages output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output 
+  fin.entry
+  format.annotate write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  format.annotate write$
+  newline$
+
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  howpublished address new.block.checkb
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  format.annotate write$
+  newline$
+
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  format.annotate write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+      format.edition output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  format.annotate write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.pages output
+      address empty$
+	{ organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+	  organization output
+	  publisher output
+	  format.date "year" output.check
+	}
+	{ address output.nonnull
+	  format.date "year" output.check
+	  new.sentence
+	  organization output
+	  publisher output
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  format.annotate write$  
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ organization output.nonnull
+	  address output
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	{ address new.block.checka
+	  address output
+	}
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+    { organization address new.block.checkb
+      organization output
+      address output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+
+  format.annotate write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  format.annotate write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  title howpublished new.block.checkb
+  format.title output
+  howpublished new.block.checka
+  howpublished output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  format.annotate write$
+  empty.misc.check
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  format.annotate write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  editor empty$
+    { organization output }
+    { format.editors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ publisher new.sentence.checka }
+	{ organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+	  organization output
+	}
+      if$
+      publisher output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { address output.nonnull
+      format.date "year" output.check
+      new.sentence
+      editor empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ organization output }
+      if$
+      publisher output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  format.annotate write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  format.annotate write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  format.date output
+  fin.entry
+  format.annotate write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+  "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+  'len :=
+  s #1 len substring$ =
+    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+    's
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { et.al.char.used }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.et.al.char.used}
+{ #0 'et.al.char.used :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.et.al.char.used}
+
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames #1 >
+    { numnames #4 >
+	{ #3 'namesleft := }
+	{ numnames 'namesleft := }
+      if$
+      #1 'nameptr :=
+      ""
+	{ namesleft #0 > }
+	{ nameptr numnames =
+	    { s nameptr "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+		{ "{\etalchar{+}}" *
+		  #1 'et.al.char.used :=
+		}
+		{ s nameptr "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$ * }
+	      if$
+	    }
+	    { s nameptr "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$ * }
+	  if$
+	  nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+	  namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+	}
+      while$
+      numnames #4 >
+	{ "{\etalchar{+}}" *
+	  #1 'et.al.char.used :=
+	}
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+    { s #1 "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$
+      duplicate$ text.length$ #2 <
+	{ pop$ s #1 "{ll}" format.name$ #3 text.prefix$ }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	{ key #3 text.prefix$ }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	    { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ editor format.lab.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.organization.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ organization empty$
+	    { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	    { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ key #3 text.prefix$ }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.organization.label}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ organization empty$
+	    { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	    { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ key #3 text.prefix$ }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.key.label
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+	'editor.key.organization.label
+	{ type$ "manual" =
+	    'author.key.organization.label
+	    'author.key.label
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  duplicate$
+  year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #2 substring$
+  *
+  'label :=
+  year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$
+  *
+  sortify 'sort.label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  ""
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { nameptr #1 >
+	{ "   " * }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+      s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  ff{ }}{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+      nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+	{ "et al" * }
+	{ t sortify * }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+  sortify
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { key sortify }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ editor sort.format.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.organization.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { key sortify }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { key sortify }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+  sort.label
+  "    "
+  *
+  type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.sort
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+	'editor.organization.sort
+	{ type$ "manual" =
+	    'author.organization.sort
+	    'author.sort
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  year field.or.null sortify
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT
+
+STRINGS { longest.label last.sort.label next.extra }
+
+INTEGERS { longest.label.width last.extra.num }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+  #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.sort.label :=
+  "" 'next.extra :=
+  #0 'longest.label.width :=
+  #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.sort.label sort.label =
+    { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+      last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+    }
+    { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+      "" 'extra.label :=
+      sort.label 'last.sort.label :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+    { "a" 'extra.label := }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  label extra.label * 'label :=
+  label width$ longest.label.width >
+    { label 'longest.label :=
+      label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+    }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ et.al.char.used
+    { "\newcommand{\etalchar}[1]{$^{#1}$}" write$ newline$ }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  preamble$ empty$
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{"  longest.label  * "}" * write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/annotation.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/annotation.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0cae6604c79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/annotation.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1105 @@
+% BibTeX standard bibliography style `plain'
+	% version 0.99a for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+	% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+	% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+	% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+	% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+	% btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+	% This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+	% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+
+ENTRY
+  { address
+    annote
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+    journal
+    key
+    month
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}
+  { label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+	{ add.period$ write$
+	  newline$
+	  "\newblock " write$
+	}
+	{ output.state before.all =
+	    'write$
+	    { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+  "\bibitem{" write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+  "\begin{quotation}\noindent{\sc Key:\ }" cite$ * write$
+  annote missing$
+    'skip$
+    { "\\{\sc Annotation:\ }" write$  annote  write$ }
+  if$
+  "\end{quotation}" write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+    'skip$
+    { output.state before.all =
+	'skip$
+	{ after.sentence 'output.state := }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+      nameptr #1 >
+	{ namesleft #1 >
+	    { ", " * t * }
+	    { numnames #2 >
+		{ "," * }
+		'skip$
+	      if$
+	      t "others" =
+		{ " et~al." * }
+		{ " and " * t * }
+	      if$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+	{ ", editors" * }
+	{ ", editor" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { title "t" change.case$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+	{ t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+	    { "--" *
+	      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	    }
+	    {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+		{ "-" *
+		  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+		}
+	      while$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ t #1 #1 substring$ *
+	  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+    { month empty$
+	{ "" }
+	{ "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+	  month
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { month empty$
+	'year
+	{ month " " * year * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+	{ series field.or.null }
+	{ output.state mid.sentence =
+	    { "number" }
+	    { "Number" }
+	  if$
+	  number tie.or.space.connect
+	  series empty$
+	    { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	    { " in " * series * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+	{ edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+	{ edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+	{ #1 'multiresult := }
+	{ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+	{ "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+	{ "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+  number empty$
+    'skip$
+    { "(" number * ")" * *
+      volume empty$
+	{ "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+	{ pop$ format.pages }
+	{ ":" * pages n.dashify * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+	{ "chapter" }
+	{ type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+	{ "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+	{ "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+  month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+  and and and and and
+  key empty$ not and
+    { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+    { journal empty$
+	{ "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+	  warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " key * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  editor num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " et~al." * }
+    { #2 <
+	'skip$
+	{ editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+	    { " et~al." * }
+	    { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In "
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+	{ series empty$
+	    { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+	      crossref * warning$
+	      "" *
+	    }
+	    { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+	{ booktitle empty$
+	    { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+	      crossref * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ "In " key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+      format.vol.num.pages output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  howpublished address new.block.checkb
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+      format.edition output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.pages output
+      address empty$
+	{ organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+	  organization output
+	  publisher output
+	  format.date "year" output.check
+	}
+	{ address output.nonnull
+	  format.date "year" output.check
+	  new.sentence
+	  organization output
+	  publisher output
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ organization output.nonnull
+	  address output
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	{ address new.block.checka
+	  address output
+	}
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+    { organization address new.block.checkb
+      organization output
+      address output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  title howpublished new.block.checkb
+  format.title output
+  howpublished new.block.checka
+  howpublished output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  empty.misc.check
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  editor empty$
+    { organization output }
+    { format.editors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ publisher new.sentence.checka }
+	{ organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+	  organization output
+	}
+      if$
+      publisher output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { address output.nonnull
+      format.date "year" output.check
+      new.sentence
+      editor empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ organization output }
+      if$
+      publisher output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  format.date output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+  "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+  'len :=
+  s #1 len substring$ =
+    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+    's
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  ""
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { nameptr #1 >
+	{ "   " * }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+      s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  ff{ }}{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+      nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+	{ "et al" * }
+	{ t sortify * }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+  sortify
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { key sortify }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ editor sort.format.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.organization.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { key sortify }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { key sortify }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.sort
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+	'editor.organization.sort
+	{ type$ "manual" =
+	    'author.organization.sort
+	    'author.sort
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  "    "
+  *
+  year field.or.null sortify
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT
+
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+  #1 'number.label :=
+  #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+  number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+  label width$ longest.label.width >
+    { label 'longest.label :=
+      label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+    }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{"  longest.label  * "}" * write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/apa.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/apa.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..783d423f61b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/apa.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1130 @@
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%%  @BibTeX-style-file{
+%%%     author          = "Alan Rogers",
+%%%     version         = "1.1",
+%%%     date            = "June 27, 1992",
+%%%     filename        = "apa.bst",
+%%%     address         = "Dept of Anthropology, University of Utah,
+%%%                       Salt Lake City, UT 84112",
+%%%     checksum        = "21129 1130 3156 23582",
+%%%     email           = "rogers@anthro.utah.edu",
+%%%     supported       = "no",
+%%%     docstring       = "Adapted from apalike.bst.
+%%%                        Usage: \documentstyle[astron]{...}
+%%%                          ...
+%%%                          \bibliographystyle{apa}
+%%%                          ...
+%%%                        This file incorporates features of Sake J.
+%%%                        Hogeveen's `astron.bst' into`apalike.bst'.
+%%%                        The \documentstyle command above invokes
+%%%                        Hogeveen's `astron.sty', which must be in
+%%%                        TeX's search path.
+%%%
+%%%                        The modifications implement `\cite*{}', which
+%%%                        generates references in short form.  For
+%%%                        example, `Rogers \cite*{...}' would produce
+%%%                        `Rogers (1992)'."
+%%%  }
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% BibTeX `apalike' bibliography style (24-Jan-88 version)
+% Adapted from the `alpha' style, version 0.99a; for BibTeX version 0.99a.
+% Copyright (C) 1988, all rights reserved.
+% Copying of this file is allowed, provided that if you make any changes at all
+% you name it something other than `apalike.bst'.
+% This restriction helps ensure that all copies are identical.
+% Differences between this style and `alpha' are generally heralded by a `%'.
+% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for alpha.bst.
+%
+% This style should be used with the `apalike' LaTeX style (apalike.sty).
+% \cite's come out like "(Jones, 1986)" in the text but there are no labels
+% in the bibliography, and something like "(1986)" comes out immediately
+% after the author.  Author (and editor) names appear as last name, comma,
+% initials.  A `year' field is required for every entry, and so is either
+% an author (or in some cases, an editor) field or a key field.
+%
+% Editorial note:
+% Many journals require a style like `apalike', but I strongly, strongly,
+% strongly recommend that you not use it if you have a choice---use something
+% like `plain' instead.  Mary-Claire van Leunen (A Handbook for Scholars,
+% Knopf, 1979) argues convincingly that a style like `plain' encourages better
+% writing than one like `apalike'.  Furthermore the strongest arguments for
+% using an author-date style like `apalike'---that it's "the most practical"
+% (The Chicago Manual of Style, University of Chicago Press, thirteenth
+% edition, 1982, pages 400--401)---fall flat on their face with the new
+% computer-typesetting technology.  For instance page 401 anachronistically
+% states "The chief disadvantage of [a style like `plain'] is that additions
+% or deletions cannot be made after the manuscript is typed without changing
+% numbers in both text references and list."  LaTeX sidesteps the disadvantage.
+%
+% History:
+%   15-sep-86	(SK,OP)	Original version, by Susan King and Oren Patashnik.
+%   10-nov-86	(OP)	Truncated the sort.key$ string to the correct length
+%			in bib.sort.order to eliminate error message.
+%   24-jan-88	(OP)	Updated for BibTeX version 0.99a, from alpha.bst 0.99a;
+%			apalike now sorts by author, then year, then title;
+%			THIS `apalike' VERSION DOES NOT WORK WITH BIBTEX 0.98i.
+
+ENTRY
+  { address
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+    journal
+    key
+%    month		not used in apalike
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}
+  { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+	{ add.period$ write$
+	  newline$
+	  "\newblock " write$
+	}
+	{ output.state before.all =
+	    'write$
+	    { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+%					apalike needs this function because
+%					the year has special punctuation;
+%					apalike ignores the month
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+    { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    { write$
+      " (" year * extra.label * ")" *
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+  "\bibitem[" write$
+  label write$
+  "]{" write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+    'skip$
+    { output.state before.all =
+	'skip$
+	{ after.sentence 'output.state := }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't :=   % last name first
+      nameptr #1 >
+	{ namesleft #1 >
+	    { ", " * t * }
+	    { numnames #2 >
+		{ "," * }
+		'skip$
+	      if$
+	      t "others" =
+		{ " et~al." * }
+		{ " and " * t * }
+	      if$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key}			% this function is just for apalike
+{ empty$
+    { key field.or.null }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+	{ ", editors" * }
+	{ ", editor" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { title "t" change.case$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+	{ t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+	    { "--" *
+	      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	    }
+	    {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+		{ "-" *
+		  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+		}
+	      while$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ t #1 #1 substring$ *
+	  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+	{ series field.or.null }
+	{ output.state mid.sentence =
+	    { "number" }
+	    { "Number" }
+	  if$
+	  number tie.or.space.connect
+	  series empty$
+	    { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	    { " in " * series * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+	{ edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+	{ edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+	{ #1 'multiresult := }
+	{ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+	{ "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+	{ "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+  number empty$
+    'skip$
+    { "(" number * ")" * *
+      volume empty$
+	{ "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+	{ pop$ format.pages }
+	{ ":" * pages n.dashify * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+	{ "chapter" }
+	{ type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+	{ "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+	{ "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "In"							% this is for apalike
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In "
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  "\cite{" * crossref * "}" *				% this is for apalike
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "In"							% this is for apalike
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+      format.vol.num.pages output
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check				% special for apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check				% special for apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+      format.edition output
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.pages output
+      address output					% for apalike
+      new.sentence					% there's no year
+      organization output				% here so things
+      publisher output					% are simpler
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  organization address new.block.checkb
+  organization output
+  address output
+  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title output
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.editors output
+  editor format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address output				% for apalike
+  new.sentence					% we always output
+  organization output				% a nonempty organization
+  publisher output				% here
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+  "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+  'len :=
+  s #1 len substring$ =
+    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+    's
+  if$
+}
+
+%			There are three apalike cases: one person (Jones),
+%			two (Jones and de~Bruijn), and more (Jones et~al.).
+%			This function is much like format.crossref.editors.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+  s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  s num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " et~al." * }
+    { #2 <
+	'skip$
+	{ s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+	    { " et~al." * }
+	    { " and " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	'key					% apalike uses the whole key
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	    'key				% apalike uses the whole key
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ editor format.lab.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	'key			% apalike uses the whole key, no organization
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}      % this function came from ASTRON.BST (ARR)
+{ type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.key.label
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+        'editor.key.label                       % apalike ignores organization
+        'author.key.label                       % for labeling and sorting
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  "\protect\astroncite{" swap$ * "}{"                   % these three lines are
+  *                                                     % for apalike, which
+  year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$          % uses all four digits
+  *                       % the mathing closing "}" comes in at the reverse.pass
+  'label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  ""
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { nameptr #1 >
+	{ "   " * }
+	'skip$
+      if$						% apalike uses initials
+      s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  f{ }}{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here
+      nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+	{ "et al" * }
+	{ t sortify * }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+  sortify
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { key sortify }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ editor sort.format.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+%			apalike uses two sorting passes; the first one sets the
+%			labels so that the `a's, `b's, etc. can be computed;
+%			the second pass puts the references in "correct" order.
+%			The presort function is for the first pass. It computes
+%			label, sort.label, and title, and then concatenates.
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+  label sortify
+  "    "
+  *
+  type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.sort
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+	'editor.sort
+	'author.sort
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$	% for
+  'sort.label :=		% apalike
+  sort.label			% style
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT		% by label, sort.label, title---for final label calculation
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra }	% apalike labels are only for the text;
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num }		% there are none in the bibliography
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}	% and hence there is no `longest.label'
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+  "" 'next.extra :=
+  #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.label label =
+    { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+      last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+    }
+    { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+      "" 'extra.label :=
+      label 'last.label :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}       % this function came from ASTRON.BST (ARR)
+{ next.extra "b" =
+    { "a" 'extra.label := }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  label extra.label * "}" * 'label :=
+  extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+%				Now that the label is right we sort for real,
+%				on sort.label then year then title.  This is
+%				for the second sorting pass.
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+{ sort.label
+  "    "
+  *
+  year field.or.null sortify
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+
+SORT		% by sort.label, year, title---giving final bibliography order
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$				% no \etalchar in apalike
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$		% no labels in apalike
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/apalike2.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/apalike2.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8109d80d24e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/apalike2.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1273 @@
+% BibTeX `apalike' bibliography style (24-Jan-88 version)
+% Adapted from the `alpha' style, version 0.99a; for BibTeX version 0.99a.
+% Copyright (C) 1988, all rights reserved.
+% Copying of this file is allowed, provided that if you make any changes at all
+% you name it something other than `apalike.bst'.
+% This restriction helps ensure that all copies are identical.
+% Differences between this style and `alpha' are generally heralded by a `%'.
+% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for alpha.bst.
+%
+% This style should be used with the `apalike' LaTeX style (apalike.sty).
+% \cite's come out like "(Jones, 1986)" in the text but there are no labels
+% in the bibliography, and something like "(1986)" comes out immediately
+% after the author.  Author (and editor) names appear as last name, comma,
+% initials.  A `year' field is required for every entry, and so is either
+% an author (or in some cases, an editor) field or a key field.
+%
+% Editorial note:
+% Many journals require a style like `apalike', but I strongly, strongly,
+% strongly recommend that you not use it if you have a choice---use something
+% like `plain' instead.  Mary-Claire van Leunen (A Handbook for Scholars,
+% Knopf, 1979) argues convincingly that a style like `plain' encourages better
+% writing than one like `apalike'.  Furthermore the strongest arguments for
+% using an author-date style like `apalike'---that it's "the most practical"
+% (The Chicago Manual of Style, University of Chicago Press, thirteenth
+% edition, 1982, pages 400--401)---fall flat on their face with the new
+% computer-typesetting technology.  For instance page 401 anachronistically
+% states "The chief disadvantage of [a style like `plain'] is that additions
+% or deletions cannot be made after the manuscript is typed without changing
+% numbers in both text references and list."  LaTeX sidesteps the disadvantage.
+%
+% History:
+%   15-sep-86	(SK,OP)	Original version, by Susan King and Oren Patashnik.
+%   10-nov-86	(OP)	Truncated the sort.key$ string to the correct length
+%			in bib.sort.order to eliminate error message.
+%   24-jan-88	(OP)	Updated for BibTeX version 0.99a, from alpha.bst 0.99a;
+%			apalike now sorts by author, then year, then title;
+%			THIS `apalike' VERSION DOES NOT WORK WITH BIBTEX 0.98i.
+% Local modifications 10/89 -- Brian Reiser
+
+ENTRY
+  { address
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+    journal
+    key
+%    month		not used in apalike
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}
+  { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+	{ add.period$ write$
+	  newline$
+	  "\newblock " write$
+	}
+	{ output.state before.all =
+	    'write$
+	    { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {eho.special.output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { "  " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+	{ % add.period$ write$
+	  ": " write$
+	  newline$
+	  "\newblock " write$
+	}
+	{ output.state before.all =
+	    'write$
+	    { % add.period$ " " * write$ 
+	      ": " * write$
+            }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {eho.special.output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'eho.special.output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+%% Added by Eric Ho <eho@word> on Wed Jan 10 20:13:56 1990 
+%% A special patch for output.nonnull in book environment.
+
+FUNCTION {eho.output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ": " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+	{ add.period$ write$
+	  newline$
+	  "\newblock " write$
+	}
+	{ output.state before.all =
+	    'write$
+	    { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+%% Added by Eric Ho <eho@word> on Wed Jan 10 20:13:56 1990 
+%% A special patch for output in book environment.
+
+FUNCTION {eho.output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'eho.output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+%% Added by Eric Ho <eho@word> on Wed Jan 10 20:13:56 1990 
+%% A special patch for output.check in book environment.
+
+FUNCTION {eho.output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'eho.output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+%					apalike needs this function because
+%					the year has special punctuation;
+%					apalike ignores the month
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+    { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    { write$
+      " (" year * extra.label * ")" *
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+  "\bibitem[" write$
+  label write$
+  "]{" write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+    'skip$
+    { output.state before.all =
+	'skip$
+	{ after.sentence 'output.state := }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't :=   % last name first
+      nameptr #1 >
+	{ namesleft #1 >
+	    { ", " * t * }
+	    { numnames #2 >
+		{ "," * }
+		'skip$
+	      if$
+	      t "others" =
+		{ " et~al." * }
+		{ " \& " * t * }    % changed from " and " for names -- BJR 10/5/89
+	      if$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+%% Added by Fri Jan 12 19:03:22 1990 on Fri Jan 12 19:03:27 1990 
+%% Mainly to make sure that editors have initials before last names.
+
+FUNCTION {eho.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{f.} {vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=  %% initials first.
+      nameptr #1 >
+	{ namesleft #1 >
+	    { ", " * t * }
+	    { numnames #2 >
+		{ "," * }
+		'skip$
+	      if$
+	      t "others" =
+		{ " et~al." * }
+		{ " \& " * t * }    % changed from " and " for names -- BJR 10/5/89
+	      if$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key}			% this function is just for apalike
+{ empty$
+    { key field.or.null }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+	{ ", Eds." * }    % changed from ", editors" -- BJR 10/5/89
+	{ ", Ed." * }     % changed from ", editor" -- BJR 10/5/89
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+%% Added by Eric Ho <eho@word> Fri Jan 12 19:11:12 1990 
+%% Mainly to call eho.format.names instead of format.names and
+%% to make Eds or Ed to be surrounded by pararentheses instead of preceeded by
+%% a comma.
+
+FUNCTION {eho.format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor eho.format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+	{ " (Eds.)" * }    % changed from ", editors" -- BJR 10/5/89
+	{ " (Ed.)" * }     % changed from ", editor" -- BJR 10/5/89
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { title "t" change.case$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+	{ t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+	    { "--" *
+	      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	    }
+	    {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+		{ "-" *
+		  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+		}
+	      while$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ t #1 #1 substring$ *
+	  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+	{ series field.or.null }
+	{ output.state mid.sentence =
+	    { "number" }
+	    { "Number" }
+	  if$
+	  number tie.or.space.connect
+	  series empty$
+	    { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	    { " in " * series * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+	{ edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+	{ edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+	{ #1 'multiresult := }
+	{ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+%	{ "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+%	{ "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+	{ "(pp.\" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+	{ "(pp.\" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+      ")." *
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+  number empty$
+    'skip$
+    { "(" number * ")" * *
+      volume empty$
+	{ "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+	{ pop$ format.pages }
+	{ ", " * pages n.dashify * }    % changed from ":" for vol,pgs -- BJR 10/5/89
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+	{ "chapter" }
+	{ type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+	{ "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+	{ "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+%% Added by Eric Ho <eho@word> Fri Jan 12 19:17:37 1990 
+%% Primarily to call eho.format.editors instead of format.editors.
+
+FUNCTION {eho.format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+	{ "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+	{ "In " eho.format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "In"							% this is for apalike
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In "
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  "\cite{" * crossref * "}" *				% this is for apalike
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "In"							% this is for apalike
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+      format.vol.num.pages output
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+%% Modified by Eric Ho <eho@word> on Wed Jan 10 20:30:11 1990 
+%% Making it to call eho.output.check instead of output.check and eho.output
+%% instead of output.
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check				% special for apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+%      publisher "publisher" output.check
+%      address output
+% switched order of publisher and address for book -- BJR 10/5/89
+      address eho.output	% Using eho.output instead of output.
+      publisher "publisher" eho.output.check	% Using eho.output.check
+      						% instead of output.check.
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+%% Modified by Eric Ho <eho@word> on Wed Jan 10 20:27:26 1990 
+%% Making it to call eho.output.check instead of output.check and eho.output
+%% instead of output.
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check				% special for apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" eho.output.check	% Using eho.output.check instead
+						% of output.check.
+      address eho.output	% Using eho.output instead of output.
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+%% Modified by Eric Ho <eho@word> on Wed Jan 10 20:27:26 1990 
+%% Making it to call eho.output.check instead of output.check and eho.output
+%% instead of output.  Also modified by Eric Ho <eho@word> on Fri Jan 12
+%% 19:21:59 1990 so as to call eho.format.in.ed.booktitle instead of the old
+%% format.in.ed.booktitle. 
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { eho.format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+	% The above line is changed by Eric Ho <eho@word> on Fri Jan 12
+	% 19:20:28 1990 so that it'll call eho.format.in.ed.booktitle instead
+	% of format.in.ed.booktitle.
+
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages eho.special.output
+      new.sentence
+%      publisher "publisher" output.check
+%      address output
+% switched order of publisher and address for incollection -- BJR 1/3/90
+      address eho.output	% Use eho.output instead of output.
+      publisher "publisher" eho.output.check	% Use eho.output.check instead
+						% of output.check.
+      format.edition output
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { % format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      eho.format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.pages eho.special.output
+      address eho.special.output			% for apalike
+      new.sentence					% there's no year
+      organization eho.special.output			% here so things
+      publisher eho.special.output			% are simpler
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  organization address new.block.checkb
+  organization output
+  address output
+  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title output
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.editors output
+  editor format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address output				% for apalike
+  new.sentence					% we always output
+  organization output				% a nonempty organization
+  publisher output				% here
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+%  format.title "title" output.check
+  format.btitle "title" output.check            % change to ital title -- BJR
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+  "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+  'len :=
+  s #1 len substring$ =
+    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+    's
+  if$
+}
+
+%			There are three apalike cases: one person (Jones),
+%			two (Jones and de~Bruijn), and more (Jones et~al.).
+%			This function is much like format.crossref.editors.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+  s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  s num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " et~al." * }
+    { #2 <
+	'skip$
+	{ s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+	    { " et~al." * }
+	    { " \& " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } % " and " --  BJR 10/5/89
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	'key					% apalike uses the whole key
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	    'key				% apalike uses the whole key
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ editor format.lab.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	'key			% apalike uses the whole key, no organization
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.key.label
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+	'editor.key.label			% apalike ignores organization
+	'author.key.label			% for labeling and sorting
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  ", "							% these three lines are
+  *							% for apalike, which
+  year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$		% uses all four digits
+  *
+  'label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  ""
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { nameptr #1 >
+	{ "   " * }
+	'skip$
+      if$						% apalike uses initials
+      s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  f{ }}{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here
+      nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+	{ "et al" * }
+	{ t sortify * }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+  sortify
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { key sortify }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ editor sort.format.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+%			apalike uses two sorting passes; the first one sets the
+%			labels so that the `a's, `b's, etc. can be computed;
+%			the second pass puts the references in "correct" order.
+%			The presort function is for the first pass. It computes
+%			label, sort.label, and title, and then concatenates.
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+  label sortify
+  "    "
+  *
+  type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.sort
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+	'editor.sort
+	'author.sort
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$	% for
+  'sort.label :=		% apalike
+  sort.label			% style
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT		% by label, sort.label, title---for final label calculation
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra }	% apalike labels are only for the text;
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num }		% there are none in the bibliography
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}	% and hence there is no `longest.label'
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+  "" 'next.extra :=
+  #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.label label =
+    { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+      last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+    }
+    { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+      "" 'extra.label :=
+      label 'last.label :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+    { "a" 'extra.label := }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  label extra.label * 'label :=
+  extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+%				Now that the label is right we sort for real,
+%				on sort.label then year then title.  This is
+%				for the second sorting pass.
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+{ sort.label
+  "    "
+  *
+  year field.or.null sortify
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+
+SORT		% by sort.label, year, title---giving final bibliography order
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$				% no \etalchar in apalike
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$		% no labels in apalike
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/astron.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/astron.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b8b6e881720
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/astron.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1175 @@
+% Copyright (C) 1990 Sake J. Hogeveen.
+
+% This is ASTRON.BST, a BibTeX style for use with BibTeX version 0.99c.
+% ASTRON.BST has to be used in conjunction with the LaTeX style ASTRON.STY.
+% The use of both styles is documented in ASTDOC.TEX.
+
+% ASTRON.BST is an adaptation of APALIKE.BST by Oren Patashnik and Suzan King.
+
+% This style produces citations in the `author-year' format, which is widely
+% used among astronomical journals.
+% It supports two forms of citation: the \cite command produces:  (Author, year)
+% in the text; the \cite* command only:  (year) .
+
+% The long an short citation trickery is adapted from NAMED.BST by
+% Peter F. Patel-Schneider.
+
+% Copyright Notice:
+% The files ASTRON.BST, ASTRON.STY, ASTDOC.TEX, ASTDOC.BIB, EXAMPLE.TEX,
+% EXAMPLE.BIB, MNEMONIC.BIB, and TEMPLATE.BIB are a package.
+% You may copy and distribute them freely for non-commercial purposes,
+% provided that you keep the package together and this copyright notice
+% in tact.
+% You may not alter or modify the files; this helps to ensure that all
+% distributions of ASTRON.BST and related files are the same.
+% If you make any modifications, then you must give the files new names,
+% other than the present.
+% The author bears no responsibilities for errors in this document or
+% the software it describes; and shall not be held liable for any indirect,
+% incidental, or consequential damages.
+
+ENTRY
+  { address
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+    journal
+    key
+%    month              not used in apalike
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}
+  { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+        { ", " *  write$
+          newline$
+          "\newblock " write$
+        }
+        { output.state before.all =
+            'write$
+            { ", " * write$ }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull.extra}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { " " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+        { ", " *  write$
+          newline$
+          "\newblock " write$
+        }
+        { output.state before.all =
+            'write$
+            { ", " * write$ }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.extra}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull.extra
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check.extra}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull.extra
+  if$
+}
+
+%                                       apalike needs this function because
+%                                       the year has special punctuation;
+%                                       apalike ignores the month
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+    { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    { write$
+      ": " year * extra.label *
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+  "\bibitem[" write$
+  label write$
+  "]{" write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+    'skip$
+    { output.state before.all =
+        'skip$
+        { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {boldface}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't :=   % last name first
+      nameptr #1 >
+        { namesleft #1 >
+            { ", " * t * }
+            { numnames #2 >
+                { "," * }
+                'skip$
+              if$
+              t "others" =
+                { " et~al." * }
+                { " and " * t * }
+              if$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.ed.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{f. }{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+      nameptr #1 >
+        { namesleft #1 >
+            { ", " * t * }
+            { numnames #2 >
+                { "," * }
+                'skip$
+              if$
+              t "others" =
+                { " et~al." * }
+                { " and " * t * }
+              if$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key}                   % this function is just for apalike
+{ empty$
+    { key field.or.null }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+        { " (eds.)" * }
+        { " (ed.)" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors.extra}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.ed.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+        { " (eds.)" * }
+        { " (ed.)" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { title "t" change.case$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+        { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+            { "--" *
+              t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+            }
+            {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+                { "-" *
+                  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+                }
+              while$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+          t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {first.page.number}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t "" =
+        { #0 }
+        { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = not }
+      if$
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "Vol." volume tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+        'skip$
+        { " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+        { series field.or.null }
+        { output.state mid.sentence =
+            { "No." }
+            { "No." }
+          if$
+          number tie.or.space.connect
+          series empty$
+            { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+            { " in " * series * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+        { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+        { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+        { #1 'multiresult := }
+        { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+	{ "pp" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+	{ "p." pages tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.page}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "p.~" pages first.page.number * }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+  number empty$
+    'skip$
+    { "(" number * ")" * *
+      volume empty$
+        { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+        { pop$ format.pages }
+        { boldface ", " * pages n.dashify * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.page}
+{ volume field.or.null
+  number empty$
+    'skip$
+    { "(" number * ")" * *
+      volume empty$
+        { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+        { pop$ format.pages }
+        { boldface ", " * pages first.page.number * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+        { "Chapt." }
+        { type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+        'skip$
+        { ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+        { "in " booktitle emphasize * }
+	{ "in " format.editors.extra * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "in"                                                  % this is for apalike
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "in "
+    }
+    { "Vol." volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  "\cite{" * crossref * "}" *                           % this is for apalike
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "in"                                                  % this is for apalike
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output                              % special for
+  output.year.check                                     % apalike
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal emphasize "journal" output.check.extra
+      format.vol.num.page output.extra
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.page output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check                             % special for apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output                              % special for
+  output.year.check                                     % apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check                             % special for apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output                              % special for
+  output.year.check                                     % apalike
+  new.block
+%  format.title "title" output.check
+%  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+      format.edition output
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output                              % special for
+  output.year.check                                     % apalike
+  new.block
+%  format.title "title" output.check
+%  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.pages output
+      new.sentence                                      % there's no year
+      organization output                               % here so things
+      publisher output                                  % are simpler
+      address output                                    % for apalike
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output                              % special for
+  output.year.check                                     % apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  organization address new.block.checkb
+  organization output
+  address output
+  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output                              % special for
+  output.year.check                                     % apalike
+  new.block
+%  format.title "title" output.check
+%  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" emphasize format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output                              % special for
+  output.year.check                                     % apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle output
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output                              % special for
+  output.year.check                                     % apalike
+  new.block
+%  format.btitle "title" output.check
+%  new.block
+  "Ph.D. thesis" emphasize format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.editors output
+  editor format.key output                              % special for
+  output.year.check                                     % apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address output                                % for apalike
+  new.sentence                                  % we always output
+  organization output                           % a nonempty organization
+  publisher output                              % here
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output                              % special for
+  output.year.check                                     % apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output                              % special for
+  output.year.check                                     % apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr,"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"Sept."}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+  "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+  'len :=
+  s #1 len substring$ =
+    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+    's
+  if$
+}
+
+%                       There are three apalike cases: one person (Jones),
+%                       two (Jones and de~Bruijn), and more (Jones et~al.).
+%                       This function is much like format.crossref.editors.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+  s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  s num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " et~al." * }
+    { #2 <
+        'skip$
+        { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+            { " et~al." * }
+            { " and " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+        'key                                    % apalike uses the whole key
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+            'key                                % apalike uses the whole key
+          if$
+        }
+        { editor format.lab.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+        'key                    % apalike uses the whole key, no organization
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.key.label
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+        'editor.key.label                       % apalike ignores organization
+        'author.key.label                       % for labeling and sorting
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  "\protect\astroncite{" swap$ * "}{"                   % these three lines are
+  *                                                     % for apalike, which
+  year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$          % uses all four digits
+  *                       % the mathing closing "}" comes in at the reverse.pass
+  'label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  ""
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { nameptr #1 >
+        { "   " * }
+        'skip$
+      if$                                               % apalike uses initials
+      s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  f{ }}{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here
+      nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+        { "et al" * }
+        { t sortify * }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+  sortify
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+          ""
+        }
+        { key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { key sortify }
+          if$
+        }
+        { editor sort.format.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+          ""
+        }
+        { key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+%                       apalike uses two sorting passes; the first one sets the
+%                       labels so that the `a's, `b's, etc. can be computed;
+%                       the second pass puts the references in "correct" order.
+%                       The presort function is for the first pass. It computes
+%                       label, sort.label, and title, and then concatenates.
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+  label sortify
+  "    "
+  *
+  type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.sort
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+        'editor.sort
+        'author.sort
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$      % for
+  'sort.label :=                % apalike
+  sort.label                    % style
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT            % by label, sort.label, title---for final label calculation
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra }       % apalike labels are only for the text;
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num }             % there are none in the bibliography
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} % and hence there is no `longest.label'
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+  "" 'next.extra :=
+  #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.label label =
+    { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+      last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+    }
+    { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+      "" 'extra.label :=
+      label 'last.label :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+    { "a" 'extra.label := }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  label extra.label * "}" * 'label :=
+  extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+%                               Now that the label is right we sort for real,
+%                               on sort.label then year then title.  This is
+%                               for the second sorting pass.
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+{ sort.label
+  "    "
+  *
+  year field.or.null sortify
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+
+SORT            % by sort.label, year, title---giving final bibliography order
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$                              % no \etalchar in apalike
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$           % no labels in apalike
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate1.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate1.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8942b0f6e4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate1.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1309 @@
+%  This BibTeX 0.99 style file is intended for documents that use the
+%  author-date citation system.  It should be used in conjunction with the
+%  authordate1-4.sty (or equivalent) LaTeX style-option.
+%
+%  In deciding on the bibliography layout to be implemented, the following
+%  works have been consulted:
+%  1. British Standard 5605:  "Citing publications by bibliographic
+%         references", 1978.
+%  2. British Standard 1629:  "Bibliographic references", 1976.
+%     (Note:  There is now a 1989 edition.)
+%  3. "Copy-editing" by Judith Butcher, Cambridge University Press, 1981.
+%  4. "The Oxford Dictionary for Writers and Editors", Oxford University
+%         Press, 1981 (for abbreviations).
+%  5. "The Chicago Manual of Style", Chicago University Press, 1982.
+%
+%  Discretion has been used in certain matters.  In particular:
+%  - Titles are italic except when there is a "contribution title" and
+%    a "main publication title", in which case the "contribution title"
+%    is roman while the "main publication title" is italic.
+%  - When there is a PUBLISHER, it is assumed that ADDRESS contains "place of
+%    publication";  output is of the form "place-of-publication: publisher".
+%    When there is an ORGANIZATION as well as a PUBLISHER, output is of the
+%    form "place-of-publication: publisher, for organization".  Otherwise,
+%    it is assumed that ADDRESS is a postal address, and output is of the
+%    form "institution, address", "organization, address", "school, address"
+%    or "howpublished, address".
+%  - If there is a MONTH but no VOLUME or NUMBER for a journal-article, the
+%    MONTH is used on the assumption that it contains information that is
+%    equivalent to VOLUME or NUMBER.  MONTH is ignored for other documents
+%    that have a PUBLISHER, but output after YEAR for anything else.
+%  - When CHAPTER and/or PAGES are specified with INBOOK, it is assumed that
+%    these fields are being used to pick out particular pages of interest
+%    (as an alternative to using the optional [...] argument of \cite);
+%    the information is put at the very end of the entry, in line with BS 1629.
+%    When CHAPTER and/or PAGES are specified for INCOLLECTION or INPROCEEDINGS,
+%    it is assumed that the fields are being used to specify the location of
+%    the part/article of interest; the information is put before the
+%    BOOKTITLE, in line with Chicago's treatment of "parts" and "chapters".
+%  - Since "volume" can be used in various ways (see page 219 of Butcher),
+%    this file assumes that, when there is a SERIES, any VOLUME and NUMBER
+%    refer to position in the SERIES (i.e. Butcher's meaning 4).
+%    If there is a VOLUME but no SERIES, it is assumed that VOLUME refers
+%    to a volume within a particular work (i.e. Butcher's meaning 1, 2 or 3).
+%    For INPROCEEDINGS and INCOLLECTION, this information goes after the
+%    BOOKTITLE.  (If you prefer to have volume information before EDITOR,
+%    as on page 449 of Chicago, you can set TYPE = "Vol." with INCOLLECTION.)
+%
+%  This file differs from authordate2.bst, authordate3.bst and authordate4.bst
+%  in that:
+%  - The titles of articles, journals and books are left in whatever
+%    combination of upper-case and lower-case appears in the .bib file.
+%  - Author's and editor's names are in roman.
+%
+%  The combination of authordate1.bst and authordate1-4.sty allows citations
+%  of the form \shortcite{bloggs-60} as well as the usual \cite{bloggs-60}.
+%  When
+%       ... \cite{bloggs-60} ... \shortcite{bloggs-60} ...
+%  appears in the input file,
+%       ... (Bloggs, 1960) ... (1960) ...
+%  appears in the final document.
+%
+%  This file was developed from apalike.bst.  It also uses code taken from
+%  acm.bst, aaai-named.bst, btxbst.doc, ieeetr.bst and siam.bst.
+%
+%                                                     David Rhead
+%                                                     Cripps Computing Centre
+%                                                     Nottingham University
+%                                                     March 1990
+%
+
+ENTRY
+  { address
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+    journal
+    key
+    month
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}
+  { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+	{ add.period$ write$
+	  newline$
+	  "\newblock " write$
+	}
+	{ output.state before.all =
+	    'write$
+	    { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.year.month.check}
+{ year empty$
+    { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    { add.period$ write$
+      month empty$
+        { " " year * extra.label * "." *
+          after.sentence 'output.state :=
+        }
+        { " " year * extra.label * " (" * month * ")." *
+          after.sentence 'output.state :=
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+    { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    { add.period$ write$
+      " " year * extra.label * "." *
+      after.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+  "\bibitem[" write$
+  label write$
+  "]{" write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+    'skip$
+    { output.state before.all =
+        'skip$
+        { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {boldface}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, ff}" format.name$ 't :=
+      nameptr #1 >
+        { namesleft #1 >
+            { ", " * t * }
+            { t "others" =
+                { ", {\em et~al.\ }\relax" * }
+                { ", \& " * t * }                           %  Butcher, pages
+              if$                                           %  186-189.
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key}
+{ empty$
+    { key field.or.null }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >                                %  Use ODWE abbrevs.
+        { " (eds)" * }                                      %  to avoid
+        { " (ed)" * }                                       %  ambiguity between
+      if$                                                   %  "editor" and
+    }                                                       %  "edition".
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}                                     %  Nothing needs
+{ title empty$                                              %  doing here in
+    { "" }                                                  %  authordate1.bst
+    { title }                                               %  or
+  if$                                                       %  authordate3.bst.
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+        { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+            { "--" *
+              t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+            }
+            {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+               { "-" *
+                 t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+               }
+              while$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+          t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+        }
+        if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title empty$
+   { "" }                                                   %  Don't change case
+   { title emphasize }                                      %  in
+   if$                                                      %  authordate1.bst
+}                                                           %  or
+                                                            %  authordate3.bst.
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+        { #1 'multiresult := }
+        { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.numberinseries}
+{ number empty$
+    { "" }
+    { number multi.page.check
+        { ", nos. " number n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+        { ", no. "  number tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklike.series.volume.number}                    %  Chicago, pages
+{ series empty$                                             %  450-451.
+    { volume empty$
+      { " " }
+      { " Vol. " volume * }
+      if$
+    }
+    {
+      volume empty$
+        { number empty$
+            { series }
+            { series format.numberinseries * }
+          if$
+        }
+        { number empty$
+            { series ", vol. " volume * * }
+            { series ", vol. " * volume * format.numberinseries * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollectionlike.series.volume.number}
+{ series empty$
+    { volume empty$
+      { " " }
+      { " vol. " volume * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { new.block
+      volume empty$
+        { number empty$
+            { series }
+            { series format.numberinseries * }
+          if$
+        }
+        { number empty$
+            { series ", vol. " volume * * }
+            { series ", vol. " * volume * format.numberinseries * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+        { edition "l" change.case$ " edn." * }
+        { edition "t" change.case$ " edn." * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+        { "" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+        { "" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pagesinbook}                               %  By the time the
+{ pages empty$                                              %  reader has read
+    { "" }                                                  %  address, pub'r,
+    { pages multi.page.check                                %  note (where the
+        { "Pages " pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }   %  note may end with
+        { "Page " pages tie.or.space.connect }              %  numbers), s/he
+      if$                                                   %  may not recognise
+    }                                                       %  a number-range as
+  if$                                                       %  meaning pages.
+}                                                           %  Avoid ambiguity
+                                                            %  (Butcher, p.181).
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.date.pages}
+{ volume empty$
+   { month empty$
+       { "" }
+       { month }
+     if$
+   }
+    { volume boldface field.or.null
+        number empty$
+        { month empty$
+            'skip$
+            { "(" month * ")" *  * }
+          if$
+        }
+        { "(" number * ")" *  *
+            volume empty$
+            { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+            'skip$
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+        { pop$ format.pages }
+        { ", " * pages n.dashify * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages.inbook}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pagesinbook
+    { type empty$
+        { "Chap." }
+        { type }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+        'skip$
+        { ", " * format.pagesinbook "l" change.case$ * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages.incoll}
+{ chapter empty$
+    { pages empty$
+        { "{\em In:} " }
+        { "{\em " format.pagesinbook " of:} " * * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { type empty$
+        { "{\em Chap. " chapter * }
+        { "{\em " type * " " * chapter * }
+      if$
+      pages empty$
+        { " of:} " * }
+        { ", " * format.pagesinbook "l" change.case$ " of:} " * * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}                           %  Achieves effect
+{ booktitle empty$                                          %  shown in 16.51
+    { "" }                                                  %  of Chicago, at
+    { editor empty$                                         %  expense of not
+        { format.chapter.pages.incoll                       %  achieving effects
+          booktitle                  emphasize * }          %  shown in 16.50
+        { format.chapter.pages.incoll                       %  of Chicago, on
+          format.editors * ", " *                           %  page 189 of
+          booktitle                  emphasize * }          %  Butcher and in
+      if$                                                   %  4.4 of BS 1629.
+    }
+  if$                                                       %  Don't change
+}                                                           %  case.
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type                                                  %  Don't change
+    }                                                       %  case.
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Tech. rept."  }                                      %  ODWE abbrevs.
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    {                  }                                    %  Whatever was
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }                         %  having its case
+  if$                                                       %  changed, leave
+}                                                           %  it alone.
+
+FUNCTION {format.addr.pub}
+{ publisher empty$
+    { "" }
+    { address empty$
+        { "" }
+        { address ": " * }
+      if$
+      publisher *
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.addr.pub.org}                              %  If there's an
+{ address empty$                                            %  an organization
+  { publisher * ", for " * organization * }                 %  and a publisher
+  { address ": " * publisher * ", for " * organization * }  %  too.
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.addr.inst}
+{ address empty$
+  { institution empty$
+    { "" }
+    { institution }
+    if$
+  }
+  { institution empty$
+    { "" }
+    { institution ", " * }
+    if$
+    address *
+  }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.addr.org}
+{ address empty$
+  { organization empty$
+    { "" }
+    { organization }
+    if$
+  }
+  { organization empty$
+    { "" }
+    { organization ", " * }
+    if$
+    address *
+  }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "{\em In:}"
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "{\em In:}"
+    }
+    { " Vol." volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  "\cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "{\em In:}"
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output
+  output.year.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal                  emphasize                    %  Don't change
+      "journal" output.check                                %  case.
+      format.vol.num.date.pages output
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { new.sentence
+      format.edition output
+      new.block
+      booklike.series.volume.number output
+      new.block
+      format.addr.pub "publisher" output.check
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output
+  output.year.month.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { new.sentence
+      format.edition output
+      new.block
+      booklike.series.volume.number output
+      new.block
+      format.addr.pub "publisher" output.check
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  new.block                                                 %  BS 1629 (rather
+  format.chapter.pages.inbook "chapter and pages" output.check
+  fin.entry                                                 %  than Chicago,
+}                                                           %  p. 451)
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output             }
+    { format.authors "author" output.check
+      author format.key output             }
+  if$
+  output.year.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$                                         %  Chapter and/or
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle output                         %  page numbers can
+      format.edition output                                 %  come out via this
+      incollectionlike.series.volume.number output          %  route, too.
+      new.block
+      format.addr.pub "publisher" output.check
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      new.block
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output
+  publisher empty$
+    { output.year.month.check }
+    { output.year.check }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      incollectionlike.series.volume.number output
+      new.block
+      publisher empty$
+      {
+        organization empty$
+        'skip$
+        { format.addr.org output }
+        if$
+      }
+      {
+        organization empty$
+        { format.addr.pub output }
+        { format.addr.pub.org output }
+        if$
+      }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output
+  output.year.month.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.sentence
+  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  organization address new.block.checkb
+  format.addr.org output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output
+  output.year.month.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "M.Phil. thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull        %  ODWE abbrev.
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output
+  output.year.month.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle output
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output
+  output.year.month.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Ph.D. thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull          %  Butcher,
+  school "school" output.check                              %  page 174.
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+  editor format.key output
+  publisher empty$
+    { output.year.month.check }
+    { output.year.check }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  booklike.series.volume.number output
+      new.block
+      publisher empty$
+      {
+        organization empty$
+        'skip$
+        { format.addr.org output }
+        if$
+      }
+      {
+        organization empty$
+        { format.addr.pub output }
+        { format.addr.pub.org output }
+        if$
+      }
+      if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output
+  output.year.month.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  new.sentence
+  format.addr.inst "institution" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output
+  output.year.month.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}                                        %  ODWE, "months", &
+                                                            %  Chicago, p. 383.
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"Sept."}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+  "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+  'len :=
+  s #1 len substring$ =
+    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+    's
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+  s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  s num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " {\em et~al.\ }\relax" * }
+    { #2 <
+        'skip$
+        { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+            { " {\em et~al.\ }\relax" * }
+            { " \& " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+        'key
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+            'key
+          if$
+        }
+        { editor format.lab.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+        'key
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+  { type$ "book" =
+    type$ "inbook" =
+    type$ "incollection" =                                  %  For sensible
+  or or                                                     %  treatment of
+    'author.editor.key.label                                %  Singer in
+    { type$ "proceedings" =                                 %  BS 1629.
+        'editor.key.label
+        'author.key.label
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  duplicate$
+  year empty$
+  {
+    "\protect\citename{" swap$ * ", }" *
+    "n.d." * 'label :=                                      %  Chicago,
+  }                                                         %  page 457.
+  {
+    "\protect\citename{" swap$ * ", }" *
+    year
+    *
+    'label :=
+  }
+  if$
+  year field.or.null purify$ *
+  sortify 'sort.label :=
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}                                %  To produce the
+{ 's :=                                                     %  order of entries
+  #1 'nameptr :=                                            %  specified in item
+  ""                                                        %  (3) on page 187
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=                                 %  of Butcher.
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > nameptr #3 < and }                     %  Only 1st 2 names
+    { nameptr #1 >                                          %  matter for
+        { "   " * }                                         %  sorting.
+        'skip$
+      if$                                                   %  Anything that's
+      nameptr #2 = numnames #2 > and                        %  "et al" goes
+      { "zzzzz" * }                                         %  after works by 2
+      {                                                     %  authors.
+        s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  ff{ }}{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+        nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+          { "zzzzz" * }
+          { t sortify * }
+        if$
+      }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+  sortify
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+          ""
+        }
+        { key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { key sortify }
+          if$
+        }
+        { editor sort.format.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+          ""
+        }
+        { key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort}                                          %  Two sorting
+{ calc.label                                                %  passes, from
+  label sortify                                             %  apalike.bst.
+  "    "
+  *
+  type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  type$ "incollection" =                                    %  For Singer
+  or or                                                     %  in BS 1629.
+    'author.editor.sort
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+        'editor.sort
+        'author.sort
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.label :=
+  sort.label
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra }
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+  "" 'next.extra :=
+  #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.label label =
+    { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+      last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+    }
+    { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+      "" 'extra.label :=
+      label 'last.label :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+    { "a" 'extra.label := }
+    'skip$
+  if$                                                       %  Code needed here
+                                                            %  if \citeauthor
+                                                            %  and \citeyear
+  label extra.label * 'label :=                             %  were supported.
+  extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+{ sort.label
+  "    "
+  *
+  year field.or.null sortify
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+
+SORT
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate2.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate2.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b777fe80789
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate2.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1310 @@
+%  This BibTeX 0.99 style file is intended for documents that use the
+%  author-date citation system.  It should be used in conjunction with the
+%  authordate1-4.sty (or equivalent) LaTeX style-option.
+%
+%  In deciding on the bibliography layout to be implemented, the following
+%  works have been consulted:
+%  1. British Standard 5605:  "Citing publications by bibliographic
+%         references", 1978.
+%  2. British Standard 1629:  "Bibliographic references", 1976.
+%     (Note:  There is now a 1989 edition.)
+%  3. "Copy-editing" by Judith Butcher, Cambridge University Press, 1981.
+%  4. "The Oxford Dictionary for Writers and Editors", Oxford University
+%         Press, 1981 (for abbreviations).
+%  5. "The Chicago Manual of Style", Chicago University Press, 1982.
+%
+%  Discretion has been used in certain matters.  In particular:
+%  - Titles are italic except when there is a "contribution title" and
+%    a "main publication title", in which case the "contribution title"
+%    is roman while the "main publication title" is italic.
+%  - When there is a PUBLISHER, it is assumed that ADDRESS contains "place of
+%    publication";  output is of the form "place-of-publication: publisher".
+%    When there is an ORGANIZATION as well as a PUBLISHER, output is of the
+%    form "place-of-publication: publisher, for organization".  Otherwise,
+%    it is assumed that ADDRESS is a postal address, and output is of the
+%    form "institution, address", "organization, address", "school, address"
+%    or "howpublished, address".
+%  - If there is a MONTH but no VOLUME or NUMBER for a journal-article, the
+%    MONTH is used on the assumption that it contains information that is
+%    equivalent to VOLUME or NUMBER.  MONTH is ignored for other documents
+%    that have a PUBLISHER, but output after YEAR for anything else.
+%  - When CHAPTER and/or PAGES are specified with INBOOK, it is assumed that
+%    these fields are being used to pick out particular pages of interest
+%    (as an alternative to using the optional [...] argument of \cite);
+%    the information is put at the very end of the entry, in line with BS 1629.
+%    When CHAPTER and/or PAGES are specified for INCOLLECTION or INPROCEEDINGS,
+%    it is assumed that the fields are being used to specify the location of
+%    the part/article of interest; the information is put before the
+%    BOOKTITLE, in line with Chicago's treatment of "parts" and "chapters".
+%  - Since "volume" can be used in various ways (see page 219 of Butcher),
+%    this file assumes that, when there is a SERIES, any VOLUME and NUMBER
+%    refer to position in the SERIES (i.e. Butcher's meaning 4).
+%    If there is a VOLUME but no SERIES, it is assumed that VOLUME refers
+%    to a volume within a particular work (i.e. Butcher's meaning 1, 2 or 3).
+%    For INPROCEEDINGS and INCOLLECTION, this information goes after the
+%    BOOKTITLE.  (If you prefer to have volume information before EDITOR,
+%    as on page 449 of Chicago, you can set TYPE = "Vol." with INCOLLECTION.)
+%
+%  This file differs from authordate1.bst, authordate3.bst and authordate4.bst
+%  in that:
+%  - Titles of journals, articles and boooks are "downstyle".  Apart from the
+%    first character, and the first character following : and white space,
+%    uppercase letters are converted to lowercase unless protected by {}.
+%  - Author's and editor's names are in roman.
+%
+%  The combination of authordate2.bst and authordate1-4.sty allows citations
+%  of the form \shortcite{bloggs-60} as well as the usual \cite{bloggs-60}.
+%  When
+%       ... \cite{bloggs-60} ... \shortcite{bloggs-60} ...
+%  appears in the input file,
+%       ... (Bloggs, 1960) ... (1960) ...
+%  appears in the final document.
+%
+%  This file was developed from apalike.bst.  It also uses code taken from
+%  acm.bst, aaai-named.bst, btxbst.doc, ieeetr.bst and siam.bst.
+%
+%                                                     David Rhead
+%                                                     Cripps Computing Centre
+%                                                     Nottingham University
+%                                                     March 1990
+%
+
+ENTRY
+  { address
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+    journal
+    key
+    month
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}
+  { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+	{ add.period$ write$
+	  newline$
+	  "\newblock " write$
+	}
+	{ output.state before.all =
+	    'write$
+	    { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.year.month.check}
+{ year empty$
+    { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    { add.period$ write$
+      month empty$
+        { " " year * extra.label * "." *
+          after.sentence 'output.state :=
+        }
+        { " " year * extra.label * " (" * month * ")." *
+          after.sentence 'output.state :=
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+    { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    { add.period$ write$
+      " " year * extra.label * "." *
+      after.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+  "\bibitem[" write$
+  label write$
+  "]{" write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+    'skip$
+    { output.state before.all =
+        'skip$
+        { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {boldface}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, ff}" format.name$ 't :=
+      nameptr #1 >
+        { namesleft #1 >
+            { ", " * t * }
+            { t "others" =
+                { ", {\em et~al.\ }\relax" * }
+                { ", \& " * t * }                           %  Butcher, pages
+              if$                                           %  186-189.
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key}
+{ empty$
+    { key field.or.null }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >                                %  Use ODWE abbrevs.
+        { " (eds)" * }                                      %  to avoid
+        { " (ed)" * }                                       %  ambiguity between
+      if$                                                   %  "editor" and
+    }                                                       %  "edition".
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}                                     %  Howells example
+{ title empty$                                              %  in BS 5605 comes
+    { "" }                                                  %  out wrong because
+    { title "t" change.case$ }                              %  Patashnik
+  if$                                                       %  capitalizes
+}                                                           %  after a colon.
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+        { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+            { "--" *
+              t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+            }
+            {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+               { "-" *
+                 t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+               }
+              while$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+          t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+        }
+        if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title empty$
+   { "" }
+   { title "t" change.case$ emphasize }
+   if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+        { #1 'multiresult := }
+        { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.numberinseries}
+{ number empty$
+    { "" }
+    { number multi.page.check
+        { ", nos. " number n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+        { ", no. "  number tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklike.series.volume.number}                    %  Chicago, pages
+{ series empty$                                             %  450-451.
+    { volume empty$
+      { " " }
+      { " Vol. " volume * }
+      if$
+    }
+    {
+      volume empty$
+        { number empty$
+            { series }
+            { series format.numberinseries * }
+          if$
+        }
+        { number empty$
+            { series ", vol. " volume * * }
+            { series ", vol. " * volume * format.numberinseries * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollectionlike.series.volume.number}
+{ series empty$
+    { volume empty$
+      { " " }
+      { " vol. " volume * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { new.block
+      volume empty$
+        { number empty$
+            { series }
+            { series format.numberinseries * }
+          if$
+        }
+        { number empty$
+            { series ", vol. " volume * * }
+            { series ", vol. " * volume * format.numberinseries * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+        { edition "l" change.case$ " edn." * }
+        { edition "t" change.case$ " edn." * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+        { "" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+        { "" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pagesinbook}                               %  By the time the
+{ pages empty$                                              %  reader has read
+    { "" }                                                  %  address, pub'r,
+    { pages multi.page.check                                %  note (where the
+        { "Pages " pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }   %  note may end with
+        { "Page " pages tie.or.space.connect }              %  numbers), s/he
+      if$                                                   %  may not recognise
+    }                                                       %  a number-range as
+  if$                                                       %  meaning pages.
+}                                                           %  Avoid ambiguity
+                                                            %  (Butcher, p.181).
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.date.pages}
+{ volume empty$
+   { month empty$
+       { "" }
+       { month }
+     if$
+   }
+    { volume boldface field.or.null
+        number empty$
+        { month empty$
+            'skip$
+            { "(" month * ")" *  * }
+          if$
+        }
+        { "(" number * ")" *  *
+            volume empty$
+            { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+            'skip$
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+        { pop$ format.pages }
+        { ", " * pages n.dashify * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages.inbook}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pagesinbook
+    { type empty$
+        { "Chap." }
+        { type }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+        'skip$
+        { ", " * format.pagesinbook "l" change.case$ * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages.incoll}
+{ chapter empty$
+    { pages empty$
+        { "{\em In:} " }
+        { "{\em " format.pagesinbook " of:} " * * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { type empty$
+        { "{\em Chap. " chapter * }
+        { "{\em " type * " " * chapter * }
+      if$
+      pages empty$
+        { " of:} " * }
+        { ", " * format.pagesinbook "l" change.case$ " of:} " * * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}                           %  Achieves effect
+{ booktitle empty$                                          %  shown in 16.51
+    { "" }                                                  %  of Chicago, at
+    { editor empty$                                         %  expense of not
+        { format.chapter.pages.incoll                       %  achieving effects
+          booktitle "t" change.case$ emphasize * }          %  shown in 16.50
+        { format.chapter.pages.incoll                       %  of Chicago, on
+          format.editors * ", " *                           %  page 189 of
+          booktitle "t" change.case$ emphasize * }          %  Butcher and in
+      if$                                                   %  4.4 of BS 1629.
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Tech. rept."  }                                      %  ODWE abbrevs.
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.addr.pub}
+{ publisher empty$
+    { "" }
+    { address empty$
+        { "" }
+        { address ": " * }
+      if$
+      publisher *
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.addr.pub.org}                              %  If there's an
+{ address empty$                                            %  an organization
+  { publisher * ", for " * organization * }                 %  and a publisher
+  { address ": " * publisher * ", for " * organization * }  %  too.
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.addr.inst}
+{ address empty$
+  { institution empty$
+    { "" }
+    { institution }
+    if$
+  }
+  { institution empty$
+    { "" }
+    { institution ", " * }
+    if$
+    address *
+  }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.addr.org}
+{ address empty$
+  { organization empty$
+    { "" }
+    { organization }
+    if$
+  }
+  { organization empty$
+    { "" }
+    { organization ", " * }
+    if$
+    address *
+  }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "{\em In:}"
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "{\em In:}"
+    }
+    { " Vol." volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  "\cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "{\em In:}"
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output
+  output.year.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal "t" change.case$ emphasize
+      "journal" output.check
+      format.vol.num.date.pages output
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { new.sentence
+      format.edition output
+      new.block
+      booklike.series.volume.number output
+      new.block
+      format.addr.pub "publisher" output.check
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output
+  output.year.month.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { new.sentence
+      format.edition output
+      new.block
+      booklike.series.volume.number output
+      new.block
+      format.addr.pub "publisher" output.check
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  new.block                                                 %  BS 1629 (rather
+  format.chapter.pages.inbook "chapter and pages" output.check
+  fin.entry                                                 %  than Chicago,
+}                                                           %  p. 451)
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output             }
+    { format.authors "author" output.check
+      author format.key output             }
+  if$
+  output.year.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$                                         %  Chapter and/or
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle output                         %  page numbers can
+      format.edition output                                 %  come out via this
+      incollectionlike.series.volume.number output          %  route, too.
+      new.block
+      format.addr.pub "publisher" output.check
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      new.block
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output
+  publisher empty$
+    { output.year.month.check }
+    { output.year.check }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      incollectionlike.series.volume.number output
+      new.block
+      publisher empty$
+      {
+        organization empty$
+        'skip$
+        { format.addr.org output }
+        if$
+      }
+      {
+        organization empty$
+        { format.addr.pub output }
+        { format.addr.pub.org output }
+        if$
+      }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output
+  output.year.month.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.sentence
+  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  organization address new.block.checkb
+  format.addr.org output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output
+  output.year.month.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "M.Phil. thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull        %  ODWE abbrev.
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output
+  output.year.month.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle output
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output
+  output.year.month.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Ph.D. thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull          %  Butcher,
+  school "school" output.check                              %  page 174.
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+  editor format.key output
+  publisher empty$
+    { output.year.month.check }
+    { output.year.check }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  booklike.series.volume.number output
+      new.block
+      publisher empty$
+      {
+        organization empty$
+        'skip$
+        { format.addr.org output }
+        if$
+      }
+      {
+        organization empty$
+        { format.addr.pub output }
+        { format.addr.pub.org output }
+        if$
+      }
+      if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output
+  output.year.month.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  new.sentence
+  format.addr.inst "institution" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output
+  output.year.month.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}                                        %  ODWE, "months", &
+                                                            %  Chicago, p. 383.
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"Sept."}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+  "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+  'len :=
+  s #1 len substring$ =
+    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+    's
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+  s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  s num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " {\em et~al.\ }\relax" * }
+    { #2 <
+        'skip$
+        { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+            { " {\em et~al.\ }\relax" * }
+            { " \& " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+        'key
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+            'key
+          if$
+        }
+        { editor format.lab.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+        'key
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+  { type$ "book" =
+    type$ "inbook" =
+    type$ "incollection" =                                  %  For sensible
+  or or                                                     %  treatment of
+    'author.editor.key.label                                %  Singer in
+    { type$ "proceedings" =                                 %  BS 1629.
+        'editor.key.label
+        'author.key.label
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  duplicate$
+  year empty$
+  {
+    "\protect\citename{" swap$ * ", }" *
+    "n.d." * 'label :=                                      %  Chicago,
+  }                                                         %  page 457.
+  {
+    "\protect\citename{" swap$ * ", }" *
+    year
+    *
+    'label :=
+  }
+  if$
+  year field.or.null purify$ *
+  sortify 'sort.label :=
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}                                %  To produce the
+{ 's :=                                                     %  order of entries
+  #1 'nameptr :=                                            %  specified in item
+  ""                                                        %  (3) on page 187
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=                                 %  of Butcher.
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > nameptr #3 < and }                     %  Only 1st 2 names
+    { nameptr #1 >                                          %  matter for
+        { "   " * }                                         %  sorting.
+        'skip$
+      if$                                                   %  Anything that's
+      nameptr #2 = numnames #2 > and                        %  "et al" goes
+      { "zzzzz" * }                                         %  after works by 2
+      {                                                     %  authors.
+        s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  ff{ }}{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+        nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+          { "zzzzz" * }
+          { t sortify * }
+        if$
+      }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+  sortify
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+          ""
+        }
+        { key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { key sortify }
+          if$
+        }
+        { editor sort.format.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+          ""
+        }
+        { key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort}                                          %  Two sorting
+{ calc.label                                                %  passes, from
+  label sortify                                             %  apalike.bst.
+  "    "
+  *
+  type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  type$ "incollection" =                                    %  For Singer
+  or or                                                     %  in BS 1629.
+    'author.editor.sort
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+        'editor.sort
+        'author.sort
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.label :=
+  sort.label
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra }
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+  "" 'next.extra :=
+  #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.label label =
+    { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+      last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+    }
+    { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+      "" 'extra.label :=
+      label 'last.label :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+    { "a" 'extra.label := }
+    'skip$
+  if$                                                       %  Code needed here
+                                                            %  if \citeauthor
+                                                            %  and \citeyear
+  label extra.label * 'label :=                             %  were supported.
+  extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+{ sort.label
+  "    "
+  *
+  year field.or.null sortify
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+
+SORT
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate3.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate3.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4abade9bde8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate3.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1309 @@
+%  This BibTeX 0.99 style file is intended for documents that use the
+%  author-date citation system.  It should be used in conjunction with the
+%  authordate1-4.sty (or equivalent) LaTeX style-option.
+%
+%  In deciding on the bibliography layout to be implemented, the following
+%  works have been consulted:
+%  1. British Standard 5605:  "Citing publications by bibliographic
+%         references", 1978.
+%  2. British Standard 1629:  "Bibliographic references", 1976.
+%     (Note:  There is now a 1989 edition.)
+%  3. "Copy-editing" by Judith Butcher, Cambridge University Press, 1981.
+%  4. "The Oxford Dictionary for Writers and Editors", Oxford University
+%         Press, 1981 (for abbreviations).
+%  5. "The Chicago Manual of Style", Chicago University Press, 1982.
+%
+%  Discretion has been used in certain matters.  In particular:
+%  - Titles are italic except when there is a "contribution title" and
+%    a "main publication title", in which case the "contribution title"
+%    is roman while the "main publication title" is italic.
+%  - When there is a PUBLISHER, it is assumed that ADDRESS contains "place of
+%    publication";  output is of the form "place-of-publication: publisher".
+%    When there is an ORGANIZATION as well as a PUBLISHER, output is of the
+%    form "place-of-publication: publisher, for organization".  Otherwise,
+%    it is assumed that ADDRESS is a postal address, and output is of the
+%    form "institution, address", "organization, address", "school, address"
+%    or "howpublished, address".
+%  - If there is a MONTH but no VOLUME or NUMBER for a journal-article, the
+%    MONTH is used on the assumption that it contains information that is
+%    equivalent to VOLUME or NUMBER.  MONTH is ignored for other documents
+%    that have a PUBLISHER, but output after YEAR for anything else.
+%  - When CHAPTER and/or PAGES are specified with INBOOK, it is assumed that
+%    these fields are being used to pick out particular pages of interest
+%    (as an alternative to using the optional [...] argument of \cite);
+%    the information is put at the very end of the entry, in line with BS 1629.
+%    When CHAPTER and/or PAGES are specified for INCOLLECTION or INPROCEEDINGS,
+%    it is assumed that the fields are being used to specify the location of
+%    the part/article of interest; the information is put before the
+%    BOOKTITLE, in line with Chicago's treatment of "parts" and "chapters".
+%  - Since "volume" can be used in various ways (see page 219 of Butcher),
+%    this file assumes that, when there is a SERIES, any VOLUME and NUMBER
+%    refer to position in the SERIES (i.e. Butcher's meaning 4).
+%    If there is a VOLUME but no SERIES, it is assumed that VOLUME refers
+%    to a volume within a particular work (i.e. Butcher's meaning 1, 2 or 3).
+%    For INPROCEEDINGS and INCOLLECTION, this information goes after the
+%    BOOKTITLE.  (If you prefer to have volume information before EDITOR,
+%    as on page 449 of Chicago, you can set TYPE = "Vol." with INCOLLECTION.)
+%
+%  This file differs from authordate1.bst, authordate2.bst and authordate4.bst
+%  in that:
+%  - The titles of articles, journals and books are left in whatever
+%    combination of upper-case and lower-case appears in the .bib file.
+%  - Author's and editor's names are in small capitals.
+%
+%  The combination of authordate3.bst and authordate1-4.sty allows citations
+%  of the form \shortcite{bloggs-60} as well as the usual \cite{bloggs-60}.
+%  When
+%       ... \cite{bloggs-60} ... \shortcite{bloggs-60} ...
+%  appears in the input file,
+%       ... (Bloggs, 1960) ... (1960) ...
+%  appears in the final document.
+%
+%  This file was developed from apalike.bst.  It also uses code taken from
+%  acm.bst, aaai-named.bst, btxbst.doc, ieeetr.bst and siam.bst.
+%
+%                                                     David Rhead
+%                                                     Cripps Computing Centre
+%                                                     Nottingham University
+%                                                     March 1990
+%
+
+ENTRY
+  { address
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+    journal
+    key
+    month
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}
+  { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+	{ add.period$ write$
+	  newline$
+	  "\newblock " write$
+	}
+	{ output.state before.all =
+	    'write$
+	    { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.year.month.check}
+{ year empty$
+    { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    { add.period$ write$
+      month empty$
+        { " " year * extra.label * "." *
+          after.sentence 'output.state :=
+        }
+        { " " year * extra.label * " (" * month * ")." *
+          after.sentence 'output.state :=
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+    { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    { add.period$ write$
+      " " year * extra.label * "." *
+      after.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+  "\bibitem[" write$
+  label write$
+  "]{" write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+    'skip$
+    { output.state before.all =
+        'skip$
+        { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {boldface}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, ff}" format.name$ 't :=
+      nameptr #1 >
+        { namesleft #1 >
+            { ", " * t * }
+            { t "others" =
+                { ", {\em et~al.\ }\relax" * }
+                { ", \& " * t * }                           %  Butcher, pages
+              if$                                           %  186-189.
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }                                                  %  Small capitals
+    { "{\sc " * author format.names "}" * }                 %  for
+  if$                                                       %  authordate3.bst
+}                                                           %  and
+                                                            %  authordate4.bst.
+FUNCTION {format.key}
+{ empty$
+    { "{\sc " * key field.or.null "}" * }                   %  Small capitals.
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }                                                  %  Small capitals.
+    { "{\sc " * editor format.names "}" *
+      editor num.names$ #1 >                                %  Use ODWE abbrevs.
+        { " (eds)" * }                                      %  to avoid
+        { " (ed)" * }                                       %  ambiguity between
+      if$                                                   %  "editor" and
+    }                                                       %  "edition".
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}                                     %  Nothing needs
+{ title empty$                                              %  doing here in
+    { "" }                                                  %  authordate1.bst
+    { title }                                               %  or
+  if$                                                       %  authordate3.bst.
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+        { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+            { "--" *
+              t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+            }
+            {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+               { "-" *
+                 t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+               }
+              while$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+          t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+        }
+        if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title empty$
+   { "" }                                                   %  Don't change case
+   { title emphasize }                                      %  in
+   if$                                                      %  authordate1.bst
+}                                                           %  or
+                                                            %  authordate3.bst.
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+        { #1 'multiresult := }
+        { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.numberinseries}
+{ number empty$
+    { "" }
+    { number multi.page.check
+        { ", nos. " number n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+        { ", no. "  number tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklike.series.volume.number}                    %  Chicago, pages
+{ series empty$                                             %  450-451.
+    { volume empty$
+      { " " }
+      { " Vol. " volume * }
+      if$
+    }
+    {
+      volume empty$
+        { number empty$
+            { series }
+            { series format.numberinseries * }
+          if$
+        }
+        { number empty$
+            { series ", vol. " volume * * }
+            { series ", vol. " * volume * format.numberinseries * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollectionlike.series.volume.number}
+{ series empty$
+    { volume empty$
+      { " " }
+      { " vol. " volume * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { new.block
+      volume empty$
+        { number empty$
+            { series }
+            { series format.numberinseries * }
+          if$
+        }
+        { number empty$
+            { series ", vol. " volume * * }
+            { series ", vol. " * volume * format.numberinseries * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+        { edition "l" change.case$ " edn." * }
+        { edition "t" change.case$ " edn." * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+        { "" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+        { "" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pagesinbook}                               %  By the time the
+{ pages empty$                                              %  reader has read
+    { "" }                                                  %  address, pub'r,
+    { pages multi.page.check                                %  note (where the
+        { "Pages " pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }   %  note may end with
+        { "Page " pages tie.or.space.connect }              %  numbers), s/he
+      if$                                                   %  may not recognise
+    }                                                       %  a number-range as
+  if$                                                       %  meaning pages.
+}                                                           %  Avoid ambiguity
+                                                            %  (Butcher, p.181).
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.date.pages}
+{ volume empty$
+   { month empty$
+       { "" }
+       { month }
+     if$
+   }
+    { volume boldface field.or.null
+        number empty$
+        { month empty$
+            'skip$
+            { "(" month * ")" *  * }
+          if$
+        }
+        { "(" number * ")" *  *
+            volume empty$
+            { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+            'skip$
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+        { pop$ format.pages }
+        { ", " * pages n.dashify * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages.inbook}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pagesinbook
+    { type empty$
+        { "Chap." }
+        { type }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+        'skip$
+        { ", " * format.pagesinbook "l" change.case$ * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages.incoll}
+{ chapter empty$
+    { pages empty$
+        { "{\em In:} " }
+        { "{\em " format.pagesinbook " of:} " * * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { type empty$
+        { "{\em Chap. " chapter * }
+        { "{\em " type * " " * chapter * }
+      if$
+      pages empty$
+        { " of:} " * }
+        { ", " * format.pagesinbook "l" change.case$ " of:} " * * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}                           %  Achieves effect
+{ booktitle empty$                                          %  shown in 16.51
+    { "" }                                                  %  of Chicago, at
+    { editor empty$                                         %  expense of not
+        { format.chapter.pages.incoll                       %  achieving effects
+          booktitle                  emphasize * }          %  shown in 16.50
+        { format.chapter.pages.incoll                       %  of Chicago, on
+          format.editors * ", " *                           %  page 189 of
+          booktitle                  emphasize * }          %  Butcher and in
+      if$                                                   %  4.4 of BS 1629.
+    }
+  if$                                                       %  Don't change
+}                                                           %  case.
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type                                                  %  Don't change
+    }                                                       %  case.
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Tech. rept."  }                                      %  ODWE abbrevs.
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    {                  }                                    %  Whatever was
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }                         %  having its case
+  if$                                                       %  changed, leave
+}                                                           %  it alone.
+
+FUNCTION {format.addr.pub}
+{ publisher empty$
+    { "" }
+    { address empty$
+        { "" }
+        { address ": " * }
+      if$
+      publisher *
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.addr.pub.org}                              %  If there's an
+{ address empty$                                            %  an organization
+  { publisher * ", for " * organization * }                 %  and a publisher
+  { address ": " * publisher * ", for " * organization * }  %  too.
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.addr.inst}
+{ address empty$
+  { institution empty$
+    { "" }
+    { institution }
+    if$
+  }
+  { institution empty$
+    { "" }
+    { institution ", " * }
+    if$
+    address *
+  }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.addr.org}
+{ address empty$
+  { organization empty$
+    { "" }
+    { organization }
+    if$
+  }
+  { organization empty$
+    { "" }
+    { organization ", " * }
+    if$
+    address *
+  }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "{\em In:}"
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "{\em In:}"
+    }
+    { " Vol." volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  "\cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "{\em In:}"
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output
+  output.year.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal                  emphasize                    %  Don't change
+      "journal" output.check                                %  case.
+      format.vol.num.date.pages output
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { new.sentence
+      format.edition output
+      new.block
+      booklike.series.volume.number output
+      new.block
+      format.addr.pub "publisher" output.check
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output
+  output.year.month.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { new.sentence
+      format.edition output
+      new.block
+      booklike.series.volume.number output
+      new.block
+      format.addr.pub "publisher" output.check
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  new.block                                                 %  BS 1629 (rather
+  format.chapter.pages.inbook "chapter and pages" output.check
+  fin.entry                                                 %  than Chicago,
+}                                                           %  p. 451)
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output             }
+    { format.authors "author" output.check
+      author format.key output             }
+  if$
+  output.year.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$                                         %  Chapter and/or
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle output                         %  page numbers can
+      format.edition output                                 %  come out via this
+      incollectionlike.series.volume.number output          %  route, too.
+      new.block
+      format.addr.pub "publisher" output.check
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      new.block
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output
+  publisher empty$
+    { output.year.month.check }
+    { output.year.check }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      incollectionlike.series.volume.number output
+      new.block
+      publisher empty$
+      {
+        organization empty$
+        'skip$
+        { format.addr.org output }
+        if$
+      }
+      {
+        organization empty$
+        { format.addr.pub output }
+        { format.addr.pub.org output }
+        if$
+      }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output
+  output.year.month.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.sentence
+  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  organization address new.block.checkb
+  format.addr.org output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output
+  output.year.month.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "M.Phil. thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull        %  ODWE abbrev.
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output
+  output.year.month.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle output
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output
+  output.year.month.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Ph.D. thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull          %  Butcher,
+  school "school" output.check                              %  page 174.
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+  editor format.key output
+  publisher empty$
+    { output.year.month.check }
+    { output.year.check }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  booklike.series.volume.number output
+      new.block
+      publisher empty$
+      {
+        organization empty$
+        'skip$
+        { format.addr.org output }
+        if$
+      }
+      {
+        organization empty$
+        { format.addr.pub output }
+        { format.addr.pub.org output }
+        if$
+      }
+      if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output
+  output.year.month.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  new.sentence
+  format.addr.inst "institution" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output
+  output.year.month.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}                                        %  ODWE, "months", &
+                                                            %  Chicago, p. 383.
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"Sept."}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+  "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+  'len :=
+  s #1 len substring$ =
+    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+    's
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+  s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  s num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " {\em et~al.\ }\relax" * }
+    { #2 <
+        'skip$
+        { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+            { " {\em et~al.\ }\relax" * }
+            { " \& " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+        'key
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+            'key
+          if$
+        }
+        { editor format.lab.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+        'key
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+  { type$ "book" =
+    type$ "inbook" =
+    type$ "incollection" =                                  %  For sensible
+  or or                                                     %  treatment of
+    'author.editor.key.label                                %  Singer in
+    { type$ "proceedings" =                                 %  BS 1629.
+        'editor.key.label
+        'author.key.label
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  duplicate$
+  year empty$
+  {
+    "\protect\citename{" swap$ * ", }" *
+    "n.d." * 'label :=                                      %  Chicago,
+  }                                                         %  page 457.
+  {
+    "\protect\citename{" swap$ * ", }" *
+    year
+    *
+    'label :=
+  }
+  if$
+  year field.or.null purify$ *
+  sortify 'sort.label :=
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}                                %  To produce the
+{ 's :=                                                     %  order of entries
+  #1 'nameptr :=                                            %  specified in item
+  ""                                                        %  (3) on page 187
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=                                 %  of Butcher.
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > nameptr #3 < and }                     %  Only 1st 2 names
+    { nameptr #1 >                                          %  matter for
+        { "   " * }                                         %  sorting.
+        'skip$
+      if$                                                   %  Anything that's
+      nameptr #2 = numnames #2 > and                        %  "et al" goes
+      { "zzzzz" * }                                         %  after works by 2
+      {                                                     %  authors.
+        s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  ff{ }}{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+        nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+          { "zzzzz" * }
+          { t sortify * }
+        if$
+      }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+  sortify
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+          ""
+        }
+        { key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { key sortify }
+          if$
+        }
+        { editor sort.format.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+          ""
+        }
+        { key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort}                                          %  Two sorting
+{ calc.label                                                %  passes, from
+  label sortify                                             %  apalike.bst.
+  "    "
+  *
+  type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  type$ "incollection" =                                    %  For Singer
+  or or                                                     %  in BS 1629.
+    'author.editor.sort
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+        'editor.sort
+        'author.sort
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.label :=
+  sort.label
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra }
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+  "" 'next.extra :=
+  #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.label label =
+    { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+      last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+    }
+    { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+      "" 'extra.label :=
+      label 'last.label :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+    { "a" 'extra.label := }
+    'skip$
+  if$                                                       %  Code needed here
+                                                            %  if \citeauthor
+                                                            %  and \citeyear
+  label extra.label * 'label :=                             %  were supported.
+  extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+{ sort.label
+  "    "
+  *
+  year field.or.null sortify
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+
+SORT
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate4.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate4.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b41f2504361
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate4.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1310 @@
+%  This BibTeX 0.99 style file is intended for documents that use the
+%  author-date citation system.  It should be used in conjunction with the
+%  authordate1-4.sty (or equivalent) LaTeX style-option.
+%
+%  In deciding on the bibliography layout to be implemented, the following
+%  works have been consulted:
+%  1. British Standard 5605:  "Citing publications by bibliographic
+%         references", 1978.
+%  2. British Standard 1629:  "Bibliographic references", 1976.
+%     (Note:  There is now a 1989 edition.)
+%  3. "Copy-editing" by Judith Butcher, Cambridge University Press, 1981.
+%  4. "The Oxford Dictionary for Writers and Editors", Oxford University
+%         Press, 1981 (for abbreviations).
+%  5. "The Chicago Manual of Style", Chicago University Press, 1982.
+%
+%  Discretion has been used in certain matters.  In particular:
+%  - Titles are italic except when there is a "contribution title" and
+%    a "main publication title", in which case the "contribution title"
+%    is roman while the "main publication title" is italic.
+%  - When there is a PUBLISHER, it is assumed that ADDRESS contains "place of
+%    publication";  output is of the form "place-of-publication: publisher".
+%    When there is an ORGANIZATION as well as a PUBLISHER, output is of the
+%    form "place-of-publication: publisher, for organization".  Otherwise,
+%    it is assumed that ADDRESS is a postal address, and output is of the
+%    form "institution, address", "organization, address", "school, address"
+%    or "howpublished, address".
+%  - If there is a MONTH but no VOLUME or NUMBER for a journal-article, the
+%    MONTH is used on the assumption that it contains information that is
+%    equivalent to VOLUME or NUMBER.  MONTH is ignored for other documents
+%    that have a PUBLISHER, but output after YEAR for anything else.
+%  - When CHAPTER and/or PAGES are specified with INBOOK, it is assumed that
+%    these fields are being used to pick out particular pages of interest
+%    (as an alternative to using the optional [...] argument of \cite);
+%    the information is put at the very end of the entry, in line with BS 1629.
+%    When CHAPTER and/or PAGES are specified for INCOLLECTION or INPROCEEDINGS,
+%    it is assumed that the fields are being used to specify the location of
+%    the part/article of interest; the information is put before the
+%    BOOKTITLE, in line with Chicago's treatment of "parts" and "chapters".
+%  - Since "volume" can be used in various ways (see page 219 of Butcher),
+%    this file assumes that, when there is a SERIES, any VOLUME and NUMBER
+%    refer to position in the SERIES (i.e. Butcher's meaning 4).
+%    If there is a VOLUME but no SERIES, it is assumed that VOLUME refers
+%    to a volume within a particular work (i.e. Butcher's meaning 1, 2 or 3).
+%    For INPROCEEDINGS and INCOLLECTION, this information goes after the
+%    BOOKTITLE.  (If you prefer to have volume information before EDITOR,
+%    as on page 449 of Chicago, you can set TYPE = "Vol." with INCOLLECTION.)
+%
+%  This file differs from authordate1.bst, authordate2.bst and authordate3.bst
+%  in that:
+%  - Titles of articles, journals and books are "downstyle".  Apart from the
+%    first character, and the first character following : and white space,
+%    uppercase letters are converted to lowercase unless protected by {}.
+%  - Author's and editor's names are in small capitals.
+%
+%  The combination of authordate4.bst and authordate1-4.sty allows citations
+%  of the form \shortcite{bloggs-60} as well as the usual \cite{bloggs-60}.
+%  When
+%       ... \cite{bloggs-60} ... \shortcite{bloggs-60} ...
+%  appears in the input file,
+%       ... (Bloggs, 1960) ... (1960) ...
+%  appears in the final document.
+%
+%  This file was developed from apalike.bst.  It also uses code taken from
+%  acm.bst, aaai-named.bst, btxbst.doc, ieeetr.bst and siam.bst.
+%
+%                                                     David Rhead
+%                                                     Cripps Computing Centre
+%                                                     Nottingham University
+%                                                     March 1990
+%
+
+ENTRY
+  { address
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+    journal
+    key
+    month
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}
+  { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+	{ add.period$ write$
+	  newline$
+	  "\newblock " write$
+	}
+	{ output.state before.all =
+	    'write$
+	    { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.year.month.check}
+{ year empty$
+    { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    { add.period$ write$
+      month empty$
+        { " " year * extra.label * "." *
+          after.sentence 'output.state :=
+        }
+        { " " year * extra.label * " (" * month * ")." *
+          after.sentence 'output.state :=
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+    { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    { add.period$ write$
+      " " year * extra.label * "." *
+      after.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+  "\bibitem[" write$
+  label write$
+  "]{" write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+    'skip$
+    { output.state before.all =
+        'skip$
+        { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {boldface}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, ff}" format.name$ 't :=
+      nameptr #1 >
+        { namesleft #1 >
+            { ", " * t * }
+            { t "others" =
+                { ", {\em et~al.\ }\relax" * }
+                { ", \& " * t * }                           %  Butcher, pages
+              if$                                           %  186-189.
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }                                                  %  Small capitals
+    { "{\sc " * author format.names "}" * }                 %  for
+  if$                                                       %  authordate3.bst
+}                                                           %  and
+                                                            %  authordate4.bst.
+FUNCTION {format.key}
+{ empty$
+    { "{\sc " * key field.or.null "}" * }                   %  Small capitals.
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }                                                  %  Small capitals.
+    { "{\sc " * editor format.names "}" *
+      editor num.names$ #1 >                                %  Use ODWE abbrevs.
+        { " (eds)" * }                                      %  to avoid
+        { " (ed)" * }                                       %  ambiguity between
+      if$                                                   %  "editor" and
+    }                                                       %  "edition".
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}                                     %  Howells example
+{ title empty$                                              %  in BS 5605 comes
+    { "" }                                                  %  out wrong because
+    { title "t" change.case$ }                              %  Patashnik
+  if$                                                       %  capitalizes
+}                                                           %  after a colon.
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+        { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+            { "--" *
+              t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+            }
+            {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+               { "-" *
+                 t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+               }
+              while$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+          t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+        }
+        if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title empty$
+   { "" }
+   { title "t" change.case$ emphasize }
+   if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+        { #1 'multiresult := }
+        { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.numberinseries}
+{ number empty$
+    { "" }
+    { number multi.page.check
+        { ", nos. " number n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+        { ", no. "  number tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklike.series.volume.number}                    %  Chicago, pages
+{ series empty$                                             %  450-451.
+    { volume empty$
+      { " " }
+      { " Vol. " volume * }
+      if$
+    }
+    {
+      volume empty$
+        { number empty$
+            { series }
+            { series format.numberinseries * }
+          if$
+        }
+        { number empty$
+            { series ", vol. " volume * * }
+            { series ", vol. " * volume * format.numberinseries * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollectionlike.series.volume.number}
+{ series empty$
+    { volume empty$
+      { " " }
+      { " vol. " volume * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { new.block
+      volume empty$
+        { number empty$
+            { series }
+            { series format.numberinseries * }
+          if$
+        }
+        { number empty$
+            { series ", vol. " volume * * }
+            { series ", vol. " * volume * format.numberinseries * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+        { edition "l" change.case$ " edn." * }
+        { edition "t" change.case$ " edn." * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+        { "" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+        { "" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pagesinbook}                               %  By the time the
+{ pages empty$                                              %  reader has read
+    { "" }                                                  %  address, pub'r,
+    { pages multi.page.check                                %  note (where the
+        { "Pages " pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }   %  note may end with
+        { "Page " pages tie.or.space.connect }              %  numbers), s/he
+      if$                                                   %  may not recognise
+    }                                                       %  a number-range as
+  if$                                                       %  meaning pages.
+}                                                           %  Avoid ambiguity
+                                                            %  (Butcher, p.181).
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.date.pages}
+{ volume empty$
+   { month empty$
+       { "" }
+       { month }
+     if$
+   }
+    { volume boldface field.or.null
+        number empty$
+        { month empty$
+            'skip$
+            { "(" month * ")" *  * }
+          if$
+        }
+        { "(" number * ")" *  *
+            volume empty$
+            { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+            'skip$
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+        { pop$ format.pages }
+        { ", " * pages n.dashify * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages.inbook}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pagesinbook
+    { type empty$
+        { "Chap." }
+        { type }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+        'skip$
+        { ", " * format.pagesinbook "l" change.case$ * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages.incoll}
+{ chapter empty$
+    { pages empty$
+        { "{\em In:} " }
+        { "{\em " format.pagesinbook " of:} " * * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { type empty$
+        { "{\em Chap. " chapter * }
+        { "{\em " type * " " * chapter * }
+      if$
+      pages empty$
+        { " of:} " * }
+        { ", " * format.pagesinbook "l" change.case$ " of:} " * * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}                           %  Achieves effect
+{ booktitle empty$                                          %  shown in 16.51
+    { "" }                                                  %  of Chicago, at
+    { editor empty$                                         %  expense of not
+        { format.chapter.pages.incoll                       %  achieving effects
+          booktitle "t" change.case$ emphasize * }          %  shown in 16.50
+        { format.chapter.pages.incoll                       %  of Chicago, on
+          format.editors * ", " *                           %  page 189 of
+          booktitle "t" change.case$ emphasize * }          %  Butcher and in
+      if$                                                   %  4.4 of BS 1629.
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Tech. rept."  }                                      %  ODWE abbrevs.
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.addr.pub}
+{ publisher empty$
+    { "" }
+    { address empty$
+        { "" }
+        { address ": " * }
+      if$
+      publisher *
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.addr.pub.org}                              %  If there's an
+{ address empty$                                            %  an organization
+  { publisher * ", for " * organization * }                 %  and a publisher
+  { address ": " * publisher * ", for " * organization * }  %  too.
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.addr.inst}
+{ address empty$
+  { institution empty$
+    { "" }
+    { institution }
+    if$
+  }
+  { institution empty$
+    { "" }
+    { institution ", " * }
+    if$
+    address *
+  }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.addr.org}
+{ address empty$
+  { organization empty$
+    { "" }
+    { organization }
+    if$
+  }
+  { organization empty$
+    { "" }
+    { organization ", " * }
+    if$
+    address *
+  }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "{\em In:}"
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "{\em In:}"
+    }
+    { " Vol." volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  "\cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "{\em In:}"
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output
+  output.year.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal "t" change.case$ emphasize
+      "journal" output.check
+      format.vol.num.date.pages output
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { new.sentence
+      format.edition output
+      new.block
+      booklike.series.volume.number output
+      new.block
+      format.addr.pub "publisher" output.check
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output
+  output.year.month.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { new.sentence
+      format.edition output
+      new.block
+      booklike.series.volume.number output
+      new.block
+      format.addr.pub "publisher" output.check
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  new.block                                                 %  BS 1629 (rather
+  format.chapter.pages.inbook "chapter and pages" output.check
+  fin.entry                                                 %  than Chicago,
+}                                                           %  p. 451)
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output             }
+    { format.authors "author" output.check
+      author format.key output             }
+  if$
+  output.year.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$                                         %  Chapter and/or
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle output                         %  page numbers can
+      format.edition output                                 %  come out via this
+      incollectionlike.series.volume.number output          %  route, too.
+      new.block
+      format.addr.pub "publisher" output.check
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      new.block
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output
+  publisher empty$
+    { output.year.month.check }
+    { output.year.check }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      incollectionlike.series.volume.number output
+      new.block
+      publisher empty$
+      {
+        organization empty$
+        'skip$
+        { format.addr.org output }
+        if$
+      }
+      {
+        organization empty$
+        { format.addr.pub output }
+        { format.addr.pub.org output }
+        if$
+      }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output
+  output.year.month.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.sentence
+  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  organization address new.block.checkb
+  format.addr.org output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output
+  output.year.month.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "M.Phil. thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull        %  ODWE abbrev.
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output
+  output.year.month.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle output
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output
+  output.year.month.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Ph.D. thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull          %  Butcher,
+  school "school" output.check                              %  page 174.
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+  editor format.key output
+  publisher empty$
+    { output.year.month.check }
+    { output.year.check }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  booklike.series.volume.number output
+      new.block
+      publisher empty$
+      {
+        organization empty$
+        'skip$
+        { format.addr.org output }
+        if$
+      }
+      {
+        organization empty$
+        { format.addr.pub output }
+        { format.addr.pub.org output }
+        if$
+      }
+      if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output
+  output.year.month.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  new.sentence
+  format.addr.inst "institution" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output
+  output.year.month.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}                                        %  ODWE, "months", &
+                                                            %  Chicago, p. 383.
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"Sept."}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+  "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+  'len :=
+  s #1 len substring$ =
+    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+    's
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+  s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  s num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " {\em et~al.\ }\relax" * }
+    { #2 <
+        'skip$
+        { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+            { " {\em et~al.\ }\relax" * }
+            { " \& " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+        'key
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+            'key
+          if$
+        }
+        { editor format.lab.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+        'key
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+  { type$ "book" =
+    type$ "inbook" =
+    type$ "incollection" =                                  %  For sensible
+  or or                                                     %  treatment of
+    'author.editor.key.label                                %  Singer in
+    { type$ "proceedings" =                                 %  BS 1629.
+        'editor.key.label
+        'author.key.label
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  duplicate$
+  year empty$
+  {
+    "\protect\citename{" swap$ * ", }" *
+    "n.d." * 'label :=                                      %  Chicago,
+  }                                                         %  page 457.
+  {
+    "\protect\citename{" swap$ * ", }" *
+    year
+    *
+    'label :=
+  }
+  if$
+  year field.or.null purify$ *
+  sortify 'sort.label :=
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}                                %  To produce the
+{ 's :=                                                     %  order of entries
+  #1 'nameptr :=                                            %  specified in item
+  ""                                                        %  (3) on page 187
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=                                 %  of Butcher.
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > nameptr #3 < and }                     %  Only 1st 2 names
+    { nameptr #1 >                                          %  matter for
+        { "   " * }                                         %  sorting.
+        'skip$
+      if$                                                   %  Anything that's
+      nameptr #2 = numnames #2 > and                        %  "et al" goes
+      { "zzzzz" * }                                         %  after works by 2
+      {                                                     %  authors.
+        s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  ff{ }}{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+        nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+          { "zzzzz" * }
+          { t sortify * }
+        if$
+      }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+  sortify
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+          ""
+        }
+        { key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { key sortify }
+          if$
+        }
+        { editor sort.format.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+          ""
+        }
+        { key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort}                                          %  Two sorting
+{ calc.label                                                %  passes, from
+  label sortify                                             %  apalike.bst.
+  "    "
+  *
+  type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  type$ "incollection" =                                    %  For Singer
+  or or                                                     %  in BS 1629.
+    'author.editor.sort
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+        'editor.sort
+        'author.sort
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.label :=
+  sort.label
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra }
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+  "" 'next.extra :=
+  #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.label label =
+    { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+      last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+    }
+    { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+      "" 'extra.label :=
+      label 'last.label :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+    { "a" 'extra.label := }
+    'skip$
+  if$                                                       %  Code needed here
+                                                            %  if \citeauthor
+                                                            %  and \citeyear
+  label extra.label * 'label :=                             %  were supported.
+  extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+{ sort.label
+  "    "
+  *
+  year field.or.null sortify
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+
+SORT
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/bbs.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/bbs.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ff4df8fdafc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/bbs.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1162 @@
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%%  @BibTeX-style-file{
+%%%     author          = "Alan Rogers",
+%%%     version         = "1.1",
+%%%     date            = "Feb 15, 1991",
+%%%     filename        = "bbs.bst",
+%%%     address         = "Dept of Anthropology, University of Utah,
+%%%                        Salt Lake City, UT 84112",
+%%%     checksum        = "63919 1162 3279 24277",
+%%%     email           = "rogers@anthro.utah.edu",
+%%%     supported       = "no",
+%%%     docstring       = "The file produces bibliographies more or
+%%%                        less in the format of Behavioral and Brain
+%%%                        Sciences.  It was adapted from apalike.bst,
+%%%                        incorporating features of Sake J.
+%%%                        Hogeveen's `astron.bst'.
+%%%
+%%%                        Usage: \documentstyle[astron]{...}
+%%%                        ...
+%%%                        \bibliographystyle{bbs}
+%%%                        ...
+%%%
+%%%                        The \documentstyle command above invokes
+%%%                        Hogeveen's `astron.sty', which must be in
+%%%                        TeX's search path.
+%%%
+%%%                        The modifications implement `\cite*{}',
+%%%                        which generates references in short form.
+%%%                        For example, `Rogers \cite*{...}' would
+%%%                        produce `Rogers (1992)'."
+%%% }
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% BibTeX `apalike' bibliography style (24-Jan-88 version)
+% Adapted from the `alpha' style, version 0.99a; for BibTeX version 0.99a.
+% Copyright (C) 1988, all rights reserved.
+% Copying of this file is allowed, provided that if you make any changes at all
+% you name it something other than `apalike.bst'.
+% This restriction helps ensure that all copies are identical.
+% Differences between this style and `alpha' are generally heralded by a `%'.
+% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for alpha.bst.
+%
+% This style should be used with the `apalike' LaTeX style (apalike.sty).
+% \cite's come out like "(Jones, 1986)" in the text but there are no labels
+% in the bibliography, and something like "(1986)" comes out immediately
+% after the author.  Author (and editor) names appear as last name, comma,
+% initials.  A `year' field is required for every entry, and so is either
+% an author (or in some cases, an editor) field or a key field.
+%
+% Editorial note:
+% Many journals require a style like `apalike', but I strongly, strongly,
+% strongly recommend that you not use it if you have a choice---use something
+% like `plain' instead.  Mary-Claire van Leunen (A Handbook for Scholars,
+% Knopf, 1979) argues convincingly that a style like `plain' encourages better
+% writing than one like `apalike'.  Furthermore the strongest arguments for
+% using an author-date style like `apalike'---that it's "the most practical"
+% (The Chicago Manual of Style, University of Chicago Press, thirteenth
+% edition, 1982, pages 400--401)---fall flat on their face with the new
+% computer-typesetting technology.  For instance page 401 anachronistically
+% states "The chief disadvantage of [a style like `plain'] is that additions
+% or deletions cannot be made after the manuscript is typed without changing
+% numbers in both text references and list."  LaTeX sidesteps the disadvantage.
+%
+% History:
+%   15-sep-86	(SK,OP)	Original version, by Susan King and Oren Patashnik.
+%   10-nov-86	(OP)	Truncated the sort.key$ string to the correct length
+%			in bib.sort.order to eliminate error message.
+%   24-jan-88	(OP)	Updated for BibTeX version 0.99a, from alpha.bst 0.99a;
+%			apalike now sorts by author, then year, then title;
+%			THIS `apalike' VERSION DOES NOT WORK WITH BIBTEX 0.98i.
+
+ENTRY
+  { address
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+    journal
+    key
+%    month		not used in apalike
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}
+  { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+	{ add.period$ write$
+	  newline$
+	  "\newblock " write$
+	}
+	{ output.state before.all =
+	    'write$
+	    { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+%					apalike needs this function because
+%					the year has special punctuation;
+%					apalike ignores the month
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+    { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    { write$
+      " (" year * extra.label * ")" *
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+  "\bibitem[" write$
+  label write$
+  "]{" write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+    'skip$
+    { output.state before.all =
+	'skip$
+	{ after.sentence 'output.state := }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't :=   % last name first
+      nameptr #1 >
+	{ namesleft #1 >
+	    { ", " * t * }
+	    { numnames #2 >
+		{ "," * }
+		'skip$
+	      if$
+	      t "others" =
+		{ " et~al." * }
+		{ " \& " * t * }
+	      if$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.ed.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{f. }{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=   % last name first
+      nameptr #1 >
+	{ namesleft #1 >
+	    { ", " * t * }
+	    { numnames #2 >
+		{ "," * }
+		'skip$
+	      if$
+	      t "others" =
+		{ " et~al." * }
+		{ " \& " * t * }
+	      if$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key}			% this function is just for apalike
+{ empty$
+    { key field.or.null }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+        {"ed. " editor format.ed.names *    }
+        { editor format.ed.names  ", ed." * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { title "t" change.case$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+	{ t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+	    { "--" *
+	      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	    }
+	    {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+		{ "-" *
+		  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+		}
+	      while$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ t #1 #1 substring$ *
+	  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+	{ series field.or.null }
+	{ output.state mid.sentence =
+	    { "number" }
+	    { "Number" }
+	  if$
+	  number tie.or.space.connect
+	  series empty$
+	    { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	    { " in " * series * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+	{ "(" edition  "l" change.case$ * " ed.)" * }
+	{ "(" edition  "t" change.case$ * " ed.)" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+	{ #1 'multiresult := }
+	{ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+	{ "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+	{ "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+  number empty$
+    'skip$
+    { "(" number * ")" * *
+      volume empty$
+	{ "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+	{ pop$ format.pages }
+	{ ":" * pages n.dashify * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+	{ "chapter" }
+	{ type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+	{ "In: " booktitle emphasize * }
+	{ "In: " booktitle emphasize * ", " * format.editors * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "In"							% this is for apalike
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In "
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  "\cite{" * crossref * "}" *				% this is for apalike
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "In"							% this is for apalike
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+      format.vol.num.pages output
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check				% special for apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.edition output
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+%      address output
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check				% special for apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.edition output
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+%      address output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.edition output
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+%      address output
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.pages output
+%      address output					% for apalike
+      new.sentence					% there's no year
+      organization output				% here so things
+      publisher output					% are simpler
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.edition output
+  organization address new.block.checkb
+  organization output
+%  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+%  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title output
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+%  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.editors output
+  editor format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+%  address output				% for apalike
+  new.sentence					% we always output
+  organization output				% a nonempty organization
+  publisher output				% here
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+%  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+  "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+  'len :=
+  s #1 len substring$ =
+    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+    's
+  if$
+}
+
+%			There are three apalike cases: one person (Jones),
+%			two (Jones and de~Bruijn), and more (Jones et~al.).
+%			This function is much like format.crossref.editors.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+  s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  s num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " et~al." * }
+    { #2 <
+	'skip$
+	{ s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+	    { " et~al." * }
+	    { " and " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	'key					% apalike uses the whole key
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	    'key				% apalike uses the whole key
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ editor format.lab.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	'key			% apalike uses the whole key, no organization
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}      % this function came from ASTRON.BST (ARR)
+{ type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.key.label
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+        'editor.key.label                       % apalike ignores organization
+        'author.key.label                       % for labeling and sorting
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  "\protect\astroncite{" swap$ * "}{"                   % these three lines are
+  *                                                     % for apalike, which
+  year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$          % uses all four digits
+  *                       % the mathing closing "}" comes in at the reverse.pass
+  'label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  ""
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { nameptr #1 >
+	{ "   " * }
+	'skip$
+      if$						% apalike uses initials
+      s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  f{ }}{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here
+      nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+	{ "et al" * }
+	{ t sortify * }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+  sortify
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { key sortify }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ editor sort.format.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+%			apalike uses two sorting passes; the first one sets the
+%			labels so that the `a's, `b's, etc. can be computed;
+%			the second pass puts the references in "correct" order.
+%			The presort function is for the first pass. It computes
+%			label, sort.label, and title, and then concatenates.
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+  label sortify
+  "    "
+  *
+  type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.sort
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+	'editor.sort
+	'author.sort
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$	% for
+  'sort.label :=		% apalike
+  sort.label			% style
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT		% by label, sort.label, title---for final label calculation
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra }	% apalike labels are only for the text;
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num }		% there are none in the bibliography
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}	% and hence there is no `longest.label'
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+  "" 'next.extra :=
+  #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.label label =
+    { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+      last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+    }
+    { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+      "" 'extra.label :=
+      label 'last.label :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}       % this function came from ASTRON.BST (ARR)
+{ next.extra "b" =
+    { "a" 'extra.label := }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  label extra.label * "}" * 'label :=
+  extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+%				Now that the label is right we sort for real,
+%				on sort.label then year then title.  This is
+%				for the second sorting pass.
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+{ sort.label
+  "    "
+  *
+  year field.or.null sortify
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+
+SORT		% by sort.label, year, title---giving final bibliography order
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$				% no \etalchar in apalike
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$		% no labels in apalike
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/bibtoref.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/bibtoref.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e33cf5e0418
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/bibtoref.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%%  @BibTeX-style-file{
+%%%     author          = "Ciaran McHale",
+%%%     version         = "1.00",
+%%%     date            = "21 July 1992",
+%%%     time            = "12:34:24 MDT",
+%%%     filename        = "bibtoref.bst",
+%%%     address         = "Department of Computer Science,
+%%%                        Trinity College,
+%%%                        Dublin 2,
+%%%                        Ireland",
+%%%     telephone       = "+353-1-772941 ext 1538",
+%%%     FAX             = "+353-1-772204",
+%%%     telex           = "93782 TCD EI",
+%%%     checksum        = "04276 201 698 5689",
+%%%     email           = "cjmchale@cs.tcd.ie or
+%%%                        cjmchale%cs.tcd.ie@cunyvm.cuny.edu"
+%%%     codetable       = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%%     keywords        = "",
+%%%     supported       = "no",
+%%%     docstring       = "This BibTeX style file translates selected
+%%%                        BibTeX bibliographies entries into UNIX
+%%%                        refer format.  It is based on a bib style
+%%%                        file by Kannan Varadhan.
+%%%
+%%%                        To use it, create a temporary LaTeX file
+%%%                        that contains the \cite{...} entries you
+%%%                        want to convert, or else use \nocite{*} to
+%%%                        convert all of them.  Such a file might
+%%%                        look like this:
+%%%
+%%%                        \documentstyle{article}
+%%%                        \begin{document}
+%%%                        \bibliographystyle{bibtoref}
+%%%                        \nocite{*} % or \cite{...,...,...}
+%%%                        \bibliography{BIBFILENAME}
+%%%                        \end{document}
+%%%
+%%%                        Run latex then bibtex on the sample file;
+%%%                        the UNIX refer bibliography will appear in
+%%%                        the corresponding .bbl file.
+%%%
+%%%                        The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
+%%%                        checksum as the first value, followed by the
+%%%                        equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word
+%%%                        count) utility output of lines, words, and
+%%%                        characters.  This is produced by Robert
+%%%                        Solovay's checksum utility.",
+%%%  }
+%%% ====================================================================
+
+ENTRY
+  {                                     % entry fields
+        abstract                % non standard
+    address
+        annote                  % non standard
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+    journal
+    key
+        keywords                % non standard
+    month
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}                                    % no integer entry variables
+  { label extra.label sort.label }      % label entry variables
+
+
+STRINGS { s t a.name }
+
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {handle.names}
+{ 't :=         % type e.g. "A" for authors, "E" for editors
+  's :=         % the string containing the names
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+
+    { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 'a.name :=
+
+      a.name "others" =
+        'skip$  % don't print out "%A others"
+        { "%" t * " " * a.name * write$ newline$ }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {handle.maybe.empty}
+{
+  't :=
+  duplicate$
+  empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "%" t * " " * swap$ * write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {translate}
+{
+  newline$      % get a blank line between each entry
+
+  title "T" handle.maybe.empty
+  booktitle "B" handle.maybe.empty
+
+  % there may be multiple authors so handle it differently
+  author empty$
+    { " empty author in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    { author "A" handle.names }
+  if$
+  editor "E" handle.maybe.empty
+  journal "J" handle.maybe.empty
+  keywords "K" handle.maybe.empty
+  cite$ "L" handle.maybe.empty
+  volume "V" handle.maybe.empty
+  abstract "X" handle.maybe.empty
+
+  % The date, if present may be just the year or both the month and year
+  % or might even be just the month
+  month empty$ year empty$ and
+    'skip$      % no date of publication so nothing to do
+    {
+      month empty$      % I'm using the if statement because I'm not
+        { "" }          % sure that--- month " " year * --- would work.
+        { month " " * } % (The manual doesn't mention anything about
+      if$               % this so I'm playing safe)
+      year empty$
+        { "" }
+        { year }
+      if$
+      *
+      "D" handle.maybe.empty
+    }
+  if$
+  pages "P" handle.maybe.empty
+  note "O" handle.maybe.empty
+  number "N" handle.maybe.empty
+  series "S" handle.maybe.empty
+  annote "Y" handle.maybe.empty
+  address "C" handle.maybe.empty
+
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {article} { translate }
+FUNCTION {book} { translate }
+FUNCTION {booklet} { translate }
+FUNCTION {inbook} { translate }
+FUNCTION {incollection} { translate }
+FUNCTION {inproceedings} { translate }
+FUNCTION {manual} { translate }
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis} { translate }
+FUNCTION {misc} { translate }
+FUNCTION {phdthesis} { translate }
+FUNCTION {proceedings} { translate }
+FUNCTION {techreport} { translate }
+FUNCTION {unpublished} { translate }
+FUNCTION {default.type} { translate }
+
+
+READ
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/cbe.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/cbe.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..85c176fa861
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/cbe.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1161 @@
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%%  @BibTeX-style-file{
+%%%     author          = "Alan Rogers",
+%%%     version         = "1.1",
+%%%     date            = "1990",
+%%%     filename        = "cbe.bst",
+%%%     address         = "Dept of Anthropology, University of Utah,
+%%%                        Salt Lake City, UT 84112",
+%%%     checksum        = "13520 1161 3284 24308",
+%%%     email           = "rogers@anthro.utah.edu",
+%%%     supported       = "no",
+%%%     docstring       = "The file produces bibliographies more or
+%%%                        less in the Council of Biology Editors
+%%%                        format, which is used by Evolution,
+%%%                        American Naturalist, & lots of other
+%%%                        journals.  It was adapted from apalike.bst,
+%%%                        incorporating features of Sake J.
+%%%                        Hogeveen's `astron.bst'.
+%%%
+%%%                        Usage: \documentstyle[astron]{...}
+%%%                        ...
+%%%                        \bibliographystyle{cbe}
+%%%                        ...
+%%%
+%%%                        The \documentstyle command above invokes
+%%%                        Hogeveen's `astron.sty', which must be in
+%%%                        TeX's search path.
+%%%
+%%%                        The modifications implement `\cite*{}',
+%%%                        which generates references in short form.
+%%%                        For example, `Rogers \cite*{...}' would
+%%%                        produce `Rogers (1992)'."
+%%%  }
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% BibTeX `apalike' bibliography style (24-Jan-88 version)
+% Adapted from the `alpha' style, version 0.99a; for BibTeX version 0.99a.
+% Copyright (C) 1988, all rights reserved.
+% Copying of this file is allowed, provided that if you make any changes at all
+% you name it something other than `apalike.bst'.
+% This restriction helps ensure that all copies are identical.
+% Differences between this style and `alpha' are generally heralded by a `%'.
+% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for alpha.bst.
+%
+% This style should be used with the `apalike' LaTeX style (apalike.sty).
+% \cite's come out like "(Jones, 1986)" in the text but there are no labels
+% in the bibliography, and something like "(1986)" comes out immediately
+% after the author.  Author (and editor) names appear as last name, comma,
+% initials.  A `year' field is required for every entry, and so is either
+% an author (or in some cases, an editor) field or a key field.
+%
+% Editorial note:
+% Many journals require a style like `apalike', but I strongly, strongly,
+% strongly recommend that you not use it if you have a choice---use something
+% like `plain' instead.  Mary-Claire van Leunen (A Handbook for Scholars,
+% Knopf, 1979) argues convincingly that a style like `plain' encourages better
+% writing than one like `apalike'.  Furthermore the strongest arguments for
+% using an author-date style like `apalike'---that it's "the most practical"
+% (The Chicago Manual of Style, University of Chicago Press, thirteenth
+% edition, 1982, pages 400--401)---fall flat on their face with the new
+% computer-typesetting technology.  For instance page 401 anachronistically
+% states "The chief disadvantage of [a style like `plain'] is that additions
+% or deletions cannot be made after the manuscript is typed without changing
+% numbers in both text references and list."  LaTeX sidesteps the disadvantage.
+%
+% History:
+%   15-sep-86	(SK,OP)	Original version, by Susan King and Oren Patashnik.
+%   10-nov-86	(OP)	Truncated the sort.key$ string to the correct length
+%			in bib.sort.order to eliminate error message.
+%   24-jan-88	(OP)	Updated for BibTeX version 0.99a, from alpha.bst 0.99a;
+%			apalike now sorts by author, then year, then title;
+%			THIS `apalike' VERSION DOES NOT WORK WITH BIBTEX 0.98i.
+
+ENTRY
+  { address
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+    journal
+    key
+%    month		not used in apalike
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}
+  { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+	{ add.period$ write$
+	  newline$
+	  "\newblock " write$
+	}
+	{ output.state before.all =
+	    'write$
+	    { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+%					apalike needs this function because
+%					the year has special punctuation;
+%					apalike ignores the month
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+    { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    { write$
+      " " year * extra.label *
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+  "\bibitem[" write$
+  label write$
+  "]{" write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+    'skip$
+    { output.state before.all =
+	'skip$
+	{ after.sentence 'output.state := }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {smallcaps}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\sc " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't :=   % last name first
+      nameptr #1 >
+	{ namesleft #1 >
+	    { ", " * t * }
+	    { numnames #2 >
+		{ "," * }
+		'skip$
+	      if$
+	      t "others" =
+		{ " et~al." * }
+		{ " and " * t * }
+	      if$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editor.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{f. }{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=   % last name first
+      nameptr #1 >
+	{ namesleft #1 >
+	    { ", " * t * }
+	    { numnames #2 >
+		{ "," * }
+		'skip$
+	      if$
+	      t "others" =
+		{ " et~al." * }
+		{ " and " * t * }
+	      if$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names smallcaps }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key}			% this function is just for apalike
+{ empty$
+    { key field.or.null }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.editor.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+	{ " (eds.)" * }
+	{ " (ed.)" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { title "t" change.case$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+	{ t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+	    { "--" *
+	      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	    }
+	    {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+		{ "-" *
+		  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+		}
+	      while$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ t #1 #1 substring$ *
+	  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title %emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+	{ series field.or.null }
+	{ output.state mid.sentence =
+	    { "number" }
+	    { "Number" }
+	  if$
+	  number tie.or.space.connect
+	  series empty$
+	    { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	    { " in " * series * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+	{ edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+	{ edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+	{ #1 'multiresult := }
+	{ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+	{ "pp." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+	{ "p." pages tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+	{ pop$ format.pages }
+	{ ":" * pages n.dashify * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    { "" }
+    { type empty$
+	{ "chapter" }
+	{ type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+%	{ "{\em In} " booktitle emphasize * }
+%	{ "{\em In} " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+	{ "{\em In} " booktitle * }
+	{ "{\em In} " format.editors * ", " * booktitle * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "In"							% this is for apalike
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In "
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  "\cite{" * crossref * "}" *				% this is for apalike
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "In"							% this is for apalike
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal emphasize " " * format.vol.num.pages * output
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check				% special for apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check				% special for apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  format.pages output
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+      format.edition output
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.pages output
+      address output					% for apalike
+      new.sentence					% there's no year
+      organization output				% here so things
+      publisher output					% are simpler
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  organization address new.block.checkb
+  organization output
+  address output
+  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title output
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.editors output
+  editor format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address output				% for apalike
+  new.sentence					% we always output
+  organization output				% a nonempty organization
+  publisher output				% here
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+  "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+  'len :=
+  s #1 len substring$ =
+    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+    's
+  if$
+}
+
+%			There are three apalike cases: one person (Jones),
+%			two (Jones and de~Bruijn), and more (Jones et~al.).
+%			This function is much like format.crossref.editors.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+  s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  s num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " et~al." * }
+    { #2 <
+	'skip$
+	{ s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+	    { " et~al." * }
+	    { " and " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	'key					% apalike uses the whole key
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	    'key				% apalike uses the whole key
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ editor format.lab.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	'key			% apalike uses the whole key, no organization
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}      % this function came from ASTRON.BST (ARR)
+{ type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.key.label
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+        'editor.key.label                       % apalike ignores organization
+        'author.key.label                       % for labeling and sorting
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  "\protect\astroncite{" swap$ * "}{"                   % these three lines are
+  *                                                     % for apalike, which
+  year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$          % uses all four digits
+  *                       % the mathing closing "}" comes in at the reverse.pass
+  'label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  ""
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { nameptr #1 >
+	{ "   " * }
+	'skip$
+      if$						% apalike uses initials
+      s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  f{ }}{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here
+      nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+	{ "et al" * }
+	{ t sortify * }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+  sortify
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { key sortify }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ editor sort.format.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+%			apalike uses two sorting passes; the first one sets the
+%			labels so that the `a's, `b's, etc. can be computed;
+%			the second pass puts the references in "correct" order.
+%			The presort function is for the first pass. It computes
+%			label, sort.label, and title, and then concatenates.
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+  label sortify
+  "    "
+  *
+  type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.sort
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+	'editor.sort
+	'author.sort
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$	% for
+  'sort.label :=		% apalike
+  sort.label			% style
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT		% by label, sort.label, title---for final label calculation
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra }	% apalike labels are only for the text;
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num }		% there are none in the bibliography
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}	% and hence there is no `longest.label'
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+  "" 'next.extra :=
+  #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.label label =
+    { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+      last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+    }
+    { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+      "" 'extra.label :=
+      label 'last.label :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}       % this function came from ASTRON.BST (ARR)
+{ next.extra "b" =
+    { "a" 'extra.label := }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  label extra.label * "}" * 'label :=
+  extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+%				Now that the label is right we sort for real,
+%				on sort.label then year then title.  This is
+%				for the second sorting pass.
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+{ sort.label
+  "    "
+  *
+  year field.or.null sortify
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+
+SORT		% by sort.label, year, title---giving final bibliography order
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$				% no \etalchar in apalike
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$		% no labels in apalike
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/cell.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/cell.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4d831b7a619
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/cell.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1442 @@
+% BibTex `cell' bibliography style
+% version = 1.25 of cell.bst 1994 October 15
+% from version = 1.27 of jmb.bst 1992 October 22
+
+% conversion from JMB to Cell by:
+% changing emphasis to roman (\em to \rm)
+% bold face to roman (\bf to \rm) (on volume)
+% making the volume be italics
+% removing the comma after the journal name
+%
+% Thomas Schneider
+% National Cancer Institute
+% Laboratory of Mathematical Biology
+% Frederick, Maryland  21702-1013
+% toms@ncifcrf.gov
+%
+% This file is available by anonymous ftp from ncifcrf.gov in pub/delila.
+%
+% TITLES can be turned on and off!
+%      Just nocite the reference TitlesOn in the paper (i.e. \nocite{TitlesOn})
+%      and have a bibliography article in your database with that cite key!
+%
+% WARNING: Since I use mostly article, book and inproceedings, these
+% are formatted pretty closely to the Journal of Theoretical Biology style
+% while other things are neglected.  Also, I can't guarantee that the style
+% is exactly right.
+%
+% The following documentation is identical from the source of jmb.bst,
+% which was the apalike.bst taken from the Clarkson archive on 1989 June 19.
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% BibTeX `apalike' bibliography style (24-Jan-88 version)
+% Adapted from the `alpha' style, version 0.99a; for BibTeX version 0.99a.
+% Copyright (C) 1988, all rights reserved.
+% Copying of this file is allowed, provided that if you make any changes at all
+% you name it something other than `apalike.bst'.
+% This restriction helps ensure that all copies are identical.
+% Differences between this style and `alpha' are generally heralded by a `%'.
+% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for alpha.bst.
+%
+% This style should be used with the `apalike' LaTeX style (apalike.sty).
+% \cite's come out like "(Jones, 1986)" in the text but there are no labels
+% in the bibliography, and something like "(1986)" comes out immediately
+% after the author.  Author (and editor) names appear as last name, comma,
+% initials.  A `year' field is required for every entry, and so is either
+% an author (or in some cases, an editor) field or a key field.
+%
+% Editorial note:
+% Many journals require a style like `apalike', but I strongly, strongly,
+% strongly recommend that you not use it if you have a choice---use something
+% like `plain' instead.  Mary-Claire van Leunen (A Handbook for Scholars,
+% Knopf, 1979) argues convincingly that a style like `plain' encourages better
+% writing than one like `apalike'.  Furthermore the strongest arguments for
+% using an author-date style like `apalike'---that it's "the most practical"
+% (The Chicago Manual of Style, University of Chicago Press, thirteenth
+% edition, 1982, pages 400--401)---fall flat on their face with the new
+% computer-typesetting technology.  For instance page 401 anachronistically
+% states "The chief disadvantage of [a style like `plain'] is that additions
+% or deletions cannot be made after the manuscript is typed without changing
+% numbers in both text references and list."  LaTeX sidesteps the disadvantage.
+%
+% History:
+%   15-sep-86	(SK,OP)	Original version, by Susan King and Oren Patashnik.
+%   10-nov-86	(OP)	Truncated the sort.key$ string to the correct length
+%			in bib.sort.order to eliminate error message.
+%   24-jan-88	(OP)	Updated for BibTeX version 0.99a, from alpha.bst 0.99a;
+%			apalike now sorts by author, then year, then title;
+%			THIS `apalike' VERSION DOES NOT WORK WITH BIBTEX 0.98i.
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% The program was further modified by Tom Schneider:
+%
+%   1989 June 19 (TDS)  Renamed jmb.bst.  Items that do not have years were
+%        listed in the bibliography without identifiers.  However, they
+%        have identifiers in the text.  The identifier was added.
+%        Titles were removed :-(.
+%
+%   1989 October 2 (TDS)  Made labels in the paper use the & symbol rather
+%                  than `and', as required by JMB.
+%   1989 October 3 (TDS)  Made et~al. be in italics.
+%                  Removed comma after journal name.  (actually, all
+%                  mid sentence commas go!)
+%                  Made volume number be bold faced.
+%                  Converted colon (:) after volume number to a comma (,).
+%                  If a journal name does NOT end in a period, add
+%                  a comma after the name.
+%   1989 October 14 (TDS)  Without a year the program used to sort on the
+%                   title.  I made it sort on the cite$ if there is no year.
+%   1989 October 18 (TDS)  If there is one reference without a year, put
+%                   an "a" at the end of its label, so that it comes out
+%                   as (Smith, a) in the text.  in FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+%   1989 November 2 (TDS)  Unpublished papers now give the title.
+%   1989 November 18 (TDS)  TITLES can be turned on and off!
+%                   Just nocite the reference TitlesOn in the paper
+%                   and have a bibliography article in your database
+%                   with that cite key!
+%   1989 December 5 (TDS)  I can't stand sorting to fall back on the
+%                   titles of the article - no control!  So in function
+%                   bib.sort.order the default is now cite$.
+%   1990 November 14 (TDS) Changes to match JTB better:
+%                    Names in the bibliography are now connected
+%                    with "\&" instead of "and", since this fits JTB better.
+%                    "In" is now "In:".
+%                    "editors" and "editor" are now "eds" and "ed".
+%                    booktitle follows editors.  editors in parenthesis.
+%                    pp. and p. instead of pages and page.
+%                    location followed by colon (:) and then publisher.
+%   1992 October 22  (TDS) Publisher address is at the end of books.
+%                    with no colon after address.
+%                    no comma before & in name list in bibliography.
+%                    The extra.label (as the a of 1991a) is emphasized.
+%                    "In:" goes back to "In"!
+%                    publisher address is at the end of inproceedings.
+%                    volume is "vol.", with comma after number.
+%                    ed.", and comma after ) closing editors.
+%                    as a colon (:), JMB does NOT want the next
+%                    ed, but the format.title function uses
+%                    which leaves it capitalized.  To fix this, a
+%                    place change.case$ must be written.
+%
+%                    When a title has a colon (:), JMB does NOT want the next
+%                    word capitalized, but the format.title function uses
+%                    change.case$, which leaves it capitalized.  To fix this, a
+%                    function to replace change.case$ was written:
+%                    special.change.case
+%
+%                    edition should follow TITLE for books!
+
+% possible bug:  sorting order probably should be first author followed
+% by year; but this is not absolutely clear.  Sorting here is (I think)
+% by all authors (or perhaps the key) then year.
+
+
+ENTRY  % declare variables that have a value for each entry on the list
+  { address
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+    journal
+    key
+%    month                not used in apalike
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}
+  { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block
+           docomma givetitles }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+
+  #0 'docomma :=    % if it is 0 then don't do commas, otherwise do them.
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.toggle.switches}
+{% set switches for controlling the output!
+  #0 'givetitles := % if it is 0 then don't give titles, otherwise do them.
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+% "in of output.nonnull" warning$
+
+% %    { ", " * write$ }  % the comma here is responsible for every comma!
+% %                       % But JMB doesn't want commas, so away it goes!
+%      { " " * write$ }    % That does it!
+
+    { % doing a comma is controlled specifically in JMB using docomma
+      docomma #0 =
+      { " " * write$ }
+      { ", " * write$ }
+      if$
+    }
+    { output.state after.block =
+        { add.period$ write$
+          newline$
+          "\newblock " write$
+        }
+        { output.state before.all =
+            'write$
+            { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+% "out of output.nonnull" warning$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+% "in output.check" warning$
+  duplicate$ empty$
+     {  t "title" =
+           { pop$ } % jmb ignores titles and does not object if missing
+           { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+        if$
+     }
+    'output.nonnull  % block periods
+    % { pop$  } % don't do anything
+  if$
+% "ouT of output.check" warning$
+}
+
+%    t "title" =
+%    { "zowie" warning$ }
+%    {  duplicate$ empty$
+%       { pop$ "EmPtY " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+%       'output.nonnull
+%    }
+%    if$
+%  if$
+%}
+
+%                			apalike needs this function because
+%					the year has special punctuation;
+%					apalike ignores the month
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+    {
+      "empty year in " cite$ ", using label: " extra.label * * * warning$
+      write$
+%      " (" extra.label * ")" * % TDS UNemphasized label
+
+% zzz here is the problem:
+% extra.label "BLURB" * warning$
+      " ({\rm{" extra.label * "}})" * % TDS emphasized label
+% "BLORB" warning$
+
+    { label "{\rm{" extra.label "}}" * * * 'label :=}
+% "BLUBEL" warning$
+
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+% "BLIP" warning$
+    }
+    { write$
+
+%      " (" year * extra.label * ")" * % TDS UNemphasized label
+      " (" year * "{\rm{" extra.label "}}" * * * ")" * % TDS emphasized label
+
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+% "POW" warning$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+  "\bibitem[" write$
+  label write$
+  "]{" write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+    'skip$
+    { output.state before.all =
+	'skip$
+	{ after.sentence 'output.state := }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\rm " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't :=   % last name first
+      nameptr #1 >
+	{ namesleft #1 >
+	    { ", " * t * }
+	    { numnames #2 >
+%		{ "," * } % remove this comma TDS
+		{ " " * }
+		'skip$
+	      if$
+	      t "others" =
+		{ " {\rm et~al.}" * }
+		{ " \& " * t * }
+	      if$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key}			% this function is just for apalike
+{ empty$
+    { key field.or.null }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+	{ ", eds" * } % TDS
+	{ ", ed." * } % TDS
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {special.change.case}
+% change the entire string to lower case except
+% for the first letter and things inside {}
+% That is, force the first letter after a colon (:) to be lower case
+% but otherwise use the change.case$ rules.
+{
+% title "t" change.case$ % TDS this line was the original method
+
+% start with the first letter of the title, hang on stack
+title #1 #1 substring$
+
+% unearth this to see the breakpoint
+%"|---|" *
+
+% take the title, change to entire lower case.
+title "l" change.case$
+
+% take from second position of lowered title to end of title
+#2
+global.max$
+substring$
+
+% concatenate first letter to rest of title
+*
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { % decide whether to give the title or not
+       givetitles #1 =
+%       { title "t" change.case$ } % produce the title % TDS original function
+       { special.change.case } % produce the title
+       { title pop$ "" }          % don't produce the title
+       if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+	{ t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+	    { "--" *
+	      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	    }
+	    {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+		{ "-" *
+		  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+		}
+	      while$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ t #1 #1 substring$ *
+	  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+%    { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect % TDS
+    { "vol." volume "," * tie.or.space.connect % made vol.
+      series empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+%      "volume and number" number either.or.check % TDS
+      "vol. and num." number either.or.check % made vol.
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+	{ series field.or.null }
+	{ output.state mid.sentence =
+	    { "number" }
+	    { "Number" }
+	  if$
+	  number tie.or.space.connect
+	  series empty$
+	    { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	    { " in " * series * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+	{ edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+	{ edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+	{ #1 'multiresult := }
+	{ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+	{ "pp." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } % TDS
+	{ "p." pages tie.or.space.connect } % TDS
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ "{\rm " volume "}" * * field.or.null  % make volume bold face
+
+% cell does not take numbers
+%  number empty$
+%    'skip$
+%%    { " (" number * ")" * *
+%    { " ({\em " number "\/}" * * ")" * * % CELL IS ITALICS
+%% zzz
+%       volume empty$
+%	{ "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+%	'skip$
+%      if$
+%    }
+%  if$
+
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+	{ pop$ format.pages }
+%	{ ":" * pages n.dashify * } % no more colons after the volume
+	{ ", " * pages n.dashify * } % comma's instead
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+	{ "chapter" }
+	{ type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+	{ "In " booktitle emphasize * } % TDS
+	{ "In " booktitle emphasize * ", " * % That's the comma after the title
+          "(" format.editors ")," * * * } % TDS
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "In"				% this is for apalike % TDS
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In " % TDS
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  "\cite{" * crossref * "}" *				% this is for apalike
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "In"				% this is for apalike % TDS
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{
+  cite$ "TitlesOn" =
+  'skip$ % Don't write out an article of this kind, it's a toggle switch!
+  {
+  output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+% "===> about to" warning$
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+% "===> after it" warning$
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { % figure out the last character of the journal name.
+      % "<<" journal #-1 #1 substring$ ">>" * *  % for testing
+      % "<" journal ">" * *  % this works ok     % for testing
+
+      journal #-1 #1 substring$ "." =
+      { journal }  % journal ended in period so don't do anything
+%      { journal ", " *}  % journal ended without period, so add comma
+      { journal " " *}  % journal ended without period, so add comma NONE FOR CELL
+      if$
+      emphasize "journal" output.check
+
+%      journal * emphasize "journal" output.check % the original method
+
+      format.vol.num.pages output
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check				% special for apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  #1 'docomma :=    % TURN COMMAS ON FOR JMB
+  crossref missing$
+    {
+      format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      format.edition output % TDS JMB position for edition
+%      new.sentence
+%         #0 'docomma := % no comma after address
+%      address ":" * output % TDS
+      publisher "publisher" output.check % TDS
+%         #1 'docomma := % comma back on
+%      publisher "publisher" output.check
+%      address output
+      address output % TDS - no colon!
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+%  format.edition output % TDS original position of edition
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  #0 'docomma :=    % TURN COMMAS OFF
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check				% special for apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+         #0 'docomma := % no comma after address
+      address ":" * output % TDS
+      publisher "publisher" output.check % TDS
+         #1 'docomma := % comma back on
+%      publisher "publisher" output.check
+%      address output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+      format.edition output
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    {
+%      #1 'docomma :=    % TURN COMMAS ON FOR JMB, BUT NOT FOR JTB: inconsistent. TDS NOW
+      format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.pages
+        pages empty$
+          { output }
+          { "," * output } % TDS toss in comma instead of period
+        if$
+
+%      address output % TDS address is below for JTB
+%      new.sentence % TDS remove period
+      organization output
+         #0 'docomma := % NO COMMA AFTER ADDRESS
+      publisher "publisher" output.check % TDS
+         #1 'docomma := % comma back on
+
+%      publisher output					% are simpler
+      address output % TDS
+      #0 'docomma :=    % TURN COMMAS OFF
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  organization address new.block.checkb
+  organization output
+  address output
+  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title output
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "PhD thesis," format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.editors output
+  editor format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address output				% for apalike
+  new.sentence					% we always output
+  organization output				% a nonempty organization
+  publisher output				% here
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+% "===> about to unpuBLISH" warning$
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+% "===> out of to unpuBLISH" warning$
+  new.block
+% "===> PLEASE PLEASE BE HERE" warning$
+
+% Since format.title is out of commission, the original method won't work:
+%  format.title "title" output.check
+% so do the equivalent of the format.title procedure: (TDS)
+  title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { title "t" change.case$ } % produce the title
+  if$
+% "===> perfidity 1" warning$
+  "title" output.check
+% "===> perfidity" warning$
+
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  fin.entry
+
+% "===> GOlly done" warning$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+% ***********************************************************
+
+FUNCTION {check.for.titlecommand}
+% go through each entry and see if one of them has the key
+% 'TitlesOn'.  If this is found, then do titles!
+% 1989 November 18 TDS
+{
+%  "|" label "|" * * write$ newline$  % |Arrhenius {\rm et~al.}, 1986|
+%  "|" cite$ "|" * * write$ newline$  % |Arrhenius1986|
+% so cite$ is the thing I want to detect...
+
+  cite$ "TitlesOn" =
+  { % got it!
+%    "FOUND TitlesOn" write$ newline$
+     "Titles Will Be Printed" warning$
+    #1 'givetitles := % give titles!
+  }
+  'skip$
+  if$
+}
+EXECUTE {init.toggle.switches}
+ITERATE {check.for.titlecommand}
+% ***********************************************************
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+  "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+  'len :=
+  s #1 len substring$ =
+    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+    's
+  if$
+}
+
+%			There are three apalike cases: one person (Jones),
+%			two (Jones and de~Bruijn), and more (Jones et~al.).
+%			This function is much like format.crossref.editors.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+  s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  s num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " {\rm et~al.}" * }
+    { #2 <
+	'skip$
+	{ s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+	    { " {\rm et~al.}" * }
+	    { " \& " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+            % note new use of & rather than `and'.  TDS
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	'key					% apalike uses the whole key
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	    'key				% apalike uses the whole key
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ editor format.lab.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	'key			% apalike uses the whole key, no organization
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.key.label
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+	'editor.key.label			% apalike ignores organization
+	'author.key.label			% for labeling and sorting
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  ", "							% these three lines are
+  *							% for apalike, which
+  year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$		% uses all four digits
+  *
+  'label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  ""
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { nameptr #1 >
+	{ "   " * }
+	'skip$
+      if$						% apalike uses initials
+      s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  f{ }}{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here
+      nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+	{ "{\rm et al}" * }
+	{ t sortify * }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+  sortify
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { key sortify }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ editor sort.format.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+%			apalike uses two sorting passes; the first one sets the
+%			labels so that the `a's, `b's, etc. can be computed;
+%			the second pass puts the references in "correct" order.
+%			The presort function is for the first pass. It computes
+%			label, sort.label, and title, and then concatenates.
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+  label sortify
+  "    "
+  *
+  type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.sort
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+	'editor.sort
+	'author.sort
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$	% for
+  'sort.label :=		% apalike
+  sort.label			% style
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT		% by label, sort.label, title---for final label calculation
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra }	% apalike labels are only for the text;
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num }		% there are none in the bibliography
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}	% and hence there is no `longest.label'
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+  "" 'next.extra :=
+  #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+% pass through the references forward
+{
+%"\\     label=" label "//" * * write$ newline$ % display the label
+%"\\last.label=" last.label "//" * * write$ newline$ % display the label
+
+ last.label label =   % if the label repeats the previous label...
+    { % then increment the extra number
+      last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+      % and convert it to a label
+      last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+    }
+    { % else set things up for the next entry
+      "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+
+      % However, if the year was missing, tack on an extra "a". TDS
+      year empty$
+      {"a" 'extra.label :=}
+      {"" 'extra.label :=}
+      if$
+
+%      "" 'extra.label :=  % the original method was not to do anything TDS
+
+      label 'last.label :=   % capture this label for next time
+    }
+  if$
+%"\\extra.label = " extra.label "//" * * write$ newline$ % display the label
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+% pass through the references backwards
+% add extra characters to the end of the label string
+{
+%"{{" label "}}" * * write$ newline$ % display the label
+ next.extra "b" =
+% original logic:
+    { "a" 'extra.label := }
+    'skip$
+    if$
+
+% next.extra "b" = { "next.extra was = b" write$ newline$} 'skip$ if$
+
+% new as of 1989 Oct 18
+%    { "a" 'extra.label := }
+%    { % Put on an "a" at the end of the label if the year is missing. TDS
+%      year empty$
+%       { "a" 'extra.label := }
+%       %{ label "a" * 'label := }
+%       'skip$ % otherwise leave it alone (orignial method)
+%     if$ }
+%  if$
+
+%  label extra.label * 'label := % TDS ORIGINAL LABEL METHOD
+
+% stick {\rm } around extra.label if it's not empty TDS
+  extra.label "" =
+    'skip$
+    { label "{\rm{" extra.label "}}" * * * 'label :=}
+  if$
+
+  extra.label 'next.extra :=
+%"{{" label "}}" * * write$ newline$ % display the label
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+% Generate the sort.key$ variables for sorting.
+% The sorting is first on the sort.label (ie, author's name), followed
+% by the year then the title.  If there is no year, the cite$ is used.
+{
+  sort.label  % this is based on the author name
+  "    " * % tack on some space
+% original apa command was to use the year or an empty string:
+%  year field.or.null sortify
+% 
+% Replace that with the use of the cite$, when there is no year:
+  year duplicate$ empty$
+     {pop$ cite$}
+     'skip$
+  if$
+
+  * "    " *  % tack on some space
+
+% I CAN'T STAND SORTING ON TITLE!!! TDS 1989 Dec 5
+%  title field.or.null
+%  sort.format.title
+%  * % attach them together
+  cite$
+  * % use cite$ instead!!
+
+  % note: if there is no year, then the cite$ will override the sorting
+  % on the title.  Oh well.  Title sorting is sorta (ha ha) awful.
+
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+
+  % The following line helps debug the program.  It shows what the sort.key$ is.
+  % "%" sort.key$ * write$ newline$
+}
+
+% Here is the place that the actual executions of the labeling and sorting
+% functions are done.
+
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff} % initialize variables
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}               % set up the sorting keys
+SORT		% by sort.label, year, title---giving final bibliography order
+% Having sorted NOW we apply the extra letters at the end!
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$				% no \etalchar in apalike
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$		% no labels in apalike
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/chicago.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/chicago.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..511f3aa5fa1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/chicago.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1654 @@
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%%  @BibTeX-style-file{
+%%%     author          = "Glenn Paulley",
+%%%     version         = "4",
+%%%     date            = "28 August 1992",
+%%%     time            = "10:23:39 199",
+%%%     filename        = "chicago.bst",
+%%%     address         = "Data Structuring Group
+%%%                        Department of Computer Science
+%%%                        University of Waterloo
+%%%                        Waterloo, Ontario, Canada
+%%%                        N2L 3G1",
+%%%     telephone       = "(519) 885-1211",
+%%%     FAX             = "(519) 885-1208",
+%%%     checksum        = "26323 1654 5143 37417",
+%%%     email           = "gnpaulle@bluebox.uwaterloo.ca",
+%%%     codetable       = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%%     keywords        = "",
+%%%     supported       = "yes",
+%%%     abstract        = "A BibTeX bibliography style that follows the
+%%%                        `B' reference style of the 13th Edition of
+%%%                        the Chicago Manual of Style. A detailed
+%%%                        feature list is given below.",
+%%%     docstring       = "The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
+%%%                        checksum as the first value, followed by the
+%%%                        equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word
+%%%                        count) utility output of lines, words, and
+%%%                        characters.  This is produced by Robert
+%%%                        Solovay's checksum utility.",
+%%%  }
+%%% ====================================================================
+%
+% "Chicago" BibTeX style, chicago.bst
+% ===================================
+%
+% BibTeX `chicago' style file for BibTeX version 0.99c, LaTeX version 2.09
+% Place it in a file called chicago.bst in the BibTeX search path.
+% You need to include chicago.sty as a \documentstyle option.
+% (Placing it in the same directory as the LaTeX document should also work.)
+% This "chicago" style is based on newapa.bst (American Psych. Assoc.)
+% found at ymir.claremont.edu.
+%
+%   Citation format: (author-last-name year)
+%             (author-last-name and author-last-name year)
+%             (author-last-name, author-last-name, and author-last-name year)
+%             (author-last-name et al. year)
+%             (author-last-name)
+%             author-last-name (year)
+%             (author-last-name and author-last-name)
+%             (author-last-name et al.)
+%             (year) or (year,year)
+%             year or year,year
+%
+%   Reference list ordering: alphabetical by author or whatever passes
+%    for author in the absence of one.
+%
+% This BibTeX style has support for abbreviated author lists and for
+%    year-only citations.  This is done by having the citations
+%    actually look like
+%
+%    \citeauthoryear{full-author-info}{abbrev-author-info}{year}
+%
+% The LaTeX style has to have the following (or similar)
+%
+%     \let\@internalcite\cite
+%     \def\fullcite{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##1, ##3}\@internalcite}
+%     \def\fullciteA{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##1}\@internalcite}
+%     \def\shortcite{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##2, ##3}\@internalcite}
+%     \def\shortciteA{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##2}\@internalcite}
+%     \def\citeyear{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##3}\@internalcite}
+%
+% These TeX macro definitions are found in chicago.sty. Additional
+% commands to manipulate different components of a citation can be defined
+% so that, for example, you can list author's names without parentheses
+% if using a citation as a noun or object in a sentence.
+%
+% This file was originally copied from newapa.bst at ymir.claremont.edu.
+%
+% Features of chicago.bst:
+% =======================
+%
+% - full names used in citations, but abbreviated citations are available
+%   (see above)
+% - if an entry has a "month", then the month and year are also printed
+%   as part of that bibitem.
+% - all conjunctions use "and" instead of "\&"
+% - major modification from Chicago Manual of Style (13th ed.) is that
+%   only the first author in a reference appears last name first-
+%   additional authors appear as J. Q. Public.
+% - pages are listed as "pp. xx-xx" in all entry types except
+%   article entries.
+% - book, inbook, and manual use "location: publisher" (or organization)
+%   for address and publisher. All other types list publishers separately.
+% - "pp." are used to identify page numbers for all entry types except
+%   articles.
+% - organization is used as a citation label if neither author nor editor
+%   is present (for manuals).
+% - "et al." is used for long author and editor lists, or when "others"
+%   is used.
+%
+% Modifications and bug fixes from newapa.bst:
+% ===========================================
+%
+%   - added month, year to bib entries if month is present
+%   - fixed bug with In proceedings, added necessary comma after title
+%   - all conjunctions changed to "and" from "\&"
+%   - fixed bug with author labels in my.full.label: "et al." now is
+%        generated when "others" is an author name
+%   - major modification from Chicago Manual of Style (13th ed.) is that
+%     only the first author in a reference appears last name first-
+%     additional authors appear as J. Q. Public.
+%   - pages are listed as "pp. xx-xx" in all entry types except
+%     article entries. Unnecessary (IMHO) "()" around page numbers
+%     were removed, and page numbers now don't end with a period.
+%   - created chicago.sty for use with this bibstyle (required).
+%   - fixed bugs in FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} for missing volume,
+%     number, and /or pages. Renamed to format.jour.vol.
+%   - fixed bug in formatting booktitles: additional period an error if
+%     book has a volume.
+%   - fixed bug: editors usually given redundant period before next clause
+%     (format.editors.dot) removed.
+%   - added label support for organizations, if both author and editor
+%     are missing (from alpha.bst). If organization is too long, then
+%     the key field is used for abbreviated citations.
+%   - In proceedings or books of several volumes, no comma was written
+%     between the "Volume x" and the page numbers (this was intentional
+%     in newapa.bst). Fixed.
+%   - Some journals may not have volumes/numbers, only month/year (eg.
+%     IEEE Computer). Fixed bug in article style that assumed volume/number
+%     was always present.
+%
+% Original documentation for newapa.sty:
+% =====================================
+%
+% This version was made by modifying the master file made by
+% Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU), and the 'named' BibTeX
+% style of Peter F. Patel-Schneider.
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than 'newapa.bst'.
+% There are undoubtably bugs in this style.  If you make bug fixes,
+% improvements, etc.  please let me know.  My e-mail address is:
+%    spencer@cgrg.ohio.state.edu or 71160.3141@compuserve.com
+%
+% This style was made from 'plain.bst', 'named.bst', and 'apalike.bst',
+% with lots of tweaking to make it look like APA style, along with tips
+% from Young Ryu and Brian Reiser's modifications of 'apalike.bst'.
+
+ENTRY
+  { address
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+    journal
+    key
+    month
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}
+  { label.year extra.label sort.year sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t u }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+    { add.period$ write$
+      newline$
+      "\newblock " write$
+    }
+    { output.state before.all =
+        'write$
+        { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+      if$
+    }
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+% Use a colon to separate output. Used only for address/publisher
+% combination in book/inbook types, address/institution for manuals,
+% and organization:publisher for proceedings (inproceedings).
+%
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull.colon}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ": " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+    { add.period$ write$
+      newline$
+      "\newblock " write$
+    }
+    { output.state before.all =
+        'write$
+        { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+      if$
+    }
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.colon}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull.colon
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check.colon}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull.colon
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+     { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+     { write$
+        " (" year * extra.label *
+       month empty$
+          { ")" * }
+          { ", " * month * ")" * }
+       if$
+       mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+     }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+    'skip$
+    { output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+%
+% Emphasize the top string on the stack.
+%
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+%
+% Emphasize the top string on the stack, but add a trailing space.
+%
+FUNCTION {emphasize.space}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "\/}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+%
+% Format bibliographical entries with the first author last name first,
+% and subsequent authors with initials followed by last name.
+% All names are formatted in this routine.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=               % nameptr = 1;
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=    % numnames = num.name$(s);
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+
+    { nameptr #1 =
+        {s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := }
+        {s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 >
+        { namesleft #1 >
+              { ", " * t * }
+              { numnames #2 >
+                  { "," * }
+                  'skip$
+                if$
+                t "others" =
+                    { " et~al." * }
+                    { " and " * t * } % from Chicago Manual of Style
+                  if$
+               }
+               if$
+             }
+            't
+        if$
+        nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=          % nameptr += 1;
+        namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=      % namesleft =- 1;
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {my.full.label}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=               % nameptr = 1;
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=    % numnames = num.name$(s);
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+
+    { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ 't :=  % get the next name
+      nameptr #1 >
+        { namesleft #1 >
+              { ", " * t * }
+              { numnames #2 >
+                  { "," * }
+                  'skip$
+                if$
+                t "others" =
+                    { " et~al." * }
+                    { " and " * t * } % from Chicago Manual of Style
+                  if$
+               }
+               if$
+             }
+            't
+        if$
+        nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=          % nameptr += 1;
+        namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=      % namesleft =- 1;
+    }
+  while$
+
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.fml}
+%
+% Format names in "familiar" format, with first initial followed by
+% last name. Like format.names, ALL names are formatted.
+%
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=               % nameptr = 1;
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=    % numnames = num.name$(s);
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+
+    { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+
+      nameptr #1 >
+        { namesleft #1 >
+              { ", " * t * }
+               { numnames #2 >
+                    { "," * }
+                    'skip$
+                  if$
+                  t "others" =
+                        { " et~al." * }
+                        { " and " * t * }
+%                       { " \& " * t * }
+                      if$
+                }
+               if$
+             }
+            't
+        if$
+        nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=          % nameptr += 1;
+        namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=      % namesleft =- 1;
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key}
+{ empty$
+    { key field.or.null }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+%
+% Format editor names for use in the "in" types: inbook, incollection,
+% inproceedings: first initial, then last names. When editors are the
+% LABEL for an entry, then format.editor is used which lists editors
+% by last name first.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.editors.fml}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names.fml
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+    { " (Eds.)" * }
+    { " (Ed.)" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+%
+% Format editor names for use in labels, last names first.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+    { " (Eds.)" * }
+    { " (Ed.)" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { title "t" change.case$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+% Note that the APA style requres case changes
+% in article titles. The following does not
+% change cases. If you perfer it, uncomment the
+% following and comment out the above.
+
+%FUNCTION {format.title}
+%{ title empty$
+%    { "" }
+%    { title }
+%  if$
+%}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+    { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+        { "--" *
+          t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+        }
+        {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+        { "-" *
+          t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+        }
+          while$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+    }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ edition empty$
+  { title emphasize }
+  { title empty$
+    { title emphasize }
+    { volume empty$     % gnp - check for volume, then don't need period
+       { "{\em " title * "\/} (" * edition * " ed.)" * "." * }
+       { "{\em " title * "\/} (" * edition * " ed.)" * }
+      if$
+    }
+    if$
+  }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.emphasize.booktitle}
+{ edition empty$
+  { booktitle emphasize }
+  { booktitle empty$
+    { booktitle emphasize }
+    { volume empty$    % gnp - extra period an error if book has a volume
+        { "{\em " booktitle * "\/} (" * edition * " ed.)" * "." *}
+        { "{\em " booktitle * "\/} (" * edition * " ed.)" * }
+      if$
+      }
+    if$
+    }
+  if$
+  }
+
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect % gnp - changed to mixed case
+      series empty$
+        'skip$
+        { " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+    { series field.or.null }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+        { "Number" } % gnp - changed to mixed case always
+        { "Number" }
+      if$
+      number tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+        { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+        { " in " * series * }
+      if$
+    }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+    { #1 'multiresult := }
+    { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+  { "" }
+  { pages multi.page.check
+	{ "pp.\ " pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } % gnp - removed ()
+	{ "pp.\ " pages tie.or.space.connect }
+    if$
+  }
+  if$
+}
+
+% By Young (and Spencer)
+% GNP - fixed bugs with missing volume, number, and/or pages
+%
+% Format journal, volume, number, pages for article types.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.jour.vol}
+{ journal empty$
+    { "no journal in " cite$ * warning$
+      "" }
+    { journal emphasize.space }
+    if$
+  number empty$
+    { volume empty$
+       { "no number and no volume in " cite$ * warning$
+         "" * }
+       { "~{\em " * Volume * "}" * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { volume empty$
+      {"no volume for " cite$ * warning$
+       "~(" * number * ")" * }
+      { "~" *
+        volume emphasize.space
+        "(" * number * ")" * * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    {"page numbers missing in " cite$ * warning$
+     "" * } % gnp - place a null string on the stack for output
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+      { pop$ format.pages }
+      { ", " *  pages n.dashify * } % gnp - removed pp. for articles
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+        { "Chapter" } % gnp - changed to mixed case
+        { type "t" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+        {"page numbers missing in " cite$ * warning$} % gnp - added check
+        { ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+  { "" }
+  { editor empty$
+    { "In " format.emphasize.booktitle * }
+    { "In " format.editors.fml * ", " * format.emphasize.booktitle * }
+    if$
+  }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "See"
+  "\citeN{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  editor num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " et~al." * }
+    { #2 <
+    'skip$
+    { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+        { " et~al." * }
+        { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+      if$
+    }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In "
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect % gnp - changed to mixed case
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+    { series empty$
+        { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+          crossref * warning$
+          "" *
+        }
+        { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \citeN{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "See"
+  " \citeN{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+% format.lab.names:
+%
+% determines "short" names for the abbreviated author information.
+% "Long" labels are created in calc.label, using the routine my.full.label
+% to format author and editor fields.
+%
+% There are 4 cases for labels.   (n=3 in the example)
+% a) one author             Foo
+% b) one to n               Foo, Bar and Baz
+% c) use of "and others"    Foo, Bar et al.
+% d) more than n            Foo et al.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames #2 >    % change number to number of others allowed before
+		   % forcing "et al".
+    { s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ " et~al." * }
+    {
+      numnames #1 - 'namesleft :=
+      #2 'nameptr :=
+      s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+	{ namesleft #0 > }
+	{ nameptr numnames =
+	    { s nameptr "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+		{ " et~al." * }
+		{ " and " * s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+	      if$
+	    }
+	    { ", " * s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+	  if$
+	  nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+	  namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+	}
+      while$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+          { "no key, author in " cite$ * warning$
+            cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+         'key
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+          { "no key, editor in " cite$ * warning$
+            cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+          'key
+        if$
+     }
+     { editor format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.organization.label}
+%
+% added - gnp. Provide label formatting by organization if author is null.
+%
+{ author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { "no key, author or organization in " cite$ * warning$
+              cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	    'key
+	  if$
+	}
+        { organization }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.organization.label}
+%
+% added - gnp. Provide label formatting by organization if editor is null.
+%
+{ editor empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { "no key, editor or organization in " cite$ * warning$
+              cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	    'key
+	  if$
+	}
+        { organization }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+          { key empty$
+               { "no key, author, or editor in " cite$ * warning$
+                 cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+             'key
+           if$
+         }
+          { editor format.lab.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+%
+% Changed - GNP. See also author.organization.sort, editor.organization.sort
+% Form label for BibTeX entry. The classification of which fields are used
+% for which type of entry (book, inbook, etc.) are taken from alpha.bst.
+% The change here from newapa is to also include organization as a
+% citation label if author or editor is missing.
+%
+{ type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.key.label
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+	'editor.key.organization.label
+	{ type$ "manual" =
+	    'author.key.organization.label
+	    'author.key.label
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+
+  author empty$  % generate the full label citation information.
+    { editor empty$
+        { organization empty$
+           { "no author, editor, or organization in " cite$ * warning$
+             "??" }
+           { organization }
+           if$
+        }
+        { editor my.full.label }
+        if$
+    }
+    { author my.full.label }
+  if$
+
+% leave label on the stack, to be popped when required.
+
+  "}{" * swap$ * "}{" *
+%  year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ *
+%
+% save the year for sort processing afterwards (adding a, b, c, etc.)
+%
+  year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$
+  'label.year :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+
+  "\bibitem[\protect\citeauthoryear{" write$
+  calc.label write$
+  sort.year write$
+  "}]{" write$
+
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors
+  "author" output.check
+  author format.key output          % added
+  output.year.check                 % added
+  new.block
+  format.title
+  "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.jour.vol output
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors
+	  "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors
+	  output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+    	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+    	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check       % added
+  new.block
+  format.btitle
+  "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      address output
+      publisher "publisher" output.check.colon
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output          % added
+  output.year.check                 % added
+  new.block
+  format.title
+  "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors
+      "author and editor" output.check
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+    { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+    'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check                 % added
+  new.block
+  format.btitle
+  "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages
+      "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      address output
+      publisher
+      "publisher" output.check.colon
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors
+  "author" output.check
+  author format.key output       % added
+  output.year.check              % added
+  new.block
+  format.title
+  "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+  { format.in.ed.booktitle
+    "booktitle" output.check
+    format.bvolume output
+    format.number.series output
+    format.chapter.pages output % gnp - was special.output.nonnull
+%                                 left out comma before page numbers
+    new.sentence
+    address output
+    publisher "publisher" output.check.colon
+  }
+  { format.incoll.inproc.crossref
+	output.nonnull
+    format.chapter.pages output
+  }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors
+  "author" output.check
+  author format.key output            % added
+  output.year.check                   % added
+  new.block
+  format.title
+  "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle
+	  "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      address output
+      format.pages output
+      new.sentence
+      organization output
+      publisher output.colon
+      }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+      { organization "organization" output.check
+        organization format.key output }  % if all else fails, use key
+      { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull }
+    if$
+  output.year.check                 % added
+  new.block
+  format.btitle
+  "title" output.check
+  organization address new.block.checkb
+% Reversed the order of "address" and "organization", added the ":".
+  address output
+  organization "organization" output.check.colon
+%  address output
+%  ":" output
+%  organization output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors
+  "author" output.check
+  author format.key output          % added
+  output.year.check                 % added
+  new.block
+  format.title
+  "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output            % added
+  output.year.check                   % added
+  title howpublished new.block.checkb
+  format.title output
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors
+  "author" output.check
+  author format.key output            % added
+  output.year.check                   % added
+  new.block
+  format.btitle
+  "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Ph.\ D. thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  editor empty$
+    { organization output
+      organization format.key output }  % gnp - changed from author format.key
+    { format.editors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+% author format.key output             % gnp - removed (should be either
+%                                        editor or organization
+  output.year.check                    % added (newapa)
+  new.block
+  format.btitle
+  "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address output
+  new.sentence
+  organization output
+  publisher output.colon
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors
+  "author" output.check
+  author format.key output             % added
+  output.year.check                    % added
+  new.block
+  format.title
+  "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution
+  "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors
+  "author" output.check
+  author format.key output              % added
+  output.year.check                      % added
+  new.block
+  format.title
+  "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {ai} {"Artificial Intelligence"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+  "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+  'len :=
+  s #1 len substring$ =
+    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+    's
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  ""
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { nameptr #1 >
+          { "   " * }
+         'skip$
+      if$
+      s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  f{ }}{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+      nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+          { " et~al" * }
+          { t sortify * }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+  sortify
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+         { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+           "" }
+         { key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+         { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+           ""
+         }
+         { key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { "missing author in " cite$ * warning$
+      editor empty$
+         { key empty$
+             { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+               ""
+             }
+             { key sortify }
+           if$
+         }
+         { editor sort.format.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.organization.sort}
+%
+% added - GNP. Stack author or organization for sorting (from alpha.bst).
+% Unlike alpha.bst, we need entire names, not abbreviations
+%
+{ author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { key sortify }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ organization sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort}
+%
+% added - GNP. Stack editor or organization for sorting (from alpha.bst).
+% Unlike alpha.bst, we need entire names, not abbreviations
+%
+{ editor empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { key sortify }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ organization sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort}
+%
+% Presort creates the bibentry's label via a call to calc.label, and then
+% sorts the entries based on entry type. Chicago.bst adds support for
+% including organizations as the sort key; the following is stolen from
+% alpha.bst.
+%
+{ calc.label sortify % recalculate bibitem label
+  year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ * % add year
+  "    "
+  *
+  type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.sort
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+	'editor.organization.sort
+	{ type$ "manual" =
+	    'author.organization.sort
+	    'author.sort
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$        % added for newapa
+  'sort.label :=                  % added for newapa
+  sort.label                      % added for newapa
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT             % by label, year, author/editor, title
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra }
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+  "" 'next.extra :=
+  #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+%
+% Pass through all entries, comparing current entry to last one.
+% Need to concatenate year to the stack (done by calc.label) to determine
+% if two entries are the same (see presort)
+%
+{ last.label
+  calc.label year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ * % add year
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$ =     % are they equal?
+     { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+       last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+     }
+     { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+       "" 'extra.label :=
+       calc.label year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ * % add year
+       #1 entry.max$ substring$ 'last.label := % assign to last.label
+     }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+    { "a" 'extra.label := }
+     'skip$
+  if$
+  label.year extra.label * 'sort.year :=
+  extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+{ sort.label
+  "    "
+  *
+  year field.or.null sortify
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+
+SORT             % by sort.label, year, title --- giving final bib. order.
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+
+{ preamble$ empty$
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
+
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/chicagoa.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/chicagoa.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5816719e3e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/chicagoa.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1684 @@
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%%  @BibTeX-style-file{
+%%%     author          = "Glenn Paulley",
+%%%     version         = "4",
+%%%     date            = "28 August 1992",
+%%%     time            = "10:24:38 199",
+%%%     filename        = "chicagoa.bst",
+%%%     address         = "Data Structuring Group
+%%%                        Department of Computer Science
+%%%                        University of Waterloo
+%%%                        Waterloo, Ontario, Canada
+%%%                        N2L 3G1",
+%%%     telephone       = "(519) 885-1211",
+%%%     FAX             = "(519) 885-1208",
+%%%     checksum        = "62428 1684 5231 38311",
+%%%     email           = "gnpaulle@bluebox.uwaterloo.ca",
+%%%     codetable       = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%%     keywords        = "",
+%%%     supported       = "yes",
+%%%     abstract        = "A BibTeX bibliography style that follows the
+%%%                        `B' reference style of the 13th Edition of
+%%%                        the Chicago Manual of Style. Supports annotated
+%%%                        bibliographies through the BibTeX field
+%%%                        `annotation'. A detailed feature list is given
+%%%                        below.",
+%%%     docstring       = "The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
+%%%                        checksum as the first value, followed by the
+%%%                        equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word
+%%%                        count) utility output of lines, words, and
+%%%                        characters.  This is produced by Robert
+%%%                        Solovay's checksum utility.",
+%%%  }
+%%% ====================================================================
+%
+% "Chicago" BibTeX style, chicagoa.bst - Chicago style with annotations
+% =====================================================================
+%
+% BibTeX `chicagoa' style file for BibTeX version 0.99c, LaTeX version 2.09
+% Place it in a file called chicagoa.bst in the BibTeX search path.
+% You need to include chicago.sty as a \documentstyle option.
+% (Placing it in the same directory as the LaTeX document should also work.)
+% This "chicago" style is based on newapa.bst (American Psych. Assoc.)
+% found at ymir.claremont.edu. Annotation support added 07/09/92.
+% Modifications are loosely based on Chicago Manual of Style.
+%
+%   Citation format: (author-last-name year)
+%             (author-last-name and author-last-name year)
+%             (author-last-name, author-last-name, and author-last-name year)
+%             (author-last-name et al. year)
+%             (author-last-name)
+%             author-last-name (year)
+%             (author-last-name and author-last-name)
+%             (author-last-name et al.)
+%             (year) or (year,year)
+%             year or year,year
+%
+%   Reference list ordering: alphabetical by author or whatever passes
+%    for author in the absence of one.
+%
+% This BibTeX style has support for abbreviated author lists and for
+%    year-only citations.  This is done by having the citations
+%    actually look like
+%
+%    \citeauthoryear{full-author-info}{abbrev-author-info}{year}
+%
+% The LaTeX style has to have the following (or similar)
+%
+%     \let\@internalcite\cite
+%     \def\fullcite{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##1, ##3}\@internalcite}
+%     \def\fullciteA{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##1}\@internalcite}
+%     \def\shortcite{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##2, ##3}\@internalcite}
+%     \def\shortciteA{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##2}\@internalcite}
+%     \def\citeyear{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##3}\@internalcite}
+%
+% These TeX macro definitions are found in chicago.sty. Additional
+% commands to manipulate different components of a citation can be defined
+% so that, for example, you can list author's names without parentheses
+% if using a citation as a noun or object in a sentence.
+%
+% This file was originally copied from newapa.bst at ymir.claremont.edu.
+%
+% Features of chicago.bst:
+% =======================
+%
+% - supports an "annotation" field for annotated bibliographies.
+% - full names used in citations, but abbreviated citations are available
+%   (see above)
+% - if an entry has a "month", then the month and year are also printed
+%   as part of that bibitem.
+% - all conjunctions use "and" instead of "\&"
+% - major modification from Chicago Manual of Style (13th ed.) is that
+%   only the first author in a reference appears last name first-
+%   additional authors appear as J. Q. Public.
+% - pages are listed as "pp. xx-xx" in all entry types except
+%   article entries.
+% - book, inbook, and manual use "location: publisher" (or organization)
+%   for address and publisher. All other types list publishers separately.
+% - "pp." are used to identify page numbers for all entry types except
+%   articles.
+% - organization is used as a citation label if neither author nor editor
+%   is present (for manuals).
+% - "et al." is used for long author and editor lists, or when "others"
+%   is used.
+%
+% Modifications and bug fixes from newapa.bst:
+% ===========================================
+%
+%   - added month, year to bib entries if month is present
+%   - fixed bug with In proceedings, added necessary comma after title
+%   - all conjunctions changed to "and" from "\&"
+%   - fixed bug with author labels in my.full.label: "et al." now is
+%        generated when "others" is an author name
+%   - major modification from Chicago Manual of Style (13th ed.) is that
+%     only the first author in a reference appears last name first-
+%     additional authors appear as J. Q. Public.
+%   - pages are listed as "pp. xx-xx" in all entry types except
+%     article entries. Unnecessary (IMHO) "()" around page numbers
+%     were removed, and page numbers now don't end with a period.
+%   - created chicago.sty for use with this bibstyle (required).
+%   - fixed bugs in FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} for missing volume,
+%     number, and /or pages. Renamed to format.jour.vol.
+%   - fixed bug in formatting booktitles: additional period an error if
+%     book has a volume.
+%   - fixed bug: editors usually given redundant period before next clause
+%     (format.editors.dot) removed.
+%   - added label support for organizations, if both author and editor
+%     are missing (from alpha.bst). If organization is too long, then
+%     the key field is used for abbreviated citations.
+%   - In proceedings or books of several volumes, no comma was written
+%     between the "Volume x" and the page numbers (this was intentional
+%     in newapa.bst). Fixed.
+%   - Some journals may not have volumes/numbers, only month/year (eg.
+%     IEEE Computer). Fixed bug in article style that assumed volume/number
+%     was always present.
+%
+% Original documentation for newapa.sty:
+% =====================================
+%
+% This version was made by modifying the master file made by
+% Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU), and the 'named' BibTeX
+% style of Peter F. Patel-Schneider.
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than 'newapa.bst'.
+% There are undoubtably bugs in this style.  If you make bug fixes,
+% improvements, etc.  please let me know.  My e-mail address is:
+%    spencer@cgrg.ohio.state.edu or 71160.3141@compuserve.com
+%
+% This style was made from 'plain.bst', 'named.bst', and 'apalike.bst',
+% with lots of tweaking to make it look like APA style, along with tips
+% from Young Ryu and Brian Reiser's modifications of 'apalike.bst'.
+
+ENTRY
+  { address
+    annotation
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+    journal
+    key
+    month
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}
+  { label.year extra.label sort.year sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t u }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+    { add.period$ write$
+      newline$
+      "\newblock " write$
+    }
+    { output.state before.all =
+        'write$
+        { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+      if$
+    }
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+% Use a colon to separate output. Used only for address/publisher
+% combination in book/inbook types, address/institution for manuals,
+% and organization:publisher for proceedings (inproceedings).
+%
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull.colon}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ": " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+    { add.period$ write$
+      newline$
+      "\newblock " write$
+    }
+    { output.state before.all =
+        'write$
+        { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+      if$
+    }
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.colon}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull.colon
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check.colon}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull.colon
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+     { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+     { write$
+        " (" year * extra.label *
+       month empty$
+          { ")" * }
+          { ", " * month * ")" * }
+       if$
+       mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+     }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+    'skip$
+    { output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+%
+% Emphasize the top string on the stack.
+%
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+%
+% Emphasize the top string on the stack, but add a trailing space.
+%
+FUNCTION {emphasize.space}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "\/}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+%
+% Format bibliographical entries with the first author last name first,
+% and subsequent authors with initials followed by last name.
+% All names are formatted in this routine.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=               % nameptr = 1;
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=    % numnames = num.name$(s);
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+
+    { nameptr #1 =
+        {s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := }
+        {s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 >
+        { namesleft #1 >
+              { ", " * t * }
+              { numnames #2 >
+                  { "," * }
+                  'skip$
+                if$
+                t "others" =
+                    { " et~al." * }
+                    { " and " * t * } % from Chicago Manual of Style
+                  if$
+               }
+               if$
+             }
+            't
+        if$
+        nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=          % nameptr += 1;
+        namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=      % namesleft =- 1;
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {my.full.label}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=               % nameptr = 1;
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=    % numnames = num.name$(s);
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+
+    { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ 't :=  % get the next name
+      nameptr #1 >
+        { namesleft #1 >
+              { ", " * t * }
+              { numnames #2 >
+                  { "," * }
+                  'skip$
+                if$
+                t "others" =
+                    { " et~al." * }
+                    { " and " * t * } % from Chicago Manual of Style
+                  if$
+               }
+               if$
+             }
+            't
+        if$
+        nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=          % nameptr += 1;
+        namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=      % namesleft =- 1;
+    }
+  while$
+
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.fml}
+%
+% Format names in "familiar" format, with first initial followed by
+% last name. Like format.names, ALL names are formatted.
+%
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=               % nameptr = 1;
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=    % numnames = num.name$(s);
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+
+    { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+
+      nameptr #1 >
+        { namesleft #1 >
+              { ", " * t * }
+               { numnames #2 >
+                    { "," * }
+                    'skip$
+                  if$
+                  t "others" =
+                        { " et~al." * }
+                        { " and " * t * }
+%                       { " \& " * t * }
+                      if$
+                }
+               if$
+             }
+            't
+        if$
+        nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=          % nameptr += 1;
+        namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=      % namesleft =- 1;
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.annotation}
+{ annotation empty$
+	{ "" }
+	{ " \begin{quotation}\noindent "
+	  annotation
+	  * " \end{quotation} " *
+	}
+      if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key}
+{ empty$
+    { key field.or.null }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+%
+% Format editor names for use in the "in" types: inbook, incollection,
+% inproceedings: first initial, then last names. When editors are the
+% LABEL for an entry, then format.editor is used which lists editors
+% by last name first.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.editors.fml}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names.fml
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+    { " (Eds.)" * }
+    { " (Ed.)" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+%
+% Format editor names for use in labels, last names first.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+    { " (Eds.)" * }
+    { " (Ed.)" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { title "t" change.case$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+% Note that the APA style requres case changes
+% in article titles. The following does not
+% change cases. If you perfer it, uncomment the
+% following and comment out the above.
+
+%FUNCTION {format.title}
+%{ title empty$
+%    { "" }
+%    { title }
+%  if$
+%}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+    { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+        { "--" *
+          t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+        }
+        {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+        { "-" *
+          t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+        }
+          while$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+    }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ edition empty$
+  { title emphasize }
+  { title empty$
+    { title emphasize }
+    { volume empty$     % gnp - check for volume, then don't need period
+       { "{\em " title * "\/} (" * edition * " ed.)" * "." * }
+       { "{\em " title * "\/} (" * edition * " ed.)" * }
+      if$
+    }
+    if$
+  }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.emphasize.booktitle}
+{ edition empty$
+  { booktitle emphasize }
+  { booktitle empty$
+    { booktitle emphasize }
+    { volume empty$    % gnp - extra period an error if book has a volume
+        { "{\em " booktitle * "\/} (" * edition * " ed.)" * "." *}
+        { "{\em " booktitle * "\/} (" * edition * " ed.)" * }
+      if$
+      }
+    if$
+    }
+  if$
+  }
+
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect % gnp - changed to mixed case
+      series empty$
+        'skip$
+        { " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+    { series field.or.null }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+        { "Number" } % gnp - changed to mixed case always
+        { "Number" }
+      if$
+      number tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+        { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+        { " in " * series * }
+      if$
+    }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+    { #1 'multiresult := }
+    { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+  { "" }
+  { pages multi.page.check
+	{ "pp.\ " pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } % gnp - removed ()
+	{ "pp.\ " pages tie.or.space.connect }
+    if$
+  }
+  if$
+}
+
+% By Young (and Spencer)
+% GNP - fixed bugs with missing volume, number, and/or pages
+%
+% Format journal, volume, number, pages for article types.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.jour.vol}
+{ journal empty$
+    { "no journal in " cite$ * warning$
+      "" }
+    { journal emphasize.space }
+    if$
+  number empty$
+    { volume empty$
+       { "no number and no volume in " cite$ * warning$
+         "" * }
+       { "~{\em " * Volume * "}" * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { volume empty$
+      {"no volume for " cite$ * warning$
+       "~(" * number * ")" * }
+      { "~" *
+        volume emphasize.space
+        "(" * number * ")" * * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    {"page numbers missing in " cite$ * warning$
+     "" * } % gnp - place a null string on the stack for output
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+      { pop$ format.pages }
+      { ", " *  pages n.dashify * } % gnp - removed pp. for articles
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+        { "Chapter" } % gnp - changed to mixed case
+        { type "t" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+        {"page numbers missing in " cite$ * warning$} % gnp - added check
+        { ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+  { "" }
+  { editor empty$
+    { "In " format.emphasize.booktitle * }
+    { "In " format.editors.fml * ", " * format.emphasize.booktitle * }
+    if$
+  }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "See"
+  "\citeN{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  editor num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " et~al." * }
+    { #2 <
+    'skip$
+    { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+        { " et~al." * }
+        { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+      if$
+    }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In "
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect % gnp - changed to mixed case
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+    { series empty$
+        { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+          crossref * warning$
+          "" *
+        }
+        { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \citeN{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "See"
+  " \citeN{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+% format.lab.names:
+%
+% determines "short" names for the abbreviated author information.
+% "Long" labels are created in calc.label, using the routine my.full.label
+% to format author and editor fields.
+%
+% There are 4 cases for labels.   (n=3 in the example)
+% a) one author             Foo
+% b) one to n               Foo, Bar and Baz
+% c) use of "and others"    Foo, Bar et al.
+% d) more than n            Foo et al.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames #2 >    % change number to number of others allowed before
+		   % forcing "et al".
+    { s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ " et~al." * }
+    {
+      numnames #1 - 'namesleft :=
+      #2 'nameptr :=
+      s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+	{ namesleft #0 > }
+	{ nameptr numnames =
+	    { s nameptr "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+		{ " et~al." * }
+		{ " and " * s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+	      if$
+	    }
+	    { ", " * s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+	  if$
+	  nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+	  namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+	}
+      while$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+          { "no key, author in " cite$ * warning$
+            cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+         'key
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+          { "no key, editor in " cite$ * warning$
+            cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+          'key
+        if$
+     }
+     { editor format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.organization.label}
+%
+% added - gnp. Provide label formatting by organization if author is null.
+%
+{ author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { "no key, author or organization in " cite$ * warning$
+              cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	    'key
+	  if$
+	}
+        { organization }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.organization.label}
+%
+% added - gnp. Provide label formatting by organization if editor is null.
+%
+{ editor empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { "no key, editor or organization in " cite$ * warning$
+              cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	    'key
+	  if$
+	}
+        { organization }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+          { key empty$
+               { "no key, author, or editor in " cite$ * warning$
+                 cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+             'key
+           if$
+         }
+          { editor format.lab.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+%
+% Changed - GNP. See also author.organization.sort, editor.organization.sort
+% Form label for BibTeX entry. The classification of which fields are used
+% for which type of entry (book, inbook, etc.) are taken from alpha.bst.
+% The change here from newapa is to also include organization as a
+% citation label if author or editor is missing.
+%
+{ type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.key.label
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+	'editor.key.organization.label
+	{ type$ "manual" =
+	    'author.key.organization.label
+	    'author.key.label
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+
+  author empty$  % generate the full label citation information.
+    { editor empty$
+        { organization empty$
+           { "no author, editor, or organization in " cite$ * warning$
+             "??" }
+           { organization }
+           if$
+        }
+        { editor my.full.label }
+        if$
+    }
+    { author my.full.label }
+  if$
+
+% leave label on the stack, to be popped when required.
+
+  "}{" * swap$ * "}{" *
+%  year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ *
+%
+% save the year for sort processing afterwards (adding a, b, c, etc.)
+%
+  year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$
+  'label.year :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+
+  "\bibitem[\protect\citeauthoryear{" write$
+  calc.label write$
+  sort.year write$
+  "}]{" write$
+
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors
+  "author" output.check
+  author format.key output          % added
+  output.year.check                 % added
+  new.block
+  format.title
+  "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.jour.vol output
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  format.annotation write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors
+	  "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors
+	  output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+    	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+    	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check       % added
+  new.block
+  format.btitle
+  "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      address output
+      publisher "publisher" output.check.colon
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  format.annotation write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output          % added
+  output.year.check                 % added
+  new.block
+  format.title
+  "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  format.annotation write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors
+      "author and editor" output.check
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+    { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+    'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check                 % added
+  new.block
+  format.btitle
+  "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages
+      "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      address output
+      publisher
+      "publisher" output.check.colon
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  format.annotation write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors
+  "author" output.check
+  author format.key output       % added
+  output.year.check              % added
+  new.block
+  format.title
+  "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+  { format.in.ed.booktitle
+    "booktitle" output.check
+    format.bvolume output
+    format.number.series output
+    format.chapter.pages output % gnp - was special.output.nonnull
+%                                 left out comma before page numbers
+    new.sentence
+    address output
+    publisher "publisher" output.check.colon
+  }
+  { format.incoll.inproc.crossref
+	output.nonnull
+    format.chapter.pages output
+  }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  format.annotation write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors
+  "author" output.check
+  author format.key output            % added
+  output.year.check                   % added
+  new.block
+  format.title
+  "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle
+	  "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      address output
+      format.pages output
+      new.sentence
+      organization output
+      publisher output.colon
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  format.annotation write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+      { organization "organization" output.check
+        organization format.key output }  % if all else fails, use key
+      { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull }
+    if$
+  output.year.check                 % added
+  new.block
+  format.btitle
+  "title" output.check
+  organization address new.block.checkb
+% Reversed the order of "address" and "organization", added the ":".
+  address output
+  organization "organization" output.check.colon
+%  address output
+%  ":" output
+%  organization output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  format.annotation write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors
+  "author" output.check
+  author format.key output          % added
+  output.year.check                 % added
+  new.block
+  format.title
+  "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  format.annotation write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output            % added
+  output.year.check                   % added
+  title howpublished new.block.checkb
+  format.title output
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  format.annotation write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors
+  "author" output.check
+  author format.key output            % added
+  output.year.check                   % added
+  new.block
+  format.btitle
+  "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Ph.\ D. thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  format.annotation write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  editor empty$
+    { organization output
+      organization format.key output }  % gnp - changed from author format.key
+    { format.editors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+% author format.key output             % gnp - removed (should be either
+%                                        editor or organization
+  output.year.check                    % added (newapa)
+  new.block
+  format.btitle
+  "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address output
+  new.sentence
+  organization output
+  publisher output.colon
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  format.annotation write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors
+  "author" output.check
+  author format.key output             % added
+  output.year.check                    % added
+  new.block
+  format.title
+  "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution
+  "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  format.annotation write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors
+  "author" output.check
+  author format.key output              % added
+  output.year.check                      % added
+  new.block
+  format.title
+  "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  fin.entry
+  format.annotation write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {ai} {"Artificial Intelligence"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+  "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+  'len :=
+  s #1 len substring$ =
+    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+    's
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  ""
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { nameptr #1 >
+          { "   " * }
+         'skip$
+      if$
+      s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  f{ }}{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+      nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+          { " et~al" * }
+          { t sortify * }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+  sortify
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+         { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+           "" }
+         { key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+         { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+           ""
+         }
+         { key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { "missing author in " cite$ * warning$
+      editor empty$
+         { key empty$
+             { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+               ""
+             }
+             { key sortify }
+           if$
+         }
+         { editor sort.format.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.organization.sort}
+%
+% added - GNP. Stack author or organization for sorting (from alpha.bst).
+% Unlike alpha.bst, we need entire names, not abbreviations
+%
+{ author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { key sortify }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ organization sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort}
+%
+% added - GNP. Stack editor or organization for sorting (from alpha.bst).
+% Unlike alpha.bst, we need entire names, not abbreviations
+%
+{ editor empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { key sortify }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ organization sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort}
+%
+% Presort creates the bibentry's label via a call to calc.label, and then
+% sorts the entries based on entry type. Chicago.bst adds support for
+% including organizations as the sort key; the following is stolen from
+% alpha.bst.
+%
+{ calc.label sortify % recalculate bibitem label
+  year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ * % add year
+  "    "
+  *
+  type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.sort
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+	'editor.organization.sort
+	{ type$ "manual" =
+	    'author.organization.sort
+	    'author.sort
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$        % added for newapa
+  'sort.label :=                  % added for newapa
+  sort.label                      % added for newapa
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT             % by label, year, author/editor, title
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra }
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+  "" 'next.extra :=
+  #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+%
+% Pass through all entries, comparing current entry to last one.
+% Need to concatenate year to the stack (done by calc.label) to determine
+% if two entries are the same (see presort)
+%
+{ last.label
+  calc.label year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ * % add year
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$ =     % are they equal?
+     { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+       last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+     }
+     { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+       "" 'extra.label :=
+       calc.label year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ * % add year
+       #1 entry.max$ substring$ 'last.label := % assign to last.label
+     }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+    { "a" 'extra.label := }
+     'skip$
+  if$
+  label.year extra.label * 'sort.year :=
+  extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+{ sort.label
+  "    "
+  *
+  year field.or.null sortify
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+
+SORT             % by sort.label, year, title --- giving final bib. order.
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+
+{ preamble$ empty$
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
+
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/econometrica.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/econometrica.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1ebf5065bee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/econometrica.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1292 @@
+%%% Econometrica bibliography style
+%%% For use with harvard.sty and LaTeX2e (NFSS) or LaTeX 2.09
+%%% 24-aug-94
+%%%
+%%% Based on makebst, but with modifications by
+%%% kcb@hss.caltech.edu (KC Border)
+%%% Please report any problems to me.
+%%%
+%%% The main changes from the ouput of makebst are:
+%%% 1. Addition of a function to replace repeated authors with a 3 em dash.
+%%% 	(Search for compare.names, this function is portable.)
+%%% 2. Modification of output.nonnull to allow commas inside quotation marks
+%%%		and no comma after year.
+%%% 3.Eliminated feature (bug?) of the harvard style of citation.
+%%%		It creates a short label for subsequent citations.  This alleged
+%%%		feature shortens both Aliprantis, Border, and Luxemburg (1991) and
+%%%		Aliprantis, Brown, and Burkinshaw (1991) to Aliprantis et~al. (1991).
+%%%		This creates the need to label these as
+%%%		Aliprantis, Border, and Luxemburg (1991a) and
+%%%		Aliprantis, Brown, and Burkinshaw (1991b), despite the fact
+%%%		that these entries have different authors.  I used my own format
+%%%		for creating the labels, and used the same label for
+%%%		both the short and long forms.  I know that the
+%%%		_Chicago_Manual_of_Style recommends using Aliprantis et~al,
+%%		but Econometrica regularly writes out three authors,
+%%		and it is rare to cite an article with more than four authors in
+%%%		Econometrica. (I couldn't find an example of even four being cited,
+%%%		but I didn't spend a lot of time looking.)
+%%% 4. Addition of macros to handle editions. (My own idiosycracy.)
+%%% 5. A new entry type called issue for special issues of a journal.
+%%%		(Another idiosyncracy.)
+%%% 6. Many details to conform to Econometrica's quirks.
+%%% 	(Search for KCB )
+%%%	7. I wrote this for use with LaTeX2e and the NFSS2.  However, I did
+%%%		add some macros so it will work with LaTeX 2.09.
+%%%		(Search for \ifx\undefined\emph )
+%%% The remainder of this file was generated by makebst, except for
+%%% modifications marked with KCB.
+%%
+%% This is file `em.bst', generated
+%% on <1994/8/17> with the docstrip utility (2.2h).
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% genbst.mbs  (with options: `ay,har,nm-rev1,nmft-sc,dt-beg,yr-par,tit-qq,atit-u,thtit-a,volp-com,edby,blk-com,pp,ed,abr,and-com,nfss')
+%% ----------------------------------------
+%% *** Econometrica style ***
+%%
+%% (Here are the specifications of the source file)
+%% \def\filename{genbst.mbs}
+%% \def\filedate{1994 July 1}
+%% \def\fileversion{1.3}
+%%   For use with BibTeX version 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09
+%%-------------------------------------------------------------------
+%% NOTICE:
+%% This file may be used for non-profit purposes.
+%% It may not be distributed in exchange for money,
+%%   other than distribution costs.
+%%
+%% The author provides it `as is' and does not guarantee it in any way.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 1994 Patrick W. Daly
+%% Max-Planck-Institut f\"ur Aeronomie
+%% Postfach 20
+%% D-37189 Katlenburg-Lindau
+%% Germany
+%%
+%% E-mail:
+%% SPAN--     nsp::linmpi::daly    (note nsp also known as ecd1)
+%% Internet-- daly@linmpi.dnet.gwdg.de
+%%-----------------------------------------------------------
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+%%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ % This is an author-year citation style bibliography. As such, it is
+ % non-standard LaTeX, and requires a style option to function properly.
+ % The appropriate style file is:   harvard.sty
+ % The form of the bibitem entries is
+ %   \harvarditem[Jones et al.]{Jones, Baker, and Smith}{1990}{key}...
+ % There are style changes that may be specified in the text with
+ % the command \citationstyle.
+ %   \citeasnoun{key} ==>>    Jones et al. (1990)
+ %   \cite{key} ==>>          (Jones et al. 1990)
+ %   \cite[chap. 2]{key} ==>> (Jones et al. 1990, chap. 2)
+ % On the first citation of any work, the full author list is used.
+%%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ENTRY
+  { address
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+    journal
+    key
+    month
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}
+  { label extra.label sort.label }	%%%KCB: removed  long.label
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+%%%KCB: new output state, no.comma
+INTEGERS { no.comma}
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+  #4 'no.comma :=	%%%KCB
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+
+%%%KCB: revise to use new output state
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state no.comma = %%%KCB: if in this state, write a space
+ {  " " * write$ before.all 'output.state := }	%%%KCB
+ {  output.state mid.sentence =		%%%KCB: add brace at beginning
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+        { add.period$ write$
+          newline$
+          "\newblock " write$
+        }
+        { output.state before.all =
+            'write$
+            { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+  }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }	%%%KCB: matching brace
+ if$	%%%KCB: test for no.comma state
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+  "\harvarditem[" write$
+  label write$
+  "]{" label * "}{" * write$	%%%KCB: replaced long.label with label
+  year duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "????" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  extra.label * "}{" * write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+    'skip$
+    { output.state before.all =
+        'skip$
+        { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "\emph{" swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+%%%KCB:  Here is a portable set of routines to check for repeated authors
+%%% and replace them with a 3 em dash
+%%% According to _Chicago_Manual_of_Style_, a dash is used to
+%%% replace an author's name only if the entire list is the same, so:
+%%% Compare names. See if prev.name is identical to CurrList.
+%%% If not, then just output CurrList.
+%%% If so, replace with \BySame
+%%% I use a conservative matching scheme,
+%%% and check to see if full names are identical,
+%%% even though we only use initials.
+%%% This may mean that you have to correct your .bib database
+%%% to ensure consistency.
+%%%
+%%% sample usage:
+%%% search for {format.author}
+
+INTEGERS {currNum prevNum}
+
+STRINGS {PrevList CurrList prev.name PrevTemp CurrTemp}
+
+%%%KCB: Initialize prev.name ot some nonsense string:
+
+FUNCTION {init.prev.name}
+{
+"My puppy Harley" 'prev.name :=
+}
+
+%%%KCB: Must EXECUTE {init.prev.name} after READ
+
+%%%KCB: <CurrList> compare.names <modified name list>
+FUNCTION {compare.names}
+{	prev.name 'PrevList :=
+	duplicate$ 'prev.name :=	% make current list the new previous list
+	'CurrList :=
+    PrevList num.names$ 'prevNum :=
+    CurrList num.names$ 'currNum :=
+%
+   prevNum currNum =	%% If prevNum = currNum
+  {	"" 'PrevTemp :=		%% Then take this branch
+	"" 'CurrTemp :=
+    #1 'nameptr :=	%%% start with first name in each list
+	{ nameptr prevNum > not }%% while nameptr <= prevNum
+%% Format both lists the same way.
+%% Use full names: bib file might need to be corrected
+	{
+	PrevList nameptr "{ff }{vv~}{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ PrevTemp * 'PrevTemp :=
+	CurrList nameptr "{ff }{vv~}{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ CurrTemp * 'CurrTemp :=
+	nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := }
+    while$
+%% Now compare :
+	PrevTemp CurrTemp =	%% If PrevTemp = CurrTemp
+	{ "\BySame{}" }
+	{ CurrList }
+	if$
+	}
+	{ CurrList }	%% If not prevNum = currNum
+  if$			%% If prevNum = currNum
+}
+
+%%%
+%%%
+%%%KCB:  End of new routine.
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { nameptr #1 >
+        { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := }
+        { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 >
+        {
+          namesleft #1 >
+            { ", " * t * }
+            {
+              ", " *
+              t "others" =
+                { " et~al." * }
+                { " {\small and} " * t * }	%%%KCB: added \small
+              if$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.ed}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr
+      "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}"
+      format.name$ 't :=
+      nameptr #1 >
+        {
+          namesleft #1 >
+            { ", " * t * }
+            {
+              ", " *
+              t "others" =
+                { " et~al." * }
+                { " {\small and} " * t * }	%%%KCB: added \small
+              if$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key}
+{ empty$
+    { key field.or.null }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "\textsc{" author compare.names format.names * "} " * }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "\textsc{" editor compare.names format.names * " }" *
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+        { " (eds.)" * }
+        { " (ed.)" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names.ed
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { title
+      "``" swap$ * ",'' " *
+    }
+no.comma 'output.state :=   %%%KCB:
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+        { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+            { "--" *
+              t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+            }
+            {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+                { "-" *
+                  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+                }
+              while$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+          t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {word.in}
+{ "in " }
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year duplicate$ empty$
+    { "empty year in " cite$ * "; set to ????" * warning$
+       pop$ "????" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  " (" swap$ * extra.label * "):" *	%%%KCB: added :
+   before.all 'output.state :=		%%%KCB:
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+no.comma 'output.state :=		%%%KCB:
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "vol." volume tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+        'skip$
+        { " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+        { series field.or.null }
+        { output.state mid.sentence =
+            { "no." }
+            { "No." }
+          if$
+          number tie.or.space.connect
+          series empty$
+            { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+            { " in " * series * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+        { edition "l" change.case$ " edn." * }
+        { edition "t" change.case$ " edn." * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+        { #1 'multiresult := }
+        { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+        { "pp." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+        { "p." pages tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+  number empty$
+    'skip$
+    { "(" number * ")" * *
+      volume empty$
+        { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+        { pop$ format.pages }
+        { ", " * pages n.dashify * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+        { "chap." }
+        { type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+        'skip$
+        { ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+        { word.in booktitle emphasize * }
+        { word.in booktitle emphasize * ", ed. by " *	%%%KCB: abbrv ed.
+          format.in.editors * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Discussion Paper" }	%%%KCB: changed default
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{
+  word.in
+  "\cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      word.in
+    }
+    { "vol." volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  "\cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{
+  word.in
+  "\cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  format.title "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+    { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+      format.vol.num.pages output
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+	mid.sentence 'output.state :=	%%%KCB:
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    {
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+      format.edition output
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.pages output
+      address output
+      new.sentence
+      organization output
+      publisher output
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+%%%KCB: special issue of a journal with a special editor
+
+FUNCTION {issue}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.editors output
+  editor format.key output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+      format.vol.num.pages output
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  organization output
+  address output
+  format.edition output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  format.title output
+  howpublished output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  "Ph.D. thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.editors output
+  editor format.key output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address output
+  new.sentence
+  organization output
+  publisher output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  note "note" output.check
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+%%%KCB: removed computer science journal macros
+%%%KCB: added following macros for editions
+MACRO {first} {"1st "}
+MACRO {second} {"2d "}
+MACRO {third} {"3d "}
+MACRO {fourth} {"4th "}
+MACRO {fifth} {"5th "}
+MACRO {sixth} {"6th"}
+MACRO {seventh} {"7th "}
+MACRO {eighth} {"8th "}
+MACRO {ninth} {"9th "}
+MACRO {tenth} {"10th "}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+  "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+  'len :=
+  s #1 len substring$ =
+    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+    's
+  if$
+}
+
+
+%%%KCB:  Change format of labels:
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ 't :=
+      nameptr #1 >
+	{ namesleft #1 >
+	    { ", " * t * }
+	    { numnames #2 >
+		{ "," * }
+		'skip$
+	      if$
+	      t "others" =
+		{ " et~al." * }
+		{ " and " * t * }
+	      if$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+%%%KCB: removed FUNCTION {format.long.lab.names}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+        'key
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+            'key
+          if$
+        }
+        { editor format.lab.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+        'key
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+%%%KCB: use entire year field as label
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+  type$ "issue" =	%%%KCB: need for new entry type
+  or				%%%KCB
+    'author.editor.key.label
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+	'editor.key.label
+	'author.key.label
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  ", "
+  *
+  year field.or.null
+  *
+  'label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.short.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.key.label
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+        'editor.key.label
+        'author.key.label
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  'label :=
+}
+
+%%%KCB: removed FUNCTION {calc.long.label}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  ""
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { nameptr #1 >
+        { "   " * }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+      s nameptr
+      "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  f{ }}{  jj{ }}"
+      format.name$ 't :=
+      nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+        { "et al" * }
+        { t sortify * }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+  sortify
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+          ""
+        }
+        { key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { key sortify }
+          if$
+        }
+        { editor sort.format.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+          ""
+        }
+        { key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+  label sortify
+  "    "
+  *
+  type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+  type$ "issue" =	%%%KCB: need for new entry type
+  or				%%%KCB
+    'author.editor.sort
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+        'editor.sort
+        'author.sort
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.label :=
+  sort.label
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra }
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+  "" 'next.extra :=
+  #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.label label =
+    { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+      last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+    }
+    { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+      "" 'extra.label :=
+      label 'last.label :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+    { "a" 'extra.label := }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+
+EXECUTE {init.prev.name}	%%%KCB:  needed for replacing repeated authors
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+{ sort.label
+  "    "
+  *
+  year field.or.null sortify
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+  calc.short.label
+%%%KCB: removed   calc.long.label
+}
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+
+SORT
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+%%%KCB: add defn of \BySame, can be overridden in document
+"\ifx\undefined\BySame" write$ newline$
+  "\newcommand{\BySame}{\leavevmode\rule[.5ex]{3em}{.5pt}\ }"
+       write$ newline$
+  "\fi" write$ newline$
+%%% KCB: For those who still cling to LaTeX 2.09
+"\ifx\undefined\textsc" write$ newline$
+  "\newcommand{\textsc}[1]{{\sc #1}}"
+       write$ newline$
+  "\newcommand{\emph}[1]{{\em #1\/}}"
+       write$ newline$
+"\let\tmpsmall\small" write$ newline$
+"\renewcommand{\small}{\tmpsmall\sc}" write$ newline$
+  "\fi" write$ newline$
+%%%
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+"Done." top$	%%%KCB: Signal end for NeXTeX's TexView
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
+%% End of customized bst file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/humanbio.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/humanbio.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..039498ebd7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/humanbio.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1134 @@
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%%  @BibTeX-style-file{
+%%%     author          = "Alan Rogers",
+%%%     version         = "1.1",
+%%%     date            = "1990",
+%%%     filename        = "humanbio.bst",
+%%%     address         = "Dept of Anthropology, University of Utah,
+%%%                        Salt Lake City, UT 84112",
+%%%     checksum        = "32432 1134 3172 23669",
+%%%     email           = "rogers@anthro.utah.edu",
+%%%     supported       = "no",
+%%%     docstring       = "The file produces bibliographies more or
+%%%                        less in the format of the journal Human
+%%%                        Biology.  It was adapted from apalike.bst,
+%%%                        incorporating features of Sake J.
+%%%                        Hogeveen's `astron.bst'.
+%%%
+%%%                        Usage: \documentstyle[astron]{...}
+%%%                        ...
+%%%                        \bibliographystyle{humanbio}
+%%%                        ...
+%%%
+%%%                        The \documentstyle command above invokes
+%%%                        Hogeveen's `astron.sty', which must be in
+%%%                        TeX's search path.
+%%%
+%%%                        The modifications implement `\cite*{}',
+%%%                        which generates references in short form.
+%%%                        For example, `Rogers \cite*{...}' would
+%%%                        produce `Rogers (1992)'."
+%%%  }
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%%%%%%%%%
+% BibTeX `apalike' bibliography style (24-Jan-88 version)
+% Adapted from the `alpha' style, version 0.99a; for BibTeX version 0.99a.
+% Copyright (C) 1988, all rights reserved.
+% Copying of this file is allowed, provided that if you make any changes at all
+% you name it something other than `apalike.bst'.
+% This restriction helps ensure that all copies are identical.
+% Differences between this style and `alpha' are generally heralded by a `%'.
+% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for alpha.bst.
+%
+% This style should be used with the `apalike' LaTeX style (apalike.sty).
+% \cite's come out like "(Jones, 1986)" in the text but there are no labels
+% in the bibliography, and something like "(1986)" comes out immediately
+% after the author.  Author (and editor) names appear as last name, comma,
+% initials.  A `year' field is required for every entry, and so is either
+% an author (or in some cases, an editor) field or a key field.
+%
+% Editorial note:
+% Many journals require a style like `apalike', but I strongly, strongly,
+% strongly recommend that you not use it if you have a choice---use something
+% like `plain' instead.  Mary-Claire van Leunen (A Handbook for Scholars,
+% Knopf, 1979) argues convincingly that a style like `plain' encourages better
+% writing than one like `apalike'.  Furthermore the strongest arguments for
+% using an author-date style like `apalike'---that it's "the most practical"
+% (The Chicago Manual of Style, University of Chicago Press, thirteenth
+% edition, 1982, pages 400--401)---fall flat on their face with the new
+% computer-typesetting technology.  For instance page 401 anachronistically
+% states "The chief disadvantage of [a style like `plain'] is that additions
+% or deletions cannot be made after the manuscript is typed without changing
+% numbers in both text references and list."  LaTeX sidesteps the disadvantage.
+%
+% History:
+%   15-sep-86	(SK,OP)	Original version, by Susan King and Oren Patashnik.
+%   10-nov-86	(OP)	Truncated the sort.key$ string to the correct length
+%			in bib.sort.order to eliminate error message.
+%   24-jan-88	(OP)	Updated for BibTeX version 0.99a, from alpha.bst 0.99a;
+%			apalike now sorts by author, then year, then title;
+%			THIS `apalike' VERSION DOES NOT WORK WITH BIBTEX 0.98i.
+
+ENTRY
+  { address
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+    journal
+    key
+%    month		not used in apalike
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}
+  { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+	{ add.period$ write$
+	  newline$
+	  "\newblock " write$
+	}
+	{ output.state before.all =
+	    'write$
+	    { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+%					apalike needs this function because
+%					the year has special punctuation;
+%					apalike ignores the month
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+    { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    { write$
+      " " year * extra.label * "" *
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+  "\bibitem[" write$
+  label write$
+  "]{" write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+    'skip$
+    { output.state before.all =
+	'skip$
+	{ after.sentence 'output.state := }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't :=   % last name first
+      nameptr #1 >
+	{ namesleft #1 >
+	    { ", " * t * }
+	    { numnames #2 >
+		{ "," * }
+		'skip$
+	      if$
+	      t "others" =
+		{ " et~al." * }
+		{ " and " * t * }
+	      if$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key}			% this function is just for apalike
+{ empty$
+    { key field.or.null }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+	{ ", editors" * }
+	{ ", editor" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { title "t" change.case$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+	{ t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+	    { "--" *
+	      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	    }
+	    {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+		{ "-" *
+		  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+		}
+	      while$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ t #1 #1 substring$ *
+	  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+	{ series field.or.null }
+	{ output.state mid.sentence =
+	    { "number" }
+	    { "Number" }
+	  if$
+	  number tie.or.space.connect
+	  series empty$
+	    { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	    { " in " * series * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+	{ edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+	{ edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+	{ #1 'multiresult := }
+	{ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+	{ "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+	{ "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+  number empty$
+    'skip$
+    { "(" number * ")" * *
+      volume empty$
+	{ "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+	{ pop$ format.pages }
+	{ ":" * pages n.dashify * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+	{ "chapter" }
+	{ type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+	{ "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+	{ "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "In"							% this is for apalike
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In "
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  "\cite{" * crossref * "}" *				% this is for apalike
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "In"							% this is for apalike
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+      format.vol.num.pages output
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check				% special for apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check				% special for apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+      format.edition output
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.pages output
+      address output					% for apalike
+      new.sentence					% there's no year
+      organization output				% here so things
+      publisher output					% are simpler
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  organization address new.block.checkb
+  organization output
+  address output
+  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title output
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.editors output
+  editor format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address output				% for apalike
+  new.sentence					% we always output
+  organization output				% a nonempty organization
+  publisher output				% here
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+  "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+  'len :=
+  s #1 len substring$ =
+    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+    's
+  if$
+}
+
+%			There are three apalike cases: one person (Jones),
+%			two (Jones and de~Bruijn), and more (Jones et~al.).
+%			This function is much like format.crossref.editors.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+  s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  s num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " et~al." * }
+    { #2 <
+	'skip$
+	{ s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+	    { " et~al." * }
+	    { " and " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	'key					% apalike uses the whole key
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	    'key				% apalike uses the whole key
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ editor format.lab.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	'key			% apalike uses the whole key, no organization
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}      % this function came from ASTRON.BST (ARR)
+{ type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.key.label
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+        'editor.key.label                       % apalike ignores organization
+        'author.key.label                       % for labeling and sorting
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  "\protect\astroncite{" swap$ * "}{"                   % these three lines are
+  *                                                     % for apalike, which
+  year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$          % uses all four digits
+  *                       % the mathing closing "}" comes in at the reverse.pass
+  'label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  ""
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { nameptr #1 >
+	{ "   " * }
+	'skip$
+      if$						% apalike uses initials
+      s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  f{ }}{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here
+      nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+	{ "et al" * }
+	{ t sortify * }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+  sortify
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { key sortify }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ editor sort.format.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+%			apalike uses two sorting passes; the first one sets the
+%			labels so that the `a's, `b's, etc. can be computed;
+%			the second pass puts the references in "correct" order.
+%			The presort function is for the first pass. It computes
+%			label, sort.label, and title, and then concatenates.
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+  label sortify
+  "    "
+  *
+  type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.sort
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+	'editor.sort
+	'author.sort
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$	% for
+  'sort.label :=		% apalike
+  sort.label			% style
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT		% by label, sort.label, title---for final label calculation
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra }	% apalike labels are only for the text;
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num }		% there are none in the bibliography
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}	% and hence there is no `longest.label'
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+  "" 'next.extra :=
+  #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.label label =
+    { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+      last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+    }
+    { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+      "" 'extra.label :=
+      label 'last.label :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}       % this function came from ASTRON.BST (ARR)
+{ next.extra "b" =
+    { "a" 'extra.label := }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  label extra.label * "}" * 'label :=
+  extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+%				Now that the label is right we sort for real,
+%				on sort.label then year then title.  This is
+%				for the second sorting pass.
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+{ sort.label
+  "    "
+  *
+  year field.or.null sortify
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+
+SORT		% by sort.label, year, title---giving final bibliography order
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$				% no \etalchar in apalike
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$		% no labels in apalike
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/humannat.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/humannat.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..425ac08d789
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/humannat.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1205 @@
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%%  @BibTeX-style-file{
+%%%     author          = "Alan Rogers",
+%%%     version         = "1.03",
+%%%     date            = "29 June 1992",
+%%%     time            = "09:34:02 MDT",
+%%%     filename        = "humanbio.bst",
+%%%     address         = "Dept of Anthropology, University of Utah,
+%%%                        Salt Lake City, UT 84112",
+%%%     checksum        = "39728 1205 3408 25147",
+%%%     email           = "rogers@anthro.utah.edu",
+%%%     supported       = "no",
+%%%     docstring       = "The file produces bibliographies more or
+%%%                        less in the format of the journals Human
+%%%                        Nature and American Anthropologist.  It was
+%%%                        adapted from apalike.bst, incorporating
+%%%                        features of Sake J.  Hogeveen's
+%%%                        `astron.bst'.
+%%%
+%%%                        Usage: \documentstyle[astron]{...}
+%%%                        ...
+%%%                        \bibliographystyle{humannat}
+%%%                        ...
+%%%
+%%%                        The \documentstyle command above invokes
+%%%                        Hogeveen's `astron.sty', which must be in
+%%%                        TeX's search path.
+%%%
+%%%                        The modifications implement `\cite*{}',
+%%%                        which generates references in short form.
+%%%                        For example, `Rogers \cite*{...}' would
+%%%                        produce `Rogers (1992)'."
+%%%  }
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% BibTeX `apalike' bibliography style (24-Jan-88 version)
+% Adapted from the `alpha' style, version 0.99a; for BibTeX version 0.99a.
+% Copyright (C) 1988, all rights reserved.
+% Copying of this file is allowed, provided that if you make any changes at all
+% you name it something other than `apalike.bst'.
+% This restriction helps ensure that all copies are identical.
+% Differences between this style and `alpha' are generally heralded by a `%'.
+% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for alpha.bst.
+%
+% This style should be used with the `apalike' LaTeX style (apalike.sty).
+% \cite's come out like "(Jones, 1986)" in the text but there are no labels
+% in the bibliography, and something like "(1986)" comes out immediately
+% after the author.  Author (and editor) names appear as last name, comma,
+% initials.  A `year' field is required for every entry, and so is either
+% an author (or in some cases, an editor) field or a key field.
+%
+% Editorial note:
+% Many journals require a style like `apalike', but I strongly, strongly,
+% strongly recommend that you not use it if you have a choice---use something
+% like `plain' instead.  Mary-Claire van Leunen (A Handbook for Scholars,
+% Knopf, 1979) argues convincingly that a style like `plain' encourages better
+% writing than one like `apalike'.  Furthermore the strongest arguments for
+% using an author-date style like `apalike'---that it's "the most practical"
+% (The Chicago Manual of Style, University of Chicago Press, thirteenth
+% edition, 1982, pages 400--401)---fall flat on their face with the new
+% computer-typesetting technology.  For instance page 401 anachronistically
+% states "The chief disadvantage of [a style like `plain'] is that additions
+% or deletions cannot be made after the manuscript is typed without changing
+% numbers in both text references and list."  LaTeX sidesteps the disadvantage.
+%
+% History:
+%   15-sep-86	(SK,OP)	Original version, by Susan King and Oren Patashnik.
+%   10-nov-86	(OP)	Truncated the sort.key$ string to the correct length
+%			in bib.sort.order to eliminate error message.
+%   24-jan-88	(OP)	Updated for BibTeX version 0.99a, from alpha.bst 0.99a;
+%			apalike now sorts by author, then year, then title;
+%			THIS `apalike' VERSION DOES NOT WORK WITH BIBTEX 0.98i.
+
+ENTRY
+  { address
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+    journal
+    key
+%    month		not used in apalike
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}
+  { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+	{ add.period$ write$
+	  newline$
+	  "\newblock " write$
+	}
+	{ output.state before.all =
+	    'write$
+	    { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+%					apalike needs this function because
+%					the year has special punctuation;
+%					apalike ignores the month
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+    { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    { write$
+%      " (" year * extra.label * ")" *
+      " " year * extra.label *           % for humannature
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+  "\bibitem[" write$
+  label write$
+  "]{" write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+    'skip$
+    { output.state before.all =
+	'skip$
+	{ after.sentence 'output.state := }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+  s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't :=   % last name first
+      nameptr #1 >
+	{ namesleft #1 >
+	    { ", " * t * }
+	    { numnames #2 >
+		{ "," * }
+		'skip$
+	      if$
+	      t "others" =
+		{ " et~al." * }
+		{ " and " * t * }
+	      if$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	't
+      if$
+  nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+  namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=   % last name last
+      nameptr #1 >
+	{ namesleft #1 >
+	    { ", " * t * }
+	    { numnames #2 >
+		{ "," * }
+		'skip$
+	      if$
+	      t "others" =
+		{ " et~al." * }
+		{ " and " * t * }
+	      if$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.editor.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=   % last name first
+      nameptr #1 >
+	{ namesleft #1 >
+	    { ", " * t * }
+	    { numnames #2 >
+		{ "," * }
+		'skip$
+	      if$
+	      t "others" =
+		{ " et~al." * }
+		{ " and " * t * }
+	      if$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+  "\leavevmode\nopagebreak\newline" *   % for humannature
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key}			% this function is just for apalike
+{ empty$
+    { key field.or.null }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author empty$
+        { editor format.names }
+        { editor format.editor.names }
+      if$
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+	{ ", eds." * }         % for humannature
+	{ ", ed." * }          % for humannature
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  author empty$
+    { "\leavevmode\nopagebreak\newline" * }
+    { "" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { title "t" change.case$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+	{ t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+	    { "--" *
+	      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	    }
+	    {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+		{ "-" *
+		  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+		}
+	      while$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ t #1 #1 substring$ *
+	  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+	{ series field.or.null }
+	{ output.state mid.sentence =
+	    { "number" }
+	    { "Number" }
+	  if$
+	  number tie.or.space.connect
+	  series empty$
+	    { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	    { " in " * series * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.address.publisher}
+{ address empty$
+    {
+      publisher empty$
+        { "" }
+        { publisher }
+      if$
+    }
+    {
+      publisher empty$
+        { address ": [publisher unknown]" * }
+        { address ": " * publisher * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+	{ edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+	{ edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+	{ #1 'multiresult := }
+	{ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+	{ "Pp.~" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+	{ "P.~" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+  number empty$
+    'skip$
+    { "(" number * ")" * *
+      volume empty$
+	{ "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+	{ pop$ format.pages }
+	{ ":" * pages n.dashify * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+	{ "chapter" }
+	{ type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+	{ "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+	{ "In " booktitle emphasize * ", " * format.editors * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "In"							% this is for apalike
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In "
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  "\cite{" * crossref * "}" *				% this is for apalike
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "In"							% this is for apalike
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+      format.vol.num.pages output
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check				% special for apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.edition output
+      new.block
+      format.address.publisher output
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check				% special for apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.block
+      format.address.publisher output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages output
+      new.block
+      format.address.publisher output
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.pages output
+      address output					% for apalike
+      new.sentence					% there's no year
+      organization output				% here so things
+      publisher output					% are simpler
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  organization address new.block.checkb
+  organization output
+  address output
+  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title output
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.editors output
+  editor format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address output				% for apalike
+  new.sentence					% we always output
+  organization output				% a nonempty organization
+  publisher output				% here
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+  "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+  'len :=
+  s #1 len substring$ =
+    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+    's
+  if$
+}
+
+%			There are three apalike cases: one person (Jones),
+%			two (Jones and de~Bruijn), and more (Jones et~al.).
+%			This function is much like format.crossref.editors.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+  s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  s num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " et~al." * }
+    { #2 <
+	'skip$
+	{ s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+	    { " et~al." * }
+	    { " and " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	'key					% apalike uses the whole key
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	    'key				% apalike uses the whole key
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ editor format.lab.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	'key			% apalike uses the whole key, no organization
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}      % this function came from ASTRON.BST (ARR)
+{ type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.key.label
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+        'editor.key.label                       % apalike ignores organization
+        'author.key.label                       % for labeling and sorting
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  "\protect\astroncite{" swap$ * "}{"                   % these three lines are
+  *                                                     % for apalike, which
+  year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$          % uses all four digits
+  *                       % the mathing closing "}" comes in at the reverse.pass
+  'label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  ""
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { nameptr #1 >
+	{ "   " * }
+	'skip$
+      if$						% apalike uses initials
+      s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  f{ }}{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here
+      nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+	{ "et al" * }
+	{ t sortify * }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+  sortify
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { key sortify }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ editor sort.format.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+%			apalike uses two sorting passes; the first one sets the
+%			labels so that the `a's, `b's, etc. can be computed;
+%			the second pass puts the references in "correct" order.
+%			The presort function is for the first pass. It computes
+%			label, sort.label, and title, and then concatenates.
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+  label sortify
+  "    "
+  *
+  type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.sort
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+	'editor.sort
+	'author.sort
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$	% for
+  'sort.label :=		% apalike
+  sort.label			% style
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT		% by label, sort.label, title---for final label calculation
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra }	% apalike labels are only for the text;
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num }		% there are none in the bibliography
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}	% and hence there is no `longest.label'
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+  "" 'next.extra :=
+  #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.label label =
+    { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+      last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+    }
+    { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+      "" 'extra.label :=
+      label 'last.label :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}       % this function came from ASTRON.BST (ARR)
+{ next.extra "b" =
+    { "a" 'extra.label := }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  label extra.label * "}" * 'label :=
+  extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+%				Now that the label is right we sort for real,
+%				on sort.label then year then title.  This is
+%				for the second sorting pass.
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+{ sort.label
+  "    "
+  *
+  year field.or.null sortify
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+
+SORT		% by sort.label, year, title---giving final bibliography order
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$				% no \etalchar in apalike
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$		% no labels in apalike
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-abbrv.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-abbrv.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5e4eaa102ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-abbrv.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1833 @@
+%% =====================================================================
+%% WARNING: Do NOT edit this file.  It was produced automatically by
+%% Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@plot79.math.utah.edu>
+%% from file://plot79.math.utah.edu/u/sy/beebe/tex/bib/merge/xbtxbst.doc 
+%% on Wed May 15 10:36:03 MDT 1996.
+%% =====================================================================
+%%%=====================================================================
+%%% @BibTeX-style-file{
+%%%     author          = "Nelson H. F. Beebe",
+%%%     version         = "2.03",
+%%%     date            = "15 May 1996",
+%%%     time            = "10:35:51 MDT",
+%%%     filename        = "is-abbrv.bst",
+%%%     address         = "Center for Scientific Computing
+%%%                        Department of Mathematics
+%%%                        University of Utah
+%%%                        Salt Lake City, UT 84112
+%%%                        USA",
+%%%     telephone       = "+1 801 581 5254",
+%%%     FAX             = "+1 801 581 4148",
+%%%     URL             = "http://www.math.utah.edu/~beebe",
+%%%     checksum        = "47504 1833 4630 37425",
+%%%     email           = "beebe@math.utah.edu (Internet)",
+%%%     codetable       = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%%     keywords        = "BibTeX, style, bibliography",
+%%%     supported       = "yes",
+%%%     docstring       = "This file is a modification of the standard
+%%%                        BibTeX btxbst.doc file, or is a .bst file
+%%%                        derived from that modification.  It contains
+%%%                        optional added support for CODEN, ISBN, ISSN,
+%%%                        LCCN, and PRICE fields, extended PAGES
+%%%                        fields, the PERIODICAL entry, and extended
+%%%                        citation label suffixing.
+%%%
+%%%                        In addition, date formatting supports a day
+%%%                        keyword, so that bibliography entries can be
+%%%                        written with
+%%%
+%%%                            day   = {23},
+%%%                            month = aug,
+%%%
+%%%                        instead of the language-dependent awkward
+%%%                        forms required by the standard styles
+%%%
+%%%                            month = {23~} # aug,
+%%%                            month = aug # {~23},
+%%%
+%%%                        These older forms are, of course, still
+%%%                        handled correctly.
+%%%
+%%%                        The UNIX C preprocessor can be used to
+%%%                        extract the standard styles, as follows:
+%%%
+%%%                            cpp -P -DPLAIN xbtxbst.doc >plain.bst
+%%%                            cpp -P -DUNSRT xbtxbst.doc >unsrt.bst
+%%%                            cpp -P -DALPHA xbtxbst.doc >alpha.bst
+%%%                            cpp -P -DABBRV xbtxbst.doc >abbrv.bst
+%%%
+%%%                        To obtain correct file header checksums, pipe
+%%%                        the output through the checksum program, e.g.
+%%%
+%%%                            cpp -P -DPLAIN xbtxbst.doc | checksum >plain.bst
+%%%
+%%%                        The accompanying UNIX Makefile automates this
+%%%                        job, and provides some extra leading comments
+%%%                        in the generated style files warning the user
+%%%                        not to modify them.
+%%%
+%%%                        Additional optional definitions are recognized
+%%%                        to provide extensions to the standard styles:
+%%%
+%%%                            -D_CODEN for CODEN output
+%%%
+%%%                            -D_ISBN for ISBN output
+%%%
+%%%                            -D_ISSN for ISSN output
+%%%
+%%%                            -D_LCCN for LCCN output
+%%%
+%%%                            -D_PRICE for price output,
+%%%
+%%%                            -D_BOOKPAGES for book, techreport, manual,
+%%%                            and thesis pages output.
+%%%
+%%%                            -D_URL to get World-Wide Web Uniform
+%%%                            Resource Locator (URL) output.
+%%%
+%%%                            -D_NUMERIC_SUFFIXES to get numeric
+%%%                            label suffixes -1, -2, ..., -26, instead of
+%%%                            letters a, b, ..., z, so as to correctly
+%%%                            handle alpha-style bibliographies with more
+%%%                            than 26 entries for a single author in one
+%%%                            year.  Change letter suffix code to switch
+%%%                            to numeric suffixes if more than 26 letters
+%%%                            are used, so that no matter which scheme is
+%%%                            selected, correct output will always be
+%%%                            obtained.
+%%%
+%%%                        The CODEN, ISBN, ISSN, LCCN, PRICE, and URL
+%%%                        values are wrapped inside macros \showCODEN{}
+%%%                        etc. that the user can provide alternate
+%%%                        definitions of to change the formatting, or
+%%%                        to suppress their output altogether.  That
+%%%                        way, output identical to that of the four
+%%%                        standard BibTeX style files can be obtained
+%%%                        with these extended files, if these macros
+%%%                        are defined to expand to empty strings.
+%%%
+%%%                        URL handling is slightly more complex,
+%%%                        because URLs can contain characters which TeX
+%%%                        must handle in verbatim mode in a typewriter
+%%%                        font, and such text cannot readily appear
+%%%                        inside nested macro arguments.  Consequently,
+%%%                        URLs are formatted in the .bbl file like
+%%%                        this:
+%%%                            \ifshowURL {\showURL \path|...|} \fi
+%%%                        where \showURL takes no argument, and
+%%%                        normally expands to the 4-character string
+%%%                        URL<space>.  The grouping braces ensure that
+%%%                        any font changes made by \showURL remain
+%%%                        localized.  Vertical bar is chosen as the
+%%%                        verbatim path delimiter, because it cannot
+%%%                        appear in URLs.  The other prohibited ISO
+%%%                        Latin 1 characters are the non-printing
+%%%                        control characters 0..31, plus those in the
+%%%                        range 128..255, plus the ten special
+%%%                        characters
+%%%
+%%%                            { } [ ] \ ^ ~ < > `
+%%%
+%%%                        See Internet RFC 1630 (June 1994) for more
+%%%                        details.  (Backquote is not even mentioned
+%%%                        there.)
+%%%
+%%%                        As an example of font changes, in LaTeX 2e
+%%%                        you might define
+%%%                            \newcommand{\showURL}{URL
+%%%                                \let \oldtt = \tt
+%%%                                \renewcommand{\tt}{\oldtt \itshape}}
+%%%                        to get URLs set in a typewriter italic font.
+%%%
+%%%                        If desired, a sed script can be used to
+%%%                        eliminate non-essential comments (this
+%%%                        reduces the file size by 2/3); a command
+%%%                        filter step like
+%%%                                sed -e '/^%$/d' -e '/^%[^%].*$/d'
+%%%                        will accomplish that job.
+%%%
+%%%                        The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
+%%%                        checksum as the first value, followed by the
+%%%                        equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word
+%%%                        count) utility output of lines, words, and
+%%%                        characters.  This is produced by Robert
+%%%                        Solovay's checksum utility."
+%%%     }
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%% Revision history (reverse time order):
+%%%
+%%% 2.03 [15-May-1996]
+%%%      Add CODEN support, ISBN and ISSN output for Article entries,
+%%%      and ISBN output for TechReport entries (yes, these sometimes
+%%%      do have ISBNs).
+%%%
+%%%      Add wrapper macros \showXYZ{} (XYZ = CODEN, ISBN, ISSN, LCCN,
+%%%      PRICE, and URL) defined inside the thebibliography environment
+%%%      to expand to XYZ (except for PRICE) and their arguments,
+%%%      PROVIDED they are not already defined.  That way, the user can
+%%%      provide alternate definitions outside the thebibliography
+%%%      environment, for example, to suppress particular ones, or
+%%%      to alter the font used.
+%%%
+%%%      Substantially revise leading comments to better document the
+%%%      extensions.
+%%%
+%%% 2.02 [01-Apr-1996]
+%%%	 Add day keyword support with new code in format.date function.
+%%%	 Oren Patashnik will include this new keyword in standard styles
+%%%	 in BibTeX 1.0.
+%%%
+%%%	 Add new function collapse.pagerange, and use it to collapse
+%%%	 page ranges with identical initial and final numbers to a
+%%%	 single number, so that bibliography files can distinguish
+%%%	 between one-page documents, and documents missing final page
+%%%	 numbers.
+%%%
+%%% 2.01 [25-Oct-1994]
+%%%	 Add URL output support.
+%%%
+%%% 2.00 [12-Oct-1994]
+%%%	 Add support for pages in theses and manuals, treating them
+%%%	 like Book and InBook pages.
+%%%
+%%%	 Correct ISSN support: a typo caused output of ISBN instead of
+%%%	 ISSN.
+%%%
+%%%	 Wherever ISBNs are output, also output an ISSN, if one
+%%%	 exists, and vice versa.  The reason is that some periodicals
+%%%	 (e.g. The X Resource, published by O'Reilly and Associates)
+%%%	 have both ISSN and ISBN numbers, and can be purchased either
+%%%	 as journal subscriptions, or as single volumes.
+%%%
+%%%	 For InProceedings and Proceedings output, issue a warning for
+%%%	 a missing publisher: even though that field is optional, a
+%%%	 bibliographic reference without it is incomplete.
+%%%
+%%%	 Remove harmless, but unneeded, single horizontal space before
+%%%	 price output added with version 1.03.
+%%%
+%%%	 Change Proceedings and InProceedings to treat address values
+%%%	 as publisher addresses, as they are with every other document
+%%%	 type, rather than as conference addresses, which belong in
+%%%	 the title field (that is how major libraries, including OCLC
+%%%	 and Library of Congress, with nearly 60M holdings, represent
+%%%	 them).  The need for this change has been discussed with
+%%%	 BibTeX's author, Oren Patashnik, and there is a good
+%%%	 possibility that BibTeX 1.0 will contain the change
+%%%	 implemented here.  This is an INCOMPATIBLE change that will
+%%%	 produce different .bbl file formatting.  However, the TUG and
+%%%	 BibNet bibliography projects have consistently used address
+%%%	 to me publisher/organization/institution address, and so
+%%%	 already conform to the new practice.
+%%%
+%%% 1.05 [30-May-1994]
+%%%	 Add NUMERIC_SUFFIXES support.
+%%%
+%%%	 Change all preprocessor statements to put else and endif
+%%%	 labels inside C-style comments to conform to 1989 ISO/ANSI C
+%%%	 Standard.
+%%%
+%%% 1.04 [11-Nov-1993]
+%%%	 Add underscore prefix to new processor symbols to prevent
+%%%	 substitution in comments
+%%%
+%%% 1.03 [11-Oct-1993]
+%%%	 Add support for LCCN (Library of Congress Catalog Number)
+%%%	 and price fields, and make ISBN, ISSN, LCCN, and price
+%%%	 selectable by preprocessor conditionals.
+%%%
+%%% 1.02 [12-Sep-1991]
+%%%      Merge in Barbara N. Beeton's suggestion for hyphen-less
+%%%      line breaks around volume(number):page.
+%%%
+%%% 1.01 [10-Sep-1991]
+%%%      Update file comment header and use Solovay checksum program.
+%%%
+%%% 1.00 [17-Oct-1990]
+%%%      Original version merging hand-edits of is-xxx.bst files into
+%%%      this master file, xbtxbst.doc.
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%% BibTeX `plain' family
+%%       version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+%%       Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+%%       Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+%%       (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+%%       (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+%%       btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+%%       This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+%%       The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ENTRY
+  { address
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+
+    coden
+
+    day
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+
+    isbn
+
+
+    issn
+
+    journal
+    key
+
+    lccn
+
+    month
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+
+    price
+
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+
+    URL
+
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}
+
+  { label }
+
+
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+
+STRINGS { b e new.pages original.t s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+        { add.period$ write$
+          newline$
+          "\newblock " write$
+        }
+        { output.state before.all =
+            'write$
+            { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+
+  "\bibitem{" write$
+
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+    'skip$
+    { output.state before.all =
+        'skip$
+        { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+
+    { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+
+      nameptr #1 >
+        { namesleft #1 >
+            { ", " * t * }
+            { numnames #2 >
+                { "," * }
+                'skip$
+              if$
+              t "others" =
+                { " et~al." * }
+                { " and " * t * }
+              if$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.coden}
+{ coden empty$
+    { "" }
+    { new.block "\showCODEN{" coden * "}" *}
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+        { ", editors" * }
+        { ", editor" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.isbn}
+{ isbn empty$
+    { "" }
+    { new.block "\showISBN{" isbn * "}" *}
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.issn}
+{ issn empty$
+    { "" }
+    { new.block "\showISSN{" issn * "}" *}
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.lccn}
+{ lccn empty$
+    { "" }
+    { new.block "\showLCCN{" lccn * "}" *}
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.price}
+{ price empty$
+    { "" }
+    { new.block "\showPRICE{" price * "}" *}
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.url}
+{ url empty$
+    { "" }
+    { new.block "\ifshowURL {\showURL \path|" url * "|}\fi" *}
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+
+    { title "t" change.case$ }
+
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {collapse.pagerange}
+{ 't :=				% save input page range string
+  t 'original.t :=		% save original page range
+  "" 'b :=			% beginning page number
+  "" 'e :=			% ending page number
+    { t empty$ not }		% while-loop Boolean condition
+    {				% while-loop body
+      t #1 #2 substring$ "--" =	% have we found the en-dash?
+	{
+	   t #3 global.max$ substring$ 'e :=	% yes, save ending page number
+	   "" 't := 		% and set t to empty string to terminate loop
+	}
+	{
+	   b t #1 #1 substring$ * 'b := % no, just accumulate this character
+	   t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := % and set t to the remaining string
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  while$			% on exit, t has ending page number string
+  e b =				% are beginning and ending numbers the same?
+    { b	}			% yes, return the beginning page number string
+    { original.t }		% no, return the original page number string
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+        { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+            { "--" *
+              t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+            }
+            {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+                { "-" *
+                  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+                }
+              while$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+          t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+    { month empty$
+        {
+	  day empty$
+	    { "" }
+	    { "there's a day but no month or year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+        { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+          month
+	  day empty$
+            { }
+	    { " " * day * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { month empty$
+	{
+	  day empty$
+	    { year }
+	    { "there's a day and year but no month in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+        {
+          month " " *
+	  day empty$
+            { }
+	    { day * ", " * }
+          if$
+          year *
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+        'skip$
+        { " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+        { series field.or.null }
+        { output.state mid.sentence =
+            { "number" }
+            { "Number" }
+          if$
+          number tie.or.space.connect
+          series empty$
+            { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+            { " in " * series * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+        { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+        { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+        { #1 'multiresult := }
+        { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { new.block pages " pp." * }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    {
+      pages multi.page.check
+        { pages collapse.pagerange 'new.pages := }
+	{ pages 'new.pages := }
+      if$
+      new.pages multi.page.check
+        { "pages" new.pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+        { "page" new.pages tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+  number empty$
+    'skip$
+    { "\penalty0 (" number * ")" * *
+      volume empty$
+        { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+        { pop$ format.pages }
+        { ":\penalty0 " * pages collapse.pagerange n.dashify * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+        { "chapter" }
+        { type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+        'skip$
+        { ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+        { "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+        { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+  month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+  and and and and and
+
+  key empty$ not and
+
+    { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+    { journal empty$
+        { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+          warning$
+          ""
+        }
+        { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " key * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  editor num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " et~al." * }
+    { #2 <
+        'skip$
+        { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+            { " et~al." * }
+            { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In "
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+        { series empty$
+            { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+              crossref * warning$
+              "" *
+            }
+            { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+          if$
+        }
+        { key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+        { booktitle empty$
+            { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+              crossref * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+          if$
+        }
+        { "In " key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+      format.vol.num.pages output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+
+  format.coden output
+
+
+  format.isbn output
+
+
+  format.issn output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+
+  format.coden output
+
+
+  format.isbn output
+
+
+  format.issn output
+
+
+  format.book.pages output
+
+
+  format.lccn output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  howpublished address new.block.checkb
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  format.date output
+
+  format.coden output
+
+
+  format.isbn output
+
+
+  format.issn output
+
+
+  format.book.pages output
+
+
+  format.lccn output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+
+  format.coden output
+
+
+  format.isbn output
+
+
+  format.issn output
+
+
+  format.lccn output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+      format.edition output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+
+  format.coden output
+
+
+  format.isbn output
+
+
+  format.issn output
+
+
+  format.lccn output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.pages output
+      address empty$
+        { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+          organization output
+          publisher "publisher" output.check
+          format.date "year" output.check
+        }
+        { new.sentence
+          organization output
+          publisher "publisher" output.check
+          address output.nonnull
+          format.date "year" output.check
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+
+  format.coden output
+
+
+  format.isbn output
+
+
+  format.issn output
+
+
+  format.lccn output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        'skip$
+        { organization output.nonnull
+          address output
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        { address new.block.checka
+          address output
+        }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+    { organization address new.block.checkb
+      organization output
+      address output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date output
+
+  format.book.pages output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+
+  format.book.pages output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  title howpublished new.block.checkb
+  format.title output
+  howpublished new.block.checka
+  howpublished output
+  format.date output
+
+  format.coden output
+
+
+  format.isbn output
+
+
+  format.issn output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  empty.misc.check
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+
+  format.book.pages output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {periodical}
+{ output.bibitem
+  editor empty$
+    { organization output }
+    { format.editors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  title emphasize "title" output.check
+  format.vol.num.pages output
+  format.date output
+
+  format.coden output
+
+
+  format.isbn output
+
+
+  format.issn output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.sentence
+  publisher output
+  address output
+  howpublished new.block.checka
+  howpublished output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  editor empty$
+    { organization output }
+    { format.editors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address empty$
+    { editor empty$
+        { publisher new.sentence.checka }
+        { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+          organization output
+        }
+      if$
+      publisher "publisher" output.check %%% <- new check for missing
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { new.sentence
+      editor empty$
+        'skip$
+        { organization output }
+      if$
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output.nonnull
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+  if$
+
+  format.coden output
+
+
+  format.isbn output
+
+
+  format.issn output
+
+
+  format.lccn output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+
+  format.isbn output		% NB: TechReports occasionally have ISBNs
+
+
+  format.book.pages output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  format.date output
+
+  format.url output
+
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+
+
+
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"Sept."}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Gr."}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Softw."}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Prog. Lang. Syst."}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput. Sci."}
+
+
+
+
+READ
+
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+  "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+  'len :=
+  s #1 len substring$ =
+    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+    's
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  ""
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { nameptr #1 >
+        { "   " * }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+
+      s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  f{ }}{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+
+      nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+        { "et al" * }
+        { t sortify * }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+  sortify
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+          ""
+        }
+        { key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { key sortify }
+          if$
+        }
+        { editor sort.format.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.organization.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { key sortify }
+          if$
+        }
+        { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { key sortify }
+          if$
+        }
+        { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {presort}
+
+{ type$ "book" =
+
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.sort
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+        'editor.organization.sort
+        { type$ "manual" =
+            'author.organization.sort
+            'author.sort
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+
+  "    "
+  *
+  year field.or.null sortify
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+
+SORT
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+  #1 'number.label :=
+  #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+  number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+  label width$ longest.label.width >
+    { label 'longest.label :=
+      label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+    }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+
+{ preamble$ empty$
+
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{"  longest.label  * "}" * write$ newline$
+
+  "\ifx \showCODEN  \undefined \def \showCODEN #1{CODEN #1}  \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+  "\ifx \showISBN   \undefined \def \showISBN  #1{ISBN #1}   \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+  "\ifx \showISSN   \undefined \def \showISSN  #1{ISSN #1}   \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+  "\ifx \showLCCN   \undefined \def \showLCCN  #1{LCCN #1}   \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+  "\ifx \showPRICE  \undefined \def \showPRICE #1{#1}        \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+  "\ifx \showURL    \undefined \def \showURL {URL }          \fi" write$ newline$
+  "\ifx \path       \undefined \input path.sty               \fi" write$ newline$
+  "\ifx \ifshowURL \undefined" write$ newline$
+  "     \newif \ifshowURL"     write$ newline$
+  "     \showURLtrue"          write$ newline$
+  "\fi" write$ newline$
+
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-alpha.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-alpha.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8e30c422a18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-alpha.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,2020 @@
+%% =====================================================================
+%% WARNING: Do NOT edit this file.  It was produced automatically by
+%% Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@plot79.math.utah.edu>
+%% from file://plot79.math.utah.edu/u/sy/beebe/tex/bib/merge/xbtxbst.doc 
+%% on Wed May 15 10:36:04 MDT 1996.
+%% =====================================================================
+%%%=====================================================================
+%%% @BibTeX-style-file{
+%%%     author          = "Nelson H. F. Beebe",
+%%%     version         = "2.03",
+%%%     date            = "15 May 1996",
+%%%     time            = "10:35:51 MDT",
+%%%     filename        = "is-alpha.bst",
+%%%     address         = "Center for Scientific Computing
+%%%                        Department of Mathematics
+%%%                        University of Utah
+%%%                        Salt Lake City, UT 84112
+%%%                        USA",
+%%%     telephone       = "+1 801 581 5254",
+%%%     FAX             = "+1 801 581 4148",
+%%%     URL             = "http://www.math.utah.edu/~beebe",
+%%%     checksum        = "49675 2020 5086 41225",
+%%%     email           = "beebe@math.utah.edu (Internet)",
+%%%     codetable       = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%%     keywords        = "BibTeX, style, bibliography",
+%%%     supported       = "yes",
+%%%     docstring       = "This file is a modification of the standard
+%%%                        BibTeX btxbst.doc file, or is a .bst file
+%%%                        derived from that modification.  It contains
+%%%                        optional added support for CODEN, ISBN, ISSN,
+%%%                        LCCN, and PRICE fields, extended PAGES
+%%%                        fields, the PERIODICAL entry, and extended
+%%%                        citation label suffixing.
+%%%
+%%%                        In addition, date formatting supports a day
+%%%                        keyword, so that bibliography entries can be
+%%%                        written with
+%%%
+%%%                            day   = {23},
+%%%                            month = aug,
+%%%
+%%%                        instead of the language-dependent awkward
+%%%                        forms required by the standard styles
+%%%
+%%%                            month = {23~} # aug,
+%%%                            month = aug # {~23},
+%%%
+%%%                        These older forms are, of course, still
+%%%                        handled correctly.
+%%%
+%%%                        The UNIX C preprocessor can be used to
+%%%                        extract the standard styles, as follows:
+%%%
+%%%                            cpp -P -DPLAIN xbtxbst.doc >plain.bst
+%%%                            cpp -P -DUNSRT xbtxbst.doc >unsrt.bst
+%%%                            cpp -P -DALPHA xbtxbst.doc >alpha.bst
+%%%                            cpp -P -DABBRV xbtxbst.doc >abbrv.bst
+%%%
+%%%                        To obtain correct file header checksums, pipe
+%%%                        the output through the checksum program, e.g.
+%%%
+%%%                            cpp -P -DPLAIN xbtxbst.doc | checksum >plain.bst
+%%%
+%%%                        The accompanying UNIX Makefile automates this
+%%%                        job, and provides some extra leading comments
+%%%                        in the generated style files warning the user
+%%%                        not to modify them.
+%%%
+%%%                        Additional optional definitions are recognized
+%%%                        to provide extensions to the standard styles:
+%%%
+%%%                            -D_CODEN for CODEN output
+%%%
+%%%                            -D_ISBN for ISBN output
+%%%
+%%%                            -D_ISSN for ISSN output
+%%%
+%%%                            -D_LCCN for LCCN output
+%%%
+%%%                            -D_PRICE for price output,
+%%%
+%%%                            -D_BOOKPAGES for book, techreport, manual,
+%%%                            and thesis pages output.
+%%%
+%%%                            -D_URL to get World-Wide Web Uniform
+%%%                            Resource Locator (URL) output.
+%%%
+%%%                            -D_NUMERIC_SUFFIXES to get numeric
+%%%                            label suffixes -1, -2, ..., -26, instead of
+%%%                            letters a, b, ..., z, so as to correctly
+%%%                            handle alpha-style bibliographies with more
+%%%                            than 26 entries for a single author in one
+%%%                            year.  Change letter suffix code to switch
+%%%                            to numeric suffixes if more than 26 letters
+%%%                            are used, so that no matter which scheme is
+%%%                            selected, correct output will always be
+%%%                            obtained.
+%%%
+%%%                        The CODEN, ISBN, ISSN, LCCN, PRICE, and URL
+%%%                        values are wrapped inside macros \showCODEN{}
+%%%                        etc. that the user can provide alternate
+%%%                        definitions of to change the formatting, or
+%%%                        to suppress their output altogether.  That
+%%%                        way, output identical to that of the four
+%%%                        standard BibTeX style files can be obtained
+%%%                        with these extended files, if these macros
+%%%                        are defined to expand to empty strings.
+%%%
+%%%                        URL handling is slightly more complex,
+%%%                        because URLs can contain characters which TeX
+%%%                        must handle in verbatim mode in a typewriter
+%%%                        font, and such text cannot readily appear
+%%%                        inside nested macro arguments.  Consequently,
+%%%                        URLs are formatted in the .bbl file like
+%%%                        this:
+%%%                            \ifshowURL {\showURL \path|...|} \fi
+%%%                        where \showURL takes no argument, and
+%%%                        normally expands to the 4-character string
+%%%                        URL<space>.  The grouping braces ensure that
+%%%                        any font changes made by \showURL remain
+%%%                        localized.  Vertical bar is chosen as the
+%%%                        verbatim path delimiter, because it cannot
+%%%                        appear in URLs.  The other prohibited ISO
+%%%                        Latin 1 characters are the non-printing
+%%%                        control characters 0..31, plus those in the
+%%%                        range 128..255, plus the ten special
+%%%                        characters
+%%%
+%%%                            { } [ ] \ ^ ~ < > `
+%%%
+%%%                        See Internet RFC 1630 (June 1994) for more
+%%%                        details.  (Backquote is not even mentioned
+%%%                        there.)
+%%%
+%%%                        As an example of font changes, in LaTeX 2e
+%%%                        you might define
+%%%                            \newcommand{\showURL}{URL
+%%%                                \let \oldtt = \tt
+%%%                                \renewcommand{\tt}{\oldtt \itshape}}
+%%%                        to get URLs set in a typewriter italic font.
+%%%
+%%%                        If desired, a sed script can be used to
+%%%                        eliminate non-essential comments (this
+%%%                        reduces the file size by 2/3); a command
+%%%                        filter step like
+%%%                                sed -e '/^%$/d' -e '/^%[^%].*$/d'
+%%%                        will accomplish that job.
+%%%
+%%%                        The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
+%%%                        checksum as the first value, followed by the
+%%%                        equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word
+%%%                        count) utility output of lines, words, and
+%%%                        characters.  This is produced by Robert
+%%%                        Solovay's checksum utility."
+%%%     }
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%% Revision history (reverse time order):
+%%%
+%%% 2.03 [15-May-1996]
+%%%      Add CODEN support, ISBN and ISSN output for Article entries,
+%%%      and ISBN output for TechReport entries (yes, these sometimes
+%%%      do have ISBNs).
+%%%
+%%%      Add wrapper macros \showXYZ{} (XYZ = CODEN, ISBN, ISSN, LCCN,
+%%%      PRICE, and URL) defined inside the thebibliography environment
+%%%      to expand to XYZ (except for PRICE) and their arguments,
+%%%      PROVIDED they are not already defined.  That way, the user can
+%%%      provide alternate definitions outside the thebibliography
+%%%      environment, for example, to suppress particular ones, or
+%%%      to alter the font used.
+%%%
+%%%      Substantially revise leading comments to better document the
+%%%      extensions.
+%%%
+%%% 2.02 [01-Apr-1996]
+%%%	 Add day keyword support with new code in format.date function.
+%%%	 Oren Patashnik will include this new keyword in standard styles
+%%%	 in BibTeX 1.0.
+%%%
+%%%	 Add new function collapse.pagerange, and use it to collapse
+%%%	 page ranges with identical initial and final numbers to a
+%%%	 single number, so that bibliography files can distinguish
+%%%	 between one-page documents, and documents missing final page
+%%%	 numbers.
+%%%
+%%% 2.01 [25-Oct-1994]
+%%%	 Add URL output support.
+%%%
+%%% 2.00 [12-Oct-1994]
+%%%	 Add support for pages in theses and manuals, treating them
+%%%	 like Book and InBook pages.
+%%%
+%%%	 Correct ISSN support: a typo caused output of ISBN instead of
+%%%	 ISSN.
+%%%
+%%%	 Wherever ISBNs are output, also output an ISSN, if one
+%%%	 exists, and vice versa.  The reason is that some periodicals
+%%%	 (e.g. The X Resource, published by O'Reilly and Associates)
+%%%	 have both ISSN and ISBN numbers, and can be purchased either
+%%%	 as journal subscriptions, or as single volumes.
+%%%
+%%%	 For InProceedings and Proceedings output, issue a warning for
+%%%	 a missing publisher: even though that field is optional, a
+%%%	 bibliographic reference without it is incomplete.
+%%%
+%%%	 Remove harmless, but unneeded, single horizontal space before
+%%%	 price output added with version 1.03.
+%%%
+%%%	 Change Proceedings and InProceedings to treat address values
+%%%	 as publisher addresses, as they are with every other document
+%%%	 type, rather than as conference addresses, which belong in
+%%%	 the title field (that is how major libraries, including OCLC
+%%%	 and Library of Congress, with nearly 60M holdings, represent
+%%%	 them).  The need for this change has been discussed with
+%%%	 BibTeX's author, Oren Patashnik, and there is a good
+%%%	 possibility that BibTeX 1.0 will contain the change
+%%%	 implemented here.  This is an INCOMPATIBLE change that will
+%%%	 produce different .bbl file formatting.  However, the TUG and
+%%%	 BibNet bibliography projects have consistently used address
+%%%	 to me publisher/organization/institution address, and so
+%%%	 already conform to the new practice.
+%%%
+%%% 1.05 [30-May-1994]
+%%%	 Add NUMERIC_SUFFIXES support.
+%%%
+%%%	 Change all preprocessor statements to put else and endif
+%%%	 labels inside C-style comments to conform to 1989 ISO/ANSI C
+%%%	 Standard.
+%%%
+%%% 1.04 [11-Nov-1993]
+%%%	 Add underscore prefix to new processor symbols to prevent
+%%%	 substitution in comments
+%%%
+%%% 1.03 [11-Oct-1993]
+%%%	 Add support for LCCN (Library of Congress Catalog Number)
+%%%	 and price fields, and make ISBN, ISSN, LCCN, and price
+%%%	 selectable by preprocessor conditionals.
+%%%
+%%% 1.02 [12-Sep-1991]
+%%%      Merge in Barbara N. Beeton's suggestion for hyphen-less
+%%%      line breaks around volume(number):page.
+%%%
+%%% 1.01 [10-Sep-1991]
+%%%      Update file comment header and use Solovay checksum program.
+%%%
+%%% 1.00 [17-Oct-1990]
+%%%      Original version merging hand-edits of is-xxx.bst files into
+%%%      this master file, xbtxbst.doc.
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%% BibTeX `plain' family
+%%       version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+%%       Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+%%       Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+%%       (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+%%       (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+%%       btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+%%       This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+%%       The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ENTRY
+  { address
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+
+    coden
+
+    day
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+
+    isbn
+
+
+    issn
+
+    journal
+    key
+
+    lccn
+
+    month
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+
+    price
+
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+
+    URL
+
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}
+
+
+  { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+
+
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+
+STRINGS { b e new.pages original.t s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+        { add.period$ write$
+          newline$
+          "\newblock " write$
+        }
+        { output.state before.all =
+            'write$
+            { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+
+  "\bibitem[" write$
+  label write$
+  "]{" write$
+
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+    'skip$
+    { output.state before.all =
+        'skip$
+        { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+
+    { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+
+      nameptr #1 >
+        { namesleft #1 >
+            { ", " * t * }
+            { numnames #2 >
+                { "," * }
+                'skip$
+              if$
+              t "others" =
+                { " et~al." * }
+                { " and " * t * }
+              if$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.coden}
+{ coden empty$
+    { "" }
+    { new.block "\showCODEN{" coden * "}" *}
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+        { ", editors" * }
+        { ", editor" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.isbn}
+{ isbn empty$
+    { "" }
+    { new.block "\showISBN{" isbn * "}" *}
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.issn}
+{ issn empty$
+    { "" }
+    { new.block "\showISSN{" issn * "}" *}
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.lccn}
+{ lccn empty$
+    { "" }
+    { new.block "\showLCCN{" lccn * "}" *}
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.price}
+{ price empty$
+    { "" }
+    { new.block "\showPRICE{" price * "}" *}
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.url}
+{ url empty$
+    { "" }
+    { new.block "\ifshowURL {\showURL \path|" url * "|}\fi" *}
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+
+    { title "t" change.case$ }
+
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {collapse.pagerange}
+{ 't :=				% save input page range string
+  t 'original.t :=		% save original page range
+  "" 'b :=			% beginning page number
+  "" 'e :=			% ending page number
+    { t empty$ not }		% while-loop Boolean condition
+    {				% while-loop body
+      t #1 #2 substring$ "--" =	% have we found the en-dash?
+	{
+	   t #3 global.max$ substring$ 'e :=	% yes, save ending page number
+	   "" 't := 		% and set t to empty string to terminate loop
+	}
+	{
+	   b t #1 #1 substring$ * 'b := % no, just accumulate this character
+	   t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := % and set t to the remaining string
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  while$			% on exit, t has ending page number string
+  e b =				% are beginning and ending numbers the same?
+    { b	}			% yes, return the beginning page number string
+    { original.t }		% no, return the original page number string
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+        { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+            { "--" *
+              t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+            }
+            {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+                { "-" *
+                  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+                }
+              while$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+          t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+    { month empty$
+        {
+	  day empty$
+	    { "" }
+	    { "there's a day but no month or year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+        { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+          month
+	  day empty$
+            { }
+	    { " " * day * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { month empty$
+	{
+	  day empty$
+	    { year }
+	    { "there's a day and year but no month in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+        {
+          month " " *
+	  day empty$
+            { }
+	    { day * ", " * }
+          if$
+          year *
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+        'skip$
+        { " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+        { series field.or.null }
+        { output.state mid.sentence =
+            { "number" }
+            { "Number" }
+          if$
+          number tie.or.space.connect
+          series empty$
+            { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+            { " in " * series * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+        { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+        { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+        { #1 'multiresult := }
+        { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { new.block pages " pp." * }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    {
+      pages multi.page.check
+        { pages collapse.pagerange 'new.pages := }
+	{ pages 'new.pages := }
+      if$
+      new.pages multi.page.check
+        { "pages" new.pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+        { "page" new.pages tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+  number empty$
+    'skip$
+    { "\penalty0 (" number * ")" * *
+      volume empty$
+        { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+        { pop$ format.pages }
+        { ":\penalty0 " * pages collapse.pagerange n.dashify * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+        { "chapter" }
+        { type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+        'skip$
+        { ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+        { "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+        { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+  month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+  and and and and and
+
+  key empty$ not and
+
+    { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+    { journal empty$
+        { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+          warning$
+          ""
+        }
+        { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " key * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  editor num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " et~al." * }
+    { #2 <
+        'skip$
+        { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+            { " et~al." * }
+            { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In "
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+        { series empty$
+            { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+              crossref * warning$
+              "" *
+            }
+            { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+          if$
+        }
+        { key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+        { booktitle empty$
+            { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+              crossref * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+          if$
+        }
+        { "In " key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+      format.vol.num.pages output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+
+  format.coden output
+
+
+  format.isbn output
+
+
+  format.issn output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+
+  format.coden output
+
+
+  format.isbn output
+
+
+  format.issn output
+
+
+  format.book.pages output
+
+
+  format.lccn output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  howpublished address new.block.checkb
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  format.date output
+
+  format.coden output
+
+
+  format.isbn output
+
+
+  format.issn output
+
+
+  format.book.pages output
+
+
+  format.lccn output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+
+  format.coden output
+
+
+  format.isbn output
+
+
+  format.issn output
+
+
+  format.lccn output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+      format.edition output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+
+  format.coden output
+
+
+  format.isbn output
+
+
+  format.issn output
+
+
+  format.lccn output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.pages output
+      address empty$
+        { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+          organization output
+          publisher "publisher" output.check
+          format.date "year" output.check
+        }
+        { new.sentence
+          organization output
+          publisher "publisher" output.check
+          address output.nonnull
+          format.date "year" output.check
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+
+  format.coden output
+
+
+  format.isbn output
+
+
+  format.issn output
+
+
+  format.lccn output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        'skip$
+        { organization output.nonnull
+          address output
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        { address new.block.checka
+          address output
+        }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+    { organization address new.block.checkb
+      organization output
+      address output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date output
+
+  format.book.pages output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+
+  format.book.pages output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  title howpublished new.block.checkb
+  format.title output
+  howpublished new.block.checka
+  howpublished output
+  format.date output
+
+  format.coden output
+
+
+  format.isbn output
+
+
+  format.issn output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  empty.misc.check
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+
+  format.book.pages output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {periodical}
+{ output.bibitem
+  editor empty$
+    { organization output }
+    { format.editors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  title emphasize "title" output.check
+  format.vol.num.pages output
+  format.date output
+
+  format.coden output
+
+
+  format.isbn output
+
+
+  format.issn output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.sentence
+  publisher output
+  address output
+  howpublished new.block.checka
+  howpublished output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  editor empty$
+    { organization output }
+    { format.editors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address empty$
+    { editor empty$
+        { publisher new.sentence.checka }
+        { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+          organization output
+        }
+      if$
+      publisher "publisher" output.check %%% <- new check for missing
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { new.sentence
+      editor empty$
+        'skip$
+        { organization output }
+      if$
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output.nonnull
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+  if$
+
+  format.coden output
+
+
+  format.isbn output
+
+
+  format.issn output
+
+
+  format.lccn output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+
+  format.isbn output		% NB: TechReports occasionally have ISBNs
+
+
+  format.book.pages output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  format.date output
+
+  format.url output
+
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+
+
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+
+
+
+READ
+
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+  "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+  'len :=
+  s #1 len substring$ =
+    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+    's
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+INTEGERS { et.al.char.used }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.et.al.char.used}
+{ #0 'et.al.char.used :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.et.al.char.used}
+
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames #1 >
+    { numnames #4 >
+        { #3 'namesleft := }
+        { numnames 'namesleft := }
+      if$
+      #1 'nameptr :=
+      ""
+        { namesleft #0 > }
+        { nameptr numnames =
+            { s nameptr "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+                { "{\etalchar{+}}" *
+                  #1 'et.al.char.used :=
+                }
+                { s nameptr "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$ * }
+              if$
+            }
+            { s nameptr "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$ * }
+          if$
+          nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+          namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+        }
+      while$
+      numnames #4 >
+        { "{\etalchar{+}}" *
+          #1 'et.al.char.used :=
+        }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+    { s #1 "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$
+      duplicate$ text.length$ #2 <
+        { pop$ s #1 "{ll}" format.name$ #3 text.prefix$ }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+
+        { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+
+        { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+        { key empty$
+
+            { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+
+            { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+          if$
+        }
+        { editor format.lab.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.organization.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { organization empty$
+
+            { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+
+            { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ }
+          if$
+        }
+        { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.organization.label}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { organization empty$
+
+            { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+
+            { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ }
+          if$
+        }
+        { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.key.label
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+        'editor.key.organization.label
+        { type$ "manual" =
+            'author.key.organization.label
+            'author.key.label
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  duplicate$
+  year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #2 substring$
+  *
+  'label :=
+  year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$
+  *
+  sortify 'sort.label :=
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  ""
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { nameptr #1 >
+        { "   " * }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+
+      s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  ff{ }}{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+
+      nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+        { "et al" * }
+        { t sortify * }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+  sortify
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+          ""
+        }
+        { key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { key sortify }
+          if$
+        }
+        { editor sort.format.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.organization.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { key sortify }
+          if$
+        }
+        { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { key sortify }
+          if$
+        }
+        { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {presort}
+
+{ calc.label
+  sort.label
+  "    "
+  *
+  type$ "book" =
+
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.sort
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+        'editor.organization.sort
+        { type$ "manual" =
+            'author.organization.sort
+            'author.sort
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+
+  *
+
+  "    "
+  *
+  year field.or.null sortify
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+
+SORT
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+STRINGS { longest.label last.sort.label next.extra }
+
+INTEGERS { longest.label.width last.extra.num }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+  #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.sort.label :=
+  "" 'next.extra :=
+  #0 'longest.label.width :=
+  #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.sort.label sort.label =
+    { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+
+      last.extra.num "z" chr.to.int$ >
+
+	% Generate -1, -2, ... suffixes
+	{ "-" last.extra.num "a" chr.to.int$ - #1 + int.to.str$ * 'extra.label := }
+	% Generate a, b, ..., z suffixes
+        { last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label := }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+      "" 'extra.label :=
+      sort.label 'last.sort.label :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{
+
+  next.extra "b" =
+    { "a" 'extra.label := }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+
+  label extra.label * 'label :=
+  label width$ longest.label.width >
+    { label 'longest.label :=
+      label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+    }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+
+{ et.al.char.used
+    { "\newcommand{\etalchar}[1]{$^{#1}$}" write$ newline$ }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  preamble$ empty$
+
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{"  longest.label  * "}" * write$ newline$
+
+  "\ifx \showCODEN  \undefined \def \showCODEN #1{CODEN #1}  \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+  "\ifx \showISBN   \undefined \def \showISBN  #1{ISBN #1}   \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+  "\ifx \showISSN   \undefined \def \showISSN  #1{ISSN #1}   \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+  "\ifx \showLCCN   \undefined \def \showLCCN  #1{LCCN #1}   \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+  "\ifx \showPRICE  \undefined \def \showPRICE #1{#1}        \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+  "\ifx \showURL    \undefined \def \showURL {URL }          \fi" write$ newline$
+  "\ifx \path       \undefined \input path.sty               \fi" write$ newline$
+  "\ifx \ifshowURL \undefined" write$ newline$
+  "     \newif \ifshowURL"     write$ newline$
+  "     \showURLtrue"          write$ newline$
+  "\fi" write$ newline$
+
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-plain.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-plain.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8e044f2cc60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-plain.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1835 @@
+%% =====================================================================
+%% WARNING: Do NOT edit this file.  It was produced automatically by
+%% Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@plot79.math.utah.edu>
+%% from file://plot79.math.utah.edu/u/sy/beebe/tex/bib/merge/xbtxbst.doc 
+%% on Wed May 15 10:36:06 MDT 1996.
+%% =====================================================================
+%%%=====================================================================
+%%% @BibTeX-style-file{
+%%%     author          = "Nelson H. F. Beebe",
+%%%     version         = "2.03",
+%%%     date            = "15 May 1996",
+%%%     time            = "10:35:51 MDT",
+%%%     filename        = "is-plain.bst",
+%%%     address         = "Center for Scientific Computing
+%%%                        Department of Mathematics
+%%%                        University of Utah
+%%%                        Salt Lake City, UT 84112
+%%%                        USA",
+%%%     telephone       = "+1 801 581 5254",
+%%%     FAX             = "+1 801 581 4148",
+%%%     URL             = "http://www.math.utah.edu/~beebe",
+%%%     checksum        = "22091 1835 4654 37711",
+%%%     email           = "beebe@math.utah.edu (Internet)",
+%%%     codetable       = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%%     keywords        = "BibTeX, style, bibliography",
+%%%     supported       = "yes",
+%%%     docstring       = "This file is a modification of the standard
+%%%                        BibTeX btxbst.doc file, or is a .bst file
+%%%                        derived from that modification.  It contains
+%%%                        optional added support for CODEN, ISBN, ISSN,
+%%%                        LCCN, and PRICE fields, extended PAGES
+%%%                        fields, the PERIODICAL entry, and extended
+%%%                        citation label suffixing.
+%%%
+%%%                        In addition, date formatting supports a day
+%%%                        keyword, so that bibliography entries can be
+%%%                        written with
+%%%
+%%%                            day   = {23},
+%%%                            month = aug,
+%%%
+%%%                        instead of the language-dependent awkward
+%%%                        forms required by the standard styles
+%%%
+%%%                            month = {23~} # aug,
+%%%                            month = aug # {~23},
+%%%
+%%%                        These older forms are, of course, still
+%%%                        handled correctly.
+%%%
+%%%                        The UNIX C preprocessor can be used to
+%%%                        extract the standard styles, as follows:
+%%%
+%%%                            cpp -P -DPLAIN xbtxbst.doc >plain.bst
+%%%                            cpp -P -DUNSRT xbtxbst.doc >unsrt.bst
+%%%                            cpp -P -DALPHA xbtxbst.doc >alpha.bst
+%%%                            cpp -P -DABBRV xbtxbst.doc >abbrv.bst
+%%%
+%%%                        To obtain correct file header checksums, pipe
+%%%                        the output through the checksum program, e.g.
+%%%
+%%%                            cpp -P -DPLAIN xbtxbst.doc | checksum >plain.bst
+%%%
+%%%                        The accompanying UNIX Makefile automates this
+%%%                        job, and provides some extra leading comments
+%%%                        in the generated style files warning the user
+%%%                        not to modify them.
+%%%
+%%%                        Additional optional definitions are recognized
+%%%                        to provide extensions to the standard styles:
+%%%
+%%%                            -D_CODEN for CODEN output
+%%%
+%%%                            -D_ISBN for ISBN output
+%%%
+%%%                            -D_ISSN for ISSN output
+%%%
+%%%                            -D_LCCN for LCCN output
+%%%
+%%%                            -D_PRICE for price output,
+%%%
+%%%                            -D_BOOKPAGES for book, techreport, manual,
+%%%                            and thesis pages output.
+%%%
+%%%                            -D_URL to get World-Wide Web Uniform
+%%%                            Resource Locator (URL) output.
+%%%
+%%%                            -D_NUMERIC_SUFFIXES to get numeric
+%%%                            label suffixes -1, -2, ..., -26, instead of
+%%%                            letters a, b, ..., z, so as to correctly
+%%%                            handle alpha-style bibliographies with more
+%%%                            than 26 entries for a single author in one
+%%%                            year.  Change letter suffix code to switch
+%%%                            to numeric suffixes if more than 26 letters
+%%%                            are used, so that no matter which scheme is
+%%%                            selected, correct output will always be
+%%%                            obtained.
+%%%
+%%%                        The CODEN, ISBN, ISSN, LCCN, PRICE, and URL
+%%%                        values are wrapped inside macros \showCODEN{}
+%%%                        etc. that the user can provide alternate
+%%%                        definitions of to change the formatting, or
+%%%                        to suppress their output altogether.  That
+%%%                        way, output identical to that of the four
+%%%                        standard BibTeX style files can be obtained
+%%%                        with these extended files, if these macros
+%%%                        are defined to expand to empty strings.
+%%%
+%%%                        URL handling is slightly more complex,
+%%%                        because URLs can contain characters which TeX
+%%%                        must handle in verbatim mode in a typewriter
+%%%                        font, and such text cannot readily appear
+%%%                        inside nested macro arguments.  Consequently,
+%%%                        URLs are formatted in the .bbl file like
+%%%                        this:
+%%%                            \ifshowURL {\showURL \path|...|} \fi
+%%%                        where \showURL takes no argument, and
+%%%                        normally expands to the 4-character string
+%%%                        URL<space>.  The grouping braces ensure that
+%%%                        any font changes made by \showURL remain
+%%%                        localized.  Vertical bar is chosen as the
+%%%                        verbatim path delimiter, because it cannot
+%%%                        appear in URLs.  The other prohibited ISO
+%%%                        Latin 1 characters are the non-printing
+%%%                        control characters 0..31, plus those in the
+%%%                        range 128..255, plus the ten special
+%%%                        characters
+%%%
+%%%                            { } [ ] \ ^ ~ < > `
+%%%
+%%%                        See Internet RFC 1630 (June 1994) for more
+%%%                        details.  (Backquote is not even mentioned
+%%%                        there.)
+%%%
+%%%                        As an example of font changes, in LaTeX 2e
+%%%                        you might define
+%%%                            \newcommand{\showURL}{URL
+%%%                                \let \oldtt = \tt
+%%%                                \renewcommand{\tt}{\oldtt \itshape}}
+%%%                        to get URLs set in a typewriter italic font.
+%%%
+%%%                        If desired, a sed script can be used to
+%%%                        eliminate non-essential comments (this
+%%%                        reduces the file size by 2/3); a command
+%%%                        filter step like
+%%%                                sed -e '/^%$/d' -e '/^%[^%].*$/d'
+%%%                        will accomplish that job.
+%%%
+%%%                        The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
+%%%                        checksum as the first value, followed by the
+%%%                        equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word
+%%%                        count) utility output of lines, words, and
+%%%                        characters.  This is produced by Robert
+%%%                        Solovay's checksum utility."
+%%%     }
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%% Revision history (reverse time order):
+%%%
+%%% 2.03 [15-May-1996]
+%%%      Add CODEN support, ISBN and ISSN output for Article entries,
+%%%      and ISBN output for TechReport entries (yes, these sometimes
+%%%      do have ISBNs).
+%%%
+%%%      Add wrapper macros \showXYZ{} (XYZ = CODEN, ISBN, ISSN, LCCN,
+%%%      PRICE, and URL) defined inside the thebibliography environment
+%%%      to expand to XYZ (except for PRICE) and their arguments,
+%%%      PROVIDED they are not already defined.  That way, the user can
+%%%      provide alternate definitions outside the thebibliography
+%%%      environment, for example, to suppress particular ones, or
+%%%      to alter the font used.
+%%%
+%%%      Substantially revise leading comments to better document the
+%%%      extensions.
+%%%
+%%% 2.02 [01-Apr-1996]
+%%%	 Add day keyword support with new code in format.date function.
+%%%	 Oren Patashnik will include this new keyword in standard styles
+%%%	 in BibTeX 1.0.
+%%%
+%%%	 Add new function collapse.pagerange, and use it to collapse
+%%%	 page ranges with identical initial and final numbers to a
+%%%	 single number, so that bibliography files can distinguish
+%%%	 between one-page documents, and documents missing final page
+%%%	 numbers.
+%%%
+%%% 2.01 [25-Oct-1994]
+%%%	 Add URL output support.
+%%%
+%%% 2.00 [12-Oct-1994]
+%%%	 Add support for pages in theses and manuals, treating them
+%%%	 like Book and InBook pages.
+%%%
+%%%	 Correct ISSN support: a typo caused output of ISBN instead of
+%%%	 ISSN.
+%%%
+%%%	 Wherever ISBNs are output, also output an ISSN, if one
+%%%	 exists, and vice versa.  The reason is that some periodicals
+%%%	 (e.g. The X Resource, published by O'Reilly and Associates)
+%%%	 have both ISSN and ISBN numbers, and can be purchased either
+%%%	 as journal subscriptions, or as single volumes.
+%%%
+%%%	 For InProceedings and Proceedings output, issue a warning for
+%%%	 a missing publisher: even though that field is optional, a
+%%%	 bibliographic reference without it is incomplete.
+%%%
+%%%	 Remove harmless, but unneeded, single horizontal space before
+%%%	 price output added with version 1.03.
+%%%
+%%%	 Change Proceedings and InProceedings to treat address values
+%%%	 as publisher addresses, as they are with every other document
+%%%	 type, rather than as conference addresses, which belong in
+%%%	 the title field (that is how major libraries, including OCLC
+%%%	 and Library of Congress, with nearly 60M holdings, represent
+%%%	 them).  The need for this change has been discussed with
+%%%	 BibTeX's author, Oren Patashnik, and there is a good
+%%%	 possibility that BibTeX 1.0 will contain the change
+%%%	 implemented here.  This is an INCOMPATIBLE change that will
+%%%	 produce different .bbl file formatting.  However, the TUG and
+%%%	 BibNet bibliography projects have consistently used address
+%%%	 to me publisher/organization/institution address, and so
+%%%	 already conform to the new practice.
+%%%
+%%% 1.05 [30-May-1994]
+%%%	 Add NUMERIC_SUFFIXES support.
+%%%
+%%%	 Change all preprocessor statements to put else and endif
+%%%	 labels inside C-style comments to conform to 1989 ISO/ANSI C
+%%%	 Standard.
+%%%
+%%% 1.04 [11-Nov-1993]
+%%%	 Add underscore prefix to new processor symbols to prevent
+%%%	 substitution in comments
+%%%
+%%% 1.03 [11-Oct-1993]
+%%%	 Add support for LCCN (Library of Congress Catalog Number)
+%%%	 and price fields, and make ISBN, ISSN, LCCN, and price
+%%%	 selectable by preprocessor conditionals.
+%%%
+%%% 1.02 [12-Sep-1991]
+%%%      Merge in Barbara N. Beeton's suggestion for hyphen-less
+%%%      line breaks around volume(number):page.
+%%%
+%%% 1.01 [10-Sep-1991]
+%%%      Update file comment header and use Solovay checksum program.
+%%%
+%%% 1.00 [17-Oct-1990]
+%%%      Original version merging hand-edits of is-xxx.bst files into
+%%%      this master file, xbtxbst.doc.
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%% BibTeX `plain' family
+%%       version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+%%       Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+%%       Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+%%       (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+%%       (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+%%       btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+%%       This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+%%       The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ENTRY
+  { address
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+
+    coden
+
+    day
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+
+    isbn
+
+
+    issn
+
+    journal
+    key
+
+    lccn
+
+    month
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+
+    price
+
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+
+    URL
+
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}
+
+  { label }
+
+
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+
+STRINGS { b e new.pages original.t s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+        { add.period$ write$
+          newline$
+          "\newblock " write$
+        }
+        { output.state before.all =
+            'write$
+            { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+
+  "\bibitem{" write$
+
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+    'skip$
+    { output.state before.all =
+        'skip$
+        { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+
+    { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+
+      nameptr #1 >
+        { namesleft #1 >
+            { ", " * t * }
+            { numnames #2 >
+                { "," * }
+                'skip$
+              if$
+              t "others" =
+                { " et~al." * }
+                { " and " * t * }
+              if$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.coden}
+{ coden empty$
+    { "" }
+    { new.block "\showCODEN{" coden * "}" *}
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+        { ", editors" * }
+        { ", editor" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.isbn}
+{ isbn empty$
+    { "" }
+    { new.block "\showISBN{" isbn * "}" *}
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.issn}
+{ issn empty$
+    { "" }
+    { new.block "\showISSN{" issn * "}" *}
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.lccn}
+{ lccn empty$
+    { "" }
+    { new.block "\showLCCN{" lccn * "}" *}
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.price}
+{ price empty$
+    { "" }
+    { new.block "\showPRICE{" price * "}" *}
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.url}
+{ url empty$
+    { "" }
+    { new.block "\ifshowURL {\showURL \path|" url * "|}\fi" *}
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+
+    { title "t" change.case$ }
+
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {collapse.pagerange}
+{ 't :=				% save input page range string
+  t 'original.t :=		% save original page range
+  "" 'b :=			% beginning page number
+  "" 'e :=			% ending page number
+    { t empty$ not }		% while-loop Boolean condition
+    {				% while-loop body
+      t #1 #2 substring$ "--" =	% have we found the en-dash?
+	{
+	   t #3 global.max$ substring$ 'e :=	% yes, save ending page number
+	   "" 't := 		% and set t to empty string to terminate loop
+	}
+	{
+	   b t #1 #1 substring$ * 'b := % no, just accumulate this character
+	   t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := % and set t to the remaining string
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  while$			% on exit, t has ending page number string
+  e b =				% are beginning and ending numbers the same?
+    { b	}			% yes, return the beginning page number string
+    { original.t }		% no, return the original page number string
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+        { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+            { "--" *
+              t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+            }
+            {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+                { "-" *
+                  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+                }
+              while$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+          t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+    { month empty$
+        {
+	  day empty$
+	    { "" }
+	    { "there's a day but no month or year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+        { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+          month
+	  day empty$
+            { }
+	    { " " * day * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { month empty$
+	{
+	  day empty$
+	    { year }
+	    { "there's a day and year but no month in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+        {
+          month " " *
+	  day empty$
+            { }
+	    { day * ", " * }
+          if$
+          year *
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+        'skip$
+        { " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+        { series field.or.null }
+        { output.state mid.sentence =
+            { "number" }
+            { "Number" }
+          if$
+          number tie.or.space.connect
+          series empty$
+            { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+            { " in " * series * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+        { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+        { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+        { #1 'multiresult := }
+        { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { new.block pages " pp." * }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    {
+      pages multi.page.check
+        { pages collapse.pagerange 'new.pages := }
+	{ pages 'new.pages := }
+      if$
+      new.pages multi.page.check
+        { "pages" new.pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+        { "page" new.pages tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+  number empty$
+    'skip$
+    { "\penalty0 (" number * ")" * *
+      volume empty$
+        { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+        { pop$ format.pages }
+        { ":\penalty0 " * pages collapse.pagerange n.dashify * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+        { "chapter" }
+        { type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+        'skip$
+        { ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+        { "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+        { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+  month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+  and and and and and
+
+  key empty$ not and
+
+    { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+    { journal empty$
+        { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+          warning$
+          ""
+        }
+        { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " key * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  editor num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " et~al." * }
+    { #2 <
+        'skip$
+        { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+            { " et~al." * }
+            { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In "
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+        { series empty$
+            { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+              crossref * warning$
+              "" *
+            }
+            { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+          if$
+        }
+        { key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+        { booktitle empty$
+            { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+              crossref * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+          if$
+        }
+        { "In " key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+      format.vol.num.pages output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+
+  format.coden output
+
+
+  format.isbn output
+
+
+  format.issn output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+
+  format.coden output
+
+
+  format.isbn output
+
+
+  format.issn output
+
+
+  format.book.pages output
+
+
+  format.lccn output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  howpublished address new.block.checkb
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  format.date output
+
+  format.coden output
+
+
+  format.isbn output
+
+
+  format.issn output
+
+
+  format.book.pages output
+
+
+  format.lccn output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+
+  format.coden output
+
+
+  format.isbn output
+
+
+  format.issn output
+
+
+  format.lccn output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+      format.edition output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+
+  format.coden output
+
+
+  format.isbn output
+
+
+  format.issn output
+
+
+  format.lccn output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.pages output
+      address empty$
+        { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+          organization output
+          publisher "publisher" output.check
+          format.date "year" output.check
+        }
+        { new.sentence
+          organization output
+          publisher "publisher" output.check
+          address output.nonnull
+          format.date "year" output.check
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+
+  format.coden output
+
+
+  format.isbn output
+
+
+  format.issn output
+
+
+  format.lccn output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        'skip$
+        { organization output.nonnull
+          address output
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        { address new.block.checka
+          address output
+        }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+    { organization address new.block.checkb
+      organization output
+      address output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date output
+
+  format.book.pages output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+
+  format.book.pages output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  title howpublished new.block.checkb
+  format.title output
+  howpublished new.block.checka
+  howpublished output
+  format.date output
+
+  format.coden output
+
+
+  format.isbn output
+
+
+  format.issn output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  empty.misc.check
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+
+  format.book.pages output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {periodical}
+{ output.bibitem
+  editor empty$
+    { organization output }
+    { format.editors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  title emphasize "title" output.check
+  format.vol.num.pages output
+  format.date output
+
+  format.coden output
+
+
+  format.isbn output
+
+
+  format.issn output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.sentence
+  publisher output
+  address output
+  howpublished new.block.checka
+  howpublished output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  editor empty$
+    { organization output }
+    { format.editors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address empty$
+    { editor empty$
+        { publisher new.sentence.checka }
+        { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+          organization output
+        }
+      if$
+      publisher "publisher" output.check %%% <- new check for missing
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { new.sentence
+      editor empty$
+        'skip$
+        { organization output }
+      if$
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output.nonnull
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+  if$
+
+  format.coden output
+
+
+  format.isbn output
+
+
+  format.issn output
+
+
+  format.lccn output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+
+  format.isbn output		% NB: TechReports occasionally have ISBNs
+
+
+  format.book.pages output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  format.date output
+
+  format.url output
+
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+
+
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+
+
+
+READ
+
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+  "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+  'len :=
+  s #1 len substring$ =
+    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+    's
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  ""
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { nameptr #1 >
+        { "   " * }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+
+      s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  ff{ }}{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+
+      nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+        { "et al" * }
+        { t sortify * }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+  sortify
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+          ""
+        }
+        { key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { key sortify }
+          if$
+        }
+        { editor sort.format.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.organization.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { key sortify }
+          if$
+        }
+        { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { key sortify }
+          if$
+        }
+        { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {presort}
+
+{ type$ "book" =
+
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.sort
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+        'editor.organization.sort
+        { type$ "manual" =
+            'author.organization.sort
+            'author.sort
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+
+  "    "
+  *
+  year field.or.null sortify
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+
+SORT
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+  #1 'number.label :=
+  #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+  number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+  label width$ longest.label.width >
+    { label 'longest.label :=
+      label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+    }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+
+{ preamble$ empty$
+
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{"  longest.label  * "}" * write$ newline$
+
+  "\ifx \showCODEN  \undefined \def \showCODEN #1{CODEN #1}  \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+  "\ifx \showISBN   \undefined \def \showISBN  #1{ISBN #1}   \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+  "\ifx \showISSN   \undefined \def \showISSN  #1{ISSN #1}   \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+  "\ifx \showLCCN   \undefined \def \showLCCN  #1{LCCN #1}   \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+  "\ifx \showPRICE  \undefined \def \showPRICE #1{#1}        \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+  "\ifx \showURL    \undefined \def \showURL {URL }          \fi" write$ newline$
+  "\ifx \path       \undefined \input path.sty               \fi" write$ newline$
+  "\ifx \ifshowURL \undefined" write$ newline$
+  "     \newif \ifshowURL"     write$ newline$
+  "     \showURLtrue"          write$ newline$
+  "\fi" write$ newline$
+
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-unsrt.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-unsrt.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6d7b4dd5790
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-unsrt.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1673 @@
+%% =====================================================================
+%% WARNING: Do NOT edit this file.  It was produced automatically by
+%% Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@plot79.math.utah.edu>
+%% from file://plot79.math.utah.edu/u/sy/beebe/tex/bib/merge/xbtxbst.doc 
+%% on Wed May 15 10:36:08 MDT 1996.
+%% =====================================================================
+%%%=====================================================================
+%%% @BibTeX-style-file{
+%%%     author          = "Nelson H. F. Beebe",
+%%%     version         = "2.03",
+%%%     date            = "15 May 1996",
+%%%     time            = "10:35:51 MDT",
+%%%     filename        = "is-unsrt.bst",
+%%%     address         = "Center for Scientific Computing
+%%%                        Department of Mathematics
+%%%                        University of Utah
+%%%                        Salt Lake City, UT 84112
+%%%                        USA",
+%%%     telephone       = "+1 801 581 5254",
+%%%     FAX             = "+1 801 581 4148",
+%%%     URL             = "http://www.math.utah.edu/~beebe",
+%%%     checksum        = "64263 1673 4293 35112",
+%%%     email           = "beebe@math.utah.edu (Internet)",
+%%%     codetable       = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%%     keywords        = "BibTeX, style, bibliography",
+%%%     supported       = "yes",
+%%%     docstring       = "This file is a modification of the standard
+%%%                        BibTeX btxbst.doc file, or is a .bst file
+%%%                        derived from that modification.  It contains
+%%%                        optional added support for CODEN, ISBN, ISSN,
+%%%                        LCCN, and PRICE fields, extended PAGES
+%%%                        fields, the PERIODICAL entry, and extended
+%%%                        citation label suffixing.
+%%%
+%%%                        In addition, date formatting supports a day
+%%%                        keyword, so that bibliography entries can be
+%%%                        written with
+%%%
+%%%                            day   = {23},
+%%%                            month = aug,
+%%%
+%%%                        instead of the language-dependent awkward
+%%%                        forms required by the standard styles
+%%%
+%%%                            month = {23~} # aug,
+%%%                            month = aug # {~23},
+%%%
+%%%                        These older forms are, of course, still
+%%%                        handled correctly.
+%%%
+%%%                        The UNIX C preprocessor can be used to
+%%%                        extract the standard styles, as follows:
+%%%
+%%%                            cpp -P -DPLAIN xbtxbst.doc >plain.bst
+%%%                            cpp -P -DUNSRT xbtxbst.doc >unsrt.bst
+%%%                            cpp -P -DALPHA xbtxbst.doc >alpha.bst
+%%%                            cpp -P -DABBRV xbtxbst.doc >abbrv.bst
+%%%
+%%%                        To obtain correct file header checksums, pipe
+%%%                        the output through the checksum program, e.g.
+%%%
+%%%                            cpp -P -DPLAIN xbtxbst.doc | checksum >plain.bst
+%%%
+%%%                        The accompanying UNIX Makefile automates this
+%%%                        job, and provides some extra leading comments
+%%%                        in the generated style files warning the user
+%%%                        not to modify them.
+%%%
+%%%                        Additional optional definitions are recognized
+%%%                        to provide extensions to the standard styles:
+%%%
+%%%                            -D_CODEN for CODEN output
+%%%
+%%%                            -D_ISBN for ISBN output
+%%%
+%%%                            -D_ISSN for ISSN output
+%%%
+%%%                            -D_LCCN for LCCN output
+%%%
+%%%                            -D_PRICE for price output,
+%%%
+%%%                            -D_BOOKPAGES for book, techreport, manual,
+%%%                            and thesis pages output.
+%%%
+%%%                            -D_URL to get World-Wide Web Uniform
+%%%                            Resource Locator (URL) output.
+%%%
+%%%                            -D_NUMERIC_SUFFIXES to get numeric
+%%%                            label suffixes -1, -2, ..., -26, instead of
+%%%                            letters a, b, ..., z, so as to correctly
+%%%                            handle alpha-style bibliographies with more
+%%%                            than 26 entries for a single author in one
+%%%                            year.  Change letter suffix code to switch
+%%%                            to numeric suffixes if more than 26 letters
+%%%                            are used, so that no matter which scheme is
+%%%                            selected, correct output will always be
+%%%                            obtained.
+%%%
+%%%                        The CODEN, ISBN, ISSN, LCCN, PRICE, and URL
+%%%                        values are wrapped inside macros \showCODEN{}
+%%%                        etc. that the user can provide alternate
+%%%                        definitions of to change the formatting, or
+%%%                        to suppress their output altogether.  That
+%%%                        way, output identical to that of the four
+%%%                        standard BibTeX style files can be obtained
+%%%                        with these extended files, if these macros
+%%%                        are defined to expand to empty strings.
+%%%
+%%%                        URL handling is slightly more complex,
+%%%                        because URLs can contain characters which TeX
+%%%                        must handle in verbatim mode in a typewriter
+%%%                        font, and such text cannot readily appear
+%%%                        inside nested macro arguments.  Consequently,
+%%%                        URLs are formatted in the .bbl file like
+%%%                        this:
+%%%                            \ifshowURL {\showURL \path|...|} \fi
+%%%                        where \showURL takes no argument, and
+%%%                        normally expands to the 4-character string
+%%%                        URL<space>.  The grouping braces ensure that
+%%%                        any font changes made by \showURL remain
+%%%                        localized.  Vertical bar is chosen as the
+%%%                        verbatim path delimiter, because it cannot
+%%%                        appear in URLs.  The other prohibited ISO
+%%%                        Latin 1 characters are the non-printing
+%%%                        control characters 0..31, plus those in the
+%%%                        range 128..255, plus the ten special
+%%%                        characters
+%%%
+%%%                            { } [ ] \ ^ ~ < > `
+%%%
+%%%                        See Internet RFC 1630 (June 1994) for more
+%%%                        details.  (Backquote is not even mentioned
+%%%                        there.)
+%%%
+%%%                        As an example of font changes, in LaTeX 2e
+%%%                        you might define
+%%%                            \newcommand{\showURL}{URL
+%%%                                \let \oldtt = \tt
+%%%                                \renewcommand{\tt}{\oldtt \itshape}}
+%%%                        to get URLs set in a typewriter italic font.
+%%%
+%%%                        If desired, a sed script can be used to
+%%%                        eliminate non-essential comments (this
+%%%                        reduces the file size by 2/3); a command
+%%%                        filter step like
+%%%                                sed -e '/^%$/d' -e '/^%[^%].*$/d'
+%%%                        will accomplish that job.
+%%%
+%%%                        The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
+%%%                        checksum as the first value, followed by the
+%%%                        equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word
+%%%                        count) utility output of lines, words, and
+%%%                        characters.  This is produced by Robert
+%%%                        Solovay's checksum utility."
+%%%     }
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%% Revision history (reverse time order):
+%%%
+%%% 2.03 [15-May-1996]
+%%%      Add CODEN support, ISBN and ISSN output for Article entries,
+%%%      and ISBN output for TechReport entries (yes, these sometimes
+%%%      do have ISBNs).
+%%%
+%%%      Add wrapper macros \showXYZ{} (XYZ = CODEN, ISBN, ISSN, LCCN,
+%%%      PRICE, and URL) defined inside the thebibliography environment
+%%%      to expand to XYZ (except for PRICE) and their arguments,
+%%%      PROVIDED they are not already defined.  That way, the user can
+%%%      provide alternate definitions outside the thebibliography
+%%%      environment, for example, to suppress particular ones, or
+%%%      to alter the font used.
+%%%
+%%%      Substantially revise leading comments to better document the
+%%%      extensions.
+%%%
+%%% 2.02 [01-Apr-1996]
+%%%	 Add day keyword support with new code in format.date function.
+%%%	 Oren Patashnik will include this new keyword in standard styles
+%%%	 in BibTeX 1.0.
+%%%
+%%%	 Add new function collapse.pagerange, and use it to collapse
+%%%	 page ranges with identical initial and final numbers to a
+%%%	 single number, so that bibliography files can distinguish
+%%%	 between one-page documents, and documents missing final page
+%%%	 numbers.
+%%%
+%%% 2.01 [25-Oct-1994]
+%%%	 Add URL output support.
+%%%
+%%% 2.00 [12-Oct-1994]
+%%%	 Add support for pages in theses and manuals, treating them
+%%%	 like Book and InBook pages.
+%%%
+%%%	 Correct ISSN support: a typo caused output of ISBN instead of
+%%%	 ISSN.
+%%%
+%%%	 Wherever ISBNs are output, also output an ISSN, if one
+%%%	 exists, and vice versa.  The reason is that some periodicals
+%%%	 (e.g. The X Resource, published by O'Reilly and Associates)
+%%%	 have both ISSN and ISBN numbers, and can be purchased either
+%%%	 as journal subscriptions, or as single volumes.
+%%%
+%%%	 For InProceedings and Proceedings output, issue a warning for
+%%%	 a missing publisher: even though that field is optional, a
+%%%	 bibliographic reference without it is incomplete.
+%%%
+%%%	 Remove harmless, but unneeded, single horizontal space before
+%%%	 price output added with version 1.03.
+%%%
+%%%	 Change Proceedings and InProceedings to treat address values
+%%%	 as publisher addresses, as they are with every other document
+%%%	 type, rather than as conference addresses, which belong in
+%%%	 the title field (that is how major libraries, including OCLC
+%%%	 and Library of Congress, with nearly 60M holdings, represent
+%%%	 them).  The need for this change has been discussed with
+%%%	 BibTeX's author, Oren Patashnik, and there is a good
+%%%	 possibility that BibTeX 1.0 will contain the change
+%%%	 implemented here.  This is an INCOMPATIBLE change that will
+%%%	 produce different .bbl file formatting.  However, the TUG and
+%%%	 BibNet bibliography projects have consistently used address
+%%%	 to me publisher/organization/institution address, and so
+%%%	 already conform to the new practice.
+%%%
+%%% 1.05 [30-May-1994]
+%%%	 Add NUMERIC_SUFFIXES support.
+%%%
+%%%	 Change all preprocessor statements to put else and endif
+%%%	 labels inside C-style comments to conform to 1989 ISO/ANSI C
+%%%	 Standard.
+%%%
+%%% 1.04 [11-Nov-1993]
+%%%	 Add underscore prefix to new processor symbols to prevent
+%%%	 substitution in comments
+%%%
+%%% 1.03 [11-Oct-1993]
+%%%	 Add support for LCCN (Library of Congress Catalog Number)
+%%%	 and price fields, and make ISBN, ISSN, LCCN, and price
+%%%	 selectable by preprocessor conditionals.
+%%%
+%%% 1.02 [12-Sep-1991]
+%%%      Merge in Barbara N. Beeton's suggestion for hyphen-less
+%%%      line breaks around volume(number):page.
+%%%
+%%% 1.01 [10-Sep-1991]
+%%%      Update file comment header and use Solovay checksum program.
+%%%
+%%% 1.00 [17-Oct-1990]
+%%%      Original version merging hand-edits of is-xxx.bst files into
+%%%      this master file, xbtxbst.doc.
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%% BibTeX `plain' family
+%%       version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+%%       Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+%%       Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+%%       (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+%%       (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+%%       btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+%%       This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+%%       The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ENTRY
+  { address
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+
+    coden
+
+    day
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+
+    isbn
+
+
+    issn
+
+    journal
+    key
+
+    lccn
+
+    month
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+
+    price
+
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+
+    URL
+
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}
+
+  { label }
+
+
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+
+STRINGS { b e new.pages original.t s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+        { add.period$ write$
+          newline$
+          "\newblock " write$
+        }
+        { output.state before.all =
+            'write$
+            { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+
+  "\bibitem{" write$
+
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+    'skip$
+    { output.state before.all =
+        'skip$
+        { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+
+    { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+
+      nameptr #1 >
+        { namesleft #1 >
+            { ", " * t * }
+            { numnames #2 >
+                { "," * }
+                'skip$
+              if$
+              t "others" =
+                { " et~al." * }
+                { " and " * t * }
+              if$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.coden}
+{ coden empty$
+    { "" }
+    { new.block "\showCODEN{" coden * "}" *}
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+        { ", editors" * }
+        { ", editor" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.isbn}
+{ isbn empty$
+    { "" }
+    { new.block "\showISBN{" isbn * "}" *}
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.issn}
+{ issn empty$
+    { "" }
+    { new.block "\showISSN{" issn * "}" *}
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.lccn}
+{ lccn empty$
+    { "" }
+    { new.block "\showLCCN{" lccn * "}" *}
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.price}
+{ price empty$
+    { "" }
+    { new.block "\showPRICE{" price * "}" *}
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.url}
+{ url empty$
+    { "" }
+    { new.block "\ifshowURL {\showURL \path|" url * "|}\fi" *}
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+
+    { title "t" change.case$ }
+
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {collapse.pagerange}
+{ 't :=				% save input page range string
+  t 'original.t :=		% save original page range
+  "" 'b :=			% beginning page number
+  "" 'e :=			% ending page number
+    { t empty$ not }		% while-loop Boolean condition
+    {				% while-loop body
+      t #1 #2 substring$ "--" =	% have we found the en-dash?
+	{
+	   t #3 global.max$ substring$ 'e :=	% yes, save ending page number
+	   "" 't := 		% and set t to empty string to terminate loop
+	}
+	{
+	   b t #1 #1 substring$ * 'b := % no, just accumulate this character
+	   t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := % and set t to the remaining string
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  while$			% on exit, t has ending page number string
+  e b =				% are beginning and ending numbers the same?
+    { b	}			% yes, return the beginning page number string
+    { original.t }		% no, return the original page number string
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+        { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+            { "--" *
+              t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+            }
+            {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+                { "-" *
+                  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+                }
+              while$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+          t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+    { month empty$
+        {
+	  day empty$
+	    { "" }
+	    { "there's a day but no month or year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+        { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+          month
+	  day empty$
+            { }
+	    { " " * day * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { month empty$
+	{
+	  day empty$
+	    { year }
+	    { "there's a day and year but no month in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+        {
+          month " " *
+	  day empty$
+            { }
+	    { day * ", " * }
+          if$
+          year *
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+        'skip$
+        { " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+        { series field.or.null }
+        { output.state mid.sentence =
+            { "number" }
+            { "Number" }
+          if$
+          number tie.or.space.connect
+          series empty$
+            { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+            { " in " * series * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+        { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+        { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+        { #1 'multiresult := }
+        { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { new.block pages " pp." * }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    {
+      pages multi.page.check
+        { pages collapse.pagerange 'new.pages := }
+	{ pages 'new.pages := }
+      if$
+      new.pages multi.page.check
+        { "pages" new.pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+        { "page" new.pages tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+  number empty$
+    'skip$
+    { "\penalty0 (" number * ")" * *
+      volume empty$
+        { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+        { pop$ format.pages }
+        { ":\penalty0 " * pages collapse.pagerange n.dashify * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+        { "chapter" }
+        { type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+        'skip$
+        { ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+        { "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+        { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+  month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+  and and and and and
+
+
+
+    { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+    { journal empty$
+        { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+          warning$
+          ""
+        }
+        { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " key * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  editor num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " et~al." * }
+    { #2 <
+        'skip$
+        { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+            { " et~al." * }
+            { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In "
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+        { series empty$
+            { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+              crossref * warning$
+              "" *
+            }
+            { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+          if$
+        }
+        { key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+        { booktitle empty$
+            { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+              crossref * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+          if$
+        }
+        { "In " key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+      format.vol.num.pages output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+
+  format.coden output
+
+
+  format.isbn output
+
+
+  format.issn output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+
+  format.coden output
+
+
+  format.isbn output
+
+
+  format.issn output
+
+
+  format.book.pages output
+
+
+  format.lccn output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  howpublished address new.block.checkb
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  format.date output
+
+  format.coden output
+
+
+  format.isbn output
+
+
+  format.issn output
+
+
+  format.book.pages output
+
+
+  format.lccn output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+
+  format.coden output
+
+
+  format.isbn output
+
+
+  format.issn output
+
+
+  format.lccn output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+      format.edition output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+
+  format.coden output
+
+
+  format.isbn output
+
+
+  format.issn output
+
+
+  format.lccn output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.pages output
+      address empty$
+        { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+          organization output
+          publisher "publisher" output.check
+          format.date "year" output.check
+        }
+        { new.sentence
+          organization output
+          publisher "publisher" output.check
+          address output.nonnull
+          format.date "year" output.check
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+
+  format.coden output
+
+
+  format.isbn output
+
+
+  format.issn output
+
+
+  format.lccn output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        'skip$
+        { organization output.nonnull
+          address output
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        { address new.block.checka
+          address output
+        }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+    { organization address new.block.checkb
+      organization output
+      address output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date output
+
+  format.book.pages output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+
+  format.book.pages output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  title howpublished new.block.checkb
+  format.title output
+  howpublished new.block.checka
+  howpublished output
+  format.date output
+
+  format.coden output
+
+
+  format.isbn output
+
+
+  format.issn output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  empty.misc.check
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+
+  format.book.pages output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {periodical}
+{ output.bibitem
+  editor empty$
+    { organization output }
+    { format.editors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  title emphasize "title" output.check
+  format.vol.num.pages output
+  format.date output
+
+  format.coden output
+
+
+  format.isbn output
+
+
+  format.issn output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.sentence
+  publisher output
+  address output
+  howpublished new.block.checka
+  howpublished output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  editor empty$
+    { organization output }
+    { format.editors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address empty$
+    { editor empty$
+        { publisher new.sentence.checka }
+        { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+          organization output
+        }
+      if$
+      publisher "publisher" output.check %%% <- new check for missing
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { new.sentence
+      editor empty$
+        'skip$
+        { organization output }
+      if$
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output.nonnull
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+  if$
+
+  format.coden output
+
+
+  format.isbn output
+
+
+  format.issn output
+
+
+  format.lccn output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+
+  format.isbn output		% NB: TechReports occasionally have ISBNs
+
+
+  format.book.pages output
+
+
+  format.price output
+
+
+  format.url output
+
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  format.date output
+
+  format.url output
+
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+
+
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+
+
+
+READ
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+  #1 'number.label :=
+  #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+  number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+  label width$ longest.label.width >
+    { label 'longest.label :=
+      label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+    }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+
+{ preamble$ empty$
+
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{"  longest.label  * "}" * write$ newline$
+
+  "\ifx \showCODEN  \undefined \def \showCODEN #1{CODEN #1}  \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+  "\ifx \showISBN   \undefined \def \showISBN  #1{ISBN #1}   \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+  "\ifx \showISSN   \undefined \def \showISSN  #1{ISSN #1}   \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+  "\ifx \showLCCN   \undefined \def \showLCCN  #1{LCCN #1}   \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+  "\ifx \showPRICE  \undefined \def \showPRICE #1{#1}        \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+  "\ifx \showURL    \undefined \def \showURL {URL }          \fi" write$ newline$
+  "\ifx \path       \undefined \input path.sty               \fi" write$ newline$
+  "\ifx \ifshowURL \undefined" write$ newline$
+  "     \newif \ifshowURL"     write$ newline$
+  "     \showURLtrue"          write$ newline$
+  "\fi" write$ newline$
+
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jas99.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jas99.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ca4a4dc1299
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jas99.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1336 @@
+% Attempted hack to create BibTeX `jas' style for BibTeX version 0.99c
+% Journal of Atmospheric Science, Journal of Applied Meteorology
+% Monthly Weather Review
+% by Mike Moran, Dept. of Atmospheric Science, Colorado State University
+% based on `newapa' style file.  Changes are documented.  March 9, 1990
+% Submitted 20-JUL-1993 by Piotr J. Flatau <pflatau@macao.ucsd.edu>
+% e-mail for Mike Moran: <mmoran@cid.aes.doe.ca>
+% ========================================================================
+%
+% BibTeX `newapa' style file for BibTeX version 0.99c, LaTeX version 2.09
+% Place it in a file called newapa.bst in the BibTeX search path.  
+%(Placing it in the same directory as the LaTeX document should also work.)
+% Support for named citations is provided by named.sty
+
+% This version was made by modifying the master file made by
+% Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU), and the 'named' BibTeX
+% style of Peter F. Patel-Schneider.
+
+% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+% Modifications Copyright 1989, 1990, Stephen N. Spencer
+% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+% btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+% This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+
+% There are undoubtably bugs in this style.  If you make bug fixes,
+% improvements, etc.  please let me know.  My e-mail address is:
+%	spencer@heinlein.cgrg.ohio.state.edu
+%
+%   Citation format: (author-last-name, year)
+%		     (author-last-name and author-last-name, year)
+%		     (author-last-name {\em et al.}, year)
+%                    (author-last-name)
+%		     (author-last-name and author-last-name)
+%		     (author-last-name {\em et al.})
+%		     (year)
+%
+%   Reference list ordering: alphabetical by author or whatever passes
+%	for author in the absence of one.
+%
+% This BibTeX style has support for abbreviated author lists and for
+%	year-only citations.  This is done by having the citations
+%	actually look like
+%
+%	\citeauthoryear{full-author-info}{abbrev-author-info}{year}
+%
+% The LaTeX style has to have the following (or similar)
+%
+%     \let\@internalcite\cite
+%     \def\fullcite{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##1, ##3}\@internalcite}
+%     \def\fullciteA{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##1}\@internalcite}
+%     \def\shortcite{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##2, ##3}\@internalcite}
+%     \def\shortciteA{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##2}\@internalcite}
+%     \def\citeyear{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##3}\@internalcite}
+%
+
+ENTRY
+  { address
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+    journal
+    key
+%   month
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}
+  { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t u }
+
+%%  Added this function March 9, 1990.  Used in FUNCTION format.vol.num.pages
+FUNCTION {boldcize}
+{ 's :=
+  s "" =
+    { "" }
+    { "{\bf " s * "}" * }
+  if$
+}                           
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+	{ add.period$ write$
+	  newline$
+	  "\newblock " write$
+	}
+	{ output.state before.all =
+	    'write$
+	    { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+%% Added this entire function based on JAS98.BST  (March 10, 1990)
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull1}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+	{  write$                              %% This is only difference
+	  newline$
+	  "\newblock " write$
+	}
+	{ output.state before.all =
+	    'write$
+	    { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+%% Added this function based on JAS98.BST  (March 10, 1990)
+FUNCTION {output.check1}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull1               %% Only difference
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+	 { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	 { write$
+%%		" (" year * extra.label * ") " *
+                ", " year * extra.label * ": " *
+%%                                                      March 9, 1990
+		mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+	 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+
+  "\bibitem[" write$
+  label write$
+  "]{" write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+    'skip$
+    { output.state before.all =
+	'skip$
+	{ after.sentence 'output.state := }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=		% nameptr = 1;
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=	% numnames = num.name$(s);
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+
+    { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't :=
+
+      nameptr #1 >
+		{ namesleft #1 >
+	  		{ ", " * t * }
+	   		{ numnames #2 >
+					{ "," * }
+					'skip$
+	      		if$
+	      		t "others" =
+						{ " et~al." * }
+						{ " and " * t * }
+	     	 		if$
+	    	    }
+	  	     if$
+			 }
+		    't
+        if$
+        nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=			% nameptr += 1;
+        namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=			% namesleft =- 1;
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+%% Added this entire function based on JAS98.BST  (March 10, 1990)
+FUNCTION {format.names.reverse1}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=		% nameptr = 1 (name pointer variable);
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=	% numnames = num.name$(s);
+  numnames 'namesleft :=        % namesleft = numnames (names left variable);
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+
+%% So long as "namesleft" is positive, execute following function
+    { 
+%%  s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't :=   % Set name format
+
+      nameptr #1 >
+%%           ** Co-authors section
+		{ 
+     s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=   % Set name format
+                        namesleft #1 >
+%%                    ** Not last author
+	  		{ ", " * t * }
+%%                    ** Last author
+	   		{ numnames #2 >
+					{ "," * }
+					'skip$
+	      		if$
+	      		t "others" =
+						{ " et~al." * }
+						{ " and " * t * }
+	     	 		if$
+	    	    }
+	  	     if$
+        	 }
+%%               **  First author section
+     { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't :=   % Set name format
+		    t
+                    }      
+        if$
+        nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=   		% nameptr += 1;
+        namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=	       	% namesleft =- 1;
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+%%    { author format.names }
+    { author format.names.reverse1 }
+%%                                              March 10, 1990
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key}
+{ empty$
+    { key field.or.null }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+	{ ", editors" * }
+	{ ", editor" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+
+    { title "t" change.case$ }
+
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+	{ t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+	    { "--" *
+	      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	    }
+	    {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+		{ "-" *
+		  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+		}
+	      while$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ t #1 #1 substring$ *
+	  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+	{ series field.or.null }
+	{ output.state mid.sentence =
+	    { "number" }
+	    { "Number" }
+	  if$
+	  number tie.or.space.connect
+	  series empty$
+	    { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	    { " in " * series * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+	{ edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+	{ edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+	{ #1 'multiresult := }
+	{ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+%%	{ "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+%%	{ "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+	{  pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+	{  pages tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+%%{ volume field.or.null 
+{volume field.or.null boldcize                           %% March 9, 1990
+  number empty$
+    'skip$
+    { "(" number * ")" * *
+      volume empty$
+	{ "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+	{ pop$ format.pages }
+%%	{ ":" * pages n.dashify * }
+        { ", " * pages n.dashify * }                         %%  March 9, 1990
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+	{ "chapter" }
+	{ type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+	{ "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+%%	{ "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+  	{ "In " booktitle emphasize * ", " * format.editors * }
+%%                                            March 11, 1990
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "In"
+  "\cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  editor num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " et~al." * }
+    { #2 <
+	'skip$
+	{ editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+	    { " et~al." * }
+	    { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In "
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+	{ series empty$
+	    { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+	      crossref * warning$
+	      "" *
+	    }
+	    { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "In"
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% added
+  output.year.check		         		% added
+  new.block
+%%  format.title "title" output.check
+  format.title "title" output.check1                       %% March 10, 1990
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+      format.vol.num.pages output
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check					% added
+  new.block
+%%  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.btitle "title" output.check1                      %% March 11, 1990
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+      pages output                                   %% March 11, 1990
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output					% added
+  output.year.check						% added
+  new.block
+%%  format.title "title" output.check
+  format.title "title" output.check1                          %% March 11, 1990
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  pages output                                                %% March 11, 1990
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check						% added
+  new.block
+%%  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.btitle "title" output.check1                         %% March 11, 1990
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+%%    format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      pages output                                            %% March 20, 1990
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output					% added
+  output.year.check						% added
+  new.block
+%%  format.title "title" output.check
+  format.title "title" output.check1                          %% March 11, 1990
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+%%      format.chapter.pages output                           %% March 20, 1990
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+      format.edition output
+      pages output                                            %% March 20, 1990
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output					% added
+  output.year.check						% added
+  new.block
+%%  format.title "title" output.check
+  format.title "title" output.check1                          %% March 11, 1990
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+%%      new.sentence                                          %% March 17, 1990
+      organization output
+      publisher output
+      address output
+      pages output
+	 }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output					% added
+  output.year.check						% added
+  new.block
+%%  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.btitle "title" output.check1                      %% March 11, 1990
+  organization address new.block.checkb
+  organization output
+  address output
+  format.edition output
+  pages output                                             %% March 11, 1990
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% added
+  output.year.check		        		% added
+  new.block
+%%  format.title "title" output.check
+  format.title "title" output.check1                       %% March 11, 1990
+  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  pages output                                             %% March 11, 1990
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output					% added
+  output.year.check						% added
+  title howpublished new.block.checkb
+%%  format.title output
+  format.title "title" output.check1                          %% March 11, 1990
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  pages output                                                %% March 11, 1990
+%%  new.block                                                 %% March 17, 1990
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output					% added
+  output.year.check						% added
+  new.block
+%%  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.btitle "title" output.check1                         %% March 11, 1990
+  new.block
+  "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  pages output                                               %% March 11, 1990
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  editor empty$
+    { organization output }
+    { format.editors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  author format.key output					% added
+  output.year.check						% added
+  new.block
+%%  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.btitle "title" output.check1                        %% March 11, 1990
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address output
+  new.sentence
+  organization output
+  publisher output
+  pages output                                               %% March 11, 1990
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output					% added
+  output.year.check						% added
+  new.block
+%%  format.title "title" output.check
+  format.title "title" output.check1                        %% March 11, 1990
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  pages output                                              %% March 11, 1990
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output					% added
+  output.year.check						% added
+  new.block
+%%  format.title "title" output.check
+  format.title "title" output.check1                         %% March 11, 1990
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+  "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+  'len :=
+  s #1 len substring$ =
+    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+    's
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { fullptr numfull fullsleft }
+
+STRINGS { u1 u2 }
+
+%FUNCTION {my.full.label}
+%{ 
+%  "foo" 'u :=
+%  u
+%}
+
+FUNCTION {my.full.label}
+{ 
+% Initialize 'u1','u2','s'.
+  "" 'u1 :=	   								
+  "" 'u2 := 					
+  's :=  					
+
+% Initialize 'fullptr','numfull','fullsleft'.
+  #1 'fullptr := 						
+  s num.names$ 'numfull :=   
+  numfull 'fullsleft :=		  
+
+% enter the while loop which generates the first-citation information.
+% while we have names left, 
+%	 format the next name
+%   if this is the next-to-last name, tack the ampersand on the end
+%   else if this isn't the last name, tack the comma on the end.
+%   concatenate the next name onto the first-citation string.
+%   update the counters.
+
+  { fullsleft #0 > }
+  { s fullptr "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ 'u1 :=  
+	 fullsleft #2 =
+	   { u1 " \& " * 'u1 := }
+      { fullsleft #2 > 
+	       { u1 ", " * 'u1 := }
+	       'skip$
+	     if$
+		}
+    if$
+	 u2 u1 * 'u2 :=
+	 fullptr #1 + 'fullptr :=  	   
+	 fullsleft #1 - 'fullsleft :=  
+  }
+  while$
+
+% push 'u2' onto the stack -- our first-citation information.
+  u2		
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's := 							
+  s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$		
+  s num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >								
+	 { pop$ " et~al." * }			
+	 { #2 <
+		  'skip$
+		  { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+				{ "et~al. " * }
+				{ " and " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+			 if$
+  		  }
+	   if$
+	 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+	 	 { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+		 'key
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+		  { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+		  'key
+		if$
+	 }
+	 { editor format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+		  { key empty$
+	    	   { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	         'key
+	       if$
+	     }
+		  { editor format.lab.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.key.label
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+		  'editor.key.label
+		  'author.key.label
+		if$
+    }
+  if$
+  duplicate$	
+
+  author my.full.label  % generate the first-citation information.
+
+  "\protect\citeauthoryear{" swap$ * "}{" * swap$ * "}{" *
+  year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ *  
+  'label :=
+  year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ *
+  sortify 'sort.label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  ""
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { nameptr #1 >
+		  { "   " * }
+	     'skip$
+      if$
+      s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  f{ }}{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+      nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+		  { "et al" * }
+		  { t sortify * }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+  sortify
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+		  { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	  	    ""
+	     }
+	     { key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+	     { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	       ""
+	     }
+	     { key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	     { key empty$
+	         { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	           ""
+	         }
+	         { key sortify }
+	       if$
+	     }
+	     { editor sort.format.names }
+      if$
+   }
+   { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+  label sortify
+  "    "
+  *
+  type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.sort
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+		  'editor.sort
+		  'author.sort
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$			% added for newapa
+  'sort.label :=				% added for newapa
+  sort.label					% added for newapa
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT	% sort by label, sort.label, title --- for final label calculation
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra }
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+  "" 'next.extra :=
+  #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.label label =
+	 { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+	   last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+	 }
+	 { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+	   "" 'extra.label :=
+	   label 'last.label :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+    { "a" 'extra.label := }
+	 'skip$
+  if$
+  label extra.label * "}" * 'label :=   
+  extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+{ sort.label
+  "    "
+  *
+  year field.or.null sortify
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+
+SORT 		% by sort.label, year, title --- giving final bib. order.
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+
+{ preamble$ empty$
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jbact.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jbact.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b56b63fbe06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jbact.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1490 @@
+% BibTex `jbact' bibliography style
+% version = 1.30 of jbact.bst 1992 June 29
+%                   Fix format.vol.num.pages to use field.or.null to
+%                   correctly handle case of missing volume.
+%                   [Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@plot79.math.utah.edu>]
+% version = 1.29 of jbact.bst 1992 April 21
+% from version = 1.21 of jmb.bst 1991 June 10
+
+% TO BE DONE in inproceedings:
+% 1. editors are not boldface
+% 2. need comma after title, not period 
+% 3. don't rearrange editor names
+% 4. no comma after editors
+% (The trouble is that there is only one name function...)
+
+% This program must be used in conjunction with jbact.sty
+
+% Thomas Schneider
+% National Cancer Institute
+% Laboratory of Mathematical Biology
+% Frederick, Maryland  21702-1013
+% toms@ncifcrf.gov
+%
+% This file is available by anonymous ftp from ncifcrf.gov in pub/delila.
+%
+% TITLES can be turned on and off!
+%      Just nocite the reference TitlesOn in the paper (i.e. \nocite{TitlesOn})
+%      and have a bibliography article in your database with that cite key!
+% Without titles is Journal of Molecular Biology;
+% With titles is Journal of Theoretical Biology.
+%
+% WARNING: Since I use mostly article, book and inproceedings, these
+% are formatted pretty closely to the Journal of Theoretical Biology style
+% while other things are neglected.  Also, I can't guarantee that the style
+% is exactly right.
+%
+% The following documentation is identical from the source of jmb.bst,
+% which was the apalike.bst taken from the Clarkson archive on 1989 June 19.
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% BibTeX `apalike' bibliography style (24-Jan-88 version)
+% Adapted from the `alpha' style, version 0.99a; for BibTeX version 0.99a.
+% Copyright (C) 1988, all rights reserved.
+% Copying of this file is allowed, provided that if you make any changes at all
+% you name it something other than `apalike.bst'.
+% This restriction helps ensure that all copies are identical.
+% Differences between this style and `alpha' are generally heralded by a `%'.
+% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for alpha.bst.
+%
+% This style should be used with the `apalike' LaTeX style (apalike.sty).
+% \cite's come out like "(Jones, 1986)" in the text but there are no labels
+% in the bibliography, and something like "(1986)" comes out immediately
+% after the author.  Author (and editor) names appear as last name, comma,
+% initials.  A `year' field is required for every entry, and so is either
+% an author (or in some cases, an editor) field or a key field.
+%
+% Editorial note:
+% Many journals require a style like `apalike', but I strongly, strongly,
+% strongly recommend that you not use it if you have a choice---use something
+% like `plain' instead.  Mary-Claire van Leunen (A Handbook for Scholars,
+% Knopf, 1979) argues convincingly that a style like `plain' encourages better
+% writing than one like `apalike'.  Furthermore the strongest arguments for
+% using an author-date style like `apalike'---that it's "the most practical"
+% (The Chicago Manual of Style, University of Chicago Press, thirteenth
+% edition, 1982, pages 400--401)---fall flat on their face with the new
+% computer-typesetting technology.  For instance page 401 anachronistically
+% states "The chief disadvantage of [a style like `plain'] is that additions
+% or deletions cannot be made after the manuscript is typed without changing
+% numbers in both text references and list."  LaTeX sidesteps the disadvantage.
+%
+% History:
+%   15-sep-86	(SK,OP)	Original version, by Susan King and Oren Patashnik.
+%   10-nov-86	(OP)	Truncated the sort.key$ string to the correct length
+%			in bib.sort.order to eliminate error message.
+%   24-jan-88	(OP)	Updated for BibTeX version 0.99a, from alpha.bst 0.99a;
+%			apalike now sorts by author, then year, then title;
+%			THIS `apalike' VERSION DOES NOT WORK WITH BIBTEX 0.98i.
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% The program was further modified by Tom Schneider:
+%
+%   1989 June 19 (TDS)  Renamed jmb.bst.  Items that do not have years were
+%        listed in the bibliography without identifiers.  However, they
+%        have identifiers in the text.  The identifier was added.
+%        Titles were removed :-(.
+
+%   1989 October 2 (TDS)  Made labels in the paper use the & symbol rather
+%                  than `and', as required by JMB.
+%   1989 October 3 (TDS)  Made et~al. be in italics.
+%                  Removed comma after journal name.  (actually, all
+%                  mid sentence commas go!)
+%                  Made volume number be bold faced.
+%                  Converted colon (:) after volume number to a comma (,).
+%                  If a journal name does NOT end in a period, add
+%                  a comma after the name.
+%   1989 October 14 (TDS)  Without a year the program used to sort on the
+%                   title.  I made it sort on the cite$ if there is no year.
+%   1989 October 18 (TDS)  If there is one reference without a year, put
+%                   an "a" at the end of its label, so that it comes out
+%                   as (Smith, a) in the text.  in FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+%   1989 November 2 (TDS)  Unpublished papers now give the title.
+%   1989 November 18 (TDS)  TITLES can be turned on and off!
+%                   Just nocite the reference TitlesOn in the paper
+%                   and have a bibliography article in your database
+%                   with that cite key!
+%   1989 December 5 (TDS)  I can't stand sorting to fall back on the
+%                   titles of the article - no control!  So in function
+%                   bib.sort.order the default is now cite$.
+%   1990 November 14 (TDS) Changes to match JTB better:
+%                    Names in the bibliography are now connected
+%                    with "\&" instead of "and", since this fits JTB better.
+%                    "In" is now "In:".
+%                    "editors" and "editor" are now "eds" and "ed".
+%                    booktitle follows editors.  editors in parenthesis.
+%                    pp. and p. instead of pages and page.
+%                    location followed by colon (:) and then publisher.
+
+%   1992 April 22    Changes to match J. Bact Proof
+%                    year is not in parens, ends with period.
+%                    the first name should be 'last name first',
+%                    but later ones should be the other way!
+%                    'and' rather than &
+%                    journal name is not emphasized
+%                    author list is bold face, ends with period
+%                    comma after first author when there are two authors
+%                    changes to match J. Bact galley proof markings
+%                    expand journal titles where required by J. Bact!
+%                    no comma after title!
+
+ENTRY  % declare variables that have a value for each entry on the list
+  { address
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+    journal
+    key
+%    month		not used in apalike
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}
+  { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block
+           docomma givetitles }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+
+  #0 'docomma :=    % if it is 0 then don't do commas, otherwise do them.
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.toggle.switches}
+{% set switches for controlling the output!
+  #0 'givetitles := % if it is 0 then don't give titles, otherwise do them.
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+
+% %    { ", " * write$ }  % the comma here is responsible for every comma!
+% %                       % But JMB doesn't want commas, so away it goes!
+%      { " " * write$ }    % That does it!
+
+    { % doing a comma is controlled specifically in JMB using docomma
+      docomma #0 =
+      { " " * write$ }
+      { ", " * write$ }
+      if$
+    }
+    { output.state after.block =
+	{ add.period$ write$
+	  newline$
+	  "\newblock " write$
+	}
+	{ output.state before.all =
+	    'write$
+	    { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+     {  t "title" =
+           { pop$ } % jmb ignores titles and does not object if missing
+           { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+        if$
+     }
+    'output.nonnull  % block periods
+    % { pop$  } % don't do anything
+  if$
+}
+
+%    t "title" =
+%    { "zowie" warning$ }
+%    {  duplicate$ empty$
+%       { pop$ "EmPtY " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+%       'output.nonnull
+%    }
+%    if$
+%  if$
+%}
+
+%					apalike needs this function because
+%					the year has special punctuation;
+%					apalike ignores the month
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+    {
+      "empty year in " cite$ ", using label: " extra.label * * * warning$
+      write$
+%      " (" extra.label * ")" * % TDS no parens in jbact
+      " " extra.label * ". " *  % period after year
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+    { write$
+%      " (" year * extra.label * ")" *
+      " " year * extra.label * % period after year TDS
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+%FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+%{ newline$
+%  "\bibitem[" write$
+%  label write$
+%  "]{" write$
+%  cite$ write$
+%  "}" write$
+%  newline$
+%  ""
+%  before.all 'output.state :=
+%}
+
+% do numbers instead: TDS (taken from unsrt.bst
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+  "\bibitem{" write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+    'skip$
+    { output.state before.all =
+	'skip$
+	{ after.sentence 'output.state := }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+
+%"TRY WITH" s * warning$
+
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+
+%"TRY WITH" numnames * warning$ % this gives a warning
+% the problem is that num.names$ is 1, so the loop
+% doesn't work.  Looks like names weren't counted somewhere!
+
+  "{\bf " % start bold face
+
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    {
+% the first name should be 'last name first',
+% but later ones should be the other way!
+      nameptr #1 =
+        {s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := }  % last name first
+        {s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=  }  % first name first
+      if$
+
+%      nameptr #1 =
+%        {"then bbl" t * warning$}
+%        {"ELSE bbl" t * warning$}
+%      if$
+
+      nameptr #1 >
+	{ namesleft #1 >
+	    { ", " * t * }
+	    { numnames #2 >
+		{ "," * }
+		'skip$
+	      if$
+
+% if there are EXACTY two names, put a comma after the first one!
+	      numnames #2 =
+		{ "," * } % TDS
+		'skip$
+	      if$
+
+	      t "others" =
+		{ " {\em et~al.}" * }
+		{ " and " * t * } % back to 'and' TDS
+%		{ " \& " * t * }
+	      if$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+
+  % if there is more than one name, then DON'T put a period
+  % at the end of the name list because it looks like Smith, J. K..
+  % otherwise put that period because the last name will end the list
+  % as in Helsberg, M. and R.~Eichenlaub.
+  numnames #1 >
+    {"." *}
+    'skip$
+  if$
+
+  "} " * * % end bold face end whole thing with period
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+%    { author format.names }
+
+%    { "{\bf " author ".} " * * format.names } % make bold face, end with .
+% doing the above causes trouble!
+% NOTE: we can't put bf here since it messes up the formatting of names!
+
+    { author format.names } % make bold face, end with .
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key}			% this function is just for apalike
+{ empty$
+    { key field.or.null }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+%      editor num.names$ #1 >
+%	{ ", eds" * } % TDS
+%	{ ", ed" * } % TDS
+%      if$
+      ", (ed.)," * % TDS
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { % decide whether to give the title or not
+       givetitles #1 =
+       { title "t" change.case$ } % produce the title
+       { title pop$ "" }          % don't produce the title
+       if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+	{ t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+	    { "--" *
+	      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	    }
+	    {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+		{ "-" *
+		  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+		}
+	      while$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ t #1 #1 substring$ *
+	  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "vol." volume tie.or.space.connect % TDS vol, not volume
+      series empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+	{ series field.or.null }
+	{ output.state mid.sentence =
+	    { "number" }
+	    { "Number" }
+	  if$
+	  number tie.or.space.connect
+	  series empty$
+	    { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	    { " in " * series * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    {
+      output.state mid.sentence =
+	{ edition "l" change.case$ }
+	{ edition "t" change.case$ }
+      if$
+% If the database has the word 'second' replace it with 2nd for J. Bact!
+      "second" =
+        { "2nd"}
+        { 
+         if$
+         "third" =
+           { "3nd"}
+           { edition }
+        }
+
+         if$
+
+      " ed." *
+
+%      output.state mid.sentence =
+%	{ edition "l" change.case$ " ed." * }
+%	{ edition "t" change.case$ " ed." * }
+%      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+	{ #1 'multiresult := }
+	{ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+%	{ "pp." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } % TDS
+% for some crazy reason, J.Bact wants p instead of pp
+	{ "p." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } % TDS
+	{ "p." pages tie.or.space.connect } % TDS
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ "{\bf " volume field.or.null * "}" *  % make volume bold face
+  number empty$
+    'skip$
+    { " (" number * ")" * *
+       volume empty$
+	{ "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+	{ pop$ format.pages }
+	{ ":" * pages n.dashify * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+	{ "chapter" }
+	{ type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+	{ "In: " emphasize booktitle * } % TDS
+	{ "In: " emphasize format.editors " " * *
+          booktitle * ", " *
+        } % TDS
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "In:"				% this is for apalike % TDS
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In: " % TDS
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  "\cite{" * crossref * "}" *				% this is for apalike
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "In:"				% this is for apalike % TDS
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{
+  cite$ "TitlesOn" =
+  'skip$ % Don't write out an article of this kind, it's a toggle switch!
+  {
+  output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+% zzzz
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { % figure out the last character of the journal name.
+      % "<<" journal #-1 #1 substring$ ">>" * *  % for testing
+      % "<" journal ">" * *  % this works ok     % for testing
+
+      % from here on the string t will carry the journal title
+      journal 't :=
+
+      % expand journal titles where required by J. Bact! TDS
+      t "Nucl. Acids Res." =
+      { "Nucleic Acids Res." 't := }
+      'skip$
+      if$
+
+      t "J. Bact." =
+      { "J. Bacteriol." 't := }
+      'skip$
+      if$
+
+      t "Bell System Tech. J." =
+      { "Bell Syst. Tech. J." 't := }
+      'skip$
+      if$
+
+      t "Molec. Microb." =
+      { "Molec. Microbiol." 't := }
+      'skip$
+      if$
+
+      % deal with periods at the ends of titles
+      t #-1 #1 substring$ "." =
+      { t }  % journal ended in period so don't do anything
+      { t " " *}  % NO COMMAS AFTER THE JOURNAL NAME IN J. BACT!
+%      { t ", " *}  % journal ended without period, so add comma
+      if$
+
+      %journal #-1 #1 substring$ "." =
+      %{ journal }  % journal ended in period so don't do anything
+      %{ journal ", " *}  % journal ended without period, so add comma
+      %if$
+
+%      emphasize "journal" output.check % TDS
+      "journal" output.check % not emphasized any more
+
+%      journal * emphasize "journal" output.check % the original method
+
+      format.vol.num.pages output
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check				% special for apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  #1 'docomma :=    % TURN COMMAS ON FOR JMB
+  crossref missing$
+    {
+      format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+  format.edition output
+      new.sentence
+         #0 'docomma := % no comma after address
+%      publisher "publisher" % TDS
+%      address  output output.check % TDS
+         #1 'docomma := % comma back on
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+%  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  #0 'docomma :=    % TURN COMMAS OFF
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check				% special for apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+         #0 'docomma := % no comma after address
+      address ":" * output % TDS
+      publisher "publisher" output.check % TDS
+         #1 'docomma := % comma back on
+%      publisher "publisher" output.check
+%      address output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+      format.edition output
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+% NOTE: they want a comma after the title, but that would mess
+% up the period after other titles.
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    {
+%      #1 'docomma :=    % TURN COMMAS ON FOR JMB, BUT NOT FOR JTB: inconsistent
+
+      format.pages
+      pages empty$
+        { output }
+        { "." * output } % TDS toss in period
+      if$
+
+      format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume "." * output
+      format.number.series output
+
+%      address output % TDS address is below for JTB
+%      new.sentence % TDS remove period
+      organization output
+         #0 'docomma := % NO COMMA AFTER ADDRESS
+      publisher "," * output % TDS
+%      publisher "publisher" output % TDS
+      address output % TDS
+         #1 'docomma := % comma back on
+
+%      publisher output					% are simpler
+      #0 'docomma :=    % TURN COMMAS OFF
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  organization address new.block.checkb
+  organization output
+  address output
+  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title output
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.editors output
+  editor format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address output				% for apalike
+  new.sentence					% we always output
+  organization output				% a nonempty organization
+  publisher output				% here
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+
+% Since format.title is out of commission, the original method won't work:
+%  format.title "title" output.check
+% so do the equivalent of the format.title procedure: (TDS)
+  title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { title "t" change.case$ } % produce the title
+  if$
+  "title" output.check
+
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+% ***********************************************************
+
+FUNCTION {check.for.titlecommand}
+% go through each entry and see if one of them has the key
+% 'TitlesOn'.  If this is found, then do titles!
+% 1989 November 18 TDS
+{
+%  "|" label "|" * * write$ newline$  % |Arrhenius {\em et~al.}, 1986|
+%  "|" cite$ "|" * * write$ newline$  % |Arrhenius1986|
+% so cite$ is the thing I want to detect...
+
+  cite$ "TitlesOn" =
+  { % got it!
+%    "FOUND TitlesOn" write$ newline$
+     "Titles Will Be Printed" warning$
+    #1 'givetitles := % give titles!
+  }
+  'skip$
+  if$
+}
+EXECUTE {init.toggle.switches}
+ITERATE {check.for.titlecommand}
+% ***********************************************************
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+  "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+  'len :=
+  s #1 len substring$ =
+    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+    's
+  if$
+}
+
+%			There are three apalike cases: one person (Jones),
+%			two (Jones and de~Bruijn), and more (Jones et~al.).
+%			This function is much like format.crossref.editors.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+  s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  s num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " {\em et~al.}" * }
+    { #2 <
+	'skip$
+	{ s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+	    { " {\em et~al.}" * }
+	    { " and " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } % TDS
+% well, back to 'and'!
+%	    { " \& " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+            % note new use of & rather than `and'.  TDS
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	'key					% apalike uses the whole key
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	    'key				% apalike uses the whole key
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ editor format.lab.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	'key			% apalike uses the whole key, no organization
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.key.label
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+	'editor.key.label			% apalike ignores organization
+	'author.key.label			% for labeling and sorting
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  ", "							% these three lines are
+  *							% for apalike, which
+  year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$		% uses all four digits
+  *
+  'label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  ""
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { nameptr #1 >
+	{ "   " * }
+	'skip$
+      if$						% apalike uses initials
+      s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  f{ }}{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here
+      nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+	{ "{\em et al}" * }
+	{ t sortify * }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+  sortify
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { key sortify }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ editor sort.format.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+%			apalike uses two sorting passes; the first one sets the
+%			labels so that the `a's, `b's, etc. can be computed;
+%			the second pass puts the references in "correct" order.
+%			The presort function is for the first pass. It computes
+%			label, sort.label, and title, and then concatenates.
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+  label sortify
+  "    "
+  *
+  type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.sort
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+	'editor.sort
+	'author.sort
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$	% for
+  'sort.label :=		% apalike
+  sort.label			% style
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT		% by label, sort.label, title---for final label calculation
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra }	% apalike labels are only for the text;
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num }		% there are none in the bibliography
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}	% and hence there is no `longest.label'
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+  "" 'next.extra :=
+  #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+% pass through the references forward
+{
+%"\\     label=" label "//" * * write$ newline$ % display the label
+%"\\last.label=" last.label "//" * * write$ newline$ % display the label
+
+ last.label label =   % if the label repeats the previous label...
+    { % then increment the extra number
+      last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+      % and convert it to a label
+      last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+    }
+    { % else set things up for the next entry
+      "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+
+      % However, if the year was missing, tack on an extra "a". TDS
+      year empty$
+      {"a" 'extra.label :=}
+      {"" 'extra.label :=}
+      if$
+
+%      "" 'extra.label :=  % the original method was not to do anything TDS
+
+      label 'last.label :=   % capture this label for next time
+    }
+  if$
+%"\\extra.label = " extra.label "//" * * write$ newline$ % display the label
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+% pass through the references backwards
+% add extra characters to the end of the label string
+{
+%"{{" label "}}" * * write$ newline$ % display the label
+ next.extra "b" =
+% original logic:
+    { "a" 'extra.label := }
+    'skip$
+    if$
+
+% next.extra "b" = { "next.extra was = b" write$ newline$} 'skip$ if$
+
+% new as of 1989 Oct 18
+%    { "a" 'extra.label := }
+%    { % Put on an "a" at the end of the label if the year is missing. TDS
+%      year empty$
+%       { "a" 'extra.label := }
+%       %{ label "a" * 'label := }
+%       'skip$ % otherwise leave it alone (orignial method)
+%     if$ }
+%  if$
+
+  label extra.label * 'label :=
+  extra.label 'next.extra :=
+%"{{" label "}}" * * write$ newline$ % display the label
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+% Generate the sort.key$ variables for sorting.
+% The sorting is first on the sort.label (ie, author's name), followed
+% by the year then the title.  If there is no year, the cite$ is used.
+{
+  sort.label  % this is based on the author name
+  "    " * % tack on some space
+% original apa command was to use the year or an empty string:
+%  year field.or.null sortify
+% 
+% Replace that with the use of the cite$, when there is no year:
+  year duplicate$ empty$
+     {pop$ cite$}
+     'skip$
+  if$
+
+  * "    " *  % tack on some space
+
+% I CAN'T STAND SORTING ON TITLE!!! TDS 1989 Dec 5
+%  title field.or.null
+%  sort.format.title
+%  * % attach them together
+  cite$
+  * % use cite$ instead!!
+
+  % note: if there is no year, then the cite$ will override the sorting
+  % on the title.  Oh well.  Title sorting is sorta (ha ha) awful.
+
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+
+  % The following line helps debug the program.  It shows what the sort.key$ is.
+  % "%" sort.key$ * write$ newline$
+}
+
+% Here is the place that the actual executions of the labeling and sorting
+% functions are done.
+
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff} % initialize variables
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}               % set up the sorting keys
+SORT		% by sort.label, year, title---giving final bibliography order
+% Having sorted NOW we apply the extra letters at the end!
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$				% no \etalchar in apalike
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$		% no labels in apalike
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jmb.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jmb.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5455f72645d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jmb.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1368 @@
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%%  @BibTeX-style-file{
+%%%     author          = "Tom Schneider",
+%%%     version         = "1.21",
+%%%     date            = "29 June 1992",
+%%%     time            = "17:30:33 MDT",
+%%%     filename        = "jmb.bst",
+%%%     address         = "National Cancer Institute
+%%%                        Laboratory of Mathematical Biology
+%%%                        Frederick, Maryland 21701-1013
+%%%                        USA",
+%%%     checksum        = "11681 1368 4735 33144",
+%%%     email           = "toms@ncifcrf.gov (Internet)",
+%%%     codetable       = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%%     keywords        = "molecular biology, BibTeX",
+%%%     supported       = "yes",
+%%%     docstring       = "This BibTeX bibliography style is for the
+%%%                        Journal of Molecular Biology and Journal of
+%%%                        Theoretical Biology.  This file is available
+%%%                        by anonymous ftp from ncifcrf.gov in
+%%%                        pub/delila.
+%%%
+%%%                        TITLES can be turned on and off!  Just nocite
+%%%                        the reference TitlesOn in the paper (i.e.
+%%%                        \nocite{TitlesOn}) and have a bibliography
+%%%                        article in your database with that cite key!
+%%%                        Without titles is Journal of Molecular
+%%%                        Biology; With titles is Journal of
+%%%                        Theoretical Biology.
+%%%
+%%%                        WARNING: Since I use mostly article, book and
+%%%                        inproceedings, these are formatted pretty
+%%%                        closely to the Journal of Theoretical Biology
+%%%                        style while other things are neglected.
+%%%                        Also, I can't guarantee that the style is
+%%%                        exactly right.
+%%%
+%%%                        The following documentation is identical from
+%%%                        the source of jmb.bst, which was the
+%%%                        apalike.bst taken from the Clarkson archive
+%%%                        on 1989 June 19.
+%%%
+%%%                        The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
+%%%                        checksum as the first value, followed by the
+%%%                        equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word
+%%%                        count) utility output of lines, words, and
+%%%                        characters.  This is produced by Robert
+%%%                        Solovay's checksum utility."
+%%%  }
+%%% ====================================================================
+
+% BibTex `jmb' bibliography style
+% version = 1.21 of jmb.bst 1992 June 29
+%                   Fix format.vol.num.pages to use field.or.null to
+%                   correctly handle case of missing volume.
+%                   [Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@plot79.math.utah.edu>]
+% version = 1.20 of jmb.bst 1990 November 16
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% BibTeX `apalike' bibliography style (24-Jan-88 version)
+% Adapted from the `alpha' style, version 0.99a; for BibTeX version 0.99a.
+% Copyright (C) 1988, all rights reserved.
+% Copying of this file is allowed, provided that if you make any changes at all
+% you name it something other than `apalike.bst'.
+% This restriction helps ensure that all copies are identical.
+% Differences between this style and `alpha' are generally heralded by a `%'.
+% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for alpha.bst.
+%
+% This style should be used with the `apalike' LaTeX style (apalike.sty).
+% \cite's come out like "(Jones, 1986)" in the text but there are no labels
+% in the bibliography, and something like "(1986)" comes out immediately
+% after the author.  Author (and editor) names appear as last name, comma,
+% initials.  A `year' field is required for every entry, and so is either
+% an author (or in some cases, an editor) field or a key field.
+%
+% Editorial note:
+% Many journals require a style like `apalike', but I strongly, strongly,
+% strongly recommend that you not use it if you have a choice---use something
+% like `plain' instead.  Mary-Claire van Leunen (A Handbook for Scholars,
+% Knopf, 1979) argues convincingly that a style like `plain' encourages better
+% writing than one like `apalike'.  Furthermore the strongest arguments for
+% using an author-date style like `apalike'---that it's "the most practical"
+% (The Chicago Manual of Style, University of Chicago Press, thirteenth
+% edition, 1982, pages 400--401)---fall flat on their face with the new
+% computer-typesetting technology.  For instance page 401 anachronistically
+% states "The chief disadvantage of [a style like `plain'] is that additions
+% or deletions cannot be made after the manuscript is typed without changing
+% numbers in both text references and list."  LaTeX sidesteps the disadvantage.
+%
+% History:
+%   15-sep-86	(SK,OP)	Original version, by Susan King and Oren Patashnik.
+%   10-nov-86	(OP)	Truncated the sort.key$ string to the correct length
+%			in bib.sort.order to eliminate error message.
+%   24-jan-88	(OP)	Updated for BibTeX version 0.99a, from alpha.bst 0.99a;
+%			apalike now sorts by author, then year, then title;
+%			THIS `apalike' VERSION DOES NOT WORK WITH BIBTEX 0.98i.
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% The program was further modified by Tom Schneider:
+%
+%   1989 June 19 (TDS)  Renamed jmb.bst.  Items that do not have years were
+%        listed in the bibliography without identifiers.  However, they
+%        have identifiers in the text.  The identifier was added.
+%        Titles were removed :-(.
+
+%   1989 October 2 (TDS)  Made labels in the paper use the & symbol rather
+%                  than `and', as required by JMB.
+%   1989 October 3 (TDS)  Made et~al. be in italics.
+%                  Removed comma after journal name.  (actually, all
+%                  mid sentence commas go!)
+%                  Made volume number be bold faced.
+%                  Converted colon (:) after volume number to a comma (,).
+%                  If a journal name does NOT end in a period, add
+%                  a comma after the name.
+%   1989 October 14 (TDS)  Without a year the program used to sort on the
+%                   title.  I made it sort on the cite$ if there is no year.
+%   1989 October 18 (TDS)  If there is one reference without a year, put
+%                   an "a" at the end of its label, so that it comes out
+%                   as (Smith, a) in the text.  in FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+%   1989 November 2 (TDS)  Unpublished papers now give the title.
+%   1989 November 18 (TDS)  TITLES can be turned on and off!
+%                   Just nocite the reference TitlesOn in the paper
+%                   and have a bibliography article in your database
+%                   with that cite key!
+%   1989 December 5 (TDS)  I can't stand sorting to fall back on the
+%                   titles of the article - no control!  So in function
+%                   bib.sort.order the default is now cite$.
+%   1990 November 14 (TDS) Changes to match JTB better:
+%                    Names in the bibliography are now connected
+%                    with "\&" instead of "and", since this fits JTB better.
+%                    "In" is now "In:".
+%                    "editors" and "editor" are now "eds" and "ed".
+%                    booktitle follows editors.  editors in parenthesis.
+%                    pp. and p. instead of pages and page.
+%                    location followed by colon (:) and then publisher.
+
+ENTRY  % declare variables that have a value for each entry on the list
+  { address
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+    journal
+    key
+%    month		not used in apalike
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}
+  { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block
+           docomma givetitles }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+
+  #0 'docomma :=    % if it is 0 then don't do commas, otherwise do them.
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.toggle.switches}
+{% set switches for controlling the output!
+  #0 'givetitles := % if it is 0 then don't give titles, otherwise do them.
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+
+% %    { ", " * write$ }  % the comma here is responsible for every comma!
+% %                       % But JMB doesn't want commas, so away it goes!
+%      { " " * write$ }    % That does it!
+
+    { % doing a comma is controlled specifically in JMB using docomma
+      docomma #0 =
+      { " " * write$ }
+      { ", " * write$ }
+      if$
+    }
+    { output.state after.block =
+	{ add.period$ write$
+	  newline$
+	  "\newblock " write$
+	}
+	{ output.state before.all =
+	    'write$
+	    { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+     {  t "title" =
+           { pop$ } % jmb ignores titles and does not object if missing
+           { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+        if$
+     }
+    'output.nonnull  % block periods
+    % { pop$  } % don't do anything
+  if$
+}
+
+%    t "title" =
+%    { "zowie" warning$ }
+%    {  duplicate$ empty$
+%       { pop$ "EmPtY " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+%       'output.nonnull
+%    }
+%    if$
+%  if$
+%}
+
+%					apalike needs this function because
+%					the year has special punctuation;
+%					apalike ignores the month
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+    {
+      "empty year in " cite$ ", using label: " extra.label * * * warning$
+      write$
+      " (" extra.label * ")" *
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+    { write$
+      " (" year * extra.label * ")" *
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+  "\bibitem[" write$
+  label write$
+  "]{" write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+    'skip$
+    { output.state before.all =
+	'skip$
+	{ after.sentence 'output.state := }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't :=   % last name first
+      nameptr #1 >
+	{ namesleft #1 >
+	    { ", " * t * }
+	    { numnames #2 >
+		{ "," * }
+		'skip$
+	      if$
+	      t "others" =
+		{ " {\em et~al.}" * }
+		{ " \& " * t * }
+	      if$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key}			% this function is just for apalike
+{ empty$
+    { key field.or.null }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+	{ ", eds" * } % TDS
+	{ ", ed" * } % TDS
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { % decide whether to give the title or not
+       givetitles #1 =
+       { title "t" change.case$ } % produce the title
+       { title pop$ "" }          % don't produce the title
+       if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+	{ t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+	    { "--" *
+	      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	    }
+	    {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+		{ "-" *
+		  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+		}
+	      while$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ t #1 #1 substring$ *
+	  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+	{ series field.or.null }
+	{ output.state mid.sentence =
+	    { "number" }
+	    { "Number" }
+	  if$
+	  number tie.or.space.connect
+	  series empty$
+	    { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	    { " in " * series * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+	{ edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+	{ edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+	{ #1 'multiresult := }
+	{ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+	{ "pp." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } % TDS
+	{ "p." pages tie.or.space.connect } % TDS
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ "{\bf " volume field.or.null * "}" *  % make volume bold face
+  number empty$
+    'skip$
+    { " (" number * ")" * *
+       volume empty$
+	{ "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+	{ pop$ format.pages }
+%	{ ":" * pages n.dashify * } % no more colons after the volume
+	{ ", " * pages n.dashify * } % comma's instead
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+	{ "chapter" }
+	{ type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+	{ "In: " booktitle emphasize * } % TDS
+	{ "In: " booktitle emphasize * ", " *
+          "(" format.editors ")" * * * } % TDS
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "In:"				% this is for apalike % TDS
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In: " % TDS
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  "\cite{" * crossref * "}" *				% this is for apalike
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "In:"				% this is for apalike % TDS
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{
+  cite$ "TitlesOn" =
+  'skip$ % Don't write out an article of this kind, it's a toggle switch!
+  {
+  output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { % figure out the last character of the journal name.
+      % "<<" journal #-1 #1 substring$ ">>" * *  % for testing
+      % "<" journal ">" * *  % this works ok     % for testing
+
+      journal #-1 #1 substring$ "." =
+      { journal }  % journal ended in period so don't do anything
+      { journal ", " *}  % journal ended without period, so add comma
+      if$
+      emphasize "journal" output.check
+
+%      journal * emphasize "journal" output.check % the original method
+
+      format.vol.num.pages output
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check				% special for apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  #1 'docomma :=    % TURN COMMAS ON FOR JMB
+  crossref missing$
+    {
+      format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+         #0 'docomma := % no comma after address
+      address ":" * output % TDS
+      publisher "publisher" output.check % TDS
+         #1 'docomma := % comma back on
+%      publisher "publisher" output.check
+%      address output
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  #0 'docomma :=    % TURN COMMAS OFF
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check				% special for apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+         #0 'docomma := % no comma after address
+      address ":" * output % TDS
+      publisher "publisher" output.check % TDS
+         #1 'docomma := % comma back on
+%      publisher "publisher" output.check
+%      address output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+      format.edition output
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    {
+%      #1 'docomma :=    % TURN COMMAS ON FOR JMB, BUT NOT FOR JTB: inconsistent
+      format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.pages "," * output % TDS toss in comma instead of period
+%      address output % TDS address is below for JTB
+%      new.sentence % TDS remove period
+      organization output
+         #0 'docomma := % NO COMMA AFTER ADDRESS
+      address ":" * output % TDS
+      publisher "publisher" output.check % TDS
+         #1 'docomma := % comma back on
+
+%      publisher output					% are simpler
+      #0 'docomma :=    % TURN COMMAS OFF
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  organization address new.block.checkb
+  organization output
+  address output
+  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title output
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.editors output
+  editor format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address output				% for apalike
+  new.sentence					% we always output
+  organization output				% a nonempty organization
+  publisher output				% here
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+
+% Since format.title is out of commission, the original method won't work:
+%  format.title "title" output.check
+% so do the equivalent of the format.title procedure: (TDS)
+  title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { title "t" change.case$ } % produce the title
+  if$
+  "title" output.check
+
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+% ***********************************************************
+
+FUNCTION {check.for.titlecommand}
+% go through each entry and see if one of them has the key
+% 'TitlesOn'.  If this is found, then do titles!
+% 1989 November 18 TDS
+{
+%  "|" label "|" * * write$ newline$  % |Arrhenius {\em et~al.}, 1986|
+%  "|" cite$ "|" * * write$ newline$  % |Arrhenius1986|
+% so cite$ is the thing I want to detect...
+
+  cite$ "TitlesOn" =
+  { % got it!
+%    "FOUND TitlesOn" write$ newline$
+     "Titles Will Be Printed" warning$
+    #1 'givetitles := % give titles!
+  }
+  'skip$
+  if$
+}
+EXECUTE {init.toggle.switches}
+ITERATE {check.for.titlecommand}
+% ***********************************************************
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+  "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+  'len :=
+  s #1 len substring$ =
+    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+    's
+  if$
+}
+
+%			There are three apalike cases: one person (Jones),
+%			two (Jones and de~Bruijn), and more (Jones et~al.).
+%			This function is much like format.crossref.editors.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+  s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  s num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " {\em et~al.}" * }
+    { #2 <
+	'skip$
+	{ s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+	    { " {\em et~al.}" * }
+	    { " \& " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+            % note new use of & rather than `and'.  TDS
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	'key					% apalike uses the whole key
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	    'key				% apalike uses the whole key
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ editor format.lab.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	'key			% apalike uses the whole key, no organization
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.key.label
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+	'editor.key.label			% apalike ignores organization
+	'author.key.label			% for labeling and sorting
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  ", "							% these three lines are
+  *							% for apalike, which
+  year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$		% uses all four digits
+  *
+  'label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  ""
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { nameptr #1 >
+	{ "   " * }
+	'skip$
+      if$						% apalike uses initials
+      s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  f{ }}{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here
+      nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+	{ "{\em et al}" * }
+	{ t sortify * }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+  sortify
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { key sortify }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ editor sort.format.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+%			apalike uses two sorting passes; the first one sets the
+%			labels so that the `a's, `b's, etc. can be computed;
+%			the second pass puts the references in "correct" order.
+%			The presort function is for the first pass. It computes
+%			label, sort.label, and title, and then concatenates.
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+  label sortify
+  "    "
+  *
+  type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.sort
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+	'editor.sort
+	'author.sort
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$	% for
+  'sort.label :=		% apalike
+  sort.label			% style
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT		% by label, sort.label, title---for final label calculation
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra }	% apalike labels are only for the text;
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num }		% there are none in the bibliography
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}	% and hence there is no `longest.label'
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+  "" 'next.extra :=
+  #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+% pass through the references forward
+{
+%"\\     label=" label "//" * * write$ newline$ % display the label
+%"\\last.label=" last.label "//" * * write$ newline$ % display the label
+
+ last.label label =   % if the label repeats the previous label...
+    { % then increment the extra number
+      last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+      % and convert it to a label
+      last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+    }
+    { % else set things up for the next entry
+      "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+
+      % However, if the year was missing, tack on an extra "a". TDS
+      year empty$
+      {"a" 'extra.label :=}
+      {"" 'extra.label :=}
+      if$
+
+%      "" 'extra.label :=  % the original method was not to do anything TDS
+
+      label 'last.label :=   % capture this label for next time
+    }
+  if$
+%"\\extra.label = " extra.label "//" * * write$ newline$ % display the label
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+% pass through the references backwards
+% add extra characters to the end of the label string
+{
+%"{{" label "}}" * * write$ newline$ % display the label
+ next.extra "b" =
+% original logic:
+    { "a" 'extra.label := }
+    'skip$
+    if$
+
+% next.extra "b" = { "next.extra was = b" write$ newline$} 'skip$ if$
+
+% new as of 1989 Oct 18
+%    { "a" 'extra.label := }
+%    { % Put on an "a" at the end of the label if the year is missing. TDS
+%      year empty$
+%       { "a" 'extra.label := }
+%       %{ label "a" * 'label := }
+%       'skip$ % otherwise leave it alone (orignial method)
+%     if$ }
+%  if$
+
+  label extra.label * 'label :=
+  extra.label 'next.extra :=
+%"{{" label "}}" * * write$ newline$ % display the label
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+% Generate the sort.key$ variables for sorting.
+% The sorting is first on the sort.label (ie, author's name), followed
+% by the year then the title.  If there is no year, the cite$ is used.
+{
+  sort.label  % this is based on the author name
+  "    " * % tack on some space
+% original apa command was to use the year or an empty string:
+%  year field.or.null sortify
+%
+% Replace that with the use of the cite$, when there is no year:
+  year duplicate$ empty$
+     {pop$ cite$}
+     'skip$
+  if$
+
+  * "    " *  % tack on some space
+
+% I CAN'T STAND SORTING ON TITLE!!! TDS 1989 Dec 5
+%  title field.or.null
+%  sort.format.title
+%  * % attach them together
+  cite$
+  * % use cite$ instead!!
+
+  % note: if there is no year, then the cite$ will override the sorting
+  % on the title.  Oh well.  Title sorting is sorta (ha ha) awful.
+
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+
+  % The following line helps debug the program.  It shows what the sort.key$ is.
+  % "%" sort.key$ * write$ newline$
+}
+
+% Here is the place that the actual executions of the labeling and sorting
+% functions are done.
+
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff} % initialize variables
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}               % set up the sorting keys
+SORT		% by sort.label, year, title---giving final bibliography order
+% Having sorted NOW we apply the extra letters at the end!
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$				% no \etalchar in apalike
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$		% no labels in apalike
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jtb.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jtb.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..20abbcc2f93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jtb.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1202 @@
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%%  @BibTeX-style-file{
+%%%     author          = "Alan Rogers",
+%%%     version         = "1.1",
+%%%     date            = "1990",
+%%%     filename        = "humanbio.bst",
+%%%     address         = "Dept of Anthropology, University of Utah,
+%%%                        Salt Lake City, UT 84112",
+%%%     checksum        = "29497 1202 3234 26025",
+%%%     email           = "rogers@anthro.utah.edu",
+%%%     supported       = "no",
+%%%     docstring       = "The file produces bibliographies more or
+%%%                        less in the format of the Journal of
+%%%                        Theoretical Biology.  It was adapted from
+%%%                        Sake J. Hogeveen's `astron.bst'.
+%%%
+%%%                        Usage: \documentstyle[astron]{...}
+%%%                        ...
+%%%                        \bibliographystyle{jtb}
+%%%                        ...
+%%%
+%%%                        The \documentstyle command above invokes
+%%%                        Hogeveen's `astron.sty', which must be in
+%%%                        TeX's search path.
+%%%
+%%%                        The modifications implement `\cite*{}',
+%%%                        which generates references in short form.
+%%%                        For example, `Rogers \cite*{...}' would
+%%%                        produce `Rogers (1992)'."
+%%%  }
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% Copyright (C) 1990 Sake J. Hogeveen.
+
+% This is ASTRON.BST, a BibTeX style for use with BibTeX version 0.99c.
+% ASTRON.BST has to be used in conjunction with the LaTeX style ASTRON.STY.
+% The use of both styles is documented in ASTDOC.TEX.
+
+% ASTRON.BST is an adaptation of APALIKE.BST by Oren Patashnik and Suzan King.
+
+% This style produces citations in the `author-year' format, which is widely
+% used among astronomical journals.
+% It supports two forms of citation: the \cite command produces:  (Author, year)
+% in the text; the \cite* command only:  (year) .
+
+% The long an short citation trickery is adapted from NAMED.BST by
+% Peter F. Patel-Schneider.
+
+% Copyright Notice:
+% The files ASTRON.BST, ASTRON.STY, ASTDOC.TEX, ASTDOC.BIB, EXAMPLE.TEX,
+% EXAMPLE.BIB, MNEMONIC.BIB, and TEMPLATE.BIB are a package.
+% You may copy and distribute them freely for non-commercial purposes,
+% provided that you keep the package together and this copyright notice
+% in tact.
+% You may not alter or modify the files; this helps to ensure that all
+% distributions of ASTRON.BST and related files are the same.
+% If you make any modifications, then you must give the files new names,
+% other than the present.
+% The author bears no responsibilities for errors in this document or
+% the software it describes; and shall not be held liable for any indirect,
+% incidental, or consequential damages.
+
+ENTRY
+  { address
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+    journal
+    key
+%    month              not used in apalike
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}
+  { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+        { ", " *  write$
+          newline$
+          "\newblock " write$
+        }
+        { output.state before.all =
+            'write$
+            { ", " * write$ }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull.extra}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { " " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+        { ", " *  write$
+          newline$
+          "\newblock " write$
+        }
+        { output.state before.all =
+            'write$
+            { ", " * write$ }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.extra}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull.extra
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check.extra}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull.extra
+  if$
+}
+
+%                                       apalike needs this function because
+%                                       the year has special punctuation;
+%                                       apalike ignores the month
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+    { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    { write$
+      " (" year * extra.label * ") " *
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+  "\bibitem[" write$
+  label write$
+  "]{" write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+    'skip$
+    { output.state before.all =
+        'skip$
+        { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {boldface}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't :=   % last name first
+      nameptr #1 >
+        { namesleft #1 >
+            { ", " * t * }
+            { numnames #2 >
+                { "," * }
+                'skip$
+              if$
+              t "others" =
+                { " et~al." * }
+                { " and " * t * }
+              if$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.ed.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{f. }{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+      nameptr #1 >
+        { namesleft #1 >
+            { ", " * t * }
+            { numnames #2 >
+                { "," * }
+                'skip$
+              if$
+              t "others" =
+                { " et~al." * }
+                { " and " * t * }
+              if$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key}                   % this function is just for apalike
+{ empty$
+    { key field.or.null }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    {" (" * editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+        { " eds.)" * }
+        { " ed.)" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors.extra}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    {" (" * editor format.ed.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+        { " eds.)" * }
+        { " ed.)" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { title "t" change.case$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+        { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+            { "--" *
+              t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+            }
+            {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+                { "-" *
+                  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+                }
+              while$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+          t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {first.page.number}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t "" =
+        { #0 }
+        { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = not }
+      if$
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "Vol." volume tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+        'skip$
+        { " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+        { series field.or.null }
+        { output.state mid.sentence =
+            { "No." }
+            { "No." }
+          if$
+          number tie.or.space.connect
+          series empty$
+            { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+            { " in " * series * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+        { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+        { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+        { #1 'multiresult := }
+        { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+	{ "pp." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+	{ "p." pages tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.page}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "p.~" pages first.page.number * }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+  number empty$
+    'skip$
+    { "(" number * ")" * *
+      volume empty$
+        { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+        { pop$ format.pages }
+        { boldface ", " * pages n.dashify * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.page}
+{ volume field.or.null
+  number empty$
+    'skip$
+    { "(" number * ")" * *
+      volume empty$
+        { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+        { pop$ format.pages }
+        { boldface ", " * pages first.page.number * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+        { "Chapt." }
+        { type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+        'skip$
+        { ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+        { "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+	{ "In " booktitle emphasize * ". " * format.editors.extra * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "In"                                                  % this is for apalike
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In "
+    }
+    { "Vol." volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  "\cite{" * crossref * "}" *                           % this is for apalike
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "In"                                                  % this is for apalike
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output                              % special for
+  output.year.check                                     % apalike
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal emphasize "journal" output.check.extra
+      format.vol.num.page output.extra
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.page output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check                             % special for apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      address ": " * publisher * output
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output                              % special for
+  output.year.check                                     % apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check                             % special for apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      address ": " * publisher * output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output                              % special for
+  output.year.check                                     % apalike
+  new.block
+%  format.title "title" output.check
+%  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages output
+      new.sentence
+      address ": " * publisher * output
+      format.edition output
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output                              % special for
+  output.year.check                                     % apalike
+  new.block
+%  format.title "title" output.check
+%  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.pages output
+      new.sentence                                      % there's no year
+      organization output                               % here so things
+      address ": " * publisher * output
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output                              % special for
+  output.year.check                                     % apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  organization address new.block.checkb
+  organization output
+  address output
+  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output                              % special for
+  output.year.check                                     % apalike
+  new.block
+%  format.title "title" output.check
+%  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" emphasize format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output                              % special for
+  output.year.check                                     % apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle output
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output                              % special for
+  output.year.check                                     % apalike
+  new.block
+%  format.btitle "title" output.check
+%  new.block
+  "Ph.D. thesis" emphasize format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.editors output
+  editor format.key output                              % special for
+  output.year.check                                     % apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address output                                % for apalike
+  new.sentence                                  % we always output
+  organization output                           % a nonempty organization
+  publisher output                              % here
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output                              % special for
+  output.year.check                                     % apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  address ": " * institution * output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output                              % special for
+  output.year.check                                     % apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr,"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"Sept."}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+  "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+  'len :=
+  s #1 len substring$ =
+    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+    's
+  if$
+}
+
+%                       There are three apalike cases: one person (Jones),
+%                       two (Jones and de~Bruijn), and more (Jones et~al.).
+%                       This function is much like format.crossref.editors.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+  s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  s num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " et~al." * }
+    { #2 <
+        'skip$
+        { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+            { " et~al." * }
+            { " and " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+        'key                                    % apalike uses the whole key
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+            'key                                % apalike uses the whole key
+          if$
+        }
+        { editor format.lab.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+        'key                    % apalike uses the whole key, no organization
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.key.label
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+        'editor.key.label                       % apalike ignores organization
+        'author.key.label                       % for labeling and sorting
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  "\protect\astroncite{" swap$ * "}{"                   % these three lines are
+  *                                                     % for apalike, which
+  year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$          % uses all four digits
+  *                       % the mathing closing "}" comes in at the reverse.pass
+  'label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  ""
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { nameptr #1 >
+        { "   " * }
+        'skip$
+      if$                                               % apalike uses initials
+      s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  f{ }}{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here
+      nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+        { "et al" * }
+        { t sortify * }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+  sortify
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+          ""
+        }
+        { key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { key sortify }
+          if$
+        }
+        { editor sort.format.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+          ""
+        }
+        { key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+%                       apalike uses two sorting passes; the first one sets the
+%                       labels so that the `a's, `b's, etc. can be computed;
+%                       the second pass puts the references in "correct" order.
+%                       The presort function is for the first pass. It computes
+%                       label, sort.label, and title, and then concatenates.
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+  label sortify
+  "    "
+  *
+  type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.sort
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+        'editor.sort
+        'author.sort
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$      % for
+  'sort.label :=                % apalike
+  sort.label                    % style
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT            % by label, sort.label, title---for final label calculation
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra }       % apalike labels are only for the text;
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num }             % there are none in the bibliography
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} % and hence there is no `longest.label'
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+  "" 'next.extra :=
+  #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.label label =
+    { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+      last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+    }
+    { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+      "" 'extra.label :=
+      label 'last.label :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+    { "a" 'extra.label := }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  label extra.label * "}" * 'label :=
+  extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+%                               Now that the label is right we sort for real,
+%                               on sort.label then year then title.  This is
+%                               for the second sorting pass.
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+{ sort.label
+  "    "
+  *
+  year field.or.null sortify
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+
+SORT            % by sort.label, year, title---giving final bibliography order
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$                              % no \etalchar in apalike
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$           % no labels in apalike
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jthcarsu.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jthcarsu.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2382d783934
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jthcarsu.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,986 @@
+% This is the modification of the BibTeX standard
+% bibliography style `unsrt'
+%
+% It is named jthcarsu.bst, for the Journal of Thoracic and
+% Cardiovascular Surgery.
+%
+% The changes have been made on 8. January, 1995 by:
+%
+% Borut Gersak                            Tel: ++ 386 61 1334 162
+% Department of Cardiovascular Surgery    Fax: ++ 386 61 1334 162
+% Medical Center Ljubljana                Internet: borut.gersak@mf.uni-lj.si
+% Zaloska 7, 61000 Ljubjana
+% Slovenia, Europe
+% (University of Ljubljana)
+%
+% If somebody from the medical field has the same problems as I
+% (modifications of *.bst for different medical journals) please let us
+% join our forces together.
+%
+% Thanks to:
+%
+% Nelson H. F. Beebe                      Tel: +1 801 581 5254
+% Center for Scientific Computing         FAX: +1 801 581 4148
+% Department of Mathematics, 105 JWB      Internet: beebe@math.utah.edu
+% University of Utah
+% Salt Lake City, UT 84112, USA
+%
+% who gave me some valuable information about changing the styles for BibTex.
+%
+% The changes were made in the areas:
+% FUNCTION {article}
+% FUNCTION {format.date}
+% FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+% If should be used for BibTex as follows:
+%
+%
+	% version 0.99a for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+	% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+	% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+	% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+	% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+	% btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+	% This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+	% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+
+ENTRY
+  { address
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+    journal
+    key
+    month
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}
+  { label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { " " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+	{ add.period$ write$
+	  newline$
+	  "\newblock " write$
+	}
+	{ output.state before.all =
+	    'write$
+	    { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+  "\bibitem{" write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+    'skip$
+    { output.state before.all =
+	'skip$
+	{ after.sentence 'output.state := }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+      nameptr #1 >
+	{ namesleft #1 >
+	    { ", " * t * }
+	    { numnames #2 >
+		{ "," * }
+		'skip$
+	      if$
+	      t "others" =
+		{ " et~al." * }
+		{ " " * t * }
+	      if$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+	{ ", editors" * }
+	{ ", editor" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { title "t" change.case$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+	{ t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+	    { "--" *
+	      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	    }
+	    {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+		{ "-" *
+		  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+		}
+	      while$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ t #1 #1 substring$ *
+	  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+    { month empty$
+	{ "" }
+	{ "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+	  month
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { month empty$
+	{" " year * ";" * }
+	{ month " " * year * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+	{ series field.or.null }
+	{ output.state mid.sentence =
+	    { "number" }
+	    { "Number" }
+	  if$
+	  number tie.or.space.connect
+	  series empty$
+	    { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	    { " in " * series * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+	{ edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+	{ edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+	{ #1 'multiresult := }
+	{ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+	{ "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+	{ "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+  number empty$
+    'skip$
+    { "(" number * ")" * *
+      volume empty$
+	{ "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+	{ pop$ format.pages }
+	{ ":" * pages n.dashify * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+	{ "chapter" }
+	{ type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+	{ "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+	{ "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+  month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+  and and and and and
+    { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+    { journal empty$
+	{ "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+	  warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " key * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  editor num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " et~al." * }
+    { #2 <
+	'skip$
+	{ editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+	    { " et~al." * }
+	    { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In "
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+	{ series empty$
+	    { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+	      crossref * warning$
+	      "" *
+	    }
+	    { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+	{ booktitle empty$
+	    { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+	      crossref * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ "In " key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+      format.date "year" output.check
+      format.vol.num.pages output
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  howpublished address new.block.checkb
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+      format.edition output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.pages output
+      address empty$
+	{ organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+	  organization output
+	  publisher output
+	  format.date "year" output.check
+	}
+	{ address output.nonnull
+	  format.date "year" output.check
+	  new.sentence
+	  organization output
+	  publisher output
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ organization output.nonnull
+	  address output
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	{ address new.block.checka
+	  address output
+	}
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+    { organization address new.block.checkb
+      organization output
+      address output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  title howpublished new.block.checkb
+  format.title output
+  howpublished new.block.checka
+  howpublished output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  empty.misc.check
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  editor empty$
+    { organization output }
+    { format.editors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ publisher new.sentence.checka }
+	{ organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+	  organization output
+	}
+      if$
+      publisher output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { address output.nonnull
+      format.date "year" output.check
+      new.sentence
+      editor empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ organization output }
+      if$
+      publisher output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  format.date output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+  #1 'number.label :=
+  #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+  number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+  label width$ longest.label.width >
+    { label 'longest.label :=
+      label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+    }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{"  longest.label  * "}" * write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/named.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/named.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..78b6bb6eb35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/named.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1287 @@
+%NAME: named.bst
+% BibTeX `named' style file for BibTeX version 0.99c, LaTeX version 2.09
+% Place it in a file called named.bst in the BibTeX search path.  (Placing it
+% in the same directory as the LaTeX document should also work.)
+% Support for named citations is provided by named.sty
+
+% This version was made by modifying the master file made by
+% Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU)
+
+% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+% Modifications Copyright 1988, Peter F. Patel-Schneider
+% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+% btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+% This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+
+% There are undoubtably bugs in this style.  If you make bug fixes,
+% improvements, etc.  please let me know.  My e-mail address is:
+%	pfps@research.att.com
+
+%   Citation format: [author-last-name, year]
+%		     [author-last-name and author-last-name, year]
+%		     [author-last-name {\em et al.}, year]
+%
+%   Reference list ordering: alphabetical by author or whatever passes
+%	for author in the absence of one.
+%
+% This BibTeX style has support for short (year only) citations.  This
+% is done by having the citations actually look like
+%         \citeauthoryear{author-info}{year}
+% The LaTeX style has to have the following (or similar)
+%     \let\@internalcite\cite
+%     \def\cite{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2{##1, ##2}\@internalcite}
+%     \def\shortcite{\def\citeauthoryear##1{##2}\@internalcite}
+%     \def\@biblabel#1{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2{##1, ##2}[#1]\hfill}
+% which makes \shortcite the macro for short citations.
+
+ENTRY
+  { address
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+    journal
+    key
+    month
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}
+  { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+	{ add.period$ write$
+	  newline$
+	  "\newblock " write$
+	}
+	{ output.state before.all =
+	    'write$
+	    { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+
+  "\bibitem[" write$
+  label write$
+  "]{" write$
+
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+    'skip$
+    { output.state before.all =
+	'skip$
+	{ after.sentence 'output.state := }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+
+    { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+
+      nameptr #1 >
+	{ namesleft #1 >
+	    { ", " * t * }
+	    { numnames #2 >
+		{ "," * }
+		'skip$
+	      if$
+	      t "others" =
+		{ " et~al." * }
+		{ " and " * t * }
+	      if$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+	{ ", editors" * }
+	{ ", editor" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+
+    { title "t" change.case$ }
+
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+	{ t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+	    { "--" *
+	      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	    }
+	    {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+		{ "-" *
+		  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+		}
+	      while$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ t #1 #1 substring$ *
+	  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+    { month empty$
+	{ "" }
+	{ "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+	  month
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { month empty$
+	'year
+	{ month " " * year * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+	{ series field.or.null }
+	{ output.state mid.sentence =
+	    { "number" }
+	    { "Number" }
+	  if$
+	  number tie.or.space.connect
+	  series empty$
+	    { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	    { " in " * series * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+	{ edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+	{ edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+	{ #1 'multiresult := }
+	{ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+	{ "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+	{ "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+  number empty$
+    'skip$
+    { "(" number * ")" * *
+      volume empty$
+	{ "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+	{ pop$ format.pages }
+	{ ":" * pages n.dashify * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+	{ "chapter" }
+	{ type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+	{ "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+	{ "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+  month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+  and and and and and
+
+  key empty$ not and
+
+    { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+    { journal empty$
+	{ "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+	  warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " key * }
+  if$
+  " \shortcite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  editor num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " et~al." * }
+    { #2 <
+	'skip$
+	{ editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+	    { " et~al." * }
+	    { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In "
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+	{ series empty$
+	    { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+	      crossref * warning$
+	      "" *
+	    }
+	    { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \shortcite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+	{ booktitle empty$
+	    { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+	      crossref * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ "In " key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \shortcite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+      format.vol.num.pages output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  howpublished address new.block.checkb
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+      format.edition output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.pages output
+      address empty$
+	{ organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+	  organization output
+	  publisher output
+	  format.date "year" output.check
+	}
+	{ address output.nonnull
+	  format.date "year" output.check
+	  new.sentence
+	  organization output
+	  publisher output
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ organization output.nonnull
+	  address output
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	{ address new.block.checka
+	  address output
+	}
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+    { organization address new.block.checkb
+      organization output
+      address output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  title howpublished new.block.checkb
+  format.title output
+  howpublished new.block.checka
+  howpublished output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  empty.misc.check
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  editor empty$
+    { organization output }
+    { format.editors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ publisher new.sentence.checka }
+	{ organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+	  organization output
+	}
+      if$
+      publisher output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { address output.nonnull
+      format.date "year" output.check
+      new.sentence
+      editor empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ organization output }
+      if$
+      publisher output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  format.date output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+  "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+  'len :=
+  s #1 len substring$ =
+    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+    's
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { et.al.char.used }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.et.al.char.used}
+{ #0 'et.al.char.used :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.et.al.char.used}
+
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+
+  numnames #1 =
+    { s #1 "{vv }{ll}" format.name$ }
+    { numnames #2 =
+        { s #1 "{vv }{ll }and " format.name$ s #2 "{vv }{ll}" format.name$ *
+        }
+        { s #1 "{vv }{ll }\bgroup \em et al.\egroup " format.name$ }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+
+	{ cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+
+	{ key }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ key empty$
+
+	    { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+
+	    { key }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ editor format.lab.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.organization.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ organization empty$
+
+	    { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+
+	    { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ key }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.organization.label}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ organization empty$
+
+	    { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+
+	    { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ key }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.key.label
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+	'editor.key.organization.label
+	{ type$ "manual" =
+	    'author.key.organization.label
+	    'author.key.label
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  duplicate$
+
+  "\protect\citeauthoryear{" swap$ * "}{" *
+  year field.or.null purify$ *  % CHANGED - pfps - 15 Feb 1989
+  'label :=
+  year field.or.null purify$ *
+
+  sortify 'sort.label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  ""
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { nameptr #1 >
+	{ "   " * }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+
+      s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  ff{ }}{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+
+      nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+	{ "et al" * }
+	{ t sortify * }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+  sortify
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { key sortify }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ editor sort.format.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.organization.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { key sortify }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { key sortify }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort}
+
+{ calc.label
+  sort.label
+  "    "
+  *
+  type$ "book" =
+
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.sort
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+	'editor.organization.sort
+	{ type$ "manual" =
+	    'author.organization.sort
+	    'author.sort
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+
+  *
+
+  "    "
+  *
+  year field.or.null sortify
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT
+
+STRINGS { longest.label last.sort.label next.extra }
+
+INTEGERS { longest.label.width last.extra.num }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+  #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.sort.label :=
+  "" 'next.extra :=
+  #0 'longest.label.width :=
+  #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.sort.label sort.label =
+    { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+      last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+    }
+    { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+      "" 'extra.label :=
+      sort.label 'last.sort.label :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+    { "a" 'extra.label := }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  label extra.label * "}" * 'label :=   % CHANGED - pfps 15 Feb 1989
+  label width$ longest.label.width >
+    { label 'longest.label :=
+      label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+    }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+
+{ et.al.char.used
+    { "\newcommand{\etalchar}[1]{$^{#1}$}" write$ newline$ }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  preamble$ empty$
+
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$
+
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/namunsrt.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/namunsrt.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8c04e10fbcf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/namunsrt.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,949 @@
+% BibTeX standard bibliography style `unsrt'
+        % version 0.99a for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+        % Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+        % Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+        % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+        % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+        % btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+        % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+        % The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+
+ENTRY
+  { address
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+    journal
+    key
+    month
+    nam
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}
+  { label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+        { add.period$ write$
+          newline$
+          "\newblock " write$
+        }
+        { output.state before.all =
+            'write$
+            { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+  "\bibitem[" write$
+  nam write$
+  "]{" write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+    'skip$
+    { output.state before.all =
+        'skip$
+        { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+      nameptr #1 >
+        { namesleft #1 >
+            { ", " * t * }
+            { numnames #2 >
+                { "," * }
+                'skip$
+              if$
+              t "others" =
+                { " et~al." * }
+                { " and " * t * }
+              if$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+        { ", editors" * }
+        { ", editor" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { title "t" change.case$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+        { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+            { "--" *
+              t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+            }
+            {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+                { "-" *
+                  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+                }
+              while$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+          t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+    { month empty$
+        { "" }
+        { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+          month
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { month empty$
+        'year
+        { month " " * year * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+        'skip$
+        { " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+        { series field.or.null }
+        { output.state mid.sentence =
+            { "number" }
+            { "Number" }
+          if$
+          number tie.or.space.connect
+          series empty$
+            { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+            { " in " * series * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+        { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+        { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+        { #1 'multiresult := }
+        { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+        { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+        { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+  number empty$
+    'skip$
+    { "(" number * ")" * *
+      volume empty$
+        { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+        { pop$ format.pages }
+        { ":" * pages n.dashify * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+        { "chapter" }
+        { type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+        'skip$
+        { ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+        { "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+        { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+  month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+  and and and and and
+    { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "NAM" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+    { journal empty$
+        { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+          warning$
+          ""
+        }
+        { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " key * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  editor num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " et~al." * }
+    { #2 <
+        'skip$
+        { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+            { " et~al." * }
+            { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In "
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+        { series empty$
+            { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+              crossref * warning$
+              "" *
+            }
+            { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+          if$
+        }
+        { key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+        { booktitle empty$
+            { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+              crossref * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+          if$
+        }
+        { "In " key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+      format.vol.num.pages output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  howpublished address new.block.checkb
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+      format.edition output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.pages output
+      address empty$
+        { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+          organization output
+          publisher output
+          format.date "year" output.check
+        }
+        { address output.nonnull
+          format.date "year" output.check
+          new.sentence
+          organization output
+          publisher output
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        'skip$
+        { organization output.nonnull
+          address output
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        { address new.block.checka
+          address output
+        }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+    { organization address new.block.checkb
+      organization output
+      address output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  title howpublished new.block.checkb
+  format.title output
+  howpublished new.block.checka
+  howpublished output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  empty.misc.check
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  editor empty$
+    { organization output }
+    { format.editors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address empty$
+    { editor empty$
+        { publisher new.sentence.checka }
+        { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+          organization output
+        }
+      if$
+      publisher output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { address output.nonnull
+      format.date "year" output.check
+      new.sentence
+      editor empty$
+        'skip$
+        { organization output }
+      if$
+      publisher output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  format.date output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+  #1 'number.label :=
+  #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+  number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+  label width$ longest.label.width >
+    { label 'longest.label :=
+      label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+    }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{"  longest.label  * "}" * write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/nar.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/nar.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e08fdd3be85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/nar.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1056 @@
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%%  @BibTeX-style-file{
+%%%     author          = "Tom Schneider",
+%%%     version         = "3.04",
+%%%     date            = "10 Sep 1991",
+%%%     filename        = "nar.bst",
+%%%     address         = "National Cancer Institute
+%%%                        Laboratory of Mathematical Biology
+%%%                        Frederick, Maryland 21701-1013
+%%%                        USA",
+%%%     checksum        = "49904 1056 2955 21359",
+%%%     email           = "toms@ncifcrf.gov (Internet)",
+%%%     codetable       = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%%     keywords        = "nucleic acid research",
+%%%     supported       = "yes",
+%%%     docstring       = "This BibTeX bibliography style is for the
+%%%                        journal Nucleic Acid Research.  It was
+%%%                        adapted from the standard unsrt.bst style
+%%%                        file.
+%%%
+%%%                        The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
+%%%                        checksum as the first value, followed by the
+%%%                        equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word
+%%%                        count) utility output of lines, words, and
+%%%                        characters.  This is produced by Robert
+%%%                        Solovay's checksum utility."
+%%%  }
+%%% ====================================================================
+
+% new.bst
+% nar.bst was created by Tom Schneider from unsrt.bst
+% version = 3.04 of nar.bst 1990 May 23
+%  Tom Schneider
+%  National Cancer Institute
+%  Laboratory of Mathematical Biology
+%  Frederick, Maryland
+%  toms@ncifcrf.gov
+
+% BibTeX standard bibliography style `unsrt'
+	% version 0.99a for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+	% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+	% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+	% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+	% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+	% btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+	% This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+	% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+
+ENTRY
+  { address
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+    journal
+    key
+    month
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}
+  { label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block
+           doblank straightnames}
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+
+  #0 'doblank := % put a blanks in output.nonnul if not zero
+  #0 'straightnames := % force names to be J. B. Smith if not zero
+                       % otherwise they are Smith, J. B.
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {between}
+{ % what to do between output items TDS (AVOID COMMAS)
+   doblank #0 =
+   {" " * write$}
+   {write$}
+   if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+%    { ", " * write$ } % TDS NO COMMAS!!!
+    {
+     between
+    }
+
+    { output.state after.block =
+	{
+%         add.period$ write$ % TDS NO PERIODS!
+          write$ % TDS NO PERIODS!
+	  newline$
+%	  "\newblock " write$ % TDS NO NEWBLOCKS: makes for a cleaner file
+	}
+	{ output.state before.all =
+	    'write$
+%	    { add.period$ " " * write$ } % TDS NO PERIODS!!!
+%	    { " " * write$ } % TDS NO PERIODS!!!
+            {between}
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+  "\bibitem{" write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+    'skip$
+    { output.state before.all =
+	'skip$
+	{ after.sentence 'output.state := }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    {
+% the original format line: makes "J. D. Smith". TDS
+%   s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := % TDS old formatting
+% the new format line: makes "Smith, J. D.". TDS
+%   s nameptr "{vv}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % TDS new formatting
+% note, no ~ so that the format is straight for NAR.
+
+   straightnames #0 =
+   { s nameptr "{vv}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := }% TDS
+   { s nameptr "{ff{ }}{vv}{ ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := }% TDS
+   if$
+
+      nameptr #1 >
+	{ namesleft #1 >
+	    { ", " * t * }
+	    { numnames #2 >
+		{ "," * }
+		'skip$
+	      if$
+	      t "others" =
+%		{ " et~al." * } % TDS
+		{ " et al." * } % TDS no ~
+		{ " and " * t * }
+	      if$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{
+ #1 'straightnames := % names go as J. B. Smith for editors
+ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+	{ ", (ed.)" * }
+	{ ", (ed.)" * }
+%	{ ", editors" * }
+%	{ ", editor" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+ #0 'straightnames := % names go as Smith, J. B. again
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { title "t" change.case$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+	{ t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+	    { "--" *
+	      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	    }
+	    {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+		{ "-" *
+		  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+		}
+	      while$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ t #1 #1 substring$ *
+	  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+    { month empty$
+	{ "" }
+	{ "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+	  month
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { month empty$
+%	'year originally
+	{"(" year ")" * * } % TDS
+	{ month " " * year * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title %emphasize not for NAR! TDS
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+%    { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect % TDS
+    { "volume" "{\bf " volume "}, " * * tie.or.space.connect
+    % TDS add a comma and bold
+      series empty$
+	'skip$
+	%{ " of " * series emphasize * } TDS
+	{ " of " * series  } % TDS book titles not emphasized for NAR
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+	{ series field.or.null }
+	{ output.state mid.sentence =
+	    { "number" }
+	    { "Number" }
+	  if$
+	  number tie.or.space.connect
+	  series empty$
+	    { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	    { " in " * series * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+	{ " " edition * "l" change.case$ " edition" * } % TDS add space before
+	{ " " edition * "t" change.case$ " edition" * } % TDS add space before
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+	{ #1 'multiresult := }
+	{ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+%	{ "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } % TDS
+%	{ "page" pages tie.or.space.connect } % TDS
+	{ "pp." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } % TDS
+	{ "p." pages tie.or.space.connect } % TDS
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+%{ volume * field.or.null
+{ "{\bf " volume * field.or.null % TDS add boldface
+  number empty$
+    'skip$
+    { "(" number * ")" * *
+      volume empty$
+	{ "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+	{ pop$ format.pages }
+%	{ ":" * pages n.dashify * } % TDS remove colon!
+	{ "}, " * pages n.dashify * } % TDS replace colon with a comma
+        % TDS add a boldface
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+	{ "chapter" }
+	{ type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+        % add colon after "In"
+	%{ "In " booktitle emphasize * } % TDS
+	%{ "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize *
+	{ "In " booktitle *} % TDS no emphasis in nar!
+	{ "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle * % TDS no emphasis in nar!
+           ", " * } % TDS and tack on a comma
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+  month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+  and and and and and
+    { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+    { journal empty$
+	{ "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+	  warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * } % TDS
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " key * } % TDS
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  editor num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " et~al." * }
+    { #2 <
+	'skip$
+	{ editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+	    { " et~al." * }
+	    { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In " % TDS
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+	{ series empty$
+	    { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+	      crossref * warning$
+	      "" *
+	    }
+	    { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+	{ booktitle empty$
+	    { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+	      crossref * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { "In " booktitle * } % TDS
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ "In " key * } % TDS
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " format.crossref.editor * } % TDS
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  format.date "year" output.check % TDS move date to here
+  new.block
+%  format.title "title" output.check % TDS NO TITLES
+%  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+      format.vol.num.pages output
+%      format.date "year" output.check % TDS move date
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+
+  format.date "year" output.check % TDS new location
+  new.block
+  #1 'doblank := % remove blanks TDS
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  ", " output % give it a comma after the title TDS
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      ", " output % give it a comma after the publisher TDS
+      address output
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+%  format.date "year" output.check % TDS former location
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  #0 'doblank := % blanks again TDS
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  howpublished address new.block.checkb
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  format.date "year" output.check % TDS
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+      format.edition output
+%      format.date "year" output.check % TDS
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  format.date "year" output.check % TDS
+  new.block
+%  format.title "title" output.check % TDS NO TITLE
+%  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+%      format.pages output % TDS pages go at the end
+      address empty$
+	{ organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+	  organization output
+	  ": "  output % TDS put a colon
+	  publisher output
+%	  format.date "year" output.check
+	}
+	{ address output.nonnull
+%	  format.date "year" output.check
+	  new.sentence
+          #1 'doblank := % remove blanks
+	  organization output
+	  ": "  output % TDS put a colon after the location
+%zzz
+	  publisher output
+	  ". "  output % TDS put a period after the publisher
+          #0 'doblank := % put back blanks
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+%      format.pages output % TDS pages go at the end
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  format.pages output % TDS pages go at the end
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ organization output.nonnull
+	  address output
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	{ address new.block.checka
+	  address output
+	}
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+    { organization address new.block.checkb
+      organization output
+      address output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  title howpublished new.block.checkb
+  format.title output
+  howpublished new.block.checka
+  howpublished output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  empty.misc.check
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  editor empty$
+    { organization output }
+    { format.editors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ publisher new.sentence.checka }
+	{ organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+	  organization output
+	}
+      if$
+      publisher output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { address output.nonnull
+      format.date "year" output.check
+      new.sentence
+      editor empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ organization output }
+      if$
+      publisher output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  format.date output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+  #1 'number.label :=
+  #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+  number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+  label width$ longest.label.width >
+    { label 'longest.label :=
+      label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+    }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{"  longest.label  * "}" * write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/nature.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/nature.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4d23240bdf9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/nature.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1012 @@
+% version = 1.05 of nature.bst 1992 June 29
+
+% 1.01 1991 July 3  last name first
+%                   bold face volume numbers
+%                   volume followed by comma, not colon
+%                   parenthesis around year
+%                   no comma after page numbers (not done yet!)
+% 1.02 1991 Aug 7   Titles removed in FUNCTION {format.title}.
+%                   (Should put \nocite{TitlesOn}
+%                   mechanism in from jmb.bst next)
+% 1.03 1991 Aug 29  in inproceedings, book title preceeds the editors!!
+% 1.04 1991 Aug 30  year at end of inproceedings
+%                   no 'pages' in inproceedings
+%                   when no comma, don't put space instead
+% 1.04 1992 Jun 29  Fix format.vol.num.pages to use field.or.null to
+%                   correctly handle case of missing volume.
+%                   [Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@plot79.math.utah.edu>]
+
+% from:
+% BibTeX standard bibliography style `unsrt'
+        % version 0.99a for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+        % Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+        % Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+        % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+        % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+        % btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+        % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+        % The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+
+ENTRY
+  { address
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+    journal
+    key
+    month
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}
+  { label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block
+           docomma }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+
+  #1 'docomma :=    % if it is 0 then don't do commas, otherwise do them.
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { % doing a comma is controlled specifically using docomma
+      docomma #0 =
+      { "" * write$ } % TDS nothing if no comma
+      { ", " * write$ }
+      if$
+    }
+    { output.state after.block =
+        { add.period$ write$
+          newline$
+          "\newblock " write$
+        }
+        { output.state before.all =
+            'write$
+            { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+  "\bibitem{" write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+    'skip$
+    { output.state before.all =
+        'skip$
+        { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+%   { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=  % TDS
+    { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % last name first
+      nameptr #1 >
+        { namesleft #1 >
+            { ", " * t * }
+            { numnames #2 >
+                { "," * }
+                'skip$
+              if$
+              t "others" =
+                { " et~al." * }
+                { " and " * t * }
+              if$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+        { ", editors" * }
+        { ", editor" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "" } % the zapped title
+%    { title "t" change.case$ } % TDS NO TITLES
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+        { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+            { "--" *
+              t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+            }
+            {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+                { "-" *
+                  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+                }
+              while$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+          t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+    { month empty$
+        { "" }
+        { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+          month
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { month empty$
+%        'year                       % TDS
+%        { month " " * year * }      % TDS
+         { " (" year * ")" * }
+         { " " month * " " * " (" year * ")" * * }
+%The preceding line was modified by Alan Rogers on 6/26/92.  It used to
+%look like this: { month " " * " (" year * ")" * * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+        'skip$
+        { " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+        { series field.or.null }
+        { output.state mid.sentence =
+            { "number" }
+            { "Number" }
+          if$
+          number tie.or.space.connect
+          series empty$
+            { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+            { " in " * series * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+        { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+        { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+        { #1 'multiresult := }
+        { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+%        { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+%        { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+% no word in nature!
+        { "" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+        { "" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ "{ \bf " volume field.or.null * "}" * % make volume bold face
+  number empty$
+    'skip$
+    { "(" number * ")" * *
+      volume empty$
+        { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+        { pop$ format.pages }
+%        { ":" * pages n.dashify * } % TDS
+        { ", " * pages n.dashify * } % comma, not colon TDS
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+        { "chapter" }
+        { type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+        'skip$
+        { ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+        { "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+%       { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+        { % book title preceeds the editors!! TDS
+          "In "
+          booktitle
+          ", "
+          *
+          emphasize
+          *
+          format.editors
+          *
+          }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+  month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+  and and and and and
+    { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+    { journal empty$
+        { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+          warning$
+          ""
+        }
+        { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " key * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  editor num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " et~al." * }
+    { #2 <
+        'skip$
+        { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+            { " et~al." * }
+            { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In "
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+        { series empty$
+            { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+              crossref * warning$
+              "" *
+            }
+            { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+          if$
+        }
+        { key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+        { booktitle empty$
+            { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+              crossref * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+          if$
+        }
+        { "In " key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    {
+      journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+      #0 'docomma :=    % TURN COMMAS OFF
+      format.vol.num.pages output  % these now do their own comma!!
+      format.date "year" output.check
+      #1 'docomma :=    % TURN COMMAS ON
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  howpublished address new.block.checkb
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+      #0 'docomma :=    % TURN COMMAS OFF
+  format.date "year" output.check
+      #1 'docomma :=    % TURN COMMAS ON
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+      #0 'docomma :=    % TURN COMMAS OFF
+      format.edition output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+      #1 'docomma :=    % TURN COMMAS ON
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.pages output
+      address empty$
+        { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+          organization output
+          publisher output
+          format.date "year" output.check
+        }
+        {
+%          new.sentence
+      #0 'docomma :=    % TURN COMMAS OFF
+          " (" output.nonnull
+          organization output
+          publisher output
+      #1 'docomma :=    % TURN COMMAS ON
+      address output.nonnull
+% year is at the end TDS
+%          format.date "year" output.check
+%zzz
+          year ")" * output
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        'skip$
+        { organization output.nonnull
+          address output
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        { address new.block.checka
+          address output
+        }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+    { organization address new.block.checkb
+      organization output
+      address output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  title howpublished new.block.checkb
+  format.title output
+  howpublished new.block.checka
+  howpublished output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  empty.misc.check
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  editor empty$
+    { organization output }
+    { format.editors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address empty$
+    { editor empty$
+        { publisher new.sentence.checka }
+        { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+          organization output
+        }
+      if$
+      publisher output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { address output.nonnull
+      format.date "year" output.check
+      new.sentence
+      editor empty$
+        'skip$
+        { organization output }
+      if$
+      publisher output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  format.date output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+  #1 'number.label :=
+  #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+  number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+  label width$ longest.label.width >
+    { label 'longest.label :=
+      label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+    }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{"  longest.label  * "}" * write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/newapa.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/newapa.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2a0d1481397
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/newapa.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1468 @@
+%$$$ newapa.bst $$$
+% BibTeX `newapa' style file for BibTeX version 0.99c, LaTeX version 2.09
+% Place it in a file called newapa.bst in the BibTeX search path.  
+%(Placing it in the same directory as the LaTeX document should also work.)
+% Support for named citations is provided by named.sty
+
+% This version was made by modifying the master file made by
+% Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU), and the 'named' BibTeX
+% style of Peter F. Patel-Schneider.
+
+% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than 'newapa.bst'.
+% There are undoubtably bugs in this style.  If you make bug fixes,
+% improvements, etc.  please let me know.  My e-mail address is:
+%    spencer@cgrg.ohio.state.edu or 71160.3141@compuserve.com
+%
+% This style was made from 'plain.bst', 'named.bst', and 'apalike.bst', 
+% with lots of tweaking to make it look like APA style, along with tips 
+% from Young Ryu and Brian Reiser's modifications of 'apalike.bst'.
+%
+%   Citation format: (author-last-name, year)
+%             (author-last-name and author-last-name, year)
+%             (author-last-name {\em et al.}, year)
+%             (author-last-name)
+%             (author-last-name and author-last-name)
+%             (author-last-name {\em et al.})
+%             (year)
+%
+%   Reference list ordering: alphabetical by author or whatever passes
+%    for author in the absence of one.
+%
+% This BibTeX style has support for abbreviated author lists and for
+%    year-only citations.  This is done by having the citations
+%    actually look like
+%
+%    \citeauthoryear{full-author-info}{abbrev-author-info}{year}
+%
+% The LaTeX style has to have the following (or similar)
+%
+%     \let\@internalcite\cite
+%     \def\fullcite{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##1, ##3}\@internalcite}
+%     \def\fullciteA{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##1}\@internalcite}
+%     \def\shortcite{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##2, ##3}\@internalcite}
+%     \def\shortciteA{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##2}\@internalcite}
+%     \def\citeyear{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##3}\@internalcite}
+%
+
+ENTRY
+  { address
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+    journal
+    key
+%   month
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}
+  { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t u }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+    { add.period$ write$
+      newline$
+      "\newblock " write$
+    }
+    { output.state before.all =
+        'write$
+        { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+      if$
+    }
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {special.output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { "  " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+        { ": " write$
+          newline$
+          "\newblock " write$
+        }
+        { output.state before.all =
+            'write$
+            { ": " * write$
+		    }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull.colon}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ": " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+    { add.period$ write$
+      newline$
+      "\newblock " write$
+    }
+    { output.state before.all =
+        'write$
+        { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+      if$
+    }
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull.space}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { "\ " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+    { add.period$ write$
+      newline$
+      "\newblock " write$
+    }
+    { output.state before.all =
+        'write$
+        { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+      if$
+    }
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {special.output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'special.output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check.colon}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull.colon
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check.space}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull.space
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+     { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+     { write$
+        " (" year * extra.label * ")" *
+        mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+     }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+
+  "\bibitem[" write$
+  label write$
+  "]{" write$
+
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+    'skip$
+    { output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {underline}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+  { pop$ "" }
+  { "\underline{" swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize.space}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "\/}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=               % nameptr = 1;
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=    % numnames = num.name$(s);
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+
+    { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't :=
+
+      nameptr #1 >
+        { namesleft #1 >
+              { ", " * t * }
+               { numnames #2 >
+                    { "," * }
+                    'skip$
+                  if$
+                  t "others" =
+                        { " et~al." * }
+%                       { " and " * t * }
+%                       { ", \& " * t * }
+                        { " \& " * t * }
+                      if$
+                }
+               if$
+             }
+            't
+        if$
+        nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=          % nameptr += 1;
+        namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=      % namesleft =- 1;
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.fml}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=               % nameptr = 1;
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=    % numnames = num.name$(s);
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+
+    { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+
+      nameptr #1 >
+        { namesleft #1 >
+              { ", " * t * }
+               { numnames #2 >
+                    { "," * }
+                    'skip$
+                  if$
+                  t "others" =
+                        { " et~al." * }
+%                        { " and " * t * }
+                        { " \& " * t * }
+                      if$
+                }
+               if$
+             }
+            't
+        if$
+        nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=          % nameptr += 1;
+        namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=      % namesleft =- 1;
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key}
+{ empty$
+    { key field.or.null }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors.fml}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names.fml
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+    { " (Eds.)" * }
+    { " (Ed.)" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+    { " (Eds.)" * }
+    { " (Ed.)" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors.dot}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+    { " (Eds.)." * }
+    { " (Ed.)." * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { title "t" change.case$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+% Note that the APA style requres case changes
+% in article titles. The following does not
+% change cases. If you perfer it, uncomment the
+% following and comment out the above.
+
+%FUNCTION {format.title}
+%{ title empty$
+%    { "" }
+%    { title }
+%  if$
+%}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+    { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+        { "--" *
+          t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+        }
+        {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+        { "-" *
+          t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+        }
+          while$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+    }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ edition empty$
+  { title emphasize }
+  { title empty$
+    { title emphasize }
+    { "{\em " title * "\/} (" * edition * " ed.)" * "." * }
+    if$
+  }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.emphasize.booktitle}
+{ edition empty$
+  { booktitle emphasize }
+  { booktitle empty$
+    { booktitle emphasize }
+    { "{\em " booktitle * "\/} (" * edition * " ed.)" * "." * }
+    if$
+  }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+        'skip$
+        { " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+    { series field.or.null }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+        { "number" }
+        { "Number" }
+      if$
+      number tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+        { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+        { " in " * series * }
+      if$
+    }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+        { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+        { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+    { #1 'multiresult := }
+    { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+  { "" }
+  { pages multi.page.check
+%    { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+%    { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+	{ "(pp.\" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+	{ "(pp.\" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+    if$
+	")." *
+  }
+  if$
+}
+
+% By Young (and Spencer)
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ number empty$
+    { volume empty$
+       'skip$
+       { "{\em " volume * "}" * }
+%	   { "\underline{" volume * "}" * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { volume emphasize.space
+      number empty$
+       {"there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+       { "(" number * ")" * * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+      { pop$ format.pages }
+      { ", " * pages n.dashify * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+        { "chapter" }
+        { type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+        'skip$
+        { ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages.incoll}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+        { "chapter" }
+        { type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+        'skip$
+        { " " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+  { "" }
+  { editor empty$
+    { "In " format.emphasize.booktitle * }
+    { "In " format.editors * ", " * format.emphasize.booktitle * }
+    if$
+  }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle.incoll}
+{ booktitle empty$
+  { "" }
+  { editor empty$
+    { "In " format.emphasize.booktitle * }
+    { "In " format.editors.fml * ", " * format.emphasize.booktitle * }
+    if$
+  }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "In"
+  "\cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  editor num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " et~al." * }
+    { #2 <
+    'skip$
+    { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+        { " et~al." * }
+        { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+      if$
+    }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In "
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+    { series empty$
+        { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+          crossref * warning$
+          "" *
+        }
+        { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "In"
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors 
+  "author" output.check
+  author format.key output          % added
+  output.year.check                 % added
+  new.block
+  format.title 
+  "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+      format.vol.num.pages output
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors.dot 
+	  "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors 
+	  output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+    	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+    	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check       % added
+  new.block
+  format.btitle 
+  "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      address output
+      publisher "publisher" output.check.colon
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+%  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output          % added
+  output.year.check                 % added
+  new.block
+  format.title 
+  "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors.dot 
+      "author and editor" output.check 
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+    { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+    'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check                 % added
+  new.block
+  format.btitle 
+  "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages 
+      "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      address output
+      publisher 
+      "publisher" output.check.colon
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+%  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors
+  "author" output.check
+  author format.key output       % added
+  output.year.check              % added
+  new.block
+  format.title 
+  "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+  { format.in.ed.booktitle.incoll 
+    "booktitle" output.check.colon
+    format.bvolume output
+    format.number.series output
+    format.chapter.pages special.output
+    new.sentence
+    address output
+    publisher "publisher" output.check.colon
+  }
+  { format.incoll.inproc.crossref 
+	output.nonnull
+    format.chapter.pages output
+  }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors 
+  "author" output.check
+  author format.key output            % added
+  output.year.check                   % added
+  new.block
+  format.title 
+  "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle 
+	  "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.pages output
+      address output
+      new.sentence
+      organization output
+      publisher output
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output          % added
+  output.year.check                 % added
+  new.block
+  format.btitle 
+  "title" output.check
+  organization address new.block.checkb
+% Reversed the order of "address" and "organization", added the ":".
+  address output
+  organization "organization" output.check.colon
+%  address output
+%  ":" output
+%  organization output
+%  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors 
+  "author" output.check
+  author format.key output          % added
+  output.year.check                 % added
+  new.block
+  format.title 
+  "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output            % added
+  output.year.check                   % added
+  title howpublished new.block.checkb
+  format.title output
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors 
+  "author" output.check
+  author format.key output            % added
+  output.year.check                   % added
+  new.block
+  format.btitle 
+  "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  editor empty$
+    { organization output }
+    { format.editors.dot output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  author format.key output             % added
+  output.year.check                    % added
+  new.block
+  format.btitle 
+  "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address output
+  new.sentence
+  organization output
+  publisher output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors 
+  "author" output.check
+  author format.key output             % added
+  output.year.check                    % added
+  new.block
+  format.title 
+  "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution 
+  "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors 
+  "author" output.check
+  author format.key output              % added
+  output.year.check                      % added
+  new.block
+  format.title 
+  "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {ai} {"Artificial Intelligence"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+  "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+  'len :=
+  s #1 len substring$ =
+    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+    's
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { fullptr numfull fullsleft }
+
+STRINGS { u1 u2 }
+
+FUNCTION {my.full.label}
+{ 
+% Initialize 'u1','u2','s'.
+  "" 'u1 :=                                       
+  "" 'u2 :=                     
+  's :=                      
+
+% Initialize 'fullptr','numfull','fullsleft'.
+  #1 'fullptr :=                         
+  s num.names$ 'numfull :=   
+  numfull 'fullsleft :=          
+
+% enter the while loop which generates the first-citation information.
+% while we have names left, 
+%     format the next name
+%   if this is the next-to-last name, tack the ampersand on the end
+%   else if this isn't the last name, tack the comma on the end.
+%   concatenate the next name onto the first-citation string.
+%   update the counters.
+
+  { fullsleft #0 > }
+  { s fullptr "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ 'u1 :=  
+     fullsleft #2 =
+       { u1 " \& " * 'u1 := }
+      { fullsleft #2 > 
+           { u1 ", " * 'u1 := }
+           'skip$
+         if$
+        }
+    if$
+     u2 u1 * 'u2 :=
+     fullptr #1 + 'fullptr :=         
+     fullsleft #1 - 'fullsleft :=  
+  }
+  while$
+
+% push 'u2' onto the stack -- our first-citation information.
+  u2        
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=                             
+  s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$        
+  s num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >                                
+     { pop$ " et~al." * }            
+     { #2 <
+          'skip$
+          { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+                { "et~al. " * }
+%               { " and " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+                { " \& " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+             if$
+            }
+       if$
+     }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+          { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+         'key
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+          { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+          'key
+        if$
+     }
+     { editor format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+          { key empty$
+               { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+             'key
+           if$
+         }
+          { editor format.lab.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.key.label
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+          'editor.key.label
+          'author.key.label
+        if$
+    }
+  if$
+  duplicate$    
+
+  author my.full.label  % generate the first-citation information.
+
+  "\protect\citeauthoryear{" swap$ * "}{" * swap$ * "}{" *
+  year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ *  
+  'label :=
+  year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ *
+  sortify 'sort.label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  ""
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { nameptr #1 >
+          { "   " * }
+         'skip$
+      if$
+      s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  f{ }}{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+      nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+          { "et al" * }
+          { t sortify * }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+  sortify
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+          { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+              ""
+         }
+         { key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+         { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+           ""
+         }
+         { key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+         { key empty$
+             { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+               ""
+             }
+             { key sortify }
+           if$
+         }
+         { editor sort.format.names }
+      if$
+   }
+   { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+  label sortify
+  "    "
+  *
+  type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.sort
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+          'editor.sort
+          'author.sort
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$        % added for newapa
+  'sort.label :=                  % added for newapa
+  sort.label                      % added for newapa
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT             % by label, sort.label, title --- for final label calculation
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra }
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+  "" 'next.extra :=
+  #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.label label =
+     { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+       last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+     }
+     { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+       "" 'extra.label :=
+       label 'last.label :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+    { "a" 'extra.label := }
+     'skip$
+  if$
+  label extra.label * "}" * 'label :=   
+  extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+{ sort.label
+  "    "
+  *
+  year field.or.null sortify
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+
+SORT             % by sort.label, year, title --- giving final bib. order.
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+
+{ preamble$ empty$
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
+
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phaip.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phaip.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4c138d904be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phaip.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1885 @@
+% BibTeX styles for various physics journals (27-Feb-1990).
+% This file, physics.btx, is based on the file btxbst.doc.
+	% Please notify Charles Karney (Karney@Princeton.EDU)
+	% of any bugs, improvements, etc.
+% Run this file through cpp to get specific versions.  I have written
+% a version of cpp within Emacs.  To access it put
+%	(autoload 'cpp "tex$bibtex:cpp"		; Use cpp for BibTeX styles
+%		  "C preprocessor"
+%		  t)
+% into your .emacs file.  Read in this file with
+%	emacs tex$bibtex:physics.btx
+% and run cpp with e.g.,
+%	M-x cpp <ret> aip <ret>
+% Save the resulting file to tex$latex:aip.bst.
+% To accomodate the variations we need (in addition to the definitions below)
+%	ATIT_SUPPRESS:	do not include the titles of journal articles
+%	NAME_INVERT:	put the initials last
+%	NAME_UPPER:	convert names to all caps.
+%	MONTH_SUPPRESS:	do not include months in journal articles
+%	PAREN_DATE:	dates go in parens in journal articles
+%	DATE_FIRST:	dates go before page numbers
+%	VOLUME_SPACE:	volume set off with space (not colon)
+%	NUM_SUPPRESS:	do not include numbers in journal articles
+%	BOLD_VOL:	volume numbers in bold face in journal articles
+%	BRACKET_NOTE:	notes in brackets
+%	PAGE_START_J:	include only starting page for journal articles
+%	PAGE_START_O:	include only starting page for other entries
+%	PAGE_ABBREV:	abbreviate page to p. and pages to pp.
+%	PHYSICS_JOUR:	include abbreviations for Physics journals
+%	COMMA_DELIMIT:	use comma (instead of period) to divide a citation
+%	NOTE_SUPPRESS:	suppress the note
+%	MAX_NAMES:	max number of authors before using et al (0 = infinity)
+%	MIN_NAMES:	number of authors to list with et al.
+%	EDIT_VAR:	use "edited by ..." instead of "..., editors"
+%	RMP_LABELS:	create RMP-style labels
+%	KEY_CITE:	use key as label
+%	NAMED_REFS:	use (Smith, 1988) style of citations
+%	CSC_NAMES:	names set in caps and small caps
+%	JOUR_DEEMPH:	don't emphasize journal name
+%	ETAL_EMPH:	emphasize et al.
+%	ALT_INCOLL	alternate ordering of fields in incollections
+% These are all boolean (0 or 1) except for MAX_NAMES and MIN_NAMES.
+% These need to satisfy 0 <= MIN_NAMES <= MAX_NAMES.
+% The rule here is that if all these are defined to be zero, we revert to
+% the standard styles.  For that reason we initialize them all to 0.
+% These are the original macros
+	% For American Institute of Physics Journals
+% This is the start of btxbst.doc
+% BibTeX `plain' family
+	% version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+	% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+	% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+	% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+	% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+	% btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+	% This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+	% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+% Please notify Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU) of any bugs in
+% these standard styles or in this documentation file.
+%
+% This is file btxbxt.doc; it helps document bibliography styles,
+% and is also a template file that you can use to make
+% several different style files, if you have access to a C preprocessor.
+% For example, the standard styles were made by doing something like
+%	cpp -P -DPLAIN btxbst.doc plain.txt
+%	cpp -P -DUNSRT btxbst.doc unsrt.txt
+%	cpp -P -DALPHA btxbst.doc alpha.txt
+%	cpp -P -DABBRV btxbst.doc abbrv.txt
+% and then renaming after removing unwanted comments and blank lines.
+% If you don't have access,
+% you can edit this file by hand to imitate the preprocessor,
+% with the following explanation of the C preprocessor constructs used here.
+%
+% The output of the preprocessor is the same as the input, except that certain
+% lines will be excluded (and some blank lines will be added).  The sequence
+%	#if VAR
+%	    lines to be included when VAR is not zero
+%	#else
+%	    lines to be included when VAR is zero
+%	#endif
+% (with the #-signs appearing in column 1) means that one set or the other of
+% the lines are to be included depending on the value of VAR.
+% The #else part is optional.  Comments can be added after #else and #endif.
+% Variables can be set by
+%	#define VAR value
+% and one can also use #ifdef VAR to see if VAR has any value, and #ifndef
+% to see if it has none.
+% Another #if form used in this file is #if !VAR, which includes the lines
+% after the #if only if VAR is zero.
+%
+% Convention: Use all uppercase identifiers for these preprocessor variables
+% so you can spot them easily
+%
+% The command line to the preprocessor should define one of PLAIN, UNSRT, ALPHA
+% or ABBRV (though PLAIN will be used by default if none is given),
+% and the following lines will set various boolean variables to control the
+% various lines that are chosen from the rest of the file.
+% Each boolean variable should be set true (1) or false (0) in each style.
+% Here are the current variables, and their meanings:
+%	0:	an alphabetic label is used (if false then a numeric
+%			    label is used)
+%	0:		the entries should be sorted by label (if nonnumeric)
+%			    and other info, like authors (if false, then
+%			    entries remain in order of occurrence)
+%	0:	the authors, editors, etc., get the full names as
+%			    given in the bibliography file (if false, the first
+%			    names become initials)
+%	1:	titles of non-"books" (e.g., articles) should be
+%			    converted to lower-case, except the first letter or
+%			    first letter after a colon
+%			    (if false then they appear as in the database)
+%	0:	months are spelled out in full (if false, then
+%			    they're abbreviated)
+%	0:	macro journal names are spelled out in full
+%			    (if false then they are abbreviated, currently
+%			    as they appear in ACM publications)
+%#	    define PLAIN 1
+%
+%   Entry formatting: Similar to that recommended by Mary-Claire van Leunen
+%	in "A Handbook for Scholars".  Book-like titles are italicized
+%	(emphasized) and non-book titles are converted to sentence
+%	capitilization (and not enclosed in quotes).
+%	This file outputs a \newblock between major blocks of an entry
+%	(the name \newblock is analogous to the names \newline and \newpage)
+%	so that the user can obtain an "open" format, which has a line break
+%	before each block and lines after the first are indented within blocks,
+%	by giving the optional \documentstyle argument `openbib';
+%	The default is the "closed" format---blocks runs together.
+%
+%   Citation alphabetic label format:
+%		[Knu73] for single author (or editor or key)
+%		[AHU83] (first letters of last names) for multiple authors
+%
+%   Citation label numberic format:
+%		[number]
+%
+%   Reference list ordering for sorted, alphabetic lables:
+%		alphabetical by citation label, then by author(s) or whatever
+%		passes for author in the absence of one, then by year,
+%		then title
+%
+%   Reference list ordering for sorted, numeric lables:
+%		alphabetical by author(s) or whatever passes
+%		for author in the absence of one, then by year, then title
+%
+%   Reference list ordering for unsorted:
+%		by the order cited in the text
+%
+%   History
+%   12/16/84	(HWT)	Original `plain' version, by Howard Trickey.
+%   12/23/84	(LL)	Some comments made by Leslie Lamport.
+%    2/16/85	(OP)	Changes based on LL's comments, Oren Patashnik.
+%    2/17/85	(HWT)	Template file and other standard styles made.
+%    3/28/85	(OP)	First release, version 0.98b for BibTeX 0.98f.
+%    5/ 9/85	(OP)	Version 0.98c for BibTeX 0.98i:
+%			fixed Theoretical Computer Science macro name;
+%			fixed the format.vol.num.pages function.
+%    1/24/88	(OP)	Version 0.99a for BibTeX 0.99a, main changes:
+%			assignment operator (:=) arguments reversed;
+%			the preamble$ function outputs the database PREAMBLE;
+%			entry.max$ and global.max$ (built-in) variables replace
+%			entry.string.max and global.string.max functions;
+%			alphabetizing by year then title, not just title;
+%			many unnecessary ties removed; \it ==> \em;
+%			the `alpha' style uses a superscripted `+' instead of a
+%			`*' for unnamed names in constructing the label;
+%			the `abbrv' style now uses "Mar." and "Sept.";
+%			the functions calc.label and presort now look at just
+%			the fields they're supposed to;
+%			BOOKLET, MASTERSTHESIS, TECHREPORT use nonbook titles;
+%			INBOOK and INCOLLECTION take an optional type (e.g.
+%			type = "Section"), overriding the default "chapter";
+%			BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, and PROCEEDINGS now allow
+%			either volume or number, not just volume;
+%			INCOLLECTION now allows an edition and series field;
+%			PROCEEDINGS and INPROCEEDINGS now use the address field
+%			to tell where a conference was held;
+%			INPROCEEDINGS and PROCEEDINGS now allow either volume
+%			or number, and also a series field;
+%			MASTERSTHESIS and PHDTHESIS accept types other than
+%			"Master's thesis" and "PhD thesis";
+%			UNPUBLISHED now outputs, in one block, note then date;
+%			MANUAL now prints out the organization in
+%			the first block if the author field is empty;
+%			MISC can't be empty---it requires some optional field.
+%    3/23/88	(OP)	Version 0.99b for BibTeX 0.99c---changed the three
+%			erroneous occurrences of `cite ' to `cite$ '; this
+%			change didn't affect the four standard styles, so the
+%			0.99a versions of those styles are still current.
+%
+% The ENTRY declaration
+%   Like Scribe's (according to pages 231-2 of the April '84 edition),
+%   but no fullauthor or editors fields because BibTeX does name handling.
+%   The annote field is commented out here because this family doesn't
+%   include an annotated bibliography style.  And in addition to the fields
+%   listed here, BibTeX has a built-in crossref field, explained later.
+ENTRY
+% Fields:
+  { address
+%	    Usually the address of a publisher or other type of organization.
+%	    Put information in this field only if it helps the reader find the
+%	    thing---for example you should omit the address of a major
+%	    publisher entirely.  For a PROCEEDINGS or an INPROCEEDINGS,
+%	    however, it's the address of the conference; for those two entry
+%	    types, include the publisher's or organization's address, if
+%	    necessary, in the publisher or organization field.
+%    annote
+%	    Long annotation---for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence).
+    author
+%	    Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format.
+    booktitle
+%	    Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book.
+%	    For book entries, the title field should be used instead.
+    chapter
+%	    Chapter (or section or whatever) number.
+    edition
+%	    Edition of a book---should be an ordinal (e.g., "Second").
+    editor
+%	    Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format.
+%	    If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be
+%	    for the book or collection that the work appears in.
+    howpublished
+%	     How something strange has been published (begins sentence).
+    institution
+%	    Sponsoring institution of a technical report.
+    journal
+%	    Journal name (macros are provided for many).
+    key
+%	    Alphabetizing, labeling, and cross-referencing key
+%	    (needed when an entry has no author or editor).
+    month
+%	    Month (macros are provided).
+    note
+%	    To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence).
+    number
+%	    Number of a journal or technical report, or of a work in a series.
+    organization
+%	    Organization sponsoring a conference (or publishing a manual); if
+%	    the editor (or author) is empty, and if the organization produces
+%	    an awkward label or cross reference, you should put appropriately
+%	    condensed organization information in the key field as well.
+    pages
+%	    Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range, use `+'
+%	    to indicate pages following that don't form a simple range).
+    publisher
+%	    Publisher name.
+    school
+%	    School name (for theses).
+    series
+%	    The name of a series or set of books.
+%	    An individual book will will also have it's own title.
+    title
+%	    The title of the thing you're referred to.
+    type
+%	    Type of a Techreport (e.g., "Research Note") to be used instead of
+%	    the default "Technical Report"; or, similarly, the type of a
+%	    thesis; or of a part of a book.
+    volume
+%	    The volume number of a journal or multivolume work.
+    year
+%	    The year should contain only numerals (technically, it should end
+%	    with four numerals, after purification; doesn't a begin sentence).
+  }
+% There are no integer entry variables
+  {}
+% These string entry variables are used to form the citation label.
+% In a storage pinch, sort.label can be easily computed on the fly.
+  { label }
+% Each entry function starts by calling output.bibitem, to write the
+% \bibitem and its arguments to the .BBL file.  Then the various fields
+% are formatted and printed by output or output.check.  Those functions
+% handle the writing of separators (commas, periods, \newblock's),
+% taking care not to do so when they are passed a null string.
+% Finally, fin.entry is called to add the final period and finish the
+% entry.
+%
+% A bibliographic reference is formatted into a number of `blocks':
+% in the open format, a block begins on a new line and subsequent
+% lines of the block are indented.  A block may contain more than
+% one sentence (well, not a grammatical sentence, but something to
+% be ended with a sentence ending period).  The entry functions should
+% call new.block whenever a block other than the first is about to be
+% started.  They should call new.sentence whenever a new sentence is
+% to be started.  The output functions will ensure that if two
+% new.sentence's occur without any non-null string being output between
+% them then there won't be two periods output.  Similarly for two
+% successive new.block's.
+%
+% The output routines don't write their argument immediately.
+% Instead, by convention, that argument is saved on the stack to be
+% output next time (when we'll know what separator needs to come
+% after it).  Meanwhile, the output routine has to pop the pending
+% output off the stack, append any needed separator, and write it.
+%
+% To tell which separator is needed, we maintain an output.state.
+% It will be one of these values:
+%	before.all		just after the \bibitem
+%	mid.sentence		in the middle of a sentence: comma needed
+%					if more sentence is output
+%	after.sentence		just after a sentence: period needed
+%	after.block		just after a block (and sentence):
+%					period and \newblock needed.
+% Note: These styles don't use after.sentence
+%
+% VAR: output.state : INTEGER		-- state variable for output
+%
+% The output.nonnull function saves its argument (assumed to be nonnull)
+% on the stack, and writes the old saved value followed by any needed
+% separator.  The ordering of the tests is decreasing frequency of
+% occurrence.
+%
+% output.nonnull(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	s := argument on stack
+%	if output.state = mid.sentence then
+%	    write$(pop() * ", ")
+%		  -- "pop" isn't a function: just use stack top
+%	else
+%	    if output.state = after.block then
+%		write$(add.period$(pop()))
+%		newline$
+%		write$("\newblock ")
+%	    else
+%		if output.state = before.all then
+%		    write$(pop())
+%		else	    -- output.state should be after.sentence
+%		    write$(add.period$(pop()) * " ")
+%		fi
+%	    fi
+%	    output.state := mid.sentence
+%	fi
+%	push s on stack
+%  END
+%
+% The output function calls output.nonnull if its argument is non-empty;
+% its argument may be a missing field (thus, not necessarily a string)
+%
+% output(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if not empty$(s) then output.nonnull(s)
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% The output.check function is the same as the output function except that, if
+% necessary, output.check warns the user that the t field shouldn't be empty
+% (this is because it probably won't be a good reference without the field;
+% the entry functions try to make the formatting look reasonable even when
+% such fields are empty).
+%
+% output.check(s,t) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then
+%	    warning$("empty " * t * " in " * cite$)
+%	else output.nonnull(s)
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% The output.bibitem function writes the \bibitem for the current entry
+% (the label should already have been set up), and sets up the separator
+% state for the output functions.  And, it leaves a string on the stack
+% as per the output convention.
+%
+% output.bibitem ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	newline$
+%	write$("\bibitem[")	% for alphabetic labels,
+%	write$(label)		% these three lines
+%	write$("]{")		% are used
+%	write$("\bibitem{")		% this line for numeric labels
+%	write$(cite$)
+%	write$("}")
+%	push "" on stack
+%	output.state := before.all
+%  END
+%
+% The fin.entry function finishes off an entry by adding a period to the
+% string remaining on the stack.  If the state is still before.all
+% then nothing was produced for this entry, so the result will look bad,
+% but the user deserves it. (We don't omit the whole entry because the
+% entry was cited, and a bibitem is needed to define the citation label.)
+%
+% fin.entry ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	write$(add.period$(pop()))
+%	newline$
+%  END
+%
+% The new.block function prepares for a new block to be output, and
+% new.sentence prepares for a new sentence.
+%
+% new.block ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if output.state <> before.all then
+%	    output.state := after.block
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% new.sentence ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if output.state <> after.block then
+%	    if output.state <> before.all then
+%		output.state :=  after.sentence
+%	    fi
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+}
+% the variables s and t are temporary string holders
+STRINGS { s t }
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+	{ "," * write$
+	  newline$
+	  "\newblock " write$
+	}
+	{ output.state before.all =
+	    'write$
+	    { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+  "\bibitem{" write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+% This function finishes all entries.
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ skip$
+}
+% These three functions pop one or two (integer) arguments from the stack
+% and push a single one, either 0 or 1.
+% The 'skip$ in the `and' and `or' functions are used because
+% the corresponding if$ would be idempotent
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+% Sometimes we begin a new block only if the block will be big enough.  The
+% new.block.checka function issues a new.block if its argument is nonempty;
+% new.block.checkb does the same if either of its TWO arguments is nonempty.
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+% The new.sentence.check functions are analogous.
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+% Here are some functions for formatting chunks of an entry.
+% By convention they either produce a string that can be followed by
+% a comma or period (using add.period$, so it is OK to end in a period),
+% or they produce the null string.
+%
+% A useful utility is the field.or.null function, which checks if the
+% argument is the result of pushing a `missing' field (one for which no
+% assignment was made when the current entry was read in from the database)
+% or the result of pushing a string having no non-white-space characters.
+% It returns the null string if so, otherwise it returns the field string.
+% Its main (but not only) purpose is to guarantee that what's left on the
+% stack is a string rather than a missing field.
+%
+% field.or.null(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then return ""
+%	else return s
+%  END
+%
+% Another helper function is emphasize, which returns the argument emphazised,
+% if that is non-empty, otherwise it returns the null string.  Italic
+% corrections aren't used, so this function should be used when punctation
+% will follow the result.
+%
+% emphasize(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then return ""
+%	else return "{\em " * s * "}"
+%
+% The format.names function formats the argument (which should be in
+% BibTeX name format) into "First Von Last, Junior", separated by commas
+% and with an "and" before the last (but ending with "et~al." if the last
+% of multiple authors is "others").  This function's argument should always
+% contain at least one name.
+%
+% VAR: nameptr, namesleft, numnames: INTEGER
+% pseudoVAR: nameresult: STRING		(it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% format.names(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	nameptr := 1
+%	numnames := num.names$(s)
+%	namesleft := numnames
+%	while namesleft > 0
+%	  do
+%				% for full names:
+%	    t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+%				% for abbreviated first names:
+%	    t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+%	    if nameptr > 1 then
+%		if namesleft > 1 then nameresult := nameresult * ", " * t
+%		else if numnames > 2
+%		       then nameresult := nameresult * ","
+%		     fi
+%		     if t = "others"
+%		       then nameresult := nameresult * " et~al."
+%		       else nameresult := nameresult * " and " * t
+%		     fi
+%		fi
+%	    else nameresult := t
+%	    fi
+%	    nameptr := nameptr + 1
+%	    namesleft := namesleft - 1
+%	  od
+%	return nameresult
+%  END
+%
+% The format.authors function returns the result of format.names(author)
+% if the author is present, or else it returns the null string
+%
+% format.authors ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(author) then return ""
+%	else return format.names(author)
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% Format.editors is like format.authors, but it uses the editor field,
+% and appends ", editor" or ", editors"
+%
+% format.editors ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(editor) then return ""
+%	else
+%	    if num.names$(editor) > 1 then
+%		return format.names(editor) * ", editors"
+%	    else
+%		return format.names(editor) * ", editor"
+%	    fi
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% Other formatting functions are similar, so no "comment version" will be
+% given for them.
+%
+% The `pop$' in this function gets rid of the duplicate `empty' value and
+% the `skip$' returns the duplicate field value
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {embolden}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {paren}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "(" swap$ * ")" * }
+  if$
+}
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+INTEGERS { etal }
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames #5 >
+  s numnames "{ll}" format.name$ "others" = numnames #1 > and
+  or 'etal :=
+  etal
+    { #1 #1 + 'namesleft := }
+    { numnames 'namesleft := }
+  if$
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+      nameptr #1 >
+	{ namesleft #1 >
+	    { ", " * t * }
+	    { nameptr #2 >
+		{ "," * }
+		'skip$
+	      if$
+	      t "others" =
+	      etal or
+		{ " et~al." * }
+		{ " and " * t * }
+	      if$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+	{ ", editors" * }
+	{ ", editor" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.edited}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "edited by " editor format.names * }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.title function is used for non-book-like titles.
+% For most styles we convert to lowercase (except for the very first letter,
+% and except for the first one after a colon (followed by whitespace)),
+% and hope the user has brace-surrounded words that need to stay capitilized;
+% for some styles, however, we leave it as it is in the database.
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { title "t" change.case$ }
+  if$
+}
+% By default, BibTeX sets the global integer variable global.max$ to the BibTeX
+% constant glob_str_size, the maximum length of a global string variable.
+% Analogously, BibTeX sets the global integer variable entry.max$ to
+% ent_str_size, the maximum length of an entry string variable.
+% The style designer may change these if necessary (but this is unlikely)
+% The n.dashify function makes each single `-' in a string a double `--'
+% if it's not already
+%
+% pseudoVAR: pageresult: STRING		(it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% n.dashify(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	t := s
+%	pageresult := ""
+%	while (not empty$(t))
+%	  do
+%	    if (first character of t = "-")
+%	      then
+%		if (next character isn't)
+%		  then
+%		    pageresult := pageresult * "--"
+%		    t := t with the "-" removed
+%		  else
+%		    while (first character of t = "-")
+%		      do
+%			pageresult := pageresult * "-"
+%			t := t with the "-" removed
+%		      od
+%		fi
+%	      else
+%		pageresult := pageresult * the first character
+%		t := t with the first character removed
+%	    fi
+%	  od
+%	return pageresult
+%  END
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+	{ t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+	    { "--" *
+	      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	    }
+	    {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+		{ "-" *
+		  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+		}
+	      while$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ t #1 #1 substring$ *
+	  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+FUNCTION {first.page}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    {  t empty$ not t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = not and }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+% The format.date function is for the month and year, but we give a warning if
+% there's an empty year but the month is there, and we return the empty string
+% if they're both empty.
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+    { "" }
+    'year
+  if$
+}
+% The format.btitle is for formatting the title field when it is a book-like
+% entry---the style used here keeps it in uppers-and-lowers and emphasizes it.
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+% For several functions we'll need to connect two strings with a
+% tie (~) if the second one isn't very long (fewer than 3 characters).
+% The tie.or.space.connect function does that.  It concatenates the two
+% strings on top of the stack, along with either a tie or space between
+% them, and puts this concatenation back onto the stack:
+%
+% tie.or.space.connect(str1,str2) ==
+%    BEGIN
+%	if text.length$(str2) < 3
+%	  then return the concatenation of str1, "~", and str2
+%	  else return the concatenation of str1, " ", and str2
+%    END
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+% The either.or.check function complains if both fields or an either-or pair
+% are nonempty.
+%
+% either.or.check(t,s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then
+%	    warning$(can't use both " * t * " fields in " * cite$)
+%	fi
+%  END
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.bvolume function is for formatting the volume and perhaps
+% series name of a multivolume work.  If both a volume and a series field
+% are there, we assume the series field is the title of the whole multivolume
+% work (the title field should be the title of the thing being referred to),
+% and we add an "of <series>".  This function is called in mid-sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.number.series function is for formatting the series name
+% and perhaps number of a work in a series.  This function is similar to
+% format.bvolume, although for this one the series must exist (and the
+% volume must not exist).  If the number field is empty we output either
+% the series field unchanged if it exists or else the null string.
+% If both the number and series fields are there we assume the series field
+% gives the name of the whole series (the title field should be the title
+% of the work being one referred to), and we add an "in <series>".
+% We capitilize Number when this function is used at the beginning of a block.
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+	{ series field.or.null }
+	{ output.state mid.sentence =
+	    { "number" }
+	    { "Number" }
+	  if$
+	  number tie.or.space.connect
+	  series empty$
+	    { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	    { " in " * series * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.edition function appends " edition" to the edition, if present.
+% We lowercase the edition (it should be something like "Third"), because
+% this doesn't start a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+	{ edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+	{ edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.pages function is used for formatting a page range in a book
+% (and in rare circumstances, an article).
+%
+% The multi.page.check function examines the page field for a "-" or "," or "+"
+% so that format.pages can use "page" instead of "pages" if none exists.
+% Note: global.max$ here means "take the rest of the string"
+%
+% VAR: multiresult: INTEGER	(actually, a boolean)
+%
+% multi.page.check(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	t := s
+%	multiresult := false
+%	while ((not multiresult) and (not empty$(t)))
+%	  do
+%	    if (first character of t = "-" or "," or "+")
+%	      then multiresult := true
+%	      else t := t with the first character removed
+%	    fi
+%	  od
+%	return multiresult
+%  END
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+	{ #1 'multiresult := }
+	{ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+% This function doesn't begin a sentence so "pages" isn't capitalized.
+% Other functions that use this should keep that in mind.
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+	{ "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+	{ "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.pages.a}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "page" pages first.page tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.vol.num.pages function is for the volume, number, and page range
+% of a journal article.  We use the format:  vol(number):pages, with some
+% variations for empty fields.  This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null embolden
+  " " swap$ * *
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+	{ pop$ format.pages.a }
+	{ ", " * pages first.page * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.chapter.pages, if the chapter is present, puts whatever is in the
+% type field (or else "chapter" if type is empty) in front of a chapter number.
+% It then appends the pages, if present.  This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+	{ "chapter" }
+	{ type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.in.ed.booktitle function is used for starting out a sentence
+% that begins "In <booktitle>", putting an editor before the title if one
+% exists.
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+	{ "in " booktitle emphasize * }
+	{ "in " booktitle emphasize * ", " * format.edited * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The function empty.misc.check complains if all six fields are empty, and
+% if there's been no sorting or alphabetic-label complaint.
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+  month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+  and and and and and
+    { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+% The function format.thesis.type returns either the (case-changed) type field,
+% if it is defined, or else the default string already on the stack
+% (like "Master's thesis" or "PhD thesis").
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The function format.tr.number makes a string starting with "Technical Report"
+% (or type, if that field is defined), followed by the number if there is one;
+% it returns the starting part (with a case change) even if there is no number.
+% This is used at the beginning of a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+% Now come the cross-referencing functions (these are invoked because
+% one entry in the database file(s) cross-references another, by giving
+% the other entry's database key in a `crossref' field).  This feature
+% allows one or more titled things that are part of a larger titled
+% thing to cross-reference the larger thing.  These styles allow for
+% five posibilities: (1) an ARTICLE may cross-reference an ARTICLE;
+% (2) a BOOK, (3) INBOOK, or (4) INCOLLECTION may cross-reference a BOOK;
+% or (5) an INPROCEEDINGS may cross-reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Each of these is explained in more detail later.
+%
+% An ARTICLE entry type may cross reference another ARTICLE (this is
+% intended for when an entire journal is devoted to a single topic---
+% but since there is no JOURNAL entry type, the journal, too, should be
+% classified as an ARTICLE but without the author and title fields).
+% This will result in two warning messages for the journal's entry
+% if it's included in the reference list, but such is life.
+%
+% format.article.crossref ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(key) then
+%	    if empty$(journal) then
+%		warning$("need key or journal for " * cite$ *
+%						" to crossref " * crossref)
+%		return(" \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+%	    else
+%		return("In " * emphazise.correct (journal) *
+%						" \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+%		fi
+%	else
+%	    return("In " * key * " \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% The other cross-referencing functions are similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+    { journal empty$
+	{ "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+	  warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ "In " journal * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " key * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% We use just the last names of editors for a cross reference: either
+% "editor", or "editor1 and editor2", or "editor1 et~al." depending on
+% whether there are one, or two, or more than two editors.
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  editor num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " et~al." * }
+    { #2 <
+	'skip$
+	{ editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+	    { " et~al." * }
+	    { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% A BOOK (or INBOOK) entry type (assumed to be for a single volume in a
+% multivolume work) may cross reference another BOOK (the entire multivolume).
+% Usually there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct the
+% cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else the series
+% field (since the series gives the title of the multivolume work).
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In "
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+	{ series empty$
+	    { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+	      crossref * warning$
+	      "" *
+	    }
+	    { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% An INCOLLECTION entry type may cross reference a BOOK (assumed to be the
+% collection), or an INPROCEEDINGS may cross reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Often there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct
+% the cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else
+% the booktitle field (which gives the cross-referenced work's title).
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+	{ booktitle empty$
+	    { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+	      crossref * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ "In " key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% Now we define the type functions for all entry types that may appear
+% in the .BIB file---e.g., functions like `article' and `book'.  These
+% are the routines that actually generate the .BBL-file output for
+% the entry.  These must all precede the READ command.  In addition, the
+% style designer should have a function `default.type' for unknown types.
+% Note: The fields (within each list) are listed in order of appearance,
+% except as described for an `inbook' or a `proceedings'.
+%
+% The article function is for an article in a journal.  An article may
+% CROSSREF another article.
+%	Required fields: author, title, journal, year
+%	Optional fields: volume, number, pages, month, note
+%
+% article ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	output.bibitem
+%	output.check(format.authors,"author")
+%	new.block
+%	output.check(format.title,"title")
+%	new.block
+%	if missing$(crossref) then
+%	    output.check(emphasize(journal),"journal")
+%	    output(format.vol.num.pages)
+%	    output.check(format.date,"year")
+%       else
+%	    output.nonnull(format.article.crossref)
+%	    output(format.pages)
+%	fi
+%	new.block
+%	output(note)
+%	fin.entry
+%  END
+%
+% The book function is for a whole book.  A book may CROSSREF another book.
+%	Required fields: author or editor, title, publisher, year
+%	Optional fields: volume or number, series, address, edition, month,
+%			note
+%
+% book ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(author) then output.check(format.editors,"author and editor")
+%	else	output.check(format.authors,"author")
+%		if missing$(crossref) then
+%		    either.or.check("author and editor",editor)
+%		fi
+%	fi
+%	new.block
+%	output.check(format.btitle,"title")
+%	if missing$(crossref) then
+%	    output(format.bvolume)
+%	    new.block
+%	    output(format.number.series)
+%	    new.sentence
+%	    output.check(publisher,"publisher")
+%	    output(address)
+%       else
+%	    new.block
+%	    output.nonnull(format.book.crossref)
+%	fi
+%	output(format.edition)
+%	output.check(format.date,"year")
+%	new.block
+%	output(note)
+%	fin.entry
+%  END
+%
+% The other entry functions are all quite similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal field.or.null
+      format.vol.num.pages 
+      format.date empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ duplicate$ empty$
+	    { pop$ format.date paren }
+            { " " * format.date paren * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+      output
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A booklet is a bound thing without a publisher or sponsoring institution.
+%	Required: title
+%	Optional: author, howpublished, address, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  howpublished address new.block.checkb
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% For the conference entry type, see inproceedings.
+% An inbook is a piece of a book: either a chapter and/or a page range.
+% It may CROSSREF a book.  If there's no volume field, the type field
+% will come before number and series.
+%	Required: author or editor, title, chapter and/or pages, publisher,year
+%	Optional: volume or number, series, type, address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% An incollection is like inbook, but where there is a separate title
+% for the referenced thing (and perhaps an editor for the whole).
+% An incollection may CROSSREF a book.
+%	Required: author, title, booktitle, publisher, year
+%	Optional: editor, volume or number, series, type, chapter, pages,
+%			address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+      format.edition output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% An inproceedings is an article in a conference proceedings, and it may
+% CROSSREF a proceedings.  If there's no address field, the month (& year)
+% will appear just before note.
+%	Required: author, title, booktitle, year
+%	Optional: editor, volume or number, series, pages, address, month,
+%			organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.pages output
+      address empty$
+	{ organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+	  organization output
+	  publisher output
+	  format.date "year" output.check
+	}
+	{ address output.nonnull
+	  format.date "year" output.check
+	  new.sentence
+	  organization output
+	  publisher output
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% The conference function is included for Scribe compatibility.
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+% A manual is technical documentation.
+%	Required: title
+%	Optional: author, organization, address, edition, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ organization output.nonnull
+	  address output
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	{ address new.block.checka
+	  address output
+	}
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+    { organization address new.block.checkb
+      organization output
+      address output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A mastersthesis is a Master's thesis.
+%	Required: author, title, school, year
+%	Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A misc is something that doesn't fit elsewhere.
+%	Required: at least one of the `optional' fields
+%	Optional: author, title, howpublished, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  title howpublished new.block.checkb
+  format.title output
+  howpublished new.block.checka
+  howpublished output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  empty.misc.check
+}
+% A phdthesis is like a mastersthesis.
+%	Required: author, title, school, year
+%	Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A proceedings is a conference proceedings.
+% If there is an organization but no editor field, the organization will
+% appear as the first optional field (we try to make the first block nonempty);
+% if there's no address field, the month (& year) will appear just before note.
+%	Required: title, year
+%	Optional: editor, volume or number, series, address, month,
+%			organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  editor empty$
+    { organization output }
+    { format.editors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ publisher new.sentence.checka }
+	{ organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+	  organization output
+	}
+      if$
+      publisher output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { address output.nonnull
+      format.date "year" output.check
+      new.sentence
+      editor empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ organization output }
+      if$
+      publisher output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A techreport is a technical report.
+%	Required: author, title, institution, year
+%	Optional: type, number, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% An unpublished is something that hasn't been published.
+%	Required: author, title, note
+%	Optional: month, year
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  format.date output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% We use entry type `misc' for an unknown type; BibTeX gives a warning.
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+% Here are macros for common things that may vary from style to style.
+% Users are encouraged to use these macros.
+%
+% Months are either written out in full or abbreviated
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+MACRO {sep} {"Sept."}
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+% Journals are either written out in full or abbreviated;
+% the abbreviations are like those found in ACM publications.
+%
+% To get a completely different set of abbreviations, it may be best to make
+% a separate .bib file with nothing but those abbreviations; users could then
+% include that file name as the first argument to the \bibliography command
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."}
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."}
+MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"}
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."}
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."}
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."}
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."}
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"}
+MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."}
+MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"}
+MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."}
+MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Programming"}
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."}
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."}
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."}
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Gr."}
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Softw."}
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."}
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Prog. Lang. Syst."}
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput. Sci."}
+%% /usr/local/lib/tex/bibtex/phyjfull.btx, Tue Jun 30 08:37:48 1992
+%% Edit by Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@alfred.math.utah.edu>
+%% Change file names in leading comment
+% Journal Title Abbreviations from the Physical Review Style and Notation
+%	Guide, July, 1983, in BAPS Vol. 28.
+%  Selected by Cris Barnes and Charles Karney, March 1988
+% IMPORTANT!! Don't make changes to this file without making the
+% 	      corresponding changes to
+%			phyjabb.bib
+%			phyjabb.btx
+MACRO {advp} {"Advances in Physics"}
+MACRO {ajp} {"American Journal of Physics"}
+MACRO {ao} {"Applied Optics"}
+MACRO {apl} {"Applied Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {apj} {"Astrophysical Journal"}
+MACRO {baps} {"Bulletin of the American Physical Society"}
+MACRO {cpc} {"Computer Physics Communications"}
+MACRO {cppcf} {"Comments on Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {fed} {"Fusion Engineering and Design"}
+MACRO {ft} {"Fusion Technology"}
+MACRO {ieeens} {"IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science"}
+MACRO {ieeeps} {"IEEE Transactions on Plasma Science"}
+MACRO {ijimw} {"International Journal of Infrared and Millimeter Waves"}
+MACRO {ip} {"Infrared Physics"}
+MACRO {jap} {"Journal of Applied Physics"}
+MACRO {jcp} {"Journal of Computational Physics"}
+MACRO {jetp} {"Soviet Physics-JETP"}
+MACRO {jfe} {"Journal of Fusion Energy"}
+MACRO {jfm} {"Journal of Fluid Mechanics"}
+MACRO {jgr} {"Journal of Geophysical Research"}
+MACRO {jmp} {"Journal of Mathematical Physics"}
+MACRO {jne} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy"}
+MACRO {jnec} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy, Part C: Plasma Physics, Accelerators, Thermonuclear Research"}
+MACRO {jnm} {"Journal of Nuclear Materials"}
+MACRO {josa} {"Journal of the Optical Society of America"}
+MACRO {jpp} {"Journal of Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {jpsj} {"Journal of the Physical Society of Japan"}
+MACRO {jvst} {"Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology"}
+MACRO {nedf} {"Nuclear Engineering and Design/Fusion"}
+MACRO {nf} {"Nuclear Fusion"}
+MACRO {nim} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods"}
+MACRO {nimpr} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods in Physics Research"}
+MACRO {nt/f} {"Nuclear Technology/Fusion"}
+MACRO {pf} {"Physics of Fluids"}
+MACRO {pfa} {"Physics of Fluids A: Fluid Dynamics"}
+MACRO {pfb} {"Physics of Fluids B: Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {pl} {"Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {pla} {"Physics Letters A"}
+MACRO {pnas} {"Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA"}
+MACRO {pp} {"Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {ppcf} {"Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {prl} {"Physical Review Letters"}
+MACRO {pr} {"Physical Review"}
+MACRO {pra} {"Physical Review A: General Physics"}
+MACRO {ps} {"Physica Scripta"}
+MACRO {rmp} {"Reviews of Modern Physics"}
+MACRO {rsi} {"Review of Scientific Instruments"}
+MACRO {sjpp} {"Soviet Journal of Plasma Phys."}
+MACRO {spd} {"Soviet Physics-Doklady"}
+MACRO {sptp} {"Soviet Physics-Technical Physics"}
+MACRO {spu} {"Soviet Physics-Uspeki"}
+% Now we read in the .BIB entries.
+READ
+% The sortify function converts to lower case after purify$ing; it's
+% used in sorting and in computing alphabetic labels after sorting
+%
+% The chop.word(w,len,s) function returns either s or, if the first len
+% letters of s equals w (this comparison is done in the third line of the
+% function's definition), it returns that part of s after w.
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels
+%
+% The format.lab.names function makes a short label by using the initials of
+% the von and Last parts of the names (but if there are more than four names,
+% (i.e., people) it truncates after three and adds a superscripted "+";
+% it also adds such a "+" if the last of multiple authors is "others").
+% If there is only one name, and its von and Last parts combined have just
+% a single name-token ("Knuth" has a single token, "Brinch Hansen" has two),
+% we take the first three letters of the last name.  The boolean
+% et.al.char.used tells whether we've used a superscripted "+", so that we
+% know whether to include a LaTeX macro for it.
+%
+% format.lab.names(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	numnames := num.names$(s)
+%	if numnames > 1 then
+%	    if numnames > 4 then
+%		namesleft := 3
+%	    else
+%		namesleft := numnames
+%	    nameptr := 1
+%	    nameresult := ""
+%	    while namesleft > 0
+%	      do
+%		if (name_ptr = numnames) and
+%		     format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}") = "others"
+%		   then nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+%			et.al.char.used := true
+%		   else nameresult := nameresult *
+%				format.name$(s, nameptr, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+%		nameptr := nameptr + 1
+%		namesleft := namesleft - 1
+%	      od
+%	    if numnames > 4 then
+%		nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+%		et.al.char.used := true
+%	else
+%	    t := format.name$(s, 1, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+%	    if text.length$(t) < 2 then	% there's just one name-token
+%		nameresult := text.prefix$(format.name$(s,1,"{ll}"),3)
+%	    else
+%		nameresult := t
+%	    fi
+%	fi
+%	return nameresult
+%  END
+%
+% Exactly what fields we look at in constructing the primary part of the label
+% depends on the entry type; this selectivity (as opposed to, say, always
+% looking at author, then editor, then key) helps ensure that "ignored" fields,
+% as described in the LaTeX book, really are ignored.  Note that MISC is part
+% of the deepest `else' clause in the nested part of calc.label; thus, any
+% unrecognized entry type in the database is handled correctly.
+%
+% There is one auxiliary function for each of the four different sequences of
+% fields we use.  The first of these functions looks at the author field, and
+% then, if necessary, the key field.  The other three functions, which might
+% look at two fields and the key field, are similar, except that the key field
+% takes precedence over the organization field (for labels---not for sorting).
+%
+% The calc.label function calculates the preliminary label of an entry, which
+% is formed by taking three letters of information from the author or editor or
+% key or organization field (depending on the entry type and on what's empty,
+% but ignoring a leading "The " in the organization), and appending the last
+% two characters (digits) of the year. It is an error if the appropriate fields
+% among author, editor, organization, and key are missing, and we use
+% the first three letters of the cite$ in desperation when this happens.
+% The resulting label has the year part, but not the name part, purify$ed
+% (purify$ing the year allows some sorting shenanigans by the user).
+%
+% This function also calculates the version of the label to be used in sorting.
+%
+% The final label may need a trailing 'a', 'b', etc., to distinguish it from
+% otherwise identical labels, but we can't calculated those "extra.label"s
+% until after sorting.
+%
+% calc.label ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if type$ = "book" or "inbook" then
+%	    author.editor.key.label
+%	else if type$ = "proceedings" then
+%	    editor.key.organization.label
+%	else if type$ = "manual" then
+%	    author.key.organization.label
+%	else
+%	    author.key.label
+%	fi fi fi
+%	label := label * substring$(purify$(field.or.null(year)), -1, 2)
+%		% assuming we will also sort, we calculate a sort.label
+%	sort.label := sortify(label), but use the last four, not two, digits
+%  END
+% When sorting, we compute the sortkey by executing "presort" on each entry.
+% The presort key contains a number of "sortify"ed strings, concatenated
+% with multiple blanks between them.  This makes things like "brinch  per"
+% come before "brinch hansen  per".
+%
+% The fields used here are: the sort.label for alphabetic labels (as set by
+% calc.label), followed by the author names (or editor names or organization
+% (with a leading "The " removed) or key field, depending on entry type and on
+% what's empty), followed by year, followed by the first bit of the title
+% (chopping off a leading "The ", "A ", or "An ").
+% Names are formatted: Von Last First Junior.
+% The names within a part will be separated by a single blank
+% (such as "brinch hansen"), two will separate the name parts themselves
+% (except the von and last), three will separate the names,
+% four will separate the names from year (and from label, if alphabetic),
+% and four will separate year from title.
+%
+% The sort.format.names function takes an argument that should be in
+% BibTeX name format, and returns a string containing "   "-separated
+% names in the format described above.  The function is almost the same
+% as format.names.
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels, when sorted
+%
+% Now comes the final computation for alphabetic labels, putting in the 'a's
+% and 'b's and so forth if required.  This involves two passes: a forward
+% pass to put in the 'b's, 'c's and so on, and a backwards pass
+% to put in the 'a's (we don't want to put in 'a's unless we know there
+% are 'b's).
+% We have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+%
+% VAR: longest.label, last.sort.label, next.extra: string
+%      longest.label.width, last.extra.num: integer
+%
+% initialize.longest.label ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	longest.label := ""
+%	last.sort.label := int.to.chr$(0)
+%	next.extra := ""
+%	longest.label.width := 0
+%	last.extra.num := 0
+%  END
+%
+% forward.pass ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if last.sort.label = sort.label then
+%	    last.extra.num := last.extra.num + 1
+%	    extra.label := int.to.chr$(last.extra.num)
+%	else
+%	    last.extra.num := chr.to.int$("a")
+%	    extra.label := ""
+%	    last.sort.label := sort.label
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% reverse.pass ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if next.extra = "b" then
+%	    extra.label := "a"
+%	fi
+%	label := label * extra.label
+%	if width$(label) > longest.label.width then
+%	    longest.label := label
+%	    longest.label.width := width$(label)
+%	fi
+%	next.extra := extra.label
+%  END
+% Now comes the computation for numeric labels.
+% We use either the sorted order or original order.
+% We still have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+  #1 'number.label :=
+  #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+  number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+  label width$ longest.label.width >
+    { label 'longest.label :=
+      label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+    }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+% Now we're ready to start writing the .BBL file.
+% We begin, if necessary, with a LaTeX macro for unnamed names in an alphabetic
+% label; next comes stuff from the `preamble' command in the database files.
+% Then we give an incantation containing the command
+%     \begin{thebibliography}{...}
+% where the `...' is the longest label.
+%
+% We also call init.state.consts, for use by the output routines.
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{"  longest.label  * "}" * write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+% Now we produce the output for all the entries
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+% Finally, we finish up by writing the `\end{thebibliography}' command.
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phapalik.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phapalik.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..84a0dda965e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phapalik.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1943 @@
+% BibTeX styles for various physics journals (27-Feb-1990).
+% This file, physics.btx, is based on the file btxbst.doc.
+	% Please notify Charles Karney (Karney@Princeton.EDU)
+	% of any bugs, improvements, etc.
+% Run this file through cpp to get specific versions.  I have written
+% a version of cpp within Emacs.  To access it put
+%	(autoload 'cpp "tex$bibtex:cpp"		; Use cpp for BibTeX styles
+%		  "C preprocessor"
+%		  t)
+% into your .emacs file.  Read in this file with
+%	emacs tex$bibtex:physics.btx
+% and run cpp with e.g.,
+%	M-x cpp <ret> aip <ret>
+% Save the resulting file to tex$latex:aip.bst.
+% To accomodate the variations we need (in addition to the definitions below)
+%	ATIT_SUPPRESS:	do not include the titles of journal articles
+%	NAME_INVERT:	put the initials last
+%	NAME_UPPER:	convert names to all caps.
+%	MONTH_SUPPRESS:	do not include months in journal articles
+%	PAREN_DATE:	dates go in parens in journal articles
+%	DATE_FIRST:	dates go before page numbers
+%	VOLUME_SPACE:	volume set off with space (not colon)
+%	NUM_SUPPRESS:	do not include numbers in journal articles
+%	BOLD_VOL:	volume numbers in bold face in journal articles
+%	BRACKET_NOTE:	notes in brackets
+%	PAGE_START_J:	include only starting page for journal articles
+%	PAGE_START_O:	include only starting page for other entries
+%	PAGE_ABBREV:	abbreviate page to p. and pages to pp.
+%	PHYSICS_JOUR:	include abbreviations for Physics journals
+%	COMMA_DELIMIT:	use comma (instead of period) to divide a citation
+%	NOTE_SUPPRESS:	suppress the note
+%	MAX_NAMES:	max number of authors before using et al (0 = infinity)
+%	MIN_NAMES:	number of authors to list with et al.
+%	EDIT_VAR:	use "edited by ..." instead of "..., editors"
+%	RMP_LABELS:	create RMP-style labels
+%	KEY_CITE:	use key as label
+%	NAMED_REFS:	use (Smith, 1988) style of citations
+%	CSC_NAMES:	names set in caps and small caps
+%	JOUR_DEEMPH:	don't emphasize journal name
+%	ETAL_EMPH:	emphasize et al.
+%	ALT_INCOLL	alternate ordering of fields in incollections
+% These are all boolean (0 or 1) except for MAX_NAMES and MIN_NAMES.
+% These need to satisfy 0 <= MIN_NAMES <= MAX_NAMES.
+% The rule here is that if all these are defined to be zero, we revert to
+% the standard styles.  For that reason we initialize them all to 0.
+% These are the original macros
+	% For American Psychological Association
+	% (same as ALPHA but with 0 set and 0 unset)
+% This is the start of btxbst.doc
+% BibTeX `plain' family
+	% version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+	% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+	% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+	% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+	% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+	% btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+	% This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+	% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+% BibTeX `apalike' bibliography style (24-Jan-88 version)
+% Adapted from the `alpha' style, version 0.99a; for BibTeX version 0.99a.
+% Copyright (C) 1988, all rights reserved.
+% Copying of this file is allowed, provided that if you make any changes at all
+% you name it something other than `apalike.bst'.
+% This restriction helps ensure that all copies are identical.
+% Differences between this style and `alpha' are generally heralded by a `%'.
+% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for alpha.bst.
+%
+% This style should be used with the `apalike' LaTeX style (apalike.sty).
+% \cite's come out like "(Jones, 1986)" in the text but there are no labels
+% in the bibliography, and something like "(1986)" comes out immediately
+% after the author.  Author (and editor) names appear as last name, comma,
+% initials.  A `year' field is required for every entry, and so is either
+% an author (or in some cases, an editor) field or a key field.
+%
+% Editorial note:
+% Many journals require a style like `apalike', but I strongly, strongly,
+% strongly recommend that you not use it if you have a choice---use something
+% like `plain' instead.  Mary-Claire van Leunen (A Handbook for Scholars,
+% Knopf, 1979) argues convincingly that a style like `plain' encourages better
+% writing than one like `apalike'.  Furthermore the strongest arguments for
+% using an author-date style like `apalike'---that it's "the most practical"
+% (The Chicago Manual of Style, University of Chicago Press, thirteenth
+% edition, 1982, pages 400--401)---fall flat on their face with the new
+% computer-typesetting technology.  For instance page 401 anachronistically
+% states "The chief disadvantage of [a style like `plain'] is that additions
+% or deletions cannot be made after the manuscript is typed without changing
+% numbers in both text references and list."  LaTeX sidesteps the disadvantage.
+%
+% History:
+%   15-sep-86	(SK,OP)	Original version, by Susan King and Oren Patashnik.
+%   10-nov-86	(OP)	Truncated the sort.key$ string to the correct length
+%			in bib.sort.order to eliminate error message.
+%   24-jan-88	(OP)	Updated for BibTeX version 0.99a, from alpha.bst 0.99a;
+%			apalike now sorts by author, then year, then title;
+%			THIS `apalike' VERSION DOES NOT WORK WITH BIBTEX 0.98i.
+% Please notify Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU) of any bugs in
+% these standard styles or in this documentation file.
+%
+% This is file btxbxt.doc; it helps document bibliography styles,
+% and is also a template file that you can use to make
+% several different style files, if you have access to a C preprocessor.
+% For example, the standard styles were made by doing something like
+%	cpp -P -DPLAIN btxbst.doc plain.txt
+%	cpp -P -DUNSRT btxbst.doc unsrt.txt
+%	cpp -P -DALPHA btxbst.doc alpha.txt
+%	cpp -P -DABBRV btxbst.doc abbrv.txt
+% and then renaming after removing unwanted comments and blank lines.
+% If you don't have access,
+% you can edit this file by hand to imitate the preprocessor,
+% with the following explanation of the C preprocessor constructs used here.
+%
+% The output of the preprocessor is the same as the input, except that certain
+% lines will be excluded (and some blank lines will be added).  The sequence
+%	#if VAR
+%	    lines to be included when VAR is not zero
+%	#else
+%	    lines to be included when VAR is zero
+%	#endif
+% (with the #-signs appearing in column 1) means that one set or the other of
+% the lines are to be included depending on the value of VAR.
+% The #else part is optional.  Comments can be added after #else and #endif.
+% Variables can be set by
+%	#define VAR value
+% and one can also use #ifdef VAR to see if VAR has any value, and #ifndef
+% to see if it has none.
+% Another #if form used in this file is #if !VAR, which includes the lines
+% after the #if only if VAR is zero.
+%
+% Convention: Use all uppercase identifiers for these preprocessor variables
+% so you can spot them easily
+%
+% The command line to the preprocessor should define one of PLAIN, UNSRT, ALPHA
+% or ABBRV (though PLAIN will be used by default if none is given),
+% and the following lines will set various boolean variables to control the
+% various lines that are chosen from the rest of the file.
+% Each boolean variable should be set true (1) or false (0) in each style.
+% Here are the current variables, and their meanings:
+%	1:	an alphabetic label is used (if false then a numeric
+%			    label is used)
+%	1:		the entries should be sorted by label (if nonnumeric)
+%			    and other info, like authors (if false, then
+%			    entries remain in order of occurrence)
+%	0:	the authors, editors, etc., get the full names as
+%			    given in the bibliography file (if false, the first
+%			    names become initials)
+%	1:	titles of non-"books" (e.g., articles) should be
+%			    converted to lower-case, except the first letter or
+%			    first letter after a colon
+%			    (if false then they appear as in the database)
+%	1:	months are spelled out in full (if false, then
+%			    they're abbreviated)
+%	1:	macro journal names are spelled out in full
+%			    (if false then they are abbreviated, currently
+%			    as they appear in ACM publications)
+%#	    define PLAIN 1
+%
+%   Entry formatting: Similar to that recommended by Mary-Claire van Leunen
+%	in "A Handbook for Scholars".  Book-like titles are italicized
+%	(emphasized) and non-book titles are converted to sentence
+%	capitilization (and not enclosed in quotes).
+%	This file outputs a \newblock between major blocks of an entry
+%	(the name \newblock is analogous to the names \newline and \newpage)
+%	so that the user can obtain an "open" format, which has a line break
+%	before each block and lines after the first are indented within blocks,
+%	by giving the optional \documentstyle argument `openbib';
+%	The default is the "closed" format---blocks runs together.
+%
+%   Citation alphabetic label format:
+%		[Knu73] for single author (or editor or key)
+%		[AHU83] (first letters of last names) for multiple authors
+%
+%   Citation label numberic format:
+%		[number]
+%
+%   Reference list ordering for sorted, alphabetic lables:
+%		alphabetical by citation label, then by author(s) or whatever
+%		passes for author in the absence of one, then by year,
+%		then title
+%
+%   Reference list ordering for sorted, numeric lables:
+%		alphabetical by author(s) or whatever passes
+%		for author in the absence of one, then by year, then title
+%
+%   Reference list ordering for unsorted:
+%		by the order cited in the text
+%
+%   History
+%   12/16/84	(HWT)	Original `plain' version, by Howard Trickey.
+%   12/23/84	(LL)	Some comments made by Leslie Lamport.
+%    2/16/85	(OP)	Changes based on LL's comments, Oren Patashnik.
+%    2/17/85	(HWT)	Template file and other standard styles made.
+%    3/28/85	(OP)	First release, version 0.98b for BibTeX 0.98f.
+%    5/ 9/85	(OP)	Version 0.98c for BibTeX 0.98i:
+%			fixed Theoretical Computer Science macro name;
+%			fixed the format.vol.num.pages function.
+%    1/24/88	(OP)	Version 0.99a for BibTeX 0.99a, main changes:
+%			assignment operator (:=) arguments reversed;
+%			the preamble$ function outputs the database PREAMBLE;
+%			entry.max$ and global.max$ (built-in) variables replace
+%			entry.string.max and global.string.max functions;
+%			alphabetizing by year then title, not just title;
+%			many unnecessary ties removed; \it ==> \em;
+%			the `alpha' style uses a superscripted `+' instead of a
+%			`*' for unnamed names in constructing the label;
+%			the `abbrv' style now uses "Mar." and "Sept.";
+%			the functions calc.label and presort now look at just
+%			the fields they're supposed to;
+%			BOOKLET, MASTERSTHESIS, TECHREPORT use nonbook titles;
+%			INBOOK and INCOLLECTION take an optional type (e.g.
+%			type = "Section"), overriding the default "chapter";
+%			BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, and PROCEEDINGS now allow
+%			either volume or number, not just volume;
+%			INCOLLECTION now allows an edition and series field;
+%			PROCEEDINGS and INPROCEEDINGS now use the address field
+%			to tell where a conference was held;
+%			INPROCEEDINGS and PROCEEDINGS now allow either volume
+%			or number, and also a series field;
+%			MASTERSTHESIS and PHDTHESIS accept types other than
+%			"Master's thesis" and "PhD thesis";
+%			UNPUBLISHED now outputs, in one block, note then date;
+%			MANUAL now prints out the organization in
+%			the first block if the author field is empty;
+%			MISC can't be empty---it requires some optional field.
+%    3/23/88	(OP)	Version 0.99b for BibTeX 0.99c---changed the three
+%			erroneous occurrences of `cite ' to `cite$ '; this
+%			change didn't affect the four standard styles, so the
+%			0.99a versions of those styles are still current.
+%
+% The ENTRY declaration
+%   Like Scribe's (according to pages 231-2 of the April '84 edition),
+%   but no fullauthor or editors fields because BibTeX does name handling.
+%   The annote field is commented out here because this family doesn't
+%   include an annotated bibliography style.  And in addition to the fields
+%   listed here, BibTeX has a built-in crossref field, explained later.
+ENTRY
+% Fields:
+  { address
+%	    Usually the address of a publisher or other type of organization.
+%	    Put information in this field only if it helps the reader find the
+%	    thing---for example you should omit the address of a major
+%	    publisher entirely.  For a PROCEEDINGS or an INPROCEEDINGS,
+%	    however, it's the address of the conference; for those two entry
+%	    types, include the publisher's or organization's address, if
+%	    necessary, in the publisher or organization field.
+%    annote
+%	    Long annotation---for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence).
+    author
+%	    Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format.
+    booktitle
+%	    Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book.
+%	    For book entries, the title field should be used instead.
+    chapter
+%	    Chapter (or section or whatever) number.
+    edition
+%	    Edition of a book---should be an ordinal (e.g., "Second").
+    editor
+%	    Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format.
+%	    If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be
+%	    for the book or collection that the work appears in.
+    howpublished
+%	     How something strange has been published (begins sentence).
+    institution
+%	    Sponsoring institution of a technical report.
+    journal
+%	    Journal name (macros are provided for many).
+    key
+%	    Alphabetizing, labeling, and cross-referencing key
+%	    (needed when an entry has no author or editor).
+%    month		not used in apalike
+%	    Month (macros are provided).
+    note
+%	    To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence).
+    number
+%	    Number of a journal or technical report, or of a work in a series.
+    organization
+%	    Organization sponsoring a conference (or publishing a manual); if
+%	    the editor (or author) is empty, and if the organization produces
+%	    an awkward label or cross reference, you should put appropriately
+%	    condensed organization information in the key field as well.
+    pages
+%	    Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range, use `+'
+%	    to indicate pages following that don't form a simple range).
+    publisher
+%	    Publisher name.
+    school
+%	    School name (for theses).
+    series
+%	    The name of a series or set of books.
+%	    An individual book will will also have it's own title.
+    title
+%	    The title of the thing you're referred to.
+    type
+%	    Type of a Techreport (e.g., "Research Note") to be used instead of
+%	    the default "Technical Report"; or, similarly, the type of a
+%	    thesis; or of a part of a book.
+    volume
+%	    The volume number of a journal or multivolume work.
+    year
+%	    The year should contain only numerals (technically, it should end
+%	    with four numerals, after purification; doesn't a begin sentence).
+  }
+% There are no integer entry variables
+  {}
+% These string entry variables are used to form the citation label.
+% In a storage pinch, sort.label can be easily computed on the fly.
+  { label extra.label sort.label }
+% Each entry function starts by calling output.bibitem, to write the
+% \bibitem and its arguments to the .BBL file.  Then the various fields
+% are formatted and printed by output or output.check.  Those functions
+% handle the writing of separators (commas, periods, \newblock's),
+% taking care not to do so when they are passed a null string.
+% Finally, fin.entry is called to add the final period and finish the
+% entry.
+%
+% A bibliographic reference is formatted into a number of `blocks':
+% in the open format, a block begins on a new line and subsequent
+% lines of the block are indented.  A block may contain more than
+% one sentence (well, not a grammatical sentence, but something to
+% be ended with a sentence ending period).  The entry functions should
+% call new.block whenever a block other than the first is about to be
+% started.  They should call new.sentence whenever a new sentence is
+% to be started.  The output functions will ensure that if two
+% new.sentence's occur without any non-null string being output between
+% them then there won't be two periods output.  Similarly for two
+% successive new.block's.
+%
+% The output routines don't write their argument immediately.
+% Instead, by convention, that argument is saved on the stack to be
+% output next time (when we'll know what separator needs to come
+% after it).  Meanwhile, the output routine has to pop the pending
+% output off the stack, append any needed separator, and write it.
+%
+% To tell which separator is needed, we maintain an output.state.
+% It will be one of these values:
+%	before.all		just after the \bibitem
+%	mid.sentence		in the middle of a sentence: comma needed
+%					if more sentence is output
+%	after.sentence		just after a sentence: period needed
+%	after.block		just after a block (and sentence):
+%					period and \newblock needed.
+% Note: These styles don't use after.sentence
+%
+% VAR: output.state : INTEGER		-- state variable for output
+%
+% The output.nonnull function saves its argument (assumed to be nonnull)
+% on the stack, and writes the old saved value followed by any needed
+% separator.  The ordering of the tests is decreasing frequency of
+% occurrence.
+%
+% output.nonnull(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	s := argument on stack
+%	if output.state = mid.sentence then
+%	    write$(pop() * ", ")
+%		  -- "pop" isn't a function: just use stack top
+%	else
+%	    if output.state = after.block then
+%		write$(add.period$(pop()))
+%		newline$
+%		write$("\newblock ")
+%	    else
+%		if output.state = before.all then
+%		    write$(pop())
+%		else	    -- output.state should be after.sentence
+%		    write$(add.period$(pop()) * " ")
+%		fi
+%	    fi
+%	    output.state := mid.sentence
+%	fi
+%	push s on stack
+%  END
+%
+% The output function calls output.nonnull if its argument is non-empty;
+% its argument may be a missing field (thus, not necessarily a string)
+%
+% output(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if not empty$(s) then output.nonnull(s)
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% The output.check function is the same as the output function except that, if
+% necessary, output.check warns the user that the t field shouldn't be empty
+% (this is because it probably won't be a good reference without the field;
+% the entry functions try to make the formatting look reasonable even when
+% such fields are empty).
+%
+% output.check(s,t) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then
+%	    warning$("empty " * t * " in " * cite$)
+%	else output.nonnull(s)
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% The output.bibitem function writes the \bibitem for the current entry
+% (the label should already have been set up), and sets up the separator
+% state for the output functions.  And, it leaves a string on the stack
+% as per the output convention.
+%
+% output.bibitem ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	newline$
+%	write$("\bibitem[")	% for alphabetic labels,
+%	write$(label)		% these three lines
+%	write$("]{")		% are used
+%	write$("\bibitem{")		% this line for numeric labels
+%	write$(cite$)
+%	write$("}")
+%	push "" on stack
+%	output.state := before.all
+%  END
+%
+% The fin.entry function finishes off an entry by adding a period to the
+% string remaining on the stack.  If the state is still before.all
+% then nothing was produced for this entry, so the result will look bad,
+% but the user deserves it. (We don't omit the whole entry because the
+% entry was cited, and a bibitem is needed to define the citation label.)
+%
+% fin.entry ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	write$(add.period$(pop()))
+%	newline$
+%  END
+%
+% The new.block function prepares for a new block to be output, and
+% new.sentence prepares for a new sentence.
+%
+% new.block ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if output.state <> before.all then
+%	    output.state := after.block
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% new.sentence ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if output.state <> after.block then
+%	    if output.state <> before.all then
+%		output.state :=  after.sentence
+%	    fi
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+}
+% the variables s and t are temporary string holders
+STRINGS { s t }
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+	{ add.period$ write$
+	  newline$
+	  "\newblock " write$
+	}
+	{ output.state before.all =
+	    'write$
+	    { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+%					apalike needs this function because
+%					the year has special punctuation;
+%					apalike ignores the month
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+    { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    { write$
+      " (" year * extra.label * ")" *
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+  "\bibitem[" write$
+  label write$
+  "]{" write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+% This function finishes all entries.
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+    'skip$
+    { output.state before.all =
+	'skip$
+	{ after.sentence 'output.state := }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% These three functions pop one or two (integer) arguments from the stack
+% and push a single one, either 0 or 1.
+% The 'skip$ in the `and' and `or' functions are used because
+% the corresponding if$ would be idempotent
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+% Sometimes we begin a new block only if the block will be big enough.  The
+% new.block.checka function issues a new.block if its argument is nonempty;
+% new.block.checkb does the same if either of its TWO arguments is nonempty.
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+% Here are some functions for formatting chunks of an entry.
+% By convention they either produce a string that can be followed by
+% a comma or period (using add.period$, so it is OK to end in a period),
+% or they produce the null string.
+%
+% A useful utility is the field.or.null function, which checks if the
+% argument is the result of pushing a `missing' field (one for which no
+% assignment was made when the current entry was read in from the database)
+% or the result of pushing a string having no non-white-space characters.
+% It returns the null string if so, otherwise it returns the field string.
+% Its main (but not only) purpose is to guarantee that what's left on the
+% stack is a string rather than a missing field.
+%
+% field.or.null(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then return ""
+%	else return s
+%  END
+%
+% Another helper function is emphasize, which returns the argument emphazised,
+% if that is non-empty, otherwise it returns the null string.  Italic
+% corrections aren't used, so this function should be used when punctation
+% will follow the result.
+%
+% emphasize(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then return ""
+%	else return "{\em " * s * "}"
+%
+% The format.names function formats the argument (which should be in
+% BibTeX name format) into "First Von Last, Junior", separated by commas
+% and with an "and" before the last (but ending with "et~al." if the last
+% of multiple authors is "others").  This function's argument should always
+% contain at least one name.
+%
+% VAR: nameptr, namesleft, numnames: INTEGER
+% pseudoVAR: nameresult: STRING		(it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% format.names(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	nameptr := 1
+%	numnames := num.names$(s)
+%	namesleft := numnames
+%	while namesleft > 0
+%	  do
+%				% for full names:
+%	    t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+%				% for abbreviated first names:
+%	    t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+%	    if nameptr > 1 then
+%		if namesleft > 1 then nameresult := nameresult * ", " * t
+%		else if numnames > 2
+%		       then nameresult := nameresult * ","
+%		     fi
+%		     if t = "others"
+%		       then nameresult := nameresult * " et~al."
+%		       else nameresult := nameresult * " and " * t
+%		     fi
+%		fi
+%	    else nameresult := t
+%	    fi
+%	    nameptr := nameptr + 1
+%	    namesleft := namesleft - 1
+%	  od
+%	return nameresult
+%  END
+%
+% The format.authors function returns the result of format.names(author)
+% if the author is present, or else it returns the null string
+%
+% format.authors ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(author) then return ""
+%	else return format.names(author)
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% Format.editors is like format.authors, but it uses the editor field,
+% and appends ", editor" or ", editors"
+%
+% format.editors ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(editor) then return ""
+%	else
+%	    if num.names$(editor) > 1 then
+%		return format.names(editor) * ", editors"
+%	    else
+%		return format.names(editor) * ", editor"
+%	    fi
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% Other formatting functions are similar, so no "comment version" will be
+% given for them.
+%
+% The `pop$' in this function gets rid of the duplicate `empty' value and
+% the `skip$' returns the duplicate field value
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't :=   % last name first
+      nameptr #1 >
+	{ namesleft #1 >
+	    { ", " * t * }
+	    { numnames #2 >
+		{ "," * }
+		'skip$
+	      if$
+	      t "others" =
+		{ " et~al." * }
+		{ " and " * t * }
+	      if$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.key}			% this function is just for apalike
+{ empty$
+    { key field.or.null }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+	{ ", editors" * }
+	{ ", editor" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.title function is used for non-book-like titles.
+% For most styles we convert to lowercase (except for the very first letter,
+% and except for the first one after a colon (followed by whitespace)),
+% and hope the user has brace-surrounded words that need to stay capitilized;
+% for some styles, however, we leave it as it is in the database.
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { title "t" change.case$ }
+  if$
+}
+% By default, BibTeX sets the global integer variable global.max$ to the BibTeX
+% constant glob_str_size, the maximum length of a global string variable.
+% Analogously, BibTeX sets the global integer variable entry.max$ to
+% ent_str_size, the maximum length of an entry string variable.
+% The style designer may change these if necessary (but this is unlikely)
+% The n.dashify function makes each single `-' in a string a double `--'
+% if it's not already
+%
+% pseudoVAR: pageresult: STRING		(it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% n.dashify(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	t := s
+%	pageresult := ""
+%	while (not empty$(t))
+%	  do
+%	    if (first character of t = "-")
+%	      then
+%		if (next character isn't)
+%		  then
+%		    pageresult := pageresult * "--"
+%		    t := t with the "-" removed
+%		  else
+%		    while (first character of t = "-")
+%		      do
+%			pageresult := pageresult * "-"
+%			t := t with the "-" removed
+%		      od
+%		fi
+%	      else
+%		pageresult := pageresult * the first character
+%		t := t with the first character removed
+%	    fi
+%	  od
+%	return pageresult
+%  END
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+	{ t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+	    { "--" *
+	      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	    }
+	    {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+		{ "-" *
+		  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+		}
+	      while$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ t #1 #1 substring$ *
+	  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+% The format.btitle is for formatting the title field when it is a book-like
+% entry---the style used here keeps it in uppers-and-lowers and emphasizes it.
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+% For several functions we'll need to connect two strings with a
+% tie (~) if the second one isn't very long (fewer than 3 characters).
+% The tie.or.space.connect function does that.  It concatenates the two
+% strings on top of the stack, along with either a tie or space between
+% them, and puts this concatenation back onto the stack:
+%
+% tie.or.space.connect(str1,str2) ==
+%    BEGIN
+%	if text.length$(str2) < 3
+%	  then return the concatenation of str1, "~", and str2
+%	  else return the concatenation of str1, " ", and str2
+%    END
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+% The either.or.check function complains if both fields or an either-or pair
+% are nonempty.
+%
+% either.or.check(t,s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then
+%	    warning$(can't use both " * t * " fields in " * cite$)
+%	fi
+%  END
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.bvolume function is for formatting the volume and perhaps
+% series name of a multivolume work.  If both a volume and a series field
+% are there, we assume the series field is the title of the whole multivolume
+% work (the title field should be the title of the thing being referred to),
+% and we add an "of <series>".  This function is called in mid-sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.number.series function is for formatting the series name
+% and perhaps number of a work in a series.  This function is similar to
+% format.bvolume, although for this one the series must exist (and the
+% volume must not exist).  If the number field is empty we output either
+% the series field unchanged if it exists or else the null string.
+% If both the number and series fields are there we assume the series field
+% gives the name of the whole series (the title field should be the title
+% of the work being one referred to), and we add an "in <series>".
+% We capitilize Number when this function is used at the beginning of a block.
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+	{ series field.or.null }
+	{ output.state mid.sentence =
+	    { "number" }
+	    { "Number" }
+	  if$
+	  number tie.or.space.connect
+	  series empty$
+	    { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	    { " in " * series * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.edition function appends " edition" to the edition, if present.
+% We lowercase the edition (it should be something like "Third"), because
+% this doesn't start a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+	{ edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+	{ edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.pages function is used for formatting a page range in a book
+% (and in rare circumstances, an article).
+%
+% The multi.page.check function examines the page field for a "-" or "," or "+"
+% so that format.pages can use "page" instead of "pages" if none exists.
+% Note: global.max$ here means "take the rest of the string"
+%
+% VAR: multiresult: INTEGER	(actually, a boolean)
+%
+% multi.page.check(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	t := s
+%	multiresult := false
+%	while ((not multiresult) and (not empty$(t)))
+%	  do
+%	    if (first character of t = "-" or "," or "+")
+%	      then multiresult := true
+%	      else t := t with the first character removed
+%	    fi
+%	  od
+%	return multiresult
+%  END
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+	{ #1 'multiresult := }
+	{ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+% This function doesn't begin a sentence so "pages" isn't capitalized.
+% Other functions that use this should keep that in mind.
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+	{ "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+	{ "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.vol.num.pages function is for the volume, number, and page range
+% of a journal article.  We use the format:  vol(number):pages, with some
+% variations for empty fields.  This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+  number empty$
+    'skip$
+    { "(" number * ")" * *
+      volume empty$
+	{ "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+	{ pop$ format.pages }
+	{ ":" * pages n.dashify * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.chapter.pages, if the chapter is present, puts whatever is in the
+% type field (or else "chapter" if type is empty) in front of a chapter number.
+% It then appends the pages, if present.  This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+	{ "chapter" }
+	{ type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.in.ed.booktitle function is used for starting out a sentence
+% that begins "In <booktitle>", putting an editor before the title if one
+% exists.
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+	{ "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+	{ "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The function format.thesis.type returns either the (case-changed) type field,
+% if it is defined, or else the default string already on the stack
+% (like "Master's thesis" or "PhD thesis").
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The function format.tr.number makes a string starting with "Technical Report"
+% (or type, if that field is defined), followed by the number if there is one;
+% it returns the starting part (with a case change) even if there is no number.
+% This is used at the beginning of a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+% Now come the cross-referencing functions (these are invoked because
+% one entry in the database file(s) cross-references another, by giving
+% the other entry's database key in a `crossref' field).  This feature
+% allows one or more titled things that are part of a larger titled
+% thing to cross-reference the larger thing.  These styles allow for
+% five posibilities: (1) an ARTICLE may cross-reference an ARTICLE;
+% (2) a BOOK, (3) INBOOK, or (4) INCOLLECTION may cross-reference a BOOK;
+% or (5) an INPROCEEDINGS may cross-reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Each of these is explained in more detail later.
+%
+% An ARTICLE entry type may cross reference another ARTICLE (this is
+% intended for when an entire journal is devoted to a single topic---
+% but since there is no JOURNAL entry type, the journal, too, should be
+% classified as an ARTICLE but without the author and title fields).
+% This will result in two warning messages for the journal's entry
+% if it's included in the reference list, but such is life.
+%
+% format.article.crossref ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(key) then
+%	    if empty$(journal) then
+%		warning$("need key or journal for " * cite$ *
+%						" to crossref " * crossref)
+%		return(" \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+%	    else
+%		return("In " * emphazise.correct (journal) *
+%						" \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+%		fi
+%	else
+%	    return("In " * key * " \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% The other cross-referencing functions are similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "In"							% this is for apalike
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% A BOOK (or INBOOK) entry type (assumed to be for a single volume in a
+% multivolume work) may cross reference another BOOK (the entire multivolume).
+% Usually there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct the
+% cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else the series
+% field (since the series gives the title of the multivolume work).
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In "
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  "\cite{" * crossref * "}" *				% this is for apalike
+}
+% An INCOLLECTION entry type may cross reference a BOOK (assumed to be the
+% collection), or an INPROCEEDINGS may cross reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Often there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct
+% the cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else
+% the booktitle field (which gives the cross-referenced work's title).
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "In"							% this is for apalike
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% Now we define the type functions for all entry types that may appear
+% in the .BIB file---e.g., functions like `article' and `book'.  These
+% are the routines that actually generate the .BBL-file output for
+% the entry.  These must all precede the READ command.  In addition, the
+% style designer should have a function `default.type' for unknown types.
+% Note: The fields (within each list) are listed in order of appearance,
+% except as described for an `inbook' or a `proceedings'.
+%
+% The article function is for an article in a journal.  An article may
+% CROSSREF another article.
+%	Required fields: author, title, journal, year
+%	Optional fields: volume, number, pages, month, note
+%
+% article ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	output.bibitem
+%	output.check(format.authors,"author")
+%	new.block
+%	output.check(format.title,"title")
+%	new.block
+%	if missing$(crossref) then
+%	    output.check(emphasize(journal),"journal")
+%	    output(format.vol.num.pages)
+%	    output.check(format.date,"year")
+%       else
+%	    output.nonnull(format.article.crossref)
+%	    output(format.pages)
+%	fi
+%	new.block
+%	output(note)
+%	fin.entry
+%  END
+%
+% The book function is for a whole book.  A book may CROSSREF another book.
+%	Required fields: author or editor, title, publisher, year
+%	Optional fields: volume or number, series, address, edition, month,
+%			note
+%
+% book ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(author) then output.check(format.editors,"author and editor")
+%	else	output.check(format.authors,"author")
+%		if missing$(crossref) then
+%		    either.or.check("author and editor",editor)
+%		fi
+%	fi
+%	new.block
+%	output.check(format.btitle,"title")
+%	if missing$(crossref) then
+%	    output(format.bvolume)
+%	    new.block
+%	    output(format.number.series)
+%	    new.sentence
+%	    output.check(publisher,"publisher")
+%	    output(address)
+%       else
+%	    new.block
+%	    output.nonnull(format.book.crossref)
+%	fi
+%	output(format.edition)
+%	output.check(format.date,"year")
+%	new.block
+%	output(note)
+%	fin.entry
+%  END
+%
+% The other entry functions are all quite similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+      format.vol.num.pages output
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check				% special for apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A booklet is a bound thing without a publisher or sponsoring institution.
+%	Required: title
+%	Optional: author, howpublished, address, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% For the conference entry type, see inproceedings.
+% An inbook is a piece of a book: either a chapter and/or a page range.
+% It may CROSSREF a book.  If there's no volume field, the type field
+% will come before number and series.
+%	Required: author or editor, title, chapter and/or pages, publisher,year
+%	Optional: volume or number, series, type, address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check				% special for apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% An incollection is like inbook, but where there is a separate title
+% for the referenced thing (and perhaps an editor for the whole).
+% An incollection may CROSSREF a book.
+%	Required: author, title, booktitle, publisher, year
+%	Optional: editor, volume or number, series, type, chapter, pages,
+%			address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+      format.edition output
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% An inproceedings is an article in a conference proceedings, and it may
+% CROSSREF a proceedings.  If there's no address field, the month (& year)
+% will appear just before note.
+%	Required: author, title, booktitle, year
+%	Optional: editor, volume or number, series, pages, address, month,
+%			organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.pages output
+      address output					% for apalike
+      new.sentence					% there's no year
+      organization output				% here so things
+      publisher output					% are simpler
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% The conference function is included for Scribe compatibility.
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+% A manual is technical documentation.
+%	Required: title
+%	Optional: author, organization, address, edition, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  organization address new.block.checkb
+  organization output
+  address output
+  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A mastersthesis is a Master's thesis.
+%	Required: author, title, school, year
+%	Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A misc is something that doesn't fit elsewhere.
+%	Required: at least one of the `optional' fields
+%	Optional: author, title, howpublished, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title output
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A phdthesis is like a mastersthesis.
+%	Required: author, title, school, year
+%	Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A proceedings is a conference proceedings.
+% If there is an organization but no editor field, the organization will
+% appear as the first optional field (we try to make the first block nonempty);
+% if there's no address field, the month (& year) will appear just before note.
+%	Required: title, year
+%	Optional: editor, volume or number, series, address, month,
+%			organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.editors output
+  editor format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address output				% for apalike
+  new.sentence					% we always output
+  organization output				% a nonempty organization
+  publisher output				% here
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A techreport is a technical report.
+%	Required: author, title, institution, year
+%	Optional: type, number, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% An unpublished is something that hasn't been published.
+%	Required: author, title, note
+%	Optional: month, year
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  fin.entry
+}
+% We use entry type `misc' for an unknown type; BibTeX gives a warning.
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+% Here are macros for common things that may vary from style to style.
+% Users are encouraged to use these macros.
+%
+% Months are either written out in full or abbreviated
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+% Journals are either written out in full or abbreviated;
+% the abbreviations are like those found in ACM publications.
+%
+% To get a completely different set of abbreviations, it may be best to make
+% a separate .bib file with nothing but those abbreviations; users could then
+% include that file name as the first argument to the \bibliography command
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+% Now we read in the .BIB entries.
+READ
+% The sortify function converts to lower case after purify$ing; it's
+% used in sorting and in computing alphabetic labels after sorting
+%
+% The chop.word(w,len,s) function returns either s or, if the first len
+% letters of s equals w (this comparison is done in the third line of the
+% function's definition), it returns that part of s after w.
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+  "l" change.case$
+}
+INTEGERS { len }
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+  'len :=
+  s #1 len substring$ =
+    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+    's
+  if$
+}
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels
+%
+% The format.lab.names function makes a short label by using the initials of
+% the von and Last parts of the names (but if there are more than four names,
+% (i.e., people) it truncates after three and adds a superscripted "+";
+% it also adds such a "+" if the last of multiple authors is "others").
+% If there is only one name, and its von and Last parts combined have just
+% a single name-token ("Knuth" has a single token, "Brinch Hansen" has two),
+% we take the first three letters of the last name.  The boolean
+% et.al.char.used tells whether we've used a superscripted "+", so that we
+% know whether to include a LaTeX macro for it.
+%
+% format.lab.names(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	numnames := num.names$(s)
+%	if numnames > 1 then
+%	    if numnames > 4 then
+%		namesleft := 3
+%	    else
+%		namesleft := numnames
+%	    nameptr := 1
+%	    nameresult := ""
+%	    while namesleft > 0
+%	      do
+%		if (name_ptr = numnames) and
+%		     format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}") = "others"
+%		   then nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+%			et.al.char.used := true
+%		   else nameresult := nameresult *
+%				format.name$(s, nameptr, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+%		nameptr := nameptr + 1
+%		namesleft := namesleft - 1
+%	      od
+%	    if numnames > 4 then
+%		nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+%		et.al.char.used := true
+%	else
+%	    t := format.name$(s, 1, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+%	    if text.length$(t) < 2 then	% there's just one name-token
+%		nameresult := text.prefix$(format.name$(s,1,"{ll}"),3)
+%	    else
+%		nameresult := t
+%	    fi
+%	fi
+%	return nameresult
+%  END
+%
+% Exactly what fields we look at in constructing the primary part of the label
+% depends on the entry type; this selectivity (as opposed to, say, always
+% looking at author, then editor, then key) helps ensure that "ignored" fields,
+% as described in the LaTeX book, really are ignored.  Note that MISC is part
+% of the deepest `else' clause in the nested part of calc.label; thus, any
+% unrecognized entry type in the database is handled correctly.
+%
+% There is one auxiliary function for each of the four different sequences of
+% fields we use.  The first of these functions looks at the author field, and
+% then, if necessary, the key field.  The other three functions, which might
+% look at two fields and the key field, are similar, except that the key field
+% takes precedence over the organization field (for labels---not for sorting).
+%
+% The calc.label function calculates the preliminary label of an entry, which
+% is formed by taking three letters of information from the author or editor or
+% key or organization field (depending on the entry type and on what's empty,
+% but ignoring a leading "The " in the organization), and appending the last
+% two characters (digits) of the year. It is an error if the appropriate fields
+% among author, editor, organization, and key are missing, and we use
+% the first three letters of the cite$ in desperation when this happens.
+% The resulting label has the year part, but not the name part, purify$ed
+% (purify$ing the year allows some sorting shenanigans by the user).
+%
+% This function also calculates the version of the label to be used in sorting.
+%
+% The final label may need a trailing 'a', 'b', etc., to distinguish it from
+% otherwise identical labels, but we can't calculated those "extra.label"s
+% until after sorting.
+%
+% calc.label ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if type$ = "book" or "inbook" then
+%	    author.editor.key.label
+%	else if type$ = "proceedings" then
+%	    editor.key.organization.label
+%	else if type$ = "manual" then
+%	    author.key.organization.label
+%	else
+%	    author.key.label
+%	fi fi fi
+%	label := label * substring$(purify$(field.or.null(year)), -1, 2)
+%		% assuming we will also sort, we calculate a sort.label
+%	sort.label := sortify(label), but use the last four, not two, digits
+%  END
+%			There are three apalike cases: one person (Jones),
+%			two (Jones and de~Bruijn), and more (Jones et~al.).
+%			This function is much like format.crossref.editors.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+  s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  s num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " et~al." * }
+    { #2 <
+	'skip$
+	{ s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+	    { " et~al." * }
+	    { " and " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	'key					% apalike uses the whole key
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	    'key				% apalike uses the whole key
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ editor format.lab.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	'key			% apalike uses the whole key, no organization
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.key.label
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+	'editor.key.label			% apalike ignores organization
+	'author.key.label			% for labeling and sorting
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  ", "							% these three lines are
+  *							% for apalike, which
+  year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$		% uses all four digits
+  *
+  'label :=
+}
+% It doesn't seem like a particularly good idea to use an order-of-citation
+% reference list when using alphabetic labels, but we need to have a
+% special pass to calculate labels when this happens.
+% When sorting, we compute the sortkey by executing "presort" on each entry.
+% The presort key contains a number of "sortify"ed strings, concatenated
+% with multiple blanks between them.  This makes things like "brinch  per"
+% come before "brinch hansen  per".
+%
+% The fields used here are: the sort.label for alphabetic labels (as set by
+% calc.label), followed by the author names (or editor names or organization
+% (with a leading "The " removed) or key field, depending on entry type and on
+% what's empty), followed by year, followed by the first bit of the title
+% (chopping off a leading "The ", "A ", or "An ").
+% Names are formatted: Von Last First Junior.
+% The names within a part will be separated by a single blank
+% (such as "brinch hansen"), two will separate the name parts themselves
+% (except the von and last), three will separate the names,
+% four will separate the names from year (and from label, if alphabetic),
+% and four will separate year from title.
+%
+% The sort.format.names function takes an argument that should be in
+% BibTeX name format, and returns a string containing "   "-separated
+% names in the format described above.  The function is almost the same
+% as format.names.
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  ""
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { nameptr #1 >
+	{ "   " * }
+	'skip$
+      if$						% apalike uses initials
+      s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  f{ }}{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here
+      nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+	{ "et al" * }
+	{ t sortify * }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+% The sort.format.title function returns the argument,
+% but first any leading "A "'s, "An "'s, or "The "'s are removed.
+% The chop.word function uses s, so we need another string variable, t
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+  sortify
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+% The auxiliary functions here, for the presort function, are analogous to
+% the ones for calc.label; the same comments apply, except that the
+% organization field takes precedence here over the key field.  For sorting
+% purposes, we still remove a leading "The " from the organization field.
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { key sortify }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ editor sort.format.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+%			apalike uses two sorting passes; the first one sets the
+%			labels so that the `a's, `b's, etc. can be computed;
+%			the second pass puts the references in "correct" order.
+%			The presort function is for the first pass. It computes
+%			label, sort.label, and title, and then concatenates.
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+  label sortify
+  "    "
+  *
+  type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.sort
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+	'editor.sort
+	'author.sort
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$	% for
+  'sort.label :=		% apalike
+  sort.label			% style
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+ITERATE {presort}
+% And now we can sort
+SORT		% by label, sort.label, title---for final label calculation
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels, when sorted
+%
+% Now comes the final computation for alphabetic labels, putting in the 'a's
+% and 'b's and so forth if required.  This involves two passes: a forward
+% pass to put in the 'b's, 'c's and so on, and a backwards pass
+% to put in the 'a's (we don't want to put in 'a's unless we know there
+% are 'b's).
+% We have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+%
+% VAR: longest.label, last.sort.label, next.extra: string
+%      longest.label.width, last.extra.num: integer
+%
+% initialize.longest.label ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	longest.label := ""
+%	last.sort.label := int.to.chr$(0)
+%	next.extra := ""
+%	longest.label.width := 0
+%	last.extra.num := 0
+%  END
+%
+% forward.pass ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if last.sort.label = sort.label then
+%	    last.extra.num := last.extra.num + 1
+%	    extra.label := int.to.chr$(last.extra.num)
+%	else
+%	    last.extra.num := chr.to.int$("a")
+%	    extra.label := ""
+%	    last.sort.label := sort.label
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% reverse.pass ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if next.extra = "b" then
+%	    extra.label := "a"
+%	fi
+%	label := label * extra.label
+%	if width$(label) > longest.label.width then
+%	    longest.label := label
+%	    longest.label.width := width$(label)
+%	fi
+%	next.extra := extra.label
+%  END
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra }	% apalike labels are only for the text;
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num }		% there are none in the bibliography
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}	% and hence there is no `longest.label'
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+  "" 'next.extra :=
+  #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.label label =
+    { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+      last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+    }
+    { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+      "" 'extra.label :=
+      label 'last.label :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+    { "a" 'extra.label := }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  label extra.label * 'label :=
+  extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+%				Now that the label is right we sort for real,
+%				on sort.label then year then title.  This is
+%				for the second sorting pass.
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+{ sort.label
+  "    "
+  *
+  year field.or.null sortify
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+SORT		% by sort.label, year, title---giving final bibliography order
+% Now we're ready to start writing the .BBL file.
+% We begin, if necessary, with a LaTeX macro for unnamed names in an alphabetic
+% label; next comes stuff from the `preamble' command in the database files.
+% Then we give an incantation containing the command
+%     \begin{thebibliography}{...}
+% where the `...' is the longest label.
+%
+% We also call init.state.consts, for use by the output routines.
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$				% no \etalchar in apalike
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$		% no labels in apalike
+}
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+% Now we produce the output for all the entries
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+% Finally, we finish up by writing the `\end{thebibliography}' command.
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phcpc.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phcpc.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e313fe16af8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phcpc.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1885 @@
+% BibTeX styles for various physics journals (27-Feb-1990).
+% This file, physics.btx, is based on the file btxbst.doc.
+	% Please notify Charles Karney (Karney@Princeton.EDU)
+	% of any bugs, improvements, etc.
+% Run this file through cpp to get specific versions.  I have written
+% a version of cpp within Emacs.  To access it put
+%	(autoload 'cpp "tex$bibtex:cpp"		; Use cpp for BibTeX styles
+%		  "C preprocessor"
+%		  t)
+% into your .emacs file.  Read in this file with
+%	emacs tex$bibtex:physics.btx
+% and run cpp with e.g.,
+%	M-x cpp <ret> aip <ret>
+% Save the resulting file to tex$latex:aip.bst.
+% To accomodate the variations we need (in addition to the definitions below)
+%	ATIT_SUPPRESS:	do not include the titles of journal articles
+%	NAME_INVERT:	put the initials last
+%	NAME_UPPER:	convert names to all caps.
+%	MONTH_SUPPRESS:	do not include months in journal articles
+%	PAREN_DATE:	dates go in parens in journal articles
+%	DATE_FIRST:	dates go before page numbers
+%	VOLUME_SPACE:	volume set off with space (not colon)
+%	NUM_SUPPRESS:	do not include numbers in journal articles
+%	BOLD_VOL:	volume numbers in bold face in journal articles
+%	BRACKET_NOTE:	notes in brackets
+%	PAGE_START_J:	include only starting page for journal articles
+%	PAGE_START_O:	include only starting page for other entries
+%	PAGE_ABBREV:	abbreviate page to p. and pages to pp.
+%	PHYSICS_JOUR:	include abbreviations for Physics journals
+%	COMMA_DELIMIT:	use comma (instead of period) to divide a citation
+%	NOTE_SUPPRESS:	suppress the note
+%	MAX_NAMES:	max number of authors before using et al (0 = infinity)
+%	MIN_NAMES:	number of authors to list with et al.
+%	EDIT_VAR:	use "edited by ..." instead of "..., editors"
+%	RMP_LABELS:	create RMP-style labels
+%	KEY_CITE:	use key as label
+%	NAMED_REFS:	use (Smith, 1988) style of citations
+%	CSC_NAMES:	names set in caps and small caps
+%	JOUR_DEEMPH:	don't emphasize journal name
+%	ETAL_EMPH:	emphasize et al.
+%	ALT_INCOLL	alternate ordering of fields in incollections
+% These are all boolean (0 or 1) except for MAX_NAMES and MIN_NAMES.
+% These need to satisfy 0 <= MIN_NAMES <= MAX_NAMES.
+% The rule here is that if all these are defined to be zero, we revert to
+% the standard styles.  For that reason we initialize them all to 0.
+% These are the original macros
+	% For Computer Physics Communications
+% same as AIP except for 0, 0
+% This is the start of btxbst.doc
+% BibTeX `plain' family
+	% version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+	% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+	% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+	% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+	% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+	% btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+	% This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+	% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+% Please notify Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU) of any bugs in
+% these standard styles or in this documentation file.
+%
+% This is file btxbxt.doc; it helps document bibliography styles,
+% and is also a template file that you can use to make
+% several different style files, if you have access to a C preprocessor.
+% For example, the standard styles were made by doing something like
+%	cpp -P -DPLAIN btxbst.doc plain.txt
+%	cpp -P -DUNSRT btxbst.doc unsrt.txt
+%	cpp -P -DALPHA btxbst.doc alpha.txt
+%	cpp -P -DABBRV btxbst.doc abbrv.txt
+% and then renaming after removing unwanted comments and blank lines.
+% If you don't have access,
+% you can edit this file by hand to imitate the preprocessor,
+% with the following explanation of the C preprocessor constructs used here.
+%
+% The output of the preprocessor is the same as the input, except that certain
+% lines will be excluded (and some blank lines will be added).  The sequence
+%	#if VAR
+%	    lines to be included when VAR is not zero
+%	#else
+%	    lines to be included when VAR is zero
+%	#endif
+% (with the #-signs appearing in column 1) means that one set or the other of
+% the lines are to be included depending on the value of VAR.
+% The #else part is optional.  Comments can be added after #else and #endif.
+% Variables can be set by
+%	#define VAR value
+% and one can also use #ifdef VAR to see if VAR has any value, and #ifndef
+% to see if it has none.
+% Another #if form used in this file is #if !VAR, which includes the lines
+% after the #if only if VAR is zero.
+%
+% Convention: Use all uppercase identifiers for these preprocessor variables
+% so you can spot them easily
+%
+% The command line to the preprocessor should define one of PLAIN, UNSRT, ALPHA
+% or ABBRV (though PLAIN will be used by default if none is given),
+% and the following lines will set various boolean variables to control the
+% various lines that are chosen from the rest of the file.
+% Each boolean variable should be set true (1) or false (0) in each style.
+% Here are the current variables, and their meanings:
+%	0:	an alphabetic label is used (if false then a numeric
+%			    label is used)
+%	0:		the entries should be sorted by label (if nonnumeric)
+%			    and other info, like authors (if false, then
+%			    entries remain in order of occurrence)
+%	0:	the authors, editors, etc., get the full names as
+%			    given in the bibliography file (if false, the first
+%			    names become initials)
+%	1:	titles of non-"books" (e.g., articles) should be
+%			    converted to lower-case, except the first letter or
+%			    first letter after a colon
+%			    (if false then they appear as in the database)
+%	0:	months are spelled out in full (if false, then
+%			    they're abbreviated)
+%	0:	macro journal names are spelled out in full
+%			    (if false then they are abbreviated, currently
+%			    as they appear in ACM publications)
+%#	    define PLAIN 1
+%
+%   Entry formatting: Similar to that recommended by Mary-Claire van Leunen
+%	in "A Handbook for Scholars".  Book-like titles are italicized
+%	(emphasized) and non-book titles are converted to sentence
+%	capitilization (and not enclosed in quotes).
+%	This file outputs a \newblock between major blocks of an entry
+%	(the name \newblock is analogous to the names \newline and \newpage)
+%	so that the user can obtain an "open" format, which has a line break
+%	before each block and lines after the first are indented within blocks,
+%	by giving the optional \documentstyle argument `openbib';
+%	The default is the "closed" format---blocks runs together.
+%
+%   Citation alphabetic label format:
+%		[Knu73] for single author (or editor or key)
+%		[AHU83] (first letters of last names) for multiple authors
+%
+%   Citation label numberic format:
+%		[number]
+%
+%   Reference list ordering for sorted, alphabetic lables:
+%		alphabetical by citation label, then by author(s) or whatever
+%		passes for author in the absence of one, then by year,
+%		then title
+%
+%   Reference list ordering for sorted, numeric lables:
+%		alphabetical by author(s) or whatever passes
+%		for author in the absence of one, then by year, then title
+%
+%   Reference list ordering for unsorted:
+%		by the order cited in the text
+%
+%   History
+%   12/16/84	(HWT)	Original `plain' version, by Howard Trickey.
+%   12/23/84	(LL)	Some comments made by Leslie Lamport.
+%    2/16/85	(OP)	Changes based on LL's comments, Oren Patashnik.
+%    2/17/85	(HWT)	Template file and other standard styles made.
+%    3/28/85	(OP)	First release, version 0.98b for BibTeX 0.98f.
+%    5/ 9/85	(OP)	Version 0.98c for BibTeX 0.98i:
+%			fixed Theoretical Computer Science macro name;
+%			fixed the format.vol.num.pages function.
+%    1/24/88	(OP)	Version 0.99a for BibTeX 0.99a, main changes:
+%			assignment operator (:=) arguments reversed;
+%			the preamble$ function outputs the database PREAMBLE;
+%			entry.max$ and global.max$ (built-in) variables replace
+%			entry.string.max and global.string.max functions;
+%			alphabetizing by year then title, not just title;
+%			many unnecessary ties removed; \it ==> \em;
+%			the `alpha' style uses a superscripted `+' instead of a
+%			`*' for unnamed names in constructing the label;
+%			the `abbrv' style now uses "Mar." and "Sept.";
+%			the functions calc.label and presort now look at just
+%			the fields they're supposed to;
+%			BOOKLET, MASTERSTHESIS, TECHREPORT use nonbook titles;
+%			INBOOK and INCOLLECTION take an optional type (e.g.
+%			type = "Section"), overriding the default "chapter";
+%			BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, and PROCEEDINGS now allow
+%			either volume or number, not just volume;
+%			INCOLLECTION now allows an edition and series field;
+%			PROCEEDINGS and INPROCEEDINGS now use the address field
+%			to tell where a conference was held;
+%			INPROCEEDINGS and PROCEEDINGS now allow either volume
+%			or number, and also a series field;
+%			MASTERSTHESIS and PHDTHESIS accept types other than
+%			"Master's thesis" and "PhD thesis";
+%			UNPUBLISHED now outputs, in one block, note then date;
+%			MANUAL now prints out the organization in
+%			the first block if the author field is empty;
+%			MISC can't be empty---it requires some optional field.
+%    3/23/88	(OP)	Version 0.99b for BibTeX 0.99c---changed the three
+%			erroneous occurrences of `cite ' to `cite$ '; this
+%			change didn't affect the four standard styles, so the
+%			0.99a versions of those styles are still current.
+%
+% The ENTRY declaration
+%   Like Scribe's (according to pages 231-2 of the April '84 edition),
+%   but no fullauthor or editors fields because BibTeX does name handling.
+%   The annote field is commented out here because this family doesn't
+%   include an annotated bibliography style.  And in addition to the fields
+%   listed here, BibTeX has a built-in crossref field, explained later.
+ENTRY
+% Fields:
+  { address
+%	    Usually the address of a publisher or other type of organization.
+%	    Put information in this field only if it helps the reader find the
+%	    thing---for example you should omit the address of a major
+%	    publisher entirely.  For a PROCEEDINGS or an INPROCEEDINGS,
+%	    however, it's the address of the conference; for those two entry
+%	    types, include the publisher's or organization's address, if
+%	    necessary, in the publisher or organization field.
+%    annote
+%	    Long annotation---for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence).
+    author
+%	    Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format.
+    booktitle
+%	    Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book.
+%	    For book entries, the title field should be used instead.
+    chapter
+%	    Chapter (or section or whatever) number.
+    edition
+%	    Edition of a book---should be an ordinal (e.g., "Second").
+    editor
+%	    Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format.
+%	    If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be
+%	    for the book or collection that the work appears in.
+    howpublished
+%	     How something strange has been published (begins sentence).
+    institution
+%	    Sponsoring institution of a technical report.
+    journal
+%	    Journal name (macros are provided for many).
+    key
+%	    Alphabetizing, labeling, and cross-referencing key
+%	    (needed when an entry has no author or editor).
+    month
+%	    Month (macros are provided).
+    note
+%	    To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence).
+    number
+%	    Number of a journal or technical report, or of a work in a series.
+    organization
+%	    Organization sponsoring a conference (or publishing a manual); if
+%	    the editor (or author) is empty, and if the organization produces
+%	    an awkward label or cross reference, you should put appropriately
+%	    condensed organization information in the key field as well.
+    pages
+%	    Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range, use `+'
+%	    to indicate pages following that don't form a simple range).
+    publisher
+%	    Publisher name.
+    school
+%	    School name (for theses).
+    series
+%	    The name of a series or set of books.
+%	    An individual book will will also have it's own title.
+    title
+%	    The title of the thing you're referred to.
+    type
+%	    Type of a Techreport (e.g., "Research Note") to be used instead of
+%	    the default "Technical Report"; or, similarly, the type of a
+%	    thesis; or of a part of a book.
+    volume
+%	    The volume number of a journal or multivolume work.
+    year
+%	    The year should contain only numerals (technically, it should end
+%	    with four numerals, after purification; doesn't a begin sentence).
+  }
+% There are no integer entry variables
+  {}
+% These string entry variables are used to form the citation label.
+% In a storage pinch, sort.label can be easily computed on the fly.
+  { label }
+% Each entry function starts by calling output.bibitem, to write the
+% \bibitem and its arguments to the .BBL file.  Then the various fields
+% are formatted and printed by output or output.check.  Those functions
+% handle the writing of separators (commas, periods, \newblock's),
+% taking care not to do so when they are passed a null string.
+% Finally, fin.entry is called to add the final period and finish the
+% entry.
+%
+% A bibliographic reference is formatted into a number of `blocks':
+% in the open format, a block begins on a new line and subsequent
+% lines of the block are indented.  A block may contain more than
+% one sentence (well, not a grammatical sentence, but something to
+% be ended with a sentence ending period).  The entry functions should
+% call new.block whenever a block other than the first is about to be
+% started.  They should call new.sentence whenever a new sentence is
+% to be started.  The output functions will ensure that if two
+% new.sentence's occur without any non-null string being output between
+% them then there won't be two periods output.  Similarly for two
+% successive new.block's.
+%
+% The output routines don't write their argument immediately.
+% Instead, by convention, that argument is saved on the stack to be
+% output next time (when we'll know what separator needs to come
+% after it).  Meanwhile, the output routine has to pop the pending
+% output off the stack, append any needed separator, and write it.
+%
+% To tell which separator is needed, we maintain an output.state.
+% It will be one of these values:
+%	before.all		just after the \bibitem
+%	mid.sentence		in the middle of a sentence: comma needed
+%					if more sentence is output
+%	after.sentence		just after a sentence: period needed
+%	after.block		just after a block (and sentence):
+%					period and \newblock needed.
+% Note: These styles don't use after.sentence
+%
+% VAR: output.state : INTEGER		-- state variable for output
+%
+% The output.nonnull function saves its argument (assumed to be nonnull)
+% on the stack, and writes the old saved value followed by any needed
+% separator.  The ordering of the tests is decreasing frequency of
+% occurrence.
+%
+% output.nonnull(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	s := argument on stack
+%	if output.state = mid.sentence then
+%	    write$(pop() * ", ")
+%		  -- "pop" isn't a function: just use stack top
+%	else
+%	    if output.state = after.block then
+%		write$(add.period$(pop()))
+%		newline$
+%		write$("\newblock ")
+%	    else
+%		if output.state = before.all then
+%		    write$(pop())
+%		else	    -- output.state should be after.sentence
+%		    write$(add.period$(pop()) * " ")
+%		fi
+%	    fi
+%	    output.state := mid.sentence
+%	fi
+%	push s on stack
+%  END
+%
+% The output function calls output.nonnull if its argument is non-empty;
+% its argument may be a missing field (thus, not necessarily a string)
+%
+% output(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if not empty$(s) then output.nonnull(s)
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% The output.check function is the same as the output function except that, if
+% necessary, output.check warns the user that the t field shouldn't be empty
+% (this is because it probably won't be a good reference without the field;
+% the entry functions try to make the formatting look reasonable even when
+% such fields are empty).
+%
+% output.check(s,t) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then
+%	    warning$("empty " * t * " in " * cite$)
+%	else output.nonnull(s)
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% The output.bibitem function writes the \bibitem for the current entry
+% (the label should already have been set up), and sets up the separator
+% state for the output functions.  And, it leaves a string on the stack
+% as per the output convention.
+%
+% output.bibitem ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	newline$
+%	write$("\bibitem[")	% for alphabetic labels,
+%	write$(label)		% these three lines
+%	write$("]{")		% are used
+%	write$("\bibitem{")		% this line for numeric labels
+%	write$(cite$)
+%	write$("}")
+%	push "" on stack
+%	output.state := before.all
+%  END
+%
+% The fin.entry function finishes off an entry by adding a period to the
+% string remaining on the stack.  If the state is still before.all
+% then nothing was produced for this entry, so the result will look bad,
+% but the user deserves it. (We don't omit the whole entry because the
+% entry was cited, and a bibitem is needed to define the citation label.)
+%
+% fin.entry ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	write$(add.period$(pop()))
+%	newline$
+%  END
+%
+% The new.block function prepares for a new block to be output, and
+% new.sentence prepares for a new sentence.
+%
+% new.block ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if output.state <> before.all then
+%	    output.state := after.block
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% new.sentence ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if output.state <> after.block then
+%	    if output.state <> before.all then
+%		output.state :=  after.sentence
+%	    fi
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+}
+% the variables s and t are temporary string holders
+STRINGS { s t }
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+	{ "," * write$
+	  newline$
+	  "\newblock " write$
+	}
+	{ output.state before.all =
+	    'write$
+	    { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+  "\bibitem{" write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+% This function finishes all entries.
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ skip$
+}
+% These three functions pop one or two (integer) arguments from the stack
+% and push a single one, either 0 or 1.
+% The 'skip$ in the `and' and `or' functions are used because
+% the corresponding if$ would be idempotent
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+% Sometimes we begin a new block only if the block will be big enough.  The
+% new.block.checka function issues a new.block if its argument is nonempty;
+% new.block.checkb does the same if either of its TWO arguments is nonempty.
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+% The new.sentence.check functions are analogous.
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+% Here are some functions for formatting chunks of an entry.
+% By convention they either produce a string that can be followed by
+% a comma or period (using add.period$, so it is OK to end in a period),
+% or they produce the null string.
+%
+% A useful utility is the field.or.null function, which checks if the
+% argument is the result of pushing a `missing' field (one for which no
+% assignment was made when the current entry was read in from the database)
+% or the result of pushing a string having no non-white-space characters.
+% It returns the null string if so, otherwise it returns the field string.
+% Its main (but not only) purpose is to guarantee that what's left on the
+% stack is a string rather than a missing field.
+%
+% field.or.null(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then return ""
+%	else return s
+%  END
+%
+% Another helper function is emphasize, which returns the argument emphazised,
+% if that is non-empty, otherwise it returns the null string.  Italic
+% corrections aren't used, so this function should be used when punctation
+% will follow the result.
+%
+% emphasize(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then return ""
+%	else return "{\em " * s * "}"
+%
+% The format.names function formats the argument (which should be in
+% BibTeX name format) into "First Von Last, Junior", separated by commas
+% and with an "and" before the last (but ending with "et~al." if the last
+% of multiple authors is "others").  This function's argument should always
+% contain at least one name.
+%
+% VAR: nameptr, namesleft, numnames: INTEGER
+% pseudoVAR: nameresult: STRING		(it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% format.names(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	nameptr := 1
+%	numnames := num.names$(s)
+%	namesleft := numnames
+%	while namesleft > 0
+%	  do
+%				% for full names:
+%	    t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+%				% for abbreviated first names:
+%	    t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+%	    if nameptr > 1 then
+%		if namesleft > 1 then nameresult := nameresult * ", " * t
+%		else if numnames > 2
+%		       then nameresult := nameresult * ","
+%		     fi
+%		     if t = "others"
+%		       then nameresult := nameresult * " et~al."
+%		       else nameresult := nameresult * " and " * t
+%		     fi
+%		fi
+%	    else nameresult := t
+%	    fi
+%	    nameptr := nameptr + 1
+%	    namesleft := namesleft - 1
+%	  od
+%	return nameresult
+%  END
+%
+% The format.authors function returns the result of format.names(author)
+% if the author is present, or else it returns the null string
+%
+% format.authors ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(author) then return ""
+%	else return format.names(author)
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% Format.editors is like format.authors, but it uses the editor field,
+% and appends ", editor" or ", editors"
+%
+% format.editors ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(editor) then return ""
+%	else
+%	    if num.names$(editor) > 1 then
+%		return format.names(editor) * ", editors"
+%	    else
+%		return format.names(editor) * ", editor"
+%	    fi
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% Other formatting functions are similar, so no "comment version" will be
+% given for them.
+%
+% The `pop$' in this function gets rid of the duplicate `empty' value and
+% the `skip$' returns the duplicate field value
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {embolden}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {paren}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "(" swap$ * ")" * }
+  if$
+}
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+INTEGERS { etal }
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames #5 >
+  s numnames "{ll}" format.name$ "others" = numnames #1 > and
+  or 'etal :=
+  etal
+    { #1 #1 + 'namesleft := }
+    { numnames 'namesleft := }
+  if$
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't :=   % last name first
+      nameptr #1 >
+	{ namesleft #1 >
+	    { ", " * t * }
+	    { nameptr #2 >
+		{ "," * }
+		'skip$
+	      if$
+	      t "others" =
+	      etal or
+		{ " et~al." * }
+		{ " and " * t * }
+	      if$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+	{ ", editors" * }
+	{ ", editor" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.edited}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "edited by " editor format.names * }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.title function is used for non-book-like titles.
+% For most styles we convert to lowercase (except for the very first letter,
+% and except for the first one after a colon (followed by whitespace)),
+% and hope the user has brace-surrounded words that need to stay capitilized;
+% for some styles, however, we leave it as it is in the database.
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { title "t" change.case$ }
+  if$
+}
+% By default, BibTeX sets the global integer variable global.max$ to the BibTeX
+% constant glob_str_size, the maximum length of a global string variable.
+% Analogously, BibTeX sets the global integer variable entry.max$ to
+% ent_str_size, the maximum length of an entry string variable.
+% The style designer may change these if necessary (but this is unlikely)
+% The n.dashify function makes each single `-' in a string a double `--'
+% if it's not already
+%
+% pseudoVAR: pageresult: STRING		(it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% n.dashify(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	t := s
+%	pageresult := ""
+%	while (not empty$(t))
+%	  do
+%	    if (first character of t = "-")
+%	      then
+%		if (next character isn't)
+%		  then
+%		    pageresult := pageresult * "--"
+%		    t := t with the "-" removed
+%		  else
+%		    while (first character of t = "-")
+%		      do
+%			pageresult := pageresult * "-"
+%			t := t with the "-" removed
+%		      od
+%		fi
+%	      else
+%		pageresult := pageresult * the first character
+%		t := t with the first character removed
+%	    fi
+%	  od
+%	return pageresult
+%  END
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+	{ t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+	    { "--" *
+	      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	    }
+	    {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+		{ "-" *
+		  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+		}
+	      while$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ t #1 #1 substring$ *
+	  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+FUNCTION {first.page}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    {  t empty$ not t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = not and }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+% The format.date function is for the month and year, but we give a warning if
+% there's an empty year but the month is there, and we return the empty string
+% if they're both empty.
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+    { "" }
+    'year
+  if$
+}
+% The format.btitle is for formatting the title field when it is a book-like
+% entry---the style used here keeps it in uppers-and-lowers and emphasizes it.
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+% For several functions we'll need to connect two strings with a
+% tie (~) if the second one isn't very long (fewer than 3 characters).
+% The tie.or.space.connect function does that.  It concatenates the two
+% strings on top of the stack, along with either a tie or space between
+% them, and puts this concatenation back onto the stack:
+%
+% tie.or.space.connect(str1,str2) ==
+%    BEGIN
+%	if text.length$(str2) < 3
+%	  then return the concatenation of str1, "~", and str2
+%	  else return the concatenation of str1, " ", and str2
+%    END
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+% The either.or.check function complains if both fields or an either-or pair
+% are nonempty.
+%
+% either.or.check(t,s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then
+%	    warning$(can't use both " * t * " fields in " * cite$)
+%	fi
+%  END
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.bvolume function is for formatting the volume and perhaps
+% series name of a multivolume work.  If both a volume and a series field
+% are there, we assume the series field is the title of the whole multivolume
+% work (the title field should be the title of the thing being referred to),
+% and we add an "of <series>".  This function is called in mid-sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.number.series function is for formatting the series name
+% and perhaps number of a work in a series.  This function is similar to
+% format.bvolume, although for this one the series must exist (and the
+% volume must not exist).  If the number field is empty we output either
+% the series field unchanged if it exists or else the null string.
+% If both the number and series fields are there we assume the series field
+% gives the name of the whole series (the title field should be the title
+% of the work being one referred to), and we add an "in <series>".
+% We capitilize Number when this function is used at the beginning of a block.
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+	{ series field.or.null }
+	{ output.state mid.sentence =
+	    { "number" }
+	    { "Number" }
+	  if$
+	  number tie.or.space.connect
+	  series empty$
+	    { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	    { " in " * series * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.edition function appends " edition" to the edition, if present.
+% We lowercase the edition (it should be something like "Third"), because
+% this doesn't start a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+	{ edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+	{ edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.pages function is used for formatting a page range in a book
+% (and in rare circumstances, an article).
+%
+% The multi.page.check function examines the page field for a "-" or "," or "+"
+% so that format.pages can use "page" instead of "pages" if none exists.
+% Note: global.max$ here means "take the rest of the string"
+%
+% VAR: multiresult: INTEGER	(actually, a boolean)
+%
+% multi.page.check(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	t := s
+%	multiresult := false
+%	while ((not multiresult) and (not empty$(t)))
+%	  do
+%	    if (first character of t = "-" or "," or "+")
+%	      then multiresult := true
+%	      else t := t with the first character removed
+%	    fi
+%	  od
+%	return multiresult
+%  END
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+	{ #1 'multiresult := }
+	{ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+% This function doesn't begin a sentence so "pages" isn't capitalized.
+% Other functions that use this should keep that in mind.
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+	{ "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+	{ "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.pages.a}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "page" pages first.page tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.vol.num.pages function is for the volume, number, and page range
+% of a journal article.  We use the format:  vol(number):pages, with some
+% variations for empty fields.  This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null embolden
+  " " swap$ * *
+  format.date empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+	{ pop$ format.date paren }
+        { " " * format.date paren * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+	{ pop$ format.pages.a }
+	{ " " * pages first.page *}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.chapter.pages, if the chapter is present, puts whatever is in the
+% type field (or else "chapter" if type is empty) in front of a chapter number.
+% It then appends the pages, if present.  This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+	{ "chapter" }
+	{ type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.in.ed.booktitle function is used for starting out a sentence
+% that begins "In <booktitle>", putting an editor before the title if one
+% exists.
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+	{ "in " booktitle emphasize * }
+	{ "in " booktitle emphasize * ", " * format.edited * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The function empty.misc.check complains if all six fields are empty, and
+% if there's been no sorting or alphabetic-label complaint.
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+  month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+  and and and and and
+    { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+% The function format.thesis.type returns either the (case-changed) type field,
+% if it is defined, or else the default string already on the stack
+% (like "Master's thesis" or "PhD thesis").
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The function format.tr.number makes a string starting with "Technical Report"
+% (or type, if that field is defined), followed by the number if there is one;
+% it returns the starting part (with a case change) even if there is no number.
+% This is used at the beginning of a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+% Now come the cross-referencing functions (these are invoked because
+% one entry in the database file(s) cross-references another, by giving
+% the other entry's database key in a `crossref' field).  This feature
+% allows one or more titled things that are part of a larger titled
+% thing to cross-reference the larger thing.  These styles allow for
+% five posibilities: (1) an ARTICLE may cross-reference an ARTICLE;
+% (2) a BOOK, (3) INBOOK, or (4) INCOLLECTION may cross-reference a BOOK;
+% or (5) an INPROCEEDINGS may cross-reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Each of these is explained in more detail later.
+%
+% An ARTICLE entry type may cross reference another ARTICLE (this is
+% intended for when an entire journal is devoted to a single topic---
+% but since there is no JOURNAL entry type, the journal, too, should be
+% classified as an ARTICLE but without the author and title fields).
+% This will result in two warning messages for the journal's entry
+% if it's included in the reference list, but such is life.
+%
+% format.article.crossref ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(key) then
+%	    if empty$(journal) then
+%		warning$("need key or journal for " * cite$ *
+%						" to crossref " * crossref)
+%		return(" \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+%	    else
+%		return("In " * emphazise.correct (journal) *
+%						" \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+%		fi
+%	else
+%	    return("In " * key * " \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% The other cross-referencing functions are similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+    { journal empty$
+	{ "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+	  warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ "In " journal * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " key * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% We use just the last names of editors for a cross reference: either
+% "editor", or "editor1 and editor2", or "editor1 et~al." depending on
+% whether there are one, or two, or more than two editors.
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  editor num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " et~al." * }
+    { #2 <
+	'skip$
+	{ editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+	    { " et~al." * }
+	    { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% A BOOK (or INBOOK) entry type (assumed to be for a single volume in a
+% multivolume work) may cross reference another BOOK (the entire multivolume).
+% Usually there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct the
+% cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else the series
+% field (since the series gives the title of the multivolume work).
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In "
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+	{ series empty$
+	    { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+	      crossref * warning$
+	      "" *
+	    }
+	    { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% An INCOLLECTION entry type may cross reference a BOOK (assumed to be the
+% collection), or an INPROCEEDINGS may cross reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Often there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct
+% the cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else
+% the booktitle field (which gives the cross-referenced work's title).
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+	{ booktitle empty$
+	    { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+	      crossref * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ "In " key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% Now we define the type functions for all entry types that may appear
+% in the .BIB file---e.g., functions like `article' and `book'.  These
+% are the routines that actually generate the .BBL-file output for
+% the entry.  These must all precede the READ command.  In addition, the
+% style designer should have a function `default.type' for unknown types.
+% Note: The fields (within each list) are listed in order of appearance,
+% except as described for an `inbook' or a `proceedings'.
+%
+% The article function is for an article in a journal.  An article may
+% CROSSREF another article.
+%	Required fields: author, title, journal, year
+%	Optional fields: volume, number, pages, month, note
+%
+% article ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	output.bibitem
+%	output.check(format.authors,"author")
+%	new.block
+%	output.check(format.title,"title")
+%	new.block
+%	if missing$(crossref) then
+%	    output.check(emphasize(journal),"journal")
+%	    output(format.vol.num.pages)
+%	    output.check(format.date,"year")
+%       else
+%	    output.nonnull(format.article.crossref)
+%	    output(format.pages)
+%	fi
+%	new.block
+%	output(note)
+%	fin.entry
+%  END
+%
+% The book function is for a whole book.  A book may CROSSREF another book.
+%	Required fields: author or editor, title, publisher, year
+%	Optional fields: volume or number, series, address, edition, month,
+%			note
+%
+% book ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(author) then output.check(format.editors,"author and editor")
+%	else	output.check(format.authors,"author")
+%		if missing$(crossref) then
+%		    either.or.check("author and editor",editor)
+%		fi
+%	fi
+%	new.block
+%	output.check(format.btitle,"title")
+%	if missing$(crossref) then
+%	    output(format.bvolume)
+%	    new.block
+%	    output(format.number.series)
+%	    new.sentence
+%	    output.check(publisher,"publisher")
+%	    output(address)
+%       else
+%	    new.block
+%	    output.nonnull(format.book.crossref)
+%	fi
+%	output(format.edition)
+%	output.check(format.date,"year")
+%	new.block
+%	output(note)
+%	fin.entry
+%  END
+%
+% The other entry functions are all quite similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal field.or.null
+      format.vol.num.pages output
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A booklet is a bound thing without a publisher or sponsoring institution.
+%	Required: title
+%	Optional: author, howpublished, address, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  howpublished address new.block.checkb
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% For the conference entry type, see inproceedings.
+% An inbook is a piece of a book: either a chapter and/or a page range.
+% It may CROSSREF a book.  If there's no volume field, the type field
+% will come before number and series.
+%	Required: author or editor, title, chapter and/or pages, publisher,year
+%	Optional: volume or number, series, type, address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% An incollection is like inbook, but where there is a separate title
+% for the referenced thing (and perhaps an editor for the whole).
+% An incollection may CROSSREF a book.
+%	Required: author, title, booktitle, publisher, year
+%	Optional: editor, volume or number, series, type, chapter, pages,
+%			address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+      format.edition output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% An inproceedings is an article in a conference proceedings, and it may
+% CROSSREF a proceedings.  If there's no address field, the month (& year)
+% will appear just before note.
+%	Required: author, title, booktitle, year
+%	Optional: editor, volume or number, series, pages, address, month,
+%			organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.pages output
+      address empty$
+	{ organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+	  organization output
+	  publisher output
+	  format.date "year" output.check
+	}
+	{ address output.nonnull
+	  format.date "year" output.check
+	  new.sentence
+	  organization output
+	  publisher output
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% The conference function is included for Scribe compatibility.
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+% A manual is technical documentation.
+%	Required: title
+%	Optional: author, organization, address, edition, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ organization output.nonnull
+	  address output
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	{ address new.block.checka
+	  address output
+	}
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+    { organization address new.block.checkb
+      organization output
+      address output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A mastersthesis is a Master's thesis.
+%	Required: author, title, school, year
+%	Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A misc is something that doesn't fit elsewhere.
+%	Required: at least one of the `optional' fields
+%	Optional: author, title, howpublished, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  title howpublished new.block.checkb
+  format.title output
+  howpublished new.block.checka
+  howpublished output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  empty.misc.check
+}
+% A phdthesis is like a mastersthesis.
+%	Required: author, title, school, year
+%	Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A proceedings is a conference proceedings.
+% If there is an organization but no editor field, the organization will
+% appear as the first optional field (we try to make the first block nonempty);
+% if there's no address field, the month (& year) will appear just before note.
+%	Required: title, year
+%	Optional: editor, volume or number, series, address, month,
+%			organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  editor empty$
+    { organization output }
+    { format.editors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ publisher new.sentence.checka }
+	{ organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+	  organization output
+	}
+      if$
+      publisher output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { address output.nonnull
+      format.date "year" output.check
+      new.sentence
+      editor empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ organization output }
+      if$
+      publisher output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A techreport is a technical report.
+%	Required: author, title, institution, year
+%	Optional: type, number, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% An unpublished is something that hasn't been published.
+%	Required: author, title, note
+%	Optional: month, year
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  format.date output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% We use entry type `misc' for an unknown type; BibTeX gives a warning.
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+% Here are macros for common things that may vary from style to style.
+% Users are encouraged to use these macros.
+%
+% Months are either written out in full or abbreviated
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+MACRO {sep} {"Sept."}
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+% Journals are either written out in full or abbreviated;
+% the abbreviations are like those found in ACM publications.
+%
+% To get a completely different set of abbreviations, it may be best to make
+% a separate .bib file with nothing but those abbreviations; users could then
+% include that file name as the first argument to the \bibliography command
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."}
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."}
+MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"}
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."}
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."}
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."}
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."}
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"}
+MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."}
+MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"}
+MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."}
+MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Programming"}
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."}
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."}
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."}
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Gr."}
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Softw."}
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."}
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Prog. Lang. Syst."}
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput. Sci."}
+%% /usr/local/lib/tex/bibtex/phyjfull.btx, Tue Jun 30 08:37:48 1992
+%% Edit by Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@alfred.math.utah.edu>
+%% Change file names in leading comment
+% Journal Title Abbreviations from the Physical Review Style and Notation
+%	Guide, July, 1983, in BAPS Vol. 28.
+%  Selected by Cris Barnes and Charles Karney, March 1988
+% IMPORTANT!! Don't make changes to this file without making the
+% 	      corresponding changes to
+%			phyjabb.bib
+%			phyjabb.btx
+MACRO {advp} {"Advances in Physics"}
+MACRO {ajp} {"American Journal of Physics"}
+MACRO {ao} {"Applied Optics"}
+MACRO {apl} {"Applied Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {apj} {"Astrophysical Journal"}
+MACRO {baps} {"Bulletin of the American Physical Society"}
+MACRO {cpc} {"Computer Physics Communications"}
+MACRO {cppcf} {"Comments on Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {fed} {"Fusion Engineering and Design"}
+MACRO {ft} {"Fusion Technology"}
+MACRO {ieeens} {"IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science"}
+MACRO {ieeeps} {"IEEE Transactions on Plasma Science"}
+MACRO {ijimw} {"International Journal of Infrared and Millimeter Waves"}
+MACRO {ip} {"Infrared Physics"}
+MACRO {jap} {"Journal of Applied Physics"}
+MACRO {jcp} {"Journal of Computational Physics"}
+MACRO {jetp} {"Soviet Physics-JETP"}
+MACRO {jfe} {"Journal of Fusion Energy"}
+MACRO {jfm} {"Journal of Fluid Mechanics"}
+MACRO {jgr} {"Journal of Geophysical Research"}
+MACRO {jmp} {"Journal of Mathematical Physics"}
+MACRO {jne} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy"}
+MACRO {jnec} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy, Part C: Plasma Physics, Accelerators, Thermonuclear Research"}
+MACRO {jnm} {"Journal of Nuclear Materials"}
+MACRO {josa} {"Journal of the Optical Society of America"}
+MACRO {jpp} {"Journal of Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {jpsj} {"Journal of the Physical Society of Japan"}
+MACRO {jvst} {"Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology"}
+MACRO {nedf} {"Nuclear Engineering and Design/Fusion"}
+MACRO {nf} {"Nuclear Fusion"}
+MACRO {nim} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods"}
+MACRO {nimpr} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods in Physics Research"}
+MACRO {nt/f} {"Nuclear Technology/Fusion"}
+MACRO {pf} {"Physics of Fluids"}
+MACRO {pfa} {"Physics of Fluids A: Fluid Dynamics"}
+MACRO {pfb} {"Physics of Fluids B: Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {pl} {"Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {pla} {"Physics Letters A"}
+MACRO {pnas} {"Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA"}
+MACRO {pp} {"Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {ppcf} {"Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {prl} {"Physical Review Letters"}
+MACRO {pr} {"Physical Review"}
+MACRO {pra} {"Physical Review A: General Physics"}
+MACRO {ps} {"Physica Scripta"}
+MACRO {rmp} {"Reviews of Modern Physics"}
+MACRO {rsi} {"Review of Scientific Instruments"}
+MACRO {sjpp} {"Soviet Journal of Plasma Phys."}
+MACRO {spd} {"Soviet Physics-Doklady"}
+MACRO {sptp} {"Soviet Physics-Technical Physics"}
+MACRO {spu} {"Soviet Physics-Uspeki"}
+% Now we read in the .BIB entries.
+READ
+% The sortify function converts to lower case after purify$ing; it's
+% used in sorting and in computing alphabetic labels after sorting
+%
+% The chop.word(w,len,s) function returns either s or, if the first len
+% letters of s equals w (this comparison is done in the third line of the
+% function's definition), it returns that part of s after w.
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels
+%
+% The format.lab.names function makes a short label by using the initials of
+% the von and Last parts of the names (but if there are more than four names,
+% (i.e., people) it truncates after three and adds a superscripted "+";
+% it also adds such a "+" if the last of multiple authors is "others").
+% If there is only one name, and its von and Last parts combined have just
+% a single name-token ("Knuth" has a single token, "Brinch Hansen" has two),
+% we take the first three letters of the last name.  The boolean
+% et.al.char.used tells whether we've used a superscripted "+", so that we
+% know whether to include a LaTeX macro for it.
+%
+% format.lab.names(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	numnames := num.names$(s)
+%	if numnames > 1 then
+%	    if numnames > 4 then
+%		namesleft := 3
+%	    else
+%		namesleft := numnames
+%	    nameptr := 1
+%	    nameresult := ""
+%	    while namesleft > 0
+%	      do
+%		if (name_ptr = numnames) and
+%		     format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}") = "others"
+%		   then nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+%			et.al.char.used := true
+%		   else nameresult := nameresult *
+%				format.name$(s, nameptr, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+%		nameptr := nameptr + 1
+%		namesleft := namesleft - 1
+%	      od
+%	    if numnames > 4 then
+%		nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+%		et.al.char.used := true
+%	else
+%	    t := format.name$(s, 1, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+%	    if text.length$(t) < 2 then	% there's just one name-token
+%		nameresult := text.prefix$(format.name$(s,1,"{ll}"),3)
+%	    else
+%		nameresult := t
+%	    fi
+%	fi
+%	return nameresult
+%  END
+%
+% Exactly what fields we look at in constructing the primary part of the label
+% depends on the entry type; this selectivity (as opposed to, say, always
+% looking at author, then editor, then key) helps ensure that "ignored" fields,
+% as described in the LaTeX book, really are ignored.  Note that MISC is part
+% of the deepest `else' clause in the nested part of calc.label; thus, any
+% unrecognized entry type in the database is handled correctly.
+%
+% There is one auxiliary function for each of the four different sequences of
+% fields we use.  The first of these functions looks at the author field, and
+% then, if necessary, the key field.  The other three functions, which might
+% look at two fields and the key field, are similar, except that the key field
+% takes precedence over the organization field (for labels---not for sorting).
+%
+% The calc.label function calculates the preliminary label of an entry, which
+% is formed by taking three letters of information from the author or editor or
+% key or organization field (depending on the entry type and on what's empty,
+% but ignoring a leading "The " in the organization), and appending the last
+% two characters (digits) of the year. It is an error if the appropriate fields
+% among author, editor, organization, and key are missing, and we use
+% the first three letters of the cite$ in desperation when this happens.
+% The resulting label has the year part, but not the name part, purify$ed
+% (purify$ing the year allows some sorting shenanigans by the user).
+%
+% This function also calculates the version of the label to be used in sorting.
+%
+% The final label may need a trailing 'a', 'b', etc., to distinguish it from
+% otherwise identical labels, but we can't calculated those "extra.label"s
+% until after sorting.
+%
+% calc.label ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if type$ = "book" or "inbook" then
+%	    author.editor.key.label
+%	else if type$ = "proceedings" then
+%	    editor.key.organization.label
+%	else if type$ = "manual" then
+%	    author.key.organization.label
+%	else
+%	    author.key.label
+%	fi fi fi
+%	label := label * substring$(purify$(field.or.null(year)), -1, 2)
+%		% assuming we will also sort, we calculate a sort.label
+%	sort.label := sortify(label), but use the last four, not two, digits
+%  END
+% When sorting, we compute the sortkey by executing "presort" on each entry.
+% The presort key contains a number of "sortify"ed strings, concatenated
+% with multiple blanks between them.  This makes things like "brinch  per"
+% come before "brinch hansen  per".
+%
+% The fields used here are: the sort.label for alphabetic labels (as set by
+% calc.label), followed by the author names (or editor names or organization
+% (with a leading "The " removed) or key field, depending on entry type and on
+% what's empty), followed by year, followed by the first bit of the title
+% (chopping off a leading "The ", "A ", or "An ").
+% Names are formatted: Von Last First Junior.
+% The names within a part will be separated by a single blank
+% (such as "brinch hansen"), two will separate the name parts themselves
+% (except the von and last), three will separate the names,
+% four will separate the names from year (and from label, if alphabetic),
+% and four will separate year from title.
+%
+% The sort.format.names function takes an argument that should be in
+% BibTeX name format, and returns a string containing "   "-separated
+% names in the format described above.  The function is almost the same
+% as format.names.
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels, when sorted
+%
+% Now comes the final computation for alphabetic labels, putting in the 'a's
+% and 'b's and so forth if required.  This involves two passes: a forward
+% pass to put in the 'b's, 'c's and so on, and a backwards pass
+% to put in the 'a's (we don't want to put in 'a's unless we know there
+% are 'b's).
+% We have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+%
+% VAR: longest.label, last.sort.label, next.extra: string
+%      longest.label.width, last.extra.num: integer
+%
+% initialize.longest.label ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	longest.label := ""
+%	last.sort.label := int.to.chr$(0)
+%	next.extra := ""
+%	longest.label.width := 0
+%	last.extra.num := 0
+%  END
+%
+% forward.pass ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if last.sort.label = sort.label then
+%	    last.extra.num := last.extra.num + 1
+%	    extra.label := int.to.chr$(last.extra.num)
+%	else
+%	    last.extra.num := chr.to.int$("a")
+%	    extra.label := ""
+%	    last.sort.label := sort.label
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% reverse.pass ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if next.extra = "b" then
+%	    extra.label := "a"
+%	fi
+%	label := label * extra.label
+%	if width$(label) > longest.label.width then
+%	    longest.label := label
+%	    longest.label.width := width$(label)
+%	fi
+%	next.extra := extra.label
+%  END
+% Now comes the computation for numeric labels.
+% We use either the sorted order or original order.
+% We still have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+  #1 'number.label :=
+  #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+  number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+  label width$ longest.label.width >
+    { label 'longest.label :=
+      label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+    }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+% Now we're ready to start writing the .BBL file.
+% We begin, if necessary, with a LaTeX macro for unnamed names in an alphabetic
+% label; next comes stuff from the `preamble' command in the database files.
+% Then we give an incantation containing the command
+%     \begin{thebibliography}{...}
+% where the `...' is the longest label.
+%
+% We also call init.state.consts, for use by the output routines.
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{"  longest.label  * "}" * write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+% Now we produce the output for all the entries
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+% Finally, we finish up by writing the `\end{thebibliography}' command.
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phiaea.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phiaea.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..90dbdedac18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phiaea.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1889 @@
+% BibTeX styles for various physics journals (27-Feb-1990).
+% This file, physics.btx, is based on the file btxbst.doc.
+	% Please notify Charles Karney (Karney@Princeton.EDU)
+	% of any bugs, improvements, etc.
+% Run this file through cpp to get specific versions.  I have written
+% a version of cpp within Emacs.  To access it put
+%	(autoload 'cpp "tex$bibtex:cpp"		; Use cpp for BibTeX styles
+%		  "C preprocessor"
+%		  t)
+% into your .emacs file.  Read in this file with
+%	emacs tex$bibtex:physics.btx
+% and run cpp with e.g.,
+%	M-x cpp <ret> aip <ret>
+% Save the resulting file to tex$latex:aip.bst.
+% To accomodate the variations we need (in addition to the definitions below)
+%	ATIT_SUPPRESS:	do not include the titles of journal articles
+%	NAME_INVERT:	put the initials last
+%	NAME_UPPER:	convert names to all caps.
+%	MONTH_SUPPRESS:	do not include months in journal articles
+%	PAREN_DATE:	dates go in parens in journal articles
+%	DATE_FIRST:	dates go before page numbers
+%	VOLUME_SPACE:	volume set off with space (not colon)
+%	NUM_SUPPRESS:	do not include numbers in journal articles
+%	BOLD_VOL:	volume numbers in bold face in journal articles
+%	BRACKET_NOTE:	notes in brackets
+%	PAGE_START_J:	include only starting page for journal articles
+%	PAGE_START_O:	include only starting page for other entries
+%	PAGE_ABBREV:	abbreviate page to p. and pages to pp.
+%	PHYSICS_JOUR:	include abbreviations for Physics journals
+%	COMMA_DELIMIT:	use comma (instead of period) to divide a citation
+%	NOTE_SUPPRESS:	suppress the note
+%	MAX_NAMES:	max number of authors before using et al (0 = infinity)
+%	MIN_NAMES:	number of authors to list with et al.
+%	EDIT_VAR:	use "edited by ..." instead of "..., editors"
+%	RMP_LABELS:	create RMP-style labels
+%	KEY_CITE:	use key as label
+%	NAMED_REFS:	use (Smith, 1988) style of citations
+%	CSC_NAMES:	names set in caps and small caps
+%	JOUR_DEEMPH:	don't emphasize journal name
+%	ETAL_EMPH:	emphasize et al.
+%	ALT_INCOLL	alternate ordering of fields in incollections
+% These are all boolean (0 or 1) except for MAX_NAMES and MIN_NAMES.
+% These need to satisfy 0 <= MIN_NAMES <= MAX_NAMES.
+% The rule here is that if all these are defined to be zero, we revert to
+% the standard styles.  For that reason we initialize them all to 0.
+% These are the original macros
+	% For 1 Conferences
+% same as NF except for 0 and 0 set to 1
+% This is the start of btxbst.doc
+% BibTeX `plain' family
+	% version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+	% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+	% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+	% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+	% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+	% btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+	% This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+	% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+% Please notify Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU) of any bugs in
+% these standard styles or in this documentation file.
+%
+% This is file btxbxt.doc; it helps document bibliography styles,
+% and is also a template file that you can use to make
+% several different style files, if you have access to a C preprocessor.
+% For example, the standard styles were made by doing something like
+%	cpp -P -DPLAIN btxbst.doc plain.txt
+%	cpp -P -DUNSRT btxbst.doc unsrt.txt
+%	cpp -P -DALPHA btxbst.doc alpha.txt
+%	cpp -P -DABBRV btxbst.doc abbrv.txt
+% and then renaming after removing unwanted comments and blank lines.
+% If you don't have access,
+% you can edit this file by hand to imitate the preprocessor,
+% with the following explanation of the C preprocessor constructs used here.
+%
+% The output of the preprocessor is the same as the input, except that certain
+% lines will be excluded (and some blank lines will be added).  The sequence
+%	#if VAR
+%	    lines to be included when VAR is not zero
+%	#else
+%	    lines to be included when VAR is zero
+%	#endif
+% (with the #-signs appearing in column 1) means that one set or the other of
+% the lines are to be included depending on the value of VAR.
+% The #else part is optional.  Comments can be added after #else and #endif.
+% Variables can be set by
+%	#define VAR value
+% and one can also use #ifdef VAR to see if VAR has any value, and #ifndef
+% to see if it has none.
+% Another #if form used in this file is #if !VAR, which includes the lines
+% after the #if only if VAR is zero.
+%
+% Convention: Use all uppercase identifiers for these preprocessor variables
+% so you can spot them easily
+%
+% The command line to the preprocessor should define one of PLAIN, UNSRT, ALPHA
+% or ABBRV (though PLAIN will be used by default if none is given),
+% and the following lines will set various boolean variables to control the
+% various lines that are chosen from the rest of the file.
+% Each boolean variable should be set true (1) or false (0) in each style.
+% Here are the current variables, and their meanings:
+%	0:	an alphabetic label is used (if false then a numeric
+%			    label is used)
+%	0:		the entries should be sorted by label (if nonnumeric)
+%			    and other info, like authors (if false, then
+%			    entries remain in order of occurrence)
+%	0:	the authors, editors, etc., get the full names as
+%			    given in the bibliography file (if false, the first
+%			    names become initials)
+%	1:	titles of non-"books" (e.g., articles) should be
+%			    converted to lower-case, except the first letter or
+%			    first letter after a colon
+%			    (if false then they appear as in the database)
+%	0:	months are spelled out in full (if false, then
+%			    they're abbreviated)
+%	0:	macro journal names are spelled out in full
+%			    (if false then they are abbreviated, currently
+%			    as they appear in ACM publications)
+%#	    define PLAIN 1
+%
+%   Entry formatting: Similar to that recommended by Mary-Claire van Leunen
+%	in "A Handbook for Scholars".  Book-like titles are italicized
+%	(emphasized) and non-book titles are converted to sentence
+%	capitilization (and not enclosed in quotes).
+%	This file outputs a \newblock between major blocks of an entry
+%	(the name \newblock is analogous to the names \newline and \newpage)
+%	so that the user can obtain an "open" format, which has a line break
+%	before each block and lines after the first are indented within blocks,
+%	by giving the optional \documentstyle argument `openbib';
+%	The default is the "closed" format---blocks runs together.
+%
+%   Citation alphabetic label format:
+%		[Knu73] for single author (or editor or key)
+%		[AHU83] (first letters of last names) for multiple authors
+%
+%   Citation label numberic format:
+%		[number]
+%
+%   Reference list ordering for sorted, alphabetic lables:
+%		alphabetical by citation label, then by author(s) or whatever
+%		passes for author in the absence of one, then by year,
+%		then title
+%
+%   Reference list ordering for sorted, numeric lables:
+%		alphabetical by author(s) or whatever passes
+%		for author in the absence of one, then by year, then title
+%
+%   Reference list ordering for unsorted:
+%		by the order cited in the text
+%
+%   History
+%   12/16/84	(HWT)	Original `plain' version, by Howard Trickey.
+%   12/23/84	(LL)	Some comments made by Leslie Lamport.
+%    2/16/85	(OP)	Changes based on LL's comments, Oren Patashnik.
+%    2/17/85	(HWT)	Template file and other standard styles made.
+%    3/28/85	(OP)	First release, version 0.98b for BibTeX 0.98f.
+%    5/ 9/85	(OP)	Version 0.98c for BibTeX 0.98i:
+%			fixed Theoretical Computer Science macro name;
+%			fixed the format.vol.num.pages function.
+%    1/24/88	(OP)	Version 0.99a for BibTeX 0.99a, main changes:
+%			assignment operator (:=) arguments reversed;
+%			the preamble$ function outputs the database PREAMBLE;
+%			entry.max$ and global.max$ (built-in) variables replace
+%			entry.string.max and global.string.max functions;
+%			alphabetizing by year then title, not just title;
+%			many unnecessary ties removed; \it ==> \em;
+%			the `alpha' style uses a superscripted `+' instead of a
+%			`*' for unnamed names in constructing the label;
+%			the `abbrv' style now uses "Mar." and "Sept.";
+%			the functions calc.label and presort now look at just
+%			the fields they're supposed to;
+%			BOOKLET, MASTERSTHESIS, TECHREPORT use nonbook titles;
+%			INBOOK and INCOLLECTION take an optional type (e.g.
+%			type = "Section"), overriding the default "chapter";
+%			BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, and PROCEEDINGS now allow
+%			either volume or number, not just volume;
+%			INCOLLECTION now allows an edition and series field;
+%			PROCEEDINGS and INPROCEEDINGS now use the address field
+%			to tell where a conference was held;
+%			INPROCEEDINGS and PROCEEDINGS now allow either volume
+%			or number, and also a series field;
+%			MASTERSTHESIS and PHDTHESIS accept types other than
+%			"Master's thesis" and "PhD thesis";
+%			UNPUBLISHED now outputs, in one block, note then date;
+%			MANUAL now prints out the organization in
+%			the first block if the author field is empty;
+%			MISC can't be empty---it requires some optional field.
+%    3/23/88	(OP)	Version 0.99b for BibTeX 0.99c---changed the three
+%			erroneous occurrences of `cite ' to `cite$ '; this
+%			change didn't affect the four standard styles, so the
+%			0.99a versions of those styles are still current.
+%
+% The ENTRY declaration
+%   Like Scribe's (according to pages 231-2 of the April '84 edition),
+%   but no fullauthor or editors fields because BibTeX does name handling.
+%   The annote field is commented out here because this family doesn't
+%   include an annotated bibliography style.  And in addition to the fields
+%   listed here, BibTeX has a built-in crossref field, explained later.
+ENTRY
+% Fields:
+  { address
+%	    Usually the address of a publisher or other type of organization.
+%	    Put information in this field only if it helps the reader find the
+%	    thing---for example you should omit the address of a major
+%	    publisher entirely.  For a PROCEEDINGS or an INPROCEEDINGS,
+%	    however, it's the address of the conference; for those two entry
+%	    types, include the publisher's or organization's address, if
+%	    necessary, in the publisher or organization field.
+%    annote
+%	    Long annotation---for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence).
+    author
+%	    Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format.
+    booktitle
+%	    Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book.
+%	    For book entries, the title field should be used instead.
+    chapter
+%	    Chapter (or section or whatever) number.
+    edition
+%	    Edition of a book---should be an ordinal (e.g., "Second").
+    editor
+%	    Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format.
+%	    If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be
+%	    for the book or collection that the work appears in.
+    howpublished
+%	     How something strange has been published (begins sentence).
+    institution
+%	    Sponsoring institution of a technical report.
+    journal
+%	    Journal name (macros are provided for many).
+    key
+%	    Alphabetizing, labeling, and cross-referencing key
+%	    (needed when an entry has no author or editor).
+    month
+%	    Month (macros are provided).
+    note
+%	    To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence).
+    number
+%	    Number of a journal or technical report, or of a work in a series.
+    organization
+%	    Organization sponsoring a conference (or publishing a manual); if
+%	    the editor (or author) is empty, and if the organization produces
+%	    an awkward label or cross reference, you should put appropriately
+%	    condensed organization information in the key field as well.
+    pages
+%	    Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range, use `+'
+%	    to indicate pages following that don't form a simple range).
+    publisher
+%	    Publisher name.
+    school
+%	    School name (for theses).
+    series
+%	    The name of a series or set of books.
+%	    An individual book will will also have it's own title.
+    title
+%	    The title of the thing you're referred to.
+    type
+%	    Type of a Techreport (e.g., "Research Note") to be used instead of
+%	    the default "Technical Report"; or, similarly, the type of a
+%	    thesis; or of a part of a book.
+    volume
+%	    The volume number of a journal or multivolume work.
+    year
+%	    The year should contain only numerals (technically, it should end
+%	    with four numerals, after purification; doesn't a begin sentence).
+  }
+% There are no integer entry variables
+  {}
+% These string entry variables are used to form the citation label.
+% In a storage pinch, sort.label can be easily computed on the fly.
+  { label }
+% Each entry function starts by calling output.bibitem, to write the
+% \bibitem and its arguments to the .BBL file.  Then the various fields
+% are formatted and printed by output or output.check.  Those functions
+% handle the writing of separators (commas, periods, \newblock's),
+% taking care not to do so when they are passed a null string.
+% Finally, fin.entry is called to add the final period and finish the
+% entry.
+%
+% A bibliographic reference is formatted into a number of `blocks':
+% in the open format, a block begins on a new line and subsequent
+% lines of the block are indented.  A block may contain more than
+% one sentence (well, not a grammatical sentence, but something to
+% be ended with a sentence ending period).  The entry functions should
+% call new.block whenever a block other than the first is about to be
+% started.  They should call new.sentence whenever a new sentence is
+% to be started.  The output functions will ensure that if two
+% new.sentence's occur without any non-null string being output between
+% them then there won't be two periods output.  Similarly for two
+% successive new.block's.
+%
+% The output routines don't write their argument immediately.
+% Instead, by convention, that argument is saved on the stack to be
+% output next time (when we'll know what separator needs to come
+% after it).  Meanwhile, the output routine has to pop the pending
+% output off the stack, append any needed separator, and write it.
+%
+% To tell which separator is needed, we maintain an output.state.
+% It will be one of these values:
+%	before.all		just after the \bibitem
+%	mid.sentence		in the middle of a sentence: comma needed
+%					if more sentence is output
+%	after.sentence		just after a sentence: period needed
+%	after.block		just after a block (and sentence):
+%					period and \newblock needed.
+% Note: These styles don't use after.sentence
+%
+% VAR: output.state : INTEGER		-- state variable for output
+%
+% The output.nonnull function saves its argument (assumed to be nonnull)
+% on the stack, and writes the old saved value followed by any needed
+% separator.  The ordering of the tests is decreasing frequency of
+% occurrence.
+%
+% output.nonnull(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	s := argument on stack
+%	if output.state = mid.sentence then
+%	    write$(pop() * ", ")
+%		  -- "pop" isn't a function: just use stack top
+%	else
+%	    if output.state = after.block then
+%		write$(add.period$(pop()))
+%		newline$
+%		write$("\newblock ")
+%	    else
+%		if output.state = before.all then
+%		    write$(pop())
+%		else	    -- output.state should be after.sentence
+%		    write$(add.period$(pop()) * " ")
+%		fi
+%	    fi
+%	    output.state := mid.sentence
+%	fi
+%	push s on stack
+%  END
+%
+% The output function calls output.nonnull if its argument is non-empty;
+% its argument may be a missing field (thus, not necessarily a string)
+%
+% output(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if not empty$(s) then output.nonnull(s)
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% The output.check function is the same as the output function except that, if
+% necessary, output.check warns the user that the t field shouldn't be empty
+% (this is because it probably won't be a good reference without the field;
+% the entry functions try to make the formatting look reasonable even when
+% such fields are empty).
+%
+% output.check(s,t) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then
+%	    warning$("empty " * t * " in " * cite$)
+%	else output.nonnull(s)
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% The output.bibitem function writes the \bibitem for the current entry
+% (the label should already have been set up), and sets up the separator
+% state for the output functions.  And, it leaves a string on the stack
+% as per the output convention.
+%
+% output.bibitem ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	newline$
+%	write$("\bibitem[")	% for alphabetic labels,
+%	write$(label)		% these three lines
+%	write$("]{")		% are used
+%	write$("\bibitem{")		% this line for numeric labels
+%	write$(cite$)
+%	write$("}")
+%	push "" on stack
+%	output.state := before.all
+%  END
+%
+% The fin.entry function finishes off an entry by adding a period to the
+% string remaining on the stack.  If the state is still before.all
+% then nothing was produced for this entry, so the result will look bad,
+% but the user deserves it. (We don't omit the whole entry because the
+% entry was cited, and a bibitem is needed to define the citation label.)
+%
+% fin.entry ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	write$(add.period$(pop()))
+%	newline$
+%  END
+%
+% The new.block function prepares for a new block to be output, and
+% new.sentence prepares for a new sentence.
+%
+% new.block ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if output.state <> before.all then
+%	    output.state := after.block
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% new.sentence ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if output.state <> after.block then
+%	    if output.state <> before.all then
+%		output.state :=  after.sentence
+%	    fi
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+}
+% the variables s and t are temporary string holders
+STRINGS { s t }
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+	{ "," * write$
+	  newline$
+	  "\newblock " write$
+	}
+	{ output.state before.all =
+	    'write$
+	    { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+  "\bibitem{" write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+% This function finishes all entries.
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ skip$
+}
+% These three functions pop one or two (integer) arguments from the stack
+% and push a single one, either 0 or 1.
+% The 'skip$ in the `and' and `or' functions are used because
+% the corresponding if$ would be idempotent
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+% Sometimes we begin a new block only if the block will be big enough.  The
+% new.block.checka function issues a new.block if its argument is nonempty;
+% new.block.checkb does the same if either of its TWO arguments is nonempty.
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+% The new.sentence.check functions are analogous.
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+% Here are some functions for formatting chunks of an entry.
+% By convention they either produce a string that can be followed by
+% a comma or period (using add.period$, so it is OK to end in a period),
+% or they produce the null string.
+%
+% A useful utility is the field.or.null function, which checks if the
+% argument is the result of pushing a `missing' field (one for which no
+% assignment was made when the current entry was read in from the database)
+% or the result of pushing a string having no non-white-space characters.
+% It returns the null string if so, otherwise it returns the field string.
+% Its main (but not only) purpose is to guarantee that what's left on the
+% stack is a string rather than a missing field.
+%
+% field.or.null(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then return ""
+%	else return s
+%  END
+%
+% Another helper function is emphasize, which returns the argument emphazised,
+% if that is non-empty, otherwise it returns the null string.  Italic
+% corrections aren't used, so this function should be used when punctation
+% will follow the result.
+%
+% emphasize(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then return ""
+%	else return "{\em " * s * "}"
+%
+% The format.names function formats the argument (which should be in
+% BibTeX name format) into "First Von Last, Junior", separated by commas
+% and with an "and" before the last (but ending with "et~al." if the last
+% of multiple authors is "others").  This function's argument should always
+% contain at least one name.
+%
+% VAR: nameptr, namesleft, numnames: INTEGER
+% pseudoVAR: nameresult: STRING		(it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% format.names(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	nameptr := 1
+%	numnames := num.names$(s)
+%	namesleft := numnames
+%	while namesleft > 0
+%	  do
+%				% for full names:
+%	    t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+%				% for abbreviated first names:
+%	    t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+%	    if nameptr > 1 then
+%		if namesleft > 1 then nameresult := nameresult * ", " * t
+%		else if numnames > 2
+%		       then nameresult := nameresult * ","
+%		     fi
+%		     if t = "others"
+%		       then nameresult := nameresult * " et~al."
+%		       else nameresult := nameresult * " and " * t
+%		     fi
+%		fi
+%	    else nameresult := t
+%	    fi
+%	    nameptr := nameptr + 1
+%	    namesleft := namesleft - 1
+%	  od
+%	return nameresult
+%  END
+%
+% The format.authors function returns the result of format.names(author)
+% if the author is present, or else it returns the null string
+%
+% format.authors ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(author) then return ""
+%	else return format.names(author)
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% Format.editors is like format.authors, but it uses the editor field,
+% and appends ", editor" or ", editors"
+%
+% format.editors ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(editor) then return ""
+%	else
+%	    if num.names$(editor) > 1 then
+%		return format.names(editor) * ", editors"
+%	    else
+%		return format.names(editor) * ", editor"
+%	    fi
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% Other formatting functions are similar, so no "comment version" will be
+% given for them.
+%
+% The `pop$' in this function gets rid of the duplicate `empty' value and
+% the `skip$' returns the duplicate field value
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {embolden}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {paren}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "(" swap$ * ")" * }
+  if$
+}
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+INTEGERS { etal }
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames #1 >
+  s numnames "{ll}" format.name$ "others" = numnames #1 > and
+  or 'etal :=
+  etal
+    { #1 #1 + 'namesleft := }
+    { numnames 'namesleft := }
+  if$
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't :=   % last name first
+      t "others" =
+	'skip$
+	{ t "u" change.case$ 't := }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 >
+	{ namesleft #1 >
+	    { ", " * t * }
+	    { nameptr #2 >
+		{ "," * }
+		'skip$
+	      if$
+	      t "others" =
+	      etal or
+		{ " et~al." * }
+		{ " and " * t * }
+	      if$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+	{ ", editors" * }
+	{ ", editor" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.edited}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "edited by " editor format.names * }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.title function is used for non-book-like titles.
+% For most styles we convert to lowercase (except for the very first letter,
+% and except for the first one after a colon (followed by whitespace)),
+% and hope the user has brace-surrounded words that need to stay capitilized;
+% for some styles, however, we leave it as it is in the database.
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { title "t" change.case$ }
+  if$
+}
+% By default, BibTeX sets the global integer variable global.max$ to the BibTeX
+% constant glob_str_size, the maximum length of a global string variable.
+% Analogously, BibTeX sets the global integer variable entry.max$ to
+% ent_str_size, the maximum length of an entry string variable.
+% The style designer may change these if necessary (but this is unlikely)
+% The n.dashify function makes each single `-' in a string a double `--'
+% if it's not already
+%
+% pseudoVAR: pageresult: STRING		(it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% n.dashify(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	t := s
+%	pageresult := ""
+%	while (not empty$(t))
+%	  do
+%	    if (first character of t = "-")
+%	      then
+%		if (next character isn't)
+%		  then
+%		    pageresult := pageresult * "--"
+%		    t := t with the "-" removed
+%		  else
+%		    while (first character of t = "-")
+%		      do
+%			pageresult := pageresult * "-"
+%			t := t with the "-" removed
+%		      od
+%		fi
+%	      else
+%		pageresult := pageresult * the first character
+%		t := t with the first character removed
+%	    fi
+%	  od
+%	return pageresult
+%  END
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+	{ t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+	    { "--" *
+	      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	    }
+	    {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+		{ "-" *
+		  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+		}
+	      while$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ t #1 #1 substring$ *
+	  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+FUNCTION {first.page}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    {  t empty$ not t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = not and }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+% The format.date function is for the month and year, but we give a warning if
+% there's an empty year but the month is there, and we return the empty string
+% if they're both empty.
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+    { "" }
+    'year
+  if$
+}
+% The format.btitle is for formatting the title field when it is a book-like
+% entry---the style used here keeps it in uppers-and-lowers and emphasizes it.
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+% For several functions we'll need to connect two strings with a
+% tie (~) if the second one isn't very long (fewer than 3 characters).
+% The tie.or.space.connect function does that.  It concatenates the two
+% strings on top of the stack, along with either a tie or space between
+% them, and puts this concatenation back onto the stack:
+%
+% tie.or.space.connect(str1,str2) ==
+%    BEGIN
+%	if text.length$(str2) < 3
+%	  then return the concatenation of str1, "~", and str2
+%	  else return the concatenation of str1, " ", and str2
+%    END
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+% The either.or.check function complains if both fields or an either-or pair
+% are nonempty.
+%
+% either.or.check(t,s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then
+%	    warning$(can't use both " * t * " fields in " * cite$)
+%	fi
+%  END
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.bvolume function is for formatting the volume and perhaps
+% series name of a multivolume work.  If both a volume and a series field
+% are there, we assume the series field is the title of the whole multivolume
+% work (the title field should be the title of the thing being referred to),
+% and we add an "of <series>".  This function is called in mid-sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.number.series function is for formatting the series name
+% and perhaps number of a work in a series.  This function is similar to
+% format.bvolume, although for this one the series must exist (and the
+% volume must not exist).  If the number field is empty we output either
+% the series field unchanged if it exists or else the null string.
+% If both the number and series fields are there we assume the series field
+% gives the name of the whole series (the title field should be the title
+% of the work being one referred to), and we add an "in <series>".
+% We capitilize Number when this function is used at the beginning of a block.
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+	{ series field.or.null }
+	{ output.state mid.sentence =
+	    { "number" }
+	    { "Number" }
+	  if$
+	  number tie.or.space.connect
+	  series empty$
+	    { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	    { " in " * series * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.edition function appends " edition" to the edition, if present.
+% We lowercase the edition (it should be something like "Third"), because
+% this doesn't start a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+	{ edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+	{ edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.pages function is used for formatting a page range in a book
+% (and in rare circumstances, an article).
+%
+% The multi.page.check function examines the page field for a "-" or "," or "+"
+% so that format.pages can use "page" instead of "pages" if none exists.
+% Note: global.max$ here means "take the rest of the string"
+%
+% VAR: multiresult: INTEGER	(actually, a boolean)
+%
+% multi.page.check(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	t := s
+%	multiresult := false
+%	while ((not multiresult) and (not empty$(t)))
+%	  do
+%	    if (first character of t = "-" or "," or "+")
+%	      then multiresult := true
+%	      else t := t with the first character removed
+%	    fi
+%	  od
+%	return multiresult
+%  END
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+	{ #1 'multiresult := }
+	{ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+% This function doesn't begin a sentence so "pages" isn't capitalized.
+% Other functions that use this should keep that in mind.
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+	{ "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+	{ "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.pages.a}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "page" pages first.page tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.vol.num.pages function is for the volume, number, and page range
+% of a journal article.  We use the format:  vol(number):pages, with some
+% variations for empty fields.  This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null embolden
+  " " swap$ * *
+  format.date empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+	{ pop$ format.date paren }
+        { " " * format.date paren * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+	{ pop$ format.pages.a }
+	{ " " * pages first.page *}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.chapter.pages, if the chapter is present, puts whatever is in the
+% type field (or else "chapter" if type is empty) in front of a chapter number.
+% It then appends the pages, if present.  This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+	{ "chapter" }
+	{ type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.in.ed.booktitle function is used for starting out a sentence
+% that begins "In <booktitle>", putting an editor before the title if one
+% exists.
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+	{ "in " booktitle emphasize * }
+	{ "in " booktitle emphasize * ", " * format.edited * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The function empty.misc.check complains if all six fields are empty, and
+% if there's been no sorting or alphabetic-label complaint.
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+  month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+  and and and and and
+    { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+% The function format.thesis.type returns either the (case-changed) type field,
+% if it is defined, or else the default string already on the stack
+% (like "Master's thesis" or "PhD thesis").
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The function format.tr.number makes a string starting with "Technical Report"
+% (or type, if that field is defined), followed by the number if there is one;
+% it returns the starting part (with a case change) even if there is no number.
+% This is used at the beginning of a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+% Now come the cross-referencing functions (these are invoked because
+% one entry in the database file(s) cross-references another, by giving
+% the other entry's database key in a `crossref' field).  This feature
+% allows one or more titled things that are part of a larger titled
+% thing to cross-reference the larger thing.  These styles allow for
+% five posibilities: (1) an ARTICLE may cross-reference an ARTICLE;
+% (2) a BOOK, (3) INBOOK, or (4) INCOLLECTION may cross-reference a BOOK;
+% or (5) an INPROCEEDINGS may cross-reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Each of these is explained in more detail later.
+%
+% An ARTICLE entry type may cross reference another ARTICLE (this is
+% intended for when an entire journal is devoted to a single topic---
+% but since there is no JOURNAL entry type, the journal, too, should be
+% classified as an ARTICLE but without the author and title fields).
+% This will result in two warning messages for the journal's entry
+% if it's included in the reference list, but such is life.
+%
+% format.article.crossref ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(key) then
+%	    if empty$(journal) then
+%		warning$("need key or journal for " * cite$ *
+%						" to crossref " * crossref)
+%		return(" \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+%	    else
+%		return("In " * emphazise.correct (journal) *
+%						" \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+%		fi
+%	else
+%	    return("In " * key * " \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% The other cross-referencing functions are similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+    { journal empty$
+	{ "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+	  warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ "In " journal * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " key * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% We use just the last names of editors for a cross reference: either
+% "editor", or "editor1 and editor2", or "editor1 et~al." depending on
+% whether there are one, or two, or more than two editors.
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  editor num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " et~al." * }
+    { #2 <
+	'skip$
+	{ editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+	    { " et~al." * }
+	    { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% A BOOK (or INBOOK) entry type (assumed to be for a single volume in a
+% multivolume work) may cross reference another BOOK (the entire multivolume).
+% Usually there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct the
+% cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else the series
+% field (since the series gives the title of the multivolume work).
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In "
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+	{ series empty$
+	    { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+	      crossref * warning$
+	      "" *
+	    }
+	    { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% An INCOLLECTION entry type may cross reference a BOOK (assumed to be the
+% collection), or an INPROCEEDINGS may cross reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Often there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct
+% the cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else
+% the booktitle field (which gives the cross-referenced work's title).
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+	{ booktitle empty$
+	    { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+	      crossref * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ "In " key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% Now we define the type functions for all entry types that may appear
+% in the .BIB file---e.g., functions like `article' and `book'.  These
+% are the routines that actually generate the .BBL-file output for
+% the entry.  These must all precede the READ command.  In addition, the
+% style designer should have a function `default.type' for unknown types.
+% Note: The fields (within each list) are listed in order of appearance,
+% except as described for an `inbook' or a `proceedings'.
+%
+% The article function is for an article in a journal.  An article may
+% CROSSREF another article.
+%	Required fields: author, title, journal, year
+%	Optional fields: volume, number, pages, month, note
+%
+% article ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	output.bibitem
+%	output.check(format.authors,"author")
+%	new.block
+%	output.check(format.title,"title")
+%	new.block
+%	if missing$(crossref) then
+%	    output.check(emphasize(journal),"journal")
+%	    output(format.vol.num.pages)
+%	    output.check(format.date,"year")
+%       else
+%	    output.nonnull(format.article.crossref)
+%	    output(format.pages)
+%	fi
+%	new.block
+%	output(note)
+%	fin.entry
+%  END
+%
+% The book function is for a whole book.  A book may CROSSREF another book.
+%	Required fields: author or editor, title, publisher, year
+%	Optional fields: volume or number, series, address, edition, month,
+%			note
+%
+% book ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(author) then output.check(format.editors,"author and editor")
+%	else	output.check(format.authors,"author")
+%		if missing$(crossref) then
+%		    either.or.check("author and editor",editor)
+%		fi
+%	fi
+%	new.block
+%	output.check(format.btitle,"title")
+%	if missing$(crossref) then
+%	    output(format.bvolume)
+%	    new.block
+%	    output(format.number.series)
+%	    new.sentence
+%	    output.check(publisher,"publisher")
+%	    output(address)
+%       else
+%	    new.block
+%	    output.nonnull(format.book.crossref)
+%	fi
+%	output(format.edition)
+%	output.check(format.date,"year")
+%	new.block
+%	output(note)
+%	fin.entry
+%  END
+%
+% The other entry functions are all quite similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal field.or.null
+      format.vol.num.pages output
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A booklet is a bound thing without a publisher or sponsoring institution.
+%	Required: title
+%	Optional: author, howpublished, address, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  howpublished address new.block.checkb
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% For the conference entry type, see inproceedings.
+% An inbook is a piece of a book: either a chapter and/or a page range.
+% It may CROSSREF a book.  If there's no volume field, the type field
+% will come before number and series.
+%	Required: author or editor, title, chapter and/or pages, publisher,year
+%	Optional: volume or number, series, type, address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% An incollection is like inbook, but where there is a separate title
+% for the referenced thing (and perhaps an editor for the whole).
+% An incollection may CROSSREF a book.
+%	Required: author, title, booktitle, publisher, year
+%	Optional: editor, volume or number, series, type, chapter, pages,
+%			address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+      format.edition output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% An inproceedings is an article in a conference proceedings, and it may
+% CROSSREF a proceedings.  If there's no address field, the month (& year)
+% will appear just before note.
+%	Required: author, title, booktitle, year
+%	Optional: editor, volume or number, series, pages, address, month,
+%			organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.pages output
+      address empty$
+	{ organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+	  organization output
+	  publisher output
+	  format.date "year" output.check
+	}
+	{ address output.nonnull
+	  format.date "year" output.check
+	  new.sentence
+	  organization output
+	  publisher output
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% The conference function is included for Scribe compatibility.
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+% A manual is technical documentation.
+%	Required: title
+%	Optional: author, organization, address, edition, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ organization output.nonnull
+	  address output
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	{ address new.block.checka
+	  address output
+	}
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+    { organization address new.block.checkb
+      organization output
+      address output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A mastersthesis is a Master's thesis.
+%	Required: author, title, school, year
+%	Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A misc is something that doesn't fit elsewhere.
+%	Required: at least one of the `optional' fields
+%	Optional: author, title, howpublished, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  title howpublished new.block.checkb
+  format.title output
+  howpublished new.block.checka
+  howpublished output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  empty.misc.check
+}
+% A phdthesis is like a mastersthesis.
+%	Required: author, title, school, year
+%	Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A proceedings is a conference proceedings.
+% If there is an organization but no editor field, the organization will
+% appear as the first optional field (we try to make the first block nonempty);
+% if there's no address field, the month (& year) will appear just before note.
+%	Required: title, year
+%	Optional: editor, volume or number, series, address, month,
+%			organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  editor empty$
+    { organization output }
+    { format.editors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ publisher new.sentence.checka }
+	{ organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+	  organization output
+	}
+      if$
+      publisher output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { address output.nonnull
+      format.date "year" output.check
+      new.sentence
+      editor empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ organization output }
+      if$
+      publisher output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A techreport is a technical report.
+%	Required: author, title, institution, year
+%	Optional: type, number, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% An unpublished is something that hasn't been published.
+%	Required: author, title, note
+%	Optional: month, year
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  format.date output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% We use entry type `misc' for an unknown type; BibTeX gives a warning.
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+% Here are macros for common things that may vary from style to style.
+% Users are encouraged to use these macros.
+%
+% Months are either written out in full or abbreviated
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+MACRO {sep} {"Sept."}
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+% Journals are either written out in full or abbreviated;
+% the abbreviations are like those found in ACM publications.
+%
+% To get a completely different set of abbreviations, it may be best to make
+% a separate .bib file with nothing but those abbreviations; users could then
+% include that file name as the first argument to the \bibliography command
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."}
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."}
+MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"}
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."}
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."}
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."}
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."}
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"}
+MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."}
+MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"}
+MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."}
+MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Programming"}
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."}
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."}
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."}
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Gr."}
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Softw."}
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."}
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Prog. Lang. Syst."}
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput. Sci."}
+%% /usr/local/lib/tex/bibtex/phyjfull.btx, Tue Jun 30 08:37:48 1992
+%% Edit by Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@alfred.math.utah.edu>
+%% Change file names in leading comment
+% Journal Title Abbreviations from the Physical Review Style and Notation
+%	Guide, July, 1983, in BAPS Vol. 28.
+%  Selected by Cris Barnes and Charles Karney, March 1988
+% IMPORTANT!! Don't make changes to this file without making the
+% 	      corresponding changes to
+%			phyjabb.bib
+%			phyjabb.btx
+MACRO {advp} {"Advances in Physics"}
+MACRO {ajp} {"American Journal of Physics"}
+MACRO {ao} {"Applied Optics"}
+MACRO {apl} {"Applied Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {apj} {"Astrophysical Journal"}
+MACRO {baps} {"Bulletin of the American Physical Society"}
+MACRO {cpc} {"Computer Physics Communications"}
+MACRO {cppcf} {"Comments on Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {fed} {"Fusion Engineering and Design"}
+MACRO {ft} {"Fusion Technology"}
+MACRO {ieeens} {"IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science"}
+MACRO {ieeeps} {"IEEE Transactions on Plasma Science"}
+MACRO {ijimw} {"International Journal of Infrared and Millimeter Waves"}
+MACRO {ip} {"Infrared Physics"}
+MACRO {jap} {"Journal of Applied Physics"}
+MACRO {jcp} {"Journal of Computational Physics"}
+MACRO {jetp} {"Soviet Physics-JETP"}
+MACRO {jfe} {"Journal of Fusion Energy"}
+MACRO {jfm} {"Journal of Fluid Mechanics"}
+MACRO {jgr} {"Journal of Geophysical Research"}
+MACRO {jmp} {"Journal of Mathematical Physics"}
+MACRO {jne} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy"}
+MACRO {jnec} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy, Part C: Plasma Physics, Accelerators, Thermonuclear Research"}
+MACRO {jnm} {"Journal of Nuclear Materials"}
+MACRO {josa} {"Journal of the Optical Society of America"}
+MACRO {jpp} {"Journal of Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {jpsj} {"Journal of the Physical Society of Japan"}
+MACRO {jvst} {"Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology"}
+MACRO {nedf} {"Nuclear Engineering and Design/Fusion"}
+MACRO {nf} {"Nuclear Fusion"}
+MACRO {nim} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods"}
+MACRO {nimpr} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods in Physics Research"}
+MACRO {nt/f} {"Nuclear Technology/Fusion"}
+MACRO {pf} {"Physics of Fluids"}
+MACRO {pfa} {"Physics of Fluids A: Fluid Dynamics"}
+MACRO {pfb} {"Physics of Fluids B: Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {pl} {"Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {pla} {"Physics Letters A"}
+MACRO {pnas} {"Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA"}
+MACRO {pp} {"Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {ppcf} {"Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {prl} {"Physical Review Letters"}
+MACRO {pr} {"Physical Review"}
+MACRO {pra} {"Physical Review A: General Physics"}
+MACRO {ps} {"Physica Scripta"}
+MACRO {rmp} {"Reviews of Modern Physics"}
+MACRO {rsi} {"Review of Scientific Instruments"}
+MACRO {sjpp} {"Soviet Journal of Plasma Phys."}
+MACRO {spd} {"Soviet Physics-Doklady"}
+MACRO {sptp} {"Soviet Physics-Technical Physics"}
+MACRO {spu} {"Soviet Physics-Uspeki"}
+% Now we read in the .BIB entries.
+READ
+% The sortify function converts to lower case after purify$ing; it's
+% used in sorting and in computing alphabetic labels after sorting
+%
+% The chop.word(w,len,s) function returns either s or, if the first len
+% letters of s equals w (this comparison is done in the third line of the
+% function's definition), it returns that part of s after w.
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels
+%
+% The format.lab.names function makes a short label by using the initials of
+% the von and Last parts of the names (but if there are more than four names,
+% (i.e., people) it truncates after three and adds a superscripted "+";
+% it also adds such a "+" if the last of multiple authors is "others").
+% If there is only one name, and its von and Last parts combined have just
+% a single name-token ("Knuth" has a single token, "Brinch Hansen" has two),
+% we take the first three letters of the last name.  The boolean
+% et.al.char.used tells whether we've used a superscripted "+", so that we
+% know whether to include a LaTeX macro for it.
+%
+% format.lab.names(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	numnames := num.names$(s)
+%	if numnames > 1 then
+%	    if numnames > 4 then
+%		namesleft := 3
+%	    else
+%		namesleft := numnames
+%	    nameptr := 1
+%	    nameresult := ""
+%	    while namesleft > 0
+%	      do
+%		if (name_ptr = numnames) and
+%		     format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}") = "others"
+%		   then nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+%			et.al.char.used := true
+%		   else nameresult := nameresult *
+%				format.name$(s, nameptr, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+%		nameptr := nameptr + 1
+%		namesleft := namesleft - 1
+%	      od
+%	    if numnames > 4 then
+%		nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+%		et.al.char.used := true
+%	else
+%	    t := format.name$(s, 1, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+%	    if text.length$(t) < 2 then	% there's just one name-token
+%		nameresult := text.prefix$(format.name$(s,1,"{ll}"),3)
+%	    else
+%		nameresult := t
+%	    fi
+%	fi
+%	return nameresult
+%  END
+%
+% Exactly what fields we look at in constructing the primary part of the label
+% depends on the entry type; this selectivity (as opposed to, say, always
+% looking at author, then editor, then key) helps ensure that "ignored" fields,
+% as described in the LaTeX book, really are ignored.  Note that MISC is part
+% of the deepest `else' clause in the nested part of calc.label; thus, any
+% unrecognized entry type in the database is handled correctly.
+%
+% There is one auxiliary function for each of the four different sequences of
+% fields we use.  The first of these functions looks at the author field, and
+% then, if necessary, the key field.  The other three functions, which might
+% look at two fields and the key field, are similar, except that the key field
+% takes precedence over the organization field (for labels---not for sorting).
+%
+% The calc.label function calculates the preliminary label of an entry, which
+% is formed by taking three letters of information from the author or editor or
+% key or organization field (depending on the entry type and on what's empty,
+% but ignoring a leading "The " in the organization), and appending the last
+% two characters (digits) of the year. It is an error if the appropriate fields
+% among author, editor, organization, and key are missing, and we use
+% the first three letters of the cite$ in desperation when this happens.
+% The resulting label has the year part, but not the name part, purify$ed
+% (purify$ing the year allows some sorting shenanigans by the user).
+%
+% This function also calculates the version of the label to be used in sorting.
+%
+% The final label may need a trailing 'a', 'b', etc., to distinguish it from
+% otherwise identical labels, but we can't calculated those "extra.label"s
+% until after sorting.
+%
+% calc.label ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if type$ = "book" or "inbook" then
+%	    author.editor.key.label
+%	else if type$ = "proceedings" then
+%	    editor.key.organization.label
+%	else if type$ = "manual" then
+%	    author.key.organization.label
+%	else
+%	    author.key.label
+%	fi fi fi
+%	label := label * substring$(purify$(field.or.null(year)), -1, 2)
+%		% assuming we will also sort, we calculate a sort.label
+%	sort.label := sortify(label), but use the last four, not two, digits
+%  END
+% When sorting, we compute the sortkey by executing "presort" on each entry.
+% The presort key contains a number of "sortify"ed strings, concatenated
+% with multiple blanks between them.  This makes things like "brinch  per"
+% come before "brinch hansen  per".
+%
+% The fields used here are: the sort.label for alphabetic labels (as set by
+% calc.label), followed by the author names (or editor names or organization
+% (with a leading "The " removed) or key field, depending on entry type and on
+% what's empty), followed by year, followed by the first bit of the title
+% (chopping off a leading "The ", "A ", or "An ").
+% Names are formatted: Von Last First Junior.
+% The names within a part will be separated by a single blank
+% (such as "brinch hansen"), two will separate the name parts themselves
+% (except the von and last), three will separate the names,
+% four will separate the names from year (and from label, if alphabetic),
+% and four will separate year from title.
+%
+% The sort.format.names function takes an argument that should be in
+% BibTeX name format, and returns a string containing "   "-separated
+% names in the format described above.  The function is almost the same
+% as format.names.
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels, when sorted
+%
+% Now comes the final computation for alphabetic labels, putting in the 'a's
+% and 'b's and so forth if required.  This involves two passes: a forward
+% pass to put in the 'b's, 'c's and so on, and a backwards pass
+% to put in the 'a's (we don't want to put in 'a's unless we know there
+% are 'b's).
+% We have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+%
+% VAR: longest.label, last.sort.label, next.extra: string
+%      longest.label.width, last.extra.num: integer
+%
+% initialize.longest.label ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	longest.label := ""
+%	last.sort.label := int.to.chr$(0)
+%	next.extra := ""
+%	longest.label.width := 0
+%	last.extra.num := 0
+%  END
+%
+% forward.pass ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if last.sort.label = sort.label then
+%	    last.extra.num := last.extra.num + 1
+%	    extra.label := int.to.chr$(last.extra.num)
+%	else
+%	    last.extra.num := chr.to.int$("a")
+%	    extra.label := ""
+%	    last.sort.label := sort.label
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% reverse.pass ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if next.extra = "b" then
+%	    extra.label := "a"
+%	fi
+%	label := label * extra.label
+%	if width$(label) > longest.label.width then
+%	    longest.label := label
+%	    longest.label.width := width$(label)
+%	fi
+%	next.extra := extra.label
+%  END
+% Now comes the computation for numeric labels.
+% We use either the sorted order or original order.
+% We still have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+  #1 'number.label :=
+  #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+  number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+  label width$ longest.label.width >
+    { label 'longest.label :=
+      label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+    }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+% Now we're ready to start writing the .BBL file.
+% We begin, if necessary, with a LaTeX macro for unnamed names in an alphabetic
+% label; next comes stuff from the `preamble' command in the database files.
+% Then we give an incantation containing the command
+%     \begin{thebibliography}{...}
+% where the `...' is the longest label.
+%
+% We also call init.state.consts, for use by the output routines.
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{"  longest.label  * "}" * write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+% Now we produce the output for all the entries
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+% Finally, we finish up by writing the `\end{thebibliography}' command.
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phjcp.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phjcp.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f3f804a6c7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phjcp.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1888 @@
+% BibTeX styles for various physics journals (27-Feb-1990).
+% This file, physics.btx, is based on the file btxbst.doc.
+	% Please notify Charles Karney (Karney@Princeton.EDU)
+	% of any bugs, improvements, etc.
+% Run this file through cpp to get specific versions.  I have written
+% a version of cpp within Emacs.  To access it put
+%	(autoload 'cpp "tex$bibtex:cpp"		; Use cpp for BibTeX styles
+%		  "C preprocessor"
+%		  t)
+% into your .emacs file.  Read in this file with
+%	emacs tex$bibtex:physics.btx
+% and run cpp with e.g.,
+%	M-x cpp <ret> aip <ret>
+% Save the resulting file to tex$latex:aip.bst.
+% To accomodate the variations we need (in addition to the definitions below)
+%	ATIT_SUPPRESS:	do not include the titles of journal articles
+%	NAME_INVERT:	put the initials last
+%	NAME_UPPER:	convert names to all caps.
+%	MONTH_SUPPRESS:	do not include months in journal articles
+%	PAREN_DATE:	dates go in parens in journal articles
+%	DATE_FIRST:	dates go before page numbers
+%	VOLUME_SPACE:	volume set off with space (not colon)
+%	NUM_SUPPRESS:	do not include numbers in journal articles
+%	BOLD_VOL:	volume numbers in bold face in journal articles
+%	BRACKET_NOTE:	notes in brackets
+%	PAGE_START_J:	include only starting page for journal articles
+%	PAGE_START_O:	include only starting page for other entries
+%	PAGE_ABBREV:	abbreviate page to p. and pages to pp.
+%	PHYSICS_JOUR:	include abbreviations for Physics journals
+%	COMMA_DELIMIT:	use comma (instead of period) to divide a citation
+%	NOTE_SUPPRESS:	suppress the note
+%	MAX_NAMES:	max number of authors before using et al (0 = infinity)
+%	MIN_NAMES:	number of authors to list with et al.
+%	EDIT_VAR:	use "edited by ..." instead of "..., editors"
+%	RMP_LABELS:	create RMP-style labels
+%	KEY_CITE:	use key as label
+%	NAMED_REFS:	use (Smith, 1988) style of citations
+%	CSC_NAMES:	names set in caps and small caps
+%	JOUR_DEEMPH:	don't emphasize journal name
+%	ETAL_EMPH:	emphasize et al.
+%	ALT_INCOLL	alternate ordering of fields in incollections
+% These are all boolean (0 or 1) except for MAX_NAMES and MIN_NAMES.
+% These need to satisfy 0 <= MIN_NAMES <= MAX_NAMES.
+% The rule here is that if all these are defined to be zero, we revert to
+% the standard styles.  For that reason we initialize them all to 0.
+% These are the original macros
+	% For Journal of Computational Physics
+	% Cris Barnes and Dave Mikkelson, 9/25/89
+% This is the start of btxbst.doc
+% BibTeX `plain' family
+	% version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+	% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+	% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+	% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+	% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+	% btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+	% This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+	% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+% Please notify Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU) of any bugs in
+% these standard styles or in this documentation file.
+%
+% This is file btxbxt.doc; it helps document bibliography styles,
+% and is also a template file that you can use to make
+% several different style files, if you have access to a C preprocessor.
+% For example, the standard styles were made by doing something like
+%	cpp -P -DPLAIN btxbst.doc plain.txt
+%	cpp -P -DUNSRT btxbst.doc unsrt.txt
+%	cpp -P -DALPHA btxbst.doc alpha.txt
+%	cpp -P -DABBRV btxbst.doc abbrv.txt
+% and then renaming after removing unwanted comments and blank lines.
+% If you don't have access,
+% you can edit this file by hand to imitate the preprocessor,
+% with the following explanation of the C preprocessor constructs used here.
+%
+% The output of the preprocessor is the same as the input, except that certain
+% lines will be excluded (and some blank lines will be added).  The sequence
+%	#if VAR
+%	    lines to be included when VAR is not zero
+%	#else
+%	    lines to be included when VAR is zero
+%	#endif
+% (with the #-signs appearing in column 1) means that one set or the other of
+% the lines are to be included depending on the value of VAR.
+% The #else part is optional.  Comments can be added after #else and #endif.
+% Variables can be set by
+%	#define VAR value
+% and one can also use #ifdef VAR to see if VAR has any value, and #ifndef
+% to see if it has none.
+% Another #if form used in this file is #if !VAR, which includes the lines
+% after the #if only if VAR is zero.
+%
+% Convention: Use all uppercase identifiers for these preprocessor variables
+% so you can spot them easily
+%
+% The command line to the preprocessor should define one of PLAIN, UNSRT, ALPHA
+% or ABBRV (though PLAIN will be used by default if none is given),
+% and the following lines will set various boolean variables to control the
+% various lines that are chosen from the rest of the file.
+% Each boolean variable should be set true (1) or false (0) in each style.
+% Here are the current variables, and their meanings:
+%	0:	an alphabetic label is used (if false then a numeric
+%			    label is used)
+%	0:		the entries should be sorted by label (if nonnumeric)
+%			    and other info, like authors (if false, then
+%			    entries remain in order of occurrence)
+%	0:	the authors, editors, etc., get the full names as
+%			    given in the bibliography file (if false, the first
+%			    names become initials)
+%	0:	titles of non-"books" (e.g., articles) should be
+%			    converted to lower-case, except the first letter or
+%			    first letter after a colon
+%			    (if false then they appear as in the database)
+%	0:	months are spelled out in full (if false, then
+%			    they're abbreviated)
+%	0:	macro journal names are spelled out in full
+%			    (if false then they are abbreviated, currently
+%			    as they appear in ACM publications)
+%#	    define PLAIN 1
+%
+%   Entry formatting: Similar to that recommended by Mary-Claire van Leunen
+%	in "A Handbook for Scholars".  Book-like titles are italicized
+%	(emphasized) and non-book titles are converted to sentence
+%	capitilization (and not enclosed in quotes).
+%	This file outputs a \newblock between major blocks of an entry
+%	(the name \newblock is analogous to the names \newline and \newpage)
+%	so that the user can obtain an "open" format, which has a line break
+%	before each block and lines after the first are indented within blocks,
+%	by giving the optional \documentstyle argument `openbib';
+%	The default is the "closed" format---blocks runs together.
+%
+%   Citation alphabetic label format:
+%		[Knu73] for single author (or editor or key)
+%		[AHU83] (first letters of last names) for multiple authors
+%
+%   Citation label numberic format:
+%		[number]
+%
+%   Reference list ordering for sorted, alphabetic lables:
+%		alphabetical by citation label, then by author(s) or whatever
+%		passes for author in the absence of one, then by year,
+%		then title
+%
+%   Reference list ordering for sorted, numeric lables:
+%		alphabetical by author(s) or whatever passes
+%		for author in the absence of one, then by year, then title
+%
+%   Reference list ordering for unsorted:
+%		by the order cited in the text
+%
+%   History
+%   12/16/84	(HWT)	Original `plain' version, by Howard Trickey.
+%   12/23/84	(LL)	Some comments made by Leslie Lamport.
+%    2/16/85	(OP)	Changes based on LL's comments, Oren Patashnik.
+%    2/17/85	(HWT)	Template file and other standard styles made.
+%    3/28/85	(OP)	First release, version 0.98b for BibTeX 0.98f.
+%    5/ 9/85	(OP)	Version 0.98c for BibTeX 0.98i:
+%			fixed Theoretical Computer Science macro name;
+%			fixed the format.vol.num.pages function.
+%    1/24/88	(OP)	Version 0.99a for BibTeX 0.99a, main changes:
+%			assignment operator (:=) arguments reversed;
+%			the preamble$ function outputs the database PREAMBLE;
+%			entry.max$ and global.max$ (built-in) variables replace
+%			entry.string.max and global.string.max functions;
+%			alphabetizing by year then title, not just title;
+%			many unnecessary ties removed; \it ==> \em;
+%			the `alpha' style uses a superscripted `+' instead of a
+%			`*' for unnamed names in constructing the label;
+%			the `abbrv' style now uses "Mar." and "Sept.";
+%			the functions calc.label and presort now look at just
+%			the fields they're supposed to;
+%			BOOKLET, MASTERSTHESIS, TECHREPORT use nonbook titles;
+%			INBOOK and INCOLLECTION take an optional type (e.g.
+%			type = "Section"), overriding the default "chapter";
+%			BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, and PROCEEDINGS now allow
+%			either volume or number, not just volume;
+%			INCOLLECTION now allows an edition and series field;
+%			PROCEEDINGS and INPROCEEDINGS now use the address field
+%			to tell where a conference was held;
+%			INPROCEEDINGS and PROCEEDINGS now allow either volume
+%			or number, and also a series field;
+%			MASTERSTHESIS and PHDTHESIS accept types other than
+%			"Master's thesis" and "PhD thesis";
+%			UNPUBLISHED now outputs, in one block, note then date;
+%			MANUAL now prints out the organization in
+%			the first block if the author field is empty;
+%			MISC can't be empty---it requires some optional field.
+%    3/23/88	(OP)	Version 0.99b for BibTeX 0.99c---changed the three
+%			erroneous occurrences of `cite ' to `cite$ '; this
+%			change didn't affect the four standard styles, so the
+%			0.99a versions of those styles are still current.
+%
+% The ENTRY declaration
+%   Like Scribe's (according to pages 231-2 of the April '84 edition),
+%   but no fullauthor or editors fields because BibTeX does name handling.
+%   The annote field is commented out here because this family doesn't
+%   include an annotated bibliography style.  And in addition to the fields
+%   listed here, BibTeX has a built-in crossref field, explained later.
+ENTRY
+% Fields:
+  { address
+%	    Usually the address of a publisher or other type of organization.
+%	    Put information in this field only if it helps the reader find the
+%	    thing---for example you should omit the address of a major
+%	    publisher entirely.  For a PROCEEDINGS or an INPROCEEDINGS,
+%	    however, it's the address of the conference; for those two entry
+%	    types, include the publisher's or organization's address, if
+%	    necessary, in the publisher or organization field.
+%    annote
+%	    Long annotation---for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence).
+    author
+%	    Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format.
+    booktitle
+%	    Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book.
+%	    For book entries, the title field should be used instead.
+    chapter
+%	    Chapter (or section or whatever) number.
+    edition
+%	    Edition of a book---should be an ordinal (e.g., "Second").
+    editor
+%	    Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format.
+%	    If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be
+%	    for the book or collection that the work appears in.
+    howpublished
+%	     How something strange has been published (begins sentence).
+    institution
+%	    Sponsoring institution of a technical report.
+    journal
+%	    Journal name (macros are provided for many).
+    key
+%	    Alphabetizing, labeling, and cross-referencing key
+%	    (needed when an entry has no author or editor).
+    month
+%	    Month (macros are provided).
+    note
+%	    To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence).
+    number
+%	    Number of a journal or technical report, or of a work in a series.
+    organization
+%	    Organization sponsoring a conference (or publishing a manual); if
+%	    the editor (or author) is empty, and if the organization produces
+%	    an awkward label or cross reference, you should put appropriately
+%	    condensed organization information in the key field as well.
+    pages
+%	    Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range, use `+'
+%	    to indicate pages following that don't form a simple range).
+    publisher
+%	    Publisher name.
+    school
+%	    School name (for theses).
+    series
+%	    The name of a series or set of books.
+%	    An individual book will will also have it's own title.
+    title
+%	    The title of the thing you're referred to.
+    type
+%	    Type of a Techreport (e.g., "Research Note") to be used instead of
+%	    the default "Technical Report"; or, similarly, the type of a
+%	    thesis; or of a part of a book.
+    volume
+%	    The volume number of a journal or multivolume work.
+    year
+%	    The year should contain only numerals (technically, it should end
+%	    with four numerals, after purification; doesn't a begin sentence).
+  }
+% There are no integer entry variables
+  {}
+% These string entry variables are used to form the citation label.
+% In a storage pinch, sort.label can be easily computed on the fly.
+  { label }
+% Each entry function starts by calling output.bibitem, to write the
+% \bibitem and its arguments to the .BBL file.  Then the various fields
+% are formatted and printed by output or output.check.  Those functions
+% handle the writing of separators (commas, periods, \newblock's),
+% taking care not to do so when they are passed a null string.
+% Finally, fin.entry is called to add the final period and finish the
+% entry.
+%
+% A bibliographic reference is formatted into a number of `blocks':
+% in the open format, a block begins on a new line and subsequent
+% lines of the block are indented.  A block may contain more than
+% one sentence (well, not a grammatical sentence, but something to
+% be ended with a sentence ending period).  The entry functions should
+% call new.block whenever a block other than the first is about to be
+% started.  They should call new.sentence whenever a new sentence is
+% to be started.  The output functions will ensure that if two
+% new.sentence's occur without any non-null string being output between
+% them then there won't be two periods output.  Similarly for two
+% successive new.block's.
+%
+% The output routines don't write their argument immediately.
+% Instead, by convention, that argument is saved on the stack to be
+% output next time (when we'll know what separator needs to come
+% after it).  Meanwhile, the output routine has to pop the pending
+% output off the stack, append any needed separator, and write it.
+%
+% To tell which separator is needed, we maintain an output.state.
+% It will be one of these values:
+%	before.all		just after the \bibitem
+%	mid.sentence		in the middle of a sentence: comma needed
+%					if more sentence is output
+%	after.sentence		just after a sentence: period needed
+%	after.block		just after a block (and sentence):
+%					period and \newblock needed.
+% Note: These styles don't use after.sentence
+%
+% VAR: output.state : INTEGER		-- state variable for output
+%
+% The output.nonnull function saves its argument (assumed to be nonnull)
+% on the stack, and writes the old saved value followed by any needed
+% separator.  The ordering of the tests is decreasing frequency of
+% occurrence.
+%
+% output.nonnull(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	s := argument on stack
+%	if output.state = mid.sentence then
+%	    write$(pop() * ", ")
+%		  -- "pop" isn't a function: just use stack top
+%	else
+%	    if output.state = after.block then
+%		write$(add.period$(pop()))
+%		newline$
+%		write$("\newblock ")
+%	    else
+%		if output.state = before.all then
+%		    write$(pop())
+%		else	    -- output.state should be after.sentence
+%		    write$(add.period$(pop()) * " ")
+%		fi
+%	    fi
+%	    output.state := mid.sentence
+%	fi
+%	push s on stack
+%  END
+%
+% The output function calls output.nonnull if its argument is non-empty;
+% its argument may be a missing field (thus, not necessarily a string)
+%
+% output(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if not empty$(s) then output.nonnull(s)
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% The output.check function is the same as the output function except that, if
+% necessary, output.check warns the user that the t field shouldn't be empty
+% (this is because it probably won't be a good reference without the field;
+% the entry functions try to make the formatting look reasonable even when
+% such fields are empty).
+%
+% output.check(s,t) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then
+%	    warning$("empty " * t * " in " * cite$)
+%	else output.nonnull(s)
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% The output.bibitem function writes the \bibitem for the current entry
+% (the label should already have been set up), and sets up the separator
+% state for the output functions.  And, it leaves a string on the stack
+% as per the output convention.
+%
+% output.bibitem ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	newline$
+%	write$("\bibitem[")	% for alphabetic labels,
+%	write$(label)		% these three lines
+%	write$("]{")		% are used
+%	write$("\bibitem{")		% this line for numeric labels
+%	write$(cite$)
+%	write$("}")
+%	push "" on stack
+%	output.state := before.all
+%  END
+%
+% The fin.entry function finishes off an entry by adding a period to the
+% string remaining on the stack.  If the state is still before.all
+% then nothing was produced for this entry, so the result will look bad,
+% but the user deserves it. (We don't omit the whole entry because the
+% entry was cited, and a bibitem is needed to define the citation label.)
+%
+% fin.entry ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	write$(add.period$(pop()))
+%	newline$
+%  END
+%
+% The new.block function prepares for a new block to be output, and
+% new.sentence prepares for a new sentence.
+%
+% new.block ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if output.state <> before.all then
+%	    output.state := after.block
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% new.sentence ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if output.state <> after.block then
+%	    if output.state <> before.all then
+%		output.state :=  after.sentence
+%	    fi
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+}
+% the variables s and t are temporary string holders
+STRINGS { s t }
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+	{ "," * write$
+	  newline$
+	  "\newblock " write$
+	}
+	{ output.state before.all =
+	    'write$
+	    { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+  "\bibitem{" write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+% This function finishes all entries.
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ skip$
+}
+% These three functions pop one or two (integer) arguments from the stack
+% and push a single one, either 0 or 1.
+% The 'skip$ in the `and' and `or' functions are used because
+% the corresponding if$ would be idempotent
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+% Sometimes we begin a new block only if the block will be big enough.  The
+% new.block.checka function issues a new.block if its argument is nonempty;
+% new.block.checkb does the same if either of its TWO arguments is nonempty.
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+% The new.sentence.check functions are analogous.
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+% Here are some functions for formatting chunks of an entry.
+% By convention they either produce a string that can be followed by
+% a comma or period (using add.period$, so it is OK to end in a period),
+% or they produce the null string.
+%
+% A useful utility is the field.or.null function, which checks if the
+% argument is the result of pushing a `missing' field (one for which no
+% assignment was made when the current entry was read in from the database)
+% or the result of pushing a string having no non-white-space characters.
+% It returns the null string if so, otherwise it returns the field string.
+% Its main (but not only) purpose is to guarantee that what's left on the
+% stack is a string rather than a missing field.
+%
+% field.or.null(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then return ""
+%	else return s
+%  END
+%
+% Another helper function is emphasize, which returns the argument emphazised,
+% if that is non-empty, otherwise it returns the null string.  Italic
+% corrections aren't used, so this function should be used when punctation
+% will follow the result.
+%
+% emphasize(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then return ""
+%	else return "{\em " * s * "}"
+%
+% The format.names function formats the argument (which should be in
+% BibTeX name format) into "First Von Last, Junior", separated by commas
+% and with an "and" before the last (but ending with "et~al." if the last
+% of multiple authors is "others").  This function's argument should always
+% contain at least one name.
+%
+% VAR: nameptr, namesleft, numnames: INTEGER
+% pseudoVAR: nameresult: STRING		(it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% format.names(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	nameptr := 1
+%	numnames := num.names$(s)
+%	namesleft := numnames
+%	while namesleft > 0
+%	  do
+%				% for full names:
+%	    t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+%				% for abbreviated first names:
+%	    t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+%	    if nameptr > 1 then
+%		if namesleft > 1 then nameresult := nameresult * ", " * t
+%		else if numnames > 2
+%		       then nameresult := nameresult * ","
+%		     fi
+%		     if t = "others"
+%		       then nameresult := nameresult * " et~al."
+%		       else nameresult := nameresult * " and " * t
+%		     fi
+%		fi
+%	    else nameresult := t
+%	    fi
+%	    nameptr := nameptr + 1
+%	    namesleft := namesleft - 1
+%	  od
+%	return nameresult
+%  END
+%
+% The format.authors function returns the result of format.names(author)
+% if the author is present, or else it returns the null string
+%
+% format.authors ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(author) then return ""
+%	else return format.names(author)
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% Format.editors is like format.authors, but it uses the editor field,
+% and appends ", editor" or ", editors"
+%
+% format.editors ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(editor) then return ""
+%	else
+%	    if num.names$(editor) > 1 then
+%		return format.names(editor) * ", editors"
+%	    else
+%		return format.names(editor) * ", editor"
+%	    fi
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% Other formatting functions are similar, so no "comment version" will be
+% given for them.
+%
+% The `pop$' in this function gets rid of the duplicate `empty' value and
+% the `skip$' returns the duplicate field value
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {caps}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\sc " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {embolden}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {paren}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "(" swap$ * ")" * }
+  if$
+}
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+      t "others" =
+	'skip$
+	{ t caps 't := }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 >
+	{ namesleft #1 >
+	    { ", " * t * }
+	    { numnames #2 >
+		{ "," * }
+		'skip$
+	      if$
+	      t "others" =
+		{ " et~al." * }
+		{ " and " * t * }
+	      if$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+	{ ", editors" * }
+	{ ", editor" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.edited}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "edited by " editor format.names * }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.title function is used for non-book-like titles.
+% For most styles we convert to lowercase (except for the very first letter,
+% and except for the first one after a colon (followed by whitespace)),
+% and hope the user has brace-surrounded words that need to stay capitilized;
+% for some styles, however, we leave it as it is in the database.
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    'title
+  if$
+}
+% By default, BibTeX sets the global integer variable global.max$ to the BibTeX
+% constant glob_str_size, the maximum length of a global string variable.
+% Analogously, BibTeX sets the global integer variable entry.max$ to
+% ent_str_size, the maximum length of an entry string variable.
+% The style designer may change these if necessary (but this is unlikely)
+% The n.dashify function makes each single `-' in a string a double `--'
+% if it's not already
+%
+% pseudoVAR: pageresult: STRING		(it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% n.dashify(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	t := s
+%	pageresult := ""
+%	while (not empty$(t))
+%	  do
+%	    if (first character of t = "-")
+%	      then
+%		if (next character isn't)
+%		  then
+%		    pageresult := pageresult * "--"
+%		    t := t with the "-" removed
+%		  else
+%		    while (first character of t = "-")
+%		      do
+%			pageresult := pageresult * "-"
+%			t := t with the "-" removed
+%		      od
+%		fi
+%	      else
+%		pageresult := pageresult * the first character
+%		t := t with the first character removed
+%	    fi
+%	  od
+%	return pageresult
+%  END
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+	{ t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+	    { "--" *
+	      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	    }
+	    {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+		{ "-" *
+		  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+		}
+	      while$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ t #1 #1 substring$ *
+	  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+FUNCTION {first.page}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    {  t empty$ not t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = not and }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+% The format.date function is for the month and year, but we give a warning if
+% there's an empty year but the month is there, and we return the empty string
+% if they're both empty.
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+    { "" }
+    'year
+  if$
+}
+% The format.btitle is for formatting the title field when it is a book-like
+% entry---the style used here keeps it in uppers-and-lowers and emphasizes it.
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+% For several functions we'll need to connect two strings with a
+% tie (~) if the second one isn't very long (fewer than 3 characters).
+% The tie.or.space.connect function does that.  It concatenates the two
+% strings on top of the stack, along with either a tie or space between
+% them, and puts this concatenation back onto the stack:
+%
+% tie.or.space.connect(str1,str2) ==
+%    BEGIN
+%	if text.length$(str2) < 3
+%	  then return the concatenation of str1, "~", and str2
+%	  else return the concatenation of str1, " ", and str2
+%    END
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+% The either.or.check function complains if both fields or an either-or pair
+% are nonempty.
+%
+% either.or.check(t,s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then
+%	    warning$(can't use both " * t * " fields in " * cite$)
+%	fi
+%  END
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.bvolume function is for formatting the volume and perhaps
+% series name of a multivolume work.  If both a volume and a series field
+% are there, we assume the series field is the title of the whole multivolume
+% work (the title field should be the title of the thing being referred to),
+% and we add an "of <series>".  This function is called in mid-sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.number.series function is for formatting the series name
+% and perhaps number of a work in a series.  This function is similar to
+% format.bvolume, although for this one the series must exist (and the
+% volume must not exist).  If the number field is empty we output either
+% the series field unchanged if it exists or else the null string.
+% If both the number and series fields are there we assume the series field
+% gives the name of the whole series (the title field should be the title
+% of the work being one referred to), and we add an "in <series>".
+% We capitilize Number when this function is used at the beginning of a block.
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+	{ series field.or.null }
+	{ output.state mid.sentence =
+	    { "number" }
+	    { "Number" }
+	  if$
+	  number tie.or.space.connect
+	  series empty$
+	    { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	    { " in " * series * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.edition function appends " edition" to the edition, if present.
+% We lowercase the edition (it should be something like "Third"), because
+% this doesn't start a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+	{ edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+	{ edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.pages function is used for formatting a page range in a book
+% (and in rare circumstances, an article).
+%
+% The multi.page.check function examines the page field for a "-" or "," or "+"
+% so that format.pages can use "page" instead of "pages" if none exists.
+% Note: global.max$ here means "take the rest of the string"
+%
+% VAR: multiresult: INTEGER	(actually, a boolean)
+%
+% multi.page.check(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	t := s
+%	multiresult := false
+%	while ((not multiresult) and (not empty$(t)))
+%	  do
+%	    if (first character of t = "-" or "," or "+")
+%	      then multiresult := true
+%	      else t := t with the first character removed
+%	    fi
+%	  od
+%	return multiresult
+%  END
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+	{ #1 'multiresult := }
+	{ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+% This function doesn't begin a sentence so "pages" isn't capitalized.
+% Other functions that use this should keep that in mind.
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+	{ "pp." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+	{ "p." pages tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.pages.a}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "p." pages first.page tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.vol.num.pages function is for the volume, number, and page range
+% of a journal article.  We use the format:  vol(number):pages, with some
+% variations for empty fields.  This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null embolden
+  " " swap$ * *
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+	{ pop$ format.pages.a }
+	{ ", " * pages first.page * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.chapter.pages, if the chapter is present, puts whatever is in the
+% type field (or else "chapter" if type is empty) in front of a chapter number.
+% It then appends the pages, if present.  This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+	{ "chapter" }
+	{ type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.in.ed.booktitle function is used for starting out a sentence
+% that begins "In <booktitle>", putting an editor before the title if one
+% exists.
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+	{ "in " booktitle emphasize * }
+	{ "in " booktitle emphasize * ", " * format.edited * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The function empty.misc.check complains if all six fields are empty, and
+% if there's been no sorting or alphabetic-label complaint.
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+  month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+  and and and and and
+    { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+% The function format.thesis.type returns either the (case-changed) type field,
+% if it is defined, or else the default string already on the stack
+% (like "Master's thesis" or "PhD thesis").
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The function format.tr.number makes a string starting with "Technical Report"
+% (or type, if that field is defined), followed by the number if there is one;
+% it returns the starting part (with a case change) even if there is no number.
+% This is used at the beginning of a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+% Now come the cross-referencing functions (these are invoked because
+% one entry in the database file(s) cross-references another, by giving
+% the other entry's database key in a `crossref' field).  This feature
+% allows one or more titled things that are part of a larger titled
+% thing to cross-reference the larger thing.  These styles allow for
+% five posibilities: (1) an ARTICLE may cross-reference an ARTICLE;
+% (2) a BOOK, (3) INBOOK, or (4) INCOLLECTION may cross-reference a BOOK;
+% or (5) an INPROCEEDINGS may cross-reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Each of these is explained in more detail later.
+%
+% An ARTICLE entry type may cross reference another ARTICLE (this is
+% intended for when an entire journal is devoted to a single topic---
+% but since there is no JOURNAL entry type, the journal, too, should be
+% classified as an ARTICLE but without the author and title fields).
+% This will result in two warning messages for the journal's entry
+% if it's included in the reference list, but such is life.
+%
+% format.article.crossref ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(key) then
+%	    if empty$(journal) then
+%		warning$("need key or journal for " * cite$ *
+%						" to crossref " * crossref)
+%		return(" \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+%	    else
+%		return("In " * emphazise.correct (journal) *
+%						" \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+%		fi
+%	else
+%	    return("In " * key * " \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% The other cross-referencing functions are similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+    { journal empty$
+	{ "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+	  warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " key * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% We use just the last names of editors for a cross reference: either
+% "editor", or "editor1 and editor2", or "editor1 et~al." depending on
+% whether there are one, or two, or more than two editors.
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ caps
+  editor num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " et~al." * }
+    { #2 <
+	'skip$
+	{ editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+	    { " et~al." * }
+	    { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ caps * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% A BOOK (or INBOOK) entry type (assumed to be for a single volume in a
+% multivolume work) may cross reference another BOOK (the entire multivolume).
+% Usually there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct the
+% cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else the series
+% field (since the series gives the title of the multivolume work).
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In "
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+	{ series empty$
+	    { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+	      crossref * warning$
+	      "" *
+	    }
+	    { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% An INCOLLECTION entry type may cross reference a BOOK (assumed to be the
+% collection), or an INPROCEEDINGS may cross reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Often there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct
+% the cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else
+% the booktitle field (which gives the cross-referenced work's title).
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+	{ booktitle empty$
+	    { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+	      crossref * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ "In " key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% Now we define the type functions for all entry types that may appear
+% in the .BIB file---e.g., functions like `article' and `book'.  These
+% are the routines that actually generate the .BBL-file output for
+% the entry.  These must all precede the READ command.  In addition, the
+% style designer should have a function `default.type' for unknown types.
+% Note: The fields (within each list) are listed in order of appearance,
+% except as described for an `inbook' or a `proceedings'.
+%
+% The article function is for an article in a journal.  An article may
+% CROSSREF another article.
+%	Required fields: author, title, journal, year
+%	Optional fields: volume, number, pages, month, note
+%
+% article ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	output.bibitem
+%	output.check(format.authors,"author")
+%	new.block
+%	output.check(format.title,"title")
+%	new.block
+%	if missing$(crossref) then
+%	    output.check(emphasize(journal),"journal")
+%	    output(format.vol.num.pages)
+%	    output.check(format.date,"year")
+%       else
+%	    output.nonnull(format.article.crossref)
+%	    output(format.pages)
+%	fi
+%	new.block
+%	output(note)
+%	fin.entry
+%  END
+%
+% The book function is for a whole book.  A book may CROSSREF another book.
+%	Required fields: author or editor, title, publisher, year
+%	Optional fields: volume or number, series, address, edition, month,
+%			note
+%
+% book ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(author) then output.check(format.editors,"author and editor")
+%	else	output.check(format.authors,"author")
+%		if missing$(crossref) then
+%		    either.or.check("author and editor",editor)
+%		fi
+%	fi
+%	new.block
+%	output.check(format.btitle,"title")
+%	if missing$(crossref) then
+%	    output(format.bvolume)
+%	    new.block
+%	    output(format.number.series)
+%	    new.sentence
+%	    output.check(publisher,"publisher")
+%	    output(address)
+%       else
+%	    new.block
+%	    output.nonnull(format.book.crossref)
+%	fi
+%	output(format.edition)
+%	output.check(format.date,"year")
+%	new.block
+%	output(note)
+%	fin.entry
+%  END
+%
+% The other entry functions are all quite similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal emphasize
+      format.vol.num.pages 
+      format.date empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ duplicate$ empty$
+	    { pop$ format.date paren }
+            { " " * format.date paren * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+      output
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A booklet is a bound thing without a publisher or sponsoring institution.
+%	Required: title
+%	Optional: author, howpublished, address, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  howpublished address new.block.checkb
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% For the conference entry type, see inproceedings.
+% An inbook is a piece of a book: either a chapter and/or a page range.
+% It may CROSSREF a book.  If there's no volume field, the type field
+% will come before number and series.
+%	Required: author or editor, title, chapter and/or pages, publisher,year
+%	Optional: volume or number, series, type, address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% An incollection is like inbook, but where there is a separate title
+% for the referenced thing (and perhaps an editor for the whole).
+% An incollection may CROSSREF a book.
+%	Required: author, title, booktitle, publisher, year
+%	Optional: editor, volume or number, series, type, chapter, pages,
+%			address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+      format.edition output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% An inproceedings is an article in a conference proceedings, and it may
+% CROSSREF a proceedings.  If there's no address field, the month (& year)
+% will appear just before note.
+%	Required: author, title, booktitle, year
+%	Optional: editor, volume or number, series, pages, address, month,
+%			organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.pages output
+      address empty$
+	{ organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+	  organization output
+	  publisher output
+	  format.date "year" output.check
+	}
+	{ address output.nonnull
+	  format.date "year" output.check
+	  new.sentence
+	  organization output
+	  publisher output
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% The conference function is included for Scribe compatibility.
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+% A manual is technical documentation.
+%	Required: title
+%	Optional: author, organization, address, edition, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ organization output.nonnull
+	  address output
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	{ address new.block.checka
+	  address output
+	}
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+    { organization address new.block.checkb
+      organization output
+      address output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A mastersthesis is a Master's thesis.
+%	Required: author, title, school, year
+%	Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A misc is something that doesn't fit elsewhere.
+%	Required: at least one of the `optional' fields
+%	Optional: author, title, howpublished, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  title howpublished new.block.checkb
+  format.title output
+  howpublished new.block.checka
+  howpublished output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  empty.misc.check
+}
+% A phdthesis is like a mastersthesis.
+%	Required: author, title, school, year
+%	Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A proceedings is a conference proceedings.
+% If there is an organization but no editor field, the organization will
+% appear as the first optional field (we try to make the first block nonempty);
+% if there's no address field, the month (& year) will appear just before note.
+%	Required: title, year
+%	Optional: editor, volume or number, series, address, month,
+%			organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  editor empty$
+    { organization output }
+    { format.editors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ publisher new.sentence.checka }
+	{ organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+	  organization output
+	}
+      if$
+      publisher output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { address output.nonnull
+      format.date "year" output.check
+      new.sentence
+      editor empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ organization output }
+      if$
+      publisher output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A techreport is a technical report.
+%	Required: author, title, institution, year
+%	Optional: type, number, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% An unpublished is something that hasn't been published.
+%	Required: author, title, note
+%	Optional: month, year
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  format.date output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% We use entry type `misc' for an unknown type; BibTeX gives a warning.
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+% Here are macros for common things that may vary from style to style.
+% Users are encouraged to use these macros.
+%
+% Months are either written out in full or abbreviated
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+MACRO {sep} {"Sept."}
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+% Journals are either written out in full or abbreviated;
+% the abbreviations are like those found in ACM publications.
+%
+% To get a completely different set of abbreviations, it may be best to make
+% a separate .bib file with nothing but those abbreviations; users could then
+% include that file name as the first argument to the \bibliography command
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."}
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."}
+MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"}
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."}
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."}
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."}
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."}
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"}
+MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."}
+MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"}
+MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."}
+MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Programming"}
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."}
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."}
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."}
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Gr."}
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Softw."}
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."}
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Prog. Lang. Syst."}
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput. Sci."}
+%% /usr/local/lib/tex/bibtex/phyjfull.btx, Tue Jun 30 08:37:48 1992
+%% Edit by Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@alfred.math.utah.edu>
+%% Change file names in leading comment
+% Journal Title Abbreviations from the Physical Review Style and Notation
+%	Guide, July, 1983, in BAPS Vol. 28.
+%  Selected by Cris Barnes and Charles Karney, March 1988
+% IMPORTANT!! Don't make changes to this file without making the
+% 	      corresponding changes to
+%			phyjabb.bib
+%			phyjabb.btx
+MACRO {advp} {"Advances in Physics"}
+MACRO {ajp} {"American Journal of Physics"}
+MACRO {ao} {"Applied Optics"}
+MACRO {apl} {"Applied Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {apj} {"Astrophysical Journal"}
+MACRO {baps} {"Bulletin of the American Physical Society"}
+MACRO {cpc} {"Computer Physics Communications"}
+MACRO {cppcf} {"Comments on Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {fed} {"Fusion Engineering and Design"}
+MACRO {ft} {"Fusion Technology"}
+MACRO {ieeens} {"IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science"}
+MACRO {ieeeps} {"IEEE Transactions on Plasma Science"}
+MACRO {ijimw} {"International Journal of Infrared and Millimeter Waves"}
+MACRO {ip} {"Infrared Physics"}
+MACRO {jap} {"Journal of Applied Physics"}
+MACRO {jcp} {"Journal of Computational Physics"}
+MACRO {jetp} {"Soviet Physics-JETP"}
+MACRO {jfe} {"Journal of Fusion Energy"}
+MACRO {jfm} {"Journal of Fluid Mechanics"}
+MACRO {jgr} {"Journal of Geophysical Research"}
+MACRO {jmp} {"Journal of Mathematical Physics"}
+MACRO {jne} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy"}
+MACRO {jnec} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy, Part C: Plasma Physics, Accelerators, Thermonuclear Research"}
+MACRO {jnm} {"Journal of Nuclear Materials"}
+MACRO {josa} {"Journal of the Optical Society of America"}
+MACRO {jpp} {"Journal of Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {jpsj} {"Journal of the Physical Society of Japan"}
+MACRO {jvst} {"Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology"}
+MACRO {nedf} {"Nuclear Engineering and Design/Fusion"}
+MACRO {nf} {"Nuclear Fusion"}
+MACRO {nim} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods"}
+MACRO {nimpr} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods in Physics Research"}
+MACRO {nt/f} {"Nuclear Technology/Fusion"}
+MACRO {pf} {"Physics of Fluids"}
+MACRO {pfa} {"Physics of Fluids A: Fluid Dynamics"}
+MACRO {pfb} {"Physics of Fluids B: Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {pl} {"Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {pla} {"Physics Letters A"}
+MACRO {pnas} {"Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA"}
+MACRO {pp} {"Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {ppcf} {"Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {prl} {"Physical Review Letters"}
+MACRO {pr} {"Physical Review"}
+MACRO {pra} {"Physical Review A: General Physics"}
+MACRO {ps} {"Physica Scripta"}
+MACRO {rmp} {"Reviews of Modern Physics"}
+MACRO {rsi} {"Review of Scientific Instruments"}
+MACRO {sjpp} {"Soviet Journal of Plasma Phys."}
+MACRO {spd} {"Soviet Physics-Doklady"}
+MACRO {sptp} {"Soviet Physics-Technical Physics"}
+MACRO {spu} {"Soviet Physics-Uspeki"}
+% Now we read in the .BIB entries.
+READ
+% The sortify function converts to lower case after purify$ing; it's
+% used in sorting and in computing alphabetic labels after sorting
+%
+% The chop.word(w,len,s) function returns either s or, if the first len
+% letters of s equals w (this comparison is done in the third line of the
+% function's definition), it returns that part of s after w.
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels
+%
+% The format.lab.names function makes a short label by using the initials of
+% the von and Last parts of the names (but if there are more than four names,
+% (i.e., people) it truncates after three and adds a superscripted "+";
+% it also adds such a "+" if the last of multiple authors is "others").
+% If there is only one name, and its von and Last parts combined have just
+% a single name-token ("Knuth" has a single token, "Brinch Hansen" has two),
+% we take the first three letters of the last name.  The boolean
+% et.al.char.used tells whether we've used a superscripted "+", so that we
+% know whether to include a LaTeX macro for it.
+%
+% format.lab.names(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	numnames := num.names$(s)
+%	if numnames > 1 then
+%	    if numnames > 4 then
+%		namesleft := 3
+%	    else
+%		namesleft := numnames
+%	    nameptr := 1
+%	    nameresult := ""
+%	    while namesleft > 0
+%	      do
+%		if (name_ptr = numnames) and
+%		     format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}") = "others"
+%		   then nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+%			et.al.char.used := true
+%		   else nameresult := nameresult *
+%				format.name$(s, nameptr, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+%		nameptr := nameptr + 1
+%		namesleft := namesleft - 1
+%	      od
+%	    if numnames > 4 then
+%		nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+%		et.al.char.used := true
+%	else
+%	    t := format.name$(s, 1, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+%	    if text.length$(t) < 2 then	% there's just one name-token
+%		nameresult := text.prefix$(format.name$(s,1,"{ll}"),3)
+%	    else
+%		nameresult := t
+%	    fi
+%	fi
+%	return nameresult
+%  END
+%
+% Exactly what fields we look at in constructing the primary part of the label
+% depends on the entry type; this selectivity (as opposed to, say, always
+% looking at author, then editor, then key) helps ensure that "ignored" fields,
+% as described in the LaTeX book, really are ignored.  Note that MISC is part
+% of the deepest `else' clause in the nested part of calc.label; thus, any
+% unrecognized entry type in the database is handled correctly.
+%
+% There is one auxiliary function for each of the four different sequences of
+% fields we use.  The first of these functions looks at the author field, and
+% then, if necessary, the key field.  The other three functions, which might
+% look at two fields and the key field, are similar, except that the key field
+% takes precedence over the organization field (for labels---not for sorting).
+%
+% The calc.label function calculates the preliminary label of an entry, which
+% is formed by taking three letters of information from the author or editor or
+% key or organization field (depending on the entry type and on what's empty,
+% but ignoring a leading "The " in the organization), and appending the last
+% two characters (digits) of the year. It is an error if the appropriate fields
+% among author, editor, organization, and key are missing, and we use
+% the first three letters of the cite$ in desperation when this happens.
+% The resulting label has the year part, but not the name part, purify$ed
+% (purify$ing the year allows some sorting shenanigans by the user).
+%
+% This function also calculates the version of the label to be used in sorting.
+%
+% The final label may need a trailing 'a', 'b', etc., to distinguish it from
+% otherwise identical labels, but we can't calculated those "extra.label"s
+% until after sorting.
+%
+% calc.label ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if type$ = "book" or "inbook" then
+%	    author.editor.key.label
+%	else if type$ = "proceedings" then
+%	    editor.key.organization.label
+%	else if type$ = "manual" then
+%	    author.key.organization.label
+%	else
+%	    author.key.label
+%	fi fi fi
+%	label := label * substring$(purify$(field.or.null(year)), -1, 2)
+%		% assuming we will also sort, we calculate a sort.label
+%	sort.label := sortify(label), but use the last four, not two, digits
+%  END
+% When sorting, we compute the sortkey by executing "presort" on each entry.
+% The presort key contains a number of "sortify"ed strings, concatenated
+% with multiple blanks between them.  This makes things like "brinch  per"
+% come before "brinch hansen  per".
+%
+% The fields used here are: the sort.label for alphabetic labels (as set by
+% calc.label), followed by the author names (or editor names or organization
+% (with a leading "The " removed) or key field, depending on entry type and on
+% what's empty), followed by year, followed by the first bit of the title
+% (chopping off a leading "The ", "A ", or "An ").
+% Names are formatted: Von Last First Junior.
+% The names within a part will be separated by a single blank
+% (such as "brinch hansen"), two will separate the name parts themselves
+% (except the von and last), three will separate the names,
+% four will separate the names from year (and from label, if alphabetic),
+% and four will separate year from title.
+%
+% The sort.format.names function takes an argument that should be in
+% BibTeX name format, and returns a string containing "   "-separated
+% names in the format described above.  The function is almost the same
+% as format.names.
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels, when sorted
+%
+% Now comes the final computation for alphabetic labels, putting in the 'a's
+% and 'b's and so forth if required.  This involves two passes: a forward
+% pass to put in the 'b's, 'c's and so on, and a backwards pass
+% to put in the 'a's (we don't want to put in 'a's unless we know there
+% are 'b's).
+% We have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+%
+% VAR: longest.label, last.sort.label, next.extra: string
+%      longest.label.width, last.extra.num: integer
+%
+% initialize.longest.label ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	longest.label := ""
+%	last.sort.label := int.to.chr$(0)
+%	next.extra := ""
+%	longest.label.width := 0
+%	last.extra.num := 0
+%  END
+%
+% forward.pass ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if last.sort.label = sort.label then
+%	    last.extra.num := last.extra.num + 1
+%	    extra.label := int.to.chr$(last.extra.num)
+%	else
+%	    last.extra.num := chr.to.int$("a")
+%	    extra.label := ""
+%	    last.sort.label := sort.label
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% reverse.pass ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if next.extra = "b" then
+%	    extra.label := "a"
+%	fi
+%	label := label * extra.label
+%	if width$(label) > longest.label.width then
+%	    longest.label := label
+%	    longest.label.width := width$(label)
+%	fi
+%	next.extra := extra.label
+%  END
+% Now comes the computation for numeric labels.
+% We use either the sorted order or original order.
+% We still have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+  #1 'number.label :=
+  #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+  number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+  label width$ longest.label.width >
+    { label 'longest.label :=
+      label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+    }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+% Now we're ready to start writing the .BBL file.
+% We begin, if necessary, with a LaTeX macro for unnamed names in an alphabetic
+% label; next comes stuff from the `preamble' command in the database files.
+% Then we give an incantation containing the command
+%     \begin{thebibliography}{...}
+% where the `...' is the longest label.
+%
+% We also call init.state.consts, for use by the output routines.
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{"  longest.label  * "}" * write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+% Now we produce the output for all the entries
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+% Finally, we finish up by writing the `\end{thebibliography}' command.
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phnf.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phnf.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7c833bb8252
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phnf.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1890 @@
+% BibTeX styles for various physics journals (27-Feb-1990).
+% This file, physics.btx, is based on the file btxbst.doc.
+	% Please notify Charles Karney (Karney@Princeton.EDU)
+	% of any bugs, improvements, etc.
+% Run this file through cpp to get specific versions.  I have written
+% a version of cpp within Emacs.  To access it put
+%	(autoload 'cpp "tex$bibtex:cpp"		; Use cpp for BibTeX styles
+%		  "C preprocessor"
+%		  t)
+% into your .emacs file.  Read in this file with
+%	emacs tex$bibtex:physics.btx
+% and run cpp with e.g.,
+%	M-x cpp <ret> aip <ret>
+% Save the resulting file to tex$latex:aip.bst.
+% To accomodate the variations we need (in addition to the definitions below)
+%	ATIT_SUPPRESS:	do not include the titles of journal articles
+%	NAME_INVERT:	put the initials last
+%	NAME_UPPER:	convert names to all caps.
+%	MONTH_SUPPRESS:	do not include months in journal articles
+%	PAREN_DATE:	dates go in parens in journal articles
+%	DATE_FIRST:	dates go before page numbers
+%	VOLUME_SPACE:	volume set off with space (not colon)
+%	NUM_SUPPRESS:	do not include numbers in journal articles
+%	BOLD_VOL:	volume numbers in bold face in journal articles
+%	BRACKET_NOTE:	notes in brackets
+%	PAGE_START_J:	include only starting page for journal articles
+%	PAGE_START_O:	include only starting page for other entries
+%	PAGE_ABBREV:	abbreviate page to p. and pages to pp.
+%	PHYSICS_JOUR:	include abbreviations for Physics journals
+%	COMMA_DELIMIT:	use comma (instead of period) to divide a citation
+%	NOTE_SUPPRESS:	suppress the note
+%	MAX_NAMES:	max number of authors before using et al (0 = infinity)
+%	MIN_NAMES:	number of authors to list with et al.
+%	EDIT_VAR:	use "edited by ..." instead of "..., editors"
+%	RMP_LABELS:	create RMP-style labels
+%	KEY_CITE:	use key as label
+%	NAMED_REFS:	use (Smith, 1988) style of citations
+%	CSC_NAMES:	names set in caps and small caps
+%	JOUR_DEEMPH:	don't emphasize journal name
+%	ETAL_EMPH:	emphasize et al.
+%	ALT_INCOLL	alternate ordering of fields in incollections
+% These are all boolean (0 or 1) except for MAX_NAMES and MIN_NAMES.
+% These need to satisfy 0 <= MIN_NAMES <= MAX_NAMES.
+% The rule here is that if all these are defined to be zero, we revert to
+% the standard styles.  For that reason we initialize them all to 0.
+% These are the original macros
+	% For Nuclear Fusion
+	% see Nuclear Fusion Vol. 28, No. 2 (1988),
+	% "Announcement [of] Guidelines for Bibliographical Citations"
+% same as AIP except for 0, 0, 0 and 
+%  0 and 0 set to use only three names if there are 
+%  6 or more.  Also, no 0, and use 0 and 0.
+% There are still some nits to be picked (years in parentheses for
+% other than journals, volumes having Vol. before them and pages not
+% having p.)
+% This is the start of btxbst.doc
+% BibTeX `plain' family
+	% version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+	% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+	% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+	% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+	% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+	% btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+	% This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+	% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+% Please notify Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU) of any bugs in
+% these standard styles or in this documentation file.
+%
+% This is file btxbxt.doc; it helps document bibliography styles,
+% and is also a template file that you can use to make
+% several different style files, if you have access to a C preprocessor.
+% For example, the standard styles were made by doing something like
+%	cpp -P -DPLAIN btxbst.doc plain.txt
+%	cpp -P -DUNSRT btxbst.doc unsrt.txt
+%	cpp -P -DALPHA btxbst.doc alpha.txt
+%	cpp -P -DABBRV btxbst.doc abbrv.txt
+% and then renaming after removing unwanted comments and blank lines.
+% If you don't have access,
+% you can edit this file by hand to imitate the preprocessor,
+% with the following explanation of the C preprocessor constructs used here.
+%
+% The output of the preprocessor is the same as the input, except that certain
+% lines will be excluded (and some blank lines will be added).  The sequence
+%	#if VAR
+%	    lines to be included when VAR is not zero
+%	#else
+%	    lines to be included when VAR is zero
+%	#endif
+% (with the #-signs appearing in column 1) means that one set or the other of
+% the lines are to be included depending on the value of VAR.
+% The #else part is optional.  Comments can be added after #else and #endif.
+% Variables can be set by
+%	#define VAR value
+% and one can also use #ifdef VAR to see if VAR has any value, and #ifndef
+% to see if it has none.
+% Another #if form used in this file is #if !VAR, which includes the lines
+% after the #if only if VAR is zero.
+%
+% Convention: Use all uppercase identifiers for these preprocessor variables
+% so you can spot them easily
+%
+% The command line to the preprocessor should define one of PLAIN, UNSRT, ALPHA
+% or ABBRV (though PLAIN will be used by default if none is given),
+% and the following lines will set various boolean variables to control the
+% various lines that are chosen from the rest of the file.
+% Each boolean variable should be set true (1) or false (0) in each style.
+% Here are the current variables, and their meanings:
+%	0:	an alphabetic label is used (if false then a numeric
+%			    label is used)
+%	0:		the entries should be sorted by label (if nonnumeric)
+%			    and other info, like authors (if false, then
+%			    entries remain in order of occurrence)
+%	0:	the authors, editors, etc., get the full names as
+%			    given in the bibliography file (if false, the first
+%			    names become initials)
+%	1:	titles of non-"books" (e.g., articles) should be
+%			    converted to lower-case, except the first letter or
+%			    first letter after a colon
+%			    (if false then they appear as in the database)
+%	0:	months are spelled out in full (if false, then
+%			    they're abbreviated)
+%	0:	macro journal names are spelled out in full
+%			    (if false then they are abbreviated, currently
+%			    as they appear in ACM publications)
+%#	    define PLAIN 1
+%
+%   Entry formatting: Similar to that recommended by Mary-Claire van Leunen
+%	in "A Handbook for Scholars".  Book-like titles are italicized
+%	(emphasized) and non-book titles are converted to sentence
+%	capitilization (and not enclosed in quotes).
+%	This file outputs a \newblock between major blocks of an entry
+%	(the name \newblock is analogous to the names \newline and \newpage)
+%	so that the user can obtain an "open" format, which has a line break
+%	before each block and lines after the first are indented within blocks,
+%	by giving the optional \documentstyle argument `openbib';
+%	The default is the "closed" format---blocks runs together.
+%
+%   Citation alphabetic label format:
+%		[Knu73] for single author (or editor or key)
+%		[AHU83] (first letters of last names) for multiple authors
+%
+%   Citation label numberic format:
+%		[number]
+%
+%   Reference list ordering for sorted, alphabetic lables:
+%		alphabetical by citation label, then by author(s) or whatever
+%		passes for author in the absence of one, then by year,
+%		then title
+%
+%   Reference list ordering for sorted, numeric lables:
+%		alphabetical by author(s) or whatever passes
+%		for author in the absence of one, then by year, then title
+%
+%   Reference list ordering for unsorted:
+%		by the order cited in the text
+%
+%   History
+%   12/16/84	(HWT)	Original `plain' version, by Howard Trickey.
+%   12/23/84	(LL)	Some comments made by Leslie Lamport.
+%    2/16/85	(OP)	Changes based on LL's comments, Oren Patashnik.
+%    2/17/85	(HWT)	Template file and other standard styles made.
+%    3/28/85	(OP)	First release, version 0.98b for BibTeX 0.98f.
+%    5/ 9/85	(OP)	Version 0.98c for BibTeX 0.98i:
+%			fixed Theoretical Computer Science macro name;
+%			fixed the format.vol.num.pages function.
+%    1/24/88	(OP)	Version 0.99a for BibTeX 0.99a, main changes:
+%			assignment operator (:=) arguments reversed;
+%			the preamble$ function outputs the database PREAMBLE;
+%			entry.max$ and global.max$ (built-in) variables replace
+%			entry.string.max and global.string.max functions;
+%			alphabetizing by year then title, not just title;
+%			many unnecessary ties removed; \it ==> \em;
+%			the `alpha' style uses a superscripted `+' instead of a
+%			`*' for unnamed names in constructing the label;
+%			the `abbrv' style now uses "Mar." and "Sept.";
+%			the functions calc.label and presort now look at just
+%			the fields they're supposed to;
+%			BOOKLET, MASTERSTHESIS, TECHREPORT use nonbook titles;
+%			INBOOK and INCOLLECTION take an optional type (e.g.
+%			type = "Section"), overriding the default "chapter";
+%			BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, and PROCEEDINGS now allow
+%			either volume or number, not just volume;
+%			INCOLLECTION now allows an edition and series field;
+%			PROCEEDINGS and INPROCEEDINGS now use the address field
+%			to tell where a conference was held;
+%			INPROCEEDINGS and PROCEEDINGS now allow either volume
+%			or number, and also a series field;
+%			MASTERSTHESIS and PHDTHESIS accept types other than
+%			"Master's thesis" and "PhD thesis";
+%			UNPUBLISHED now outputs, in one block, note then date;
+%			MANUAL now prints out the organization in
+%			the first block if the author field is empty;
+%			MISC can't be empty---it requires some optional field.
+%    3/23/88	(OP)	Version 0.99b for BibTeX 0.99c---changed the three
+%			erroneous occurrences of `cite ' to `cite$ '; this
+%			change didn't affect the four standard styles, so the
+%			0.99a versions of those styles are still current.
+%
+% The ENTRY declaration
+%   Like Scribe's (according to pages 231-2 of the April '84 edition),
+%   but no fullauthor or editors fields because BibTeX does name handling.
+%   The annote field is commented out here because this family doesn't
+%   include an annotated bibliography style.  And in addition to the fields
+%   listed here, BibTeX has a built-in crossref field, explained later.
+ENTRY
+% Fields:
+  { address
+%	    Usually the address of a publisher or other type of organization.
+%	    Put information in this field only if it helps the reader find the
+%	    thing---for example you should omit the address of a major
+%	    publisher entirely.  For a PROCEEDINGS or an INPROCEEDINGS,
+%	    however, it's the address of the conference; for those two entry
+%	    types, include the publisher's or organization's address, if
+%	    necessary, in the publisher or organization field.
+%    annote
+%	    Long annotation---for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence).
+    author
+%	    Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format.
+    booktitle
+%	    Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book.
+%	    For book entries, the title field should be used instead.
+    chapter
+%	    Chapter (or section or whatever) number.
+    edition
+%	    Edition of a book---should be an ordinal (e.g., "Second").
+    editor
+%	    Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format.
+%	    If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be
+%	    for the book or collection that the work appears in.
+    howpublished
+%	     How something strange has been published (begins sentence).
+    institution
+%	    Sponsoring institution of a technical report.
+    journal
+%	    Journal name (macros are provided for many).
+    key
+%	    Alphabetizing, labeling, and cross-referencing key
+%	    (needed when an entry has no author or editor).
+    month
+%	    Month (macros are provided).
+    note
+%	    To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence).
+    number
+%	    Number of a journal or technical report, or of a work in a series.
+    organization
+%	    Organization sponsoring a conference (or publishing a manual); if
+%	    the editor (or author) is empty, and if the organization produces
+%	    an awkward label or cross reference, you should put appropriately
+%	    condensed organization information in the key field as well.
+    pages
+%	    Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range, use `+'
+%	    to indicate pages following that don't form a simple range).
+    publisher
+%	    Publisher name.
+    school
+%	    School name (for theses).
+    series
+%	    The name of a series or set of books.
+%	    An individual book will will also have it's own title.
+    title
+%	    The title of the thing you're referred to.
+    type
+%	    Type of a Techreport (e.g., "Research Note") to be used instead of
+%	    the default "Technical Report"; or, similarly, the type of a
+%	    thesis; or of a part of a book.
+    volume
+%	    The volume number of a journal or multivolume work.
+    year
+%	    The year should contain only numerals (technically, it should end
+%	    with four numerals, after purification; doesn't a begin sentence).
+  }
+% There are no integer entry variables
+  {}
+% These string entry variables are used to form the citation label.
+% In a storage pinch, sort.label can be easily computed on the fly.
+  { label }
+% Each entry function starts by calling output.bibitem, to write the
+% \bibitem and its arguments to the .BBL file.  Then the various fields
+% are formatted and printed by output or output.check.  Those functions
+% handle the writing of separators (commas, periods, \newblock's),
+% taking care not to do so when they are passed a null string.
+% Finally, fin.entry is called to add the final period and finish the
+% entry.
+%
+% A bibliographic reference is formatted into a number of `blocks':
+% in the open format, a block begins on a new line and subsequent
+% lines of the block are indented.  A block may contain more than
+% one sentence (well, not a grammatical sentence, but something to
+% be ended with a sentence ending period).  The entry functions should
+% call new.block whenever a block other than the first is about to be
+% started.  They should call new.sentence whenever a new sentence is
+% to be started.  The output functions will ensure that if two
+% new.sentence's occur without any non-null string being output between
+% them then there won't be two periods output.  Similarly for two
+% successive new.block's.
+%
+% The output routines don't write their argument immediately.
+% Instead, by convention, that argument is saved on the stack to be
+% output next time (when we'll know what separator needs to come
+% after it).  Meanwhile, the output routine has to pop the pending
+% output off the stack, append any needed separator, and write it.
+%
+% To tell which separator is needed, we maintain an output.state.
+% It will be one of these values:
+%	before.all		just after the \bibitem
+%	mid.sentence		in the middle of a sentence: comma needed
+%					if more sentence is output
+%	after.sentence		just after a sentence: period needed
+%	after.block		just after a block (and sentence):
+%					period and \newblock needed.
+% Note: These styles don't use after.sentence
+%
+% VAR: output.state : INTEGER		-- state variable for output
+%
+% The output.nonnull function saves its argument (assumed to be nonnull)
+% on the stack, and writes the old saved value followed by any needed
+% separator.  The ordering of the tests is decreasing frequency of
+% occurrence.
+%
+% output.nonnull(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	s := argument on stack
+%	if output.state = mid.sentence then
+%	    write$(pop() * ", ")
+%		  -- "pop" isn't a function: just use stack top
+%	else
+%	    if output.state = after.block then
+%		write$(add.period$(pop()))
+%		newline$
+%		write$("\newblock ")
+%	    else
+%		if output.state = before.all then
+%		    write$(pop())
+%		else	    -- output.state should be after.sentence
+%		    write$(add.period$(pop()) * " ")
+%		fi
+%	    fi
+%	    output.state := mid.sentence
+%	fi
+%	push s on stack
+%  END
+%
+% The output function calls output.nonnull if its argument is non-empty;
+% its argument may be a missing field (thus, not necessarily a string)
+%
+% output(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if not empty$(s) then output.nonnull(s)
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% The output.check function is the same as the output function except that, if
+% necessary, output.check warns the user that the t field shouldn't be empty
+% (this is because it probably won't be a good reference without the field;
+% the entry functions try to make the formatting look reasonable even when
+% such fields are empty).
+%
+% output.check(s,t) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then
+%	    warning$("empty " * t * " in " * cite$)
+%	else output.nonnull(s)
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% The output.bibitem function writes the \bibitem for the current entry
+% (the label should already have been set up), and sets up the separator
+% state for the output functions.  And, it leaves a string on the stack
+% as per the output convention.
+%
+% output.bibitem ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	newline$
+%	write$("\bibitem[")	% for alphabetic labels,
+%	write$(label)		% these three lines
+%	write$("]{")		% are used
+%	write$("\bibitem{")		% this line for numeric labels
+%	write$(cite$)
+%	write$("}")
+%	push "" on stack
+%	output.state := before.all
+%  END
+%
+% The fin.entry function finishes off an entry by adding a period to the
+% string remaining on the stack.  If the state is still before.all
+% then nothing was produced for this entry, so the result will look bad,
+% but the user deserves it. (We don't omit the whole entry because the
+% entry was cited, and a bibitem is needed to define the citation label.)
+%
+% fin.entry ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	write$(add.period$(pop()))
+%	newline$
+%  END
+%
+% The new.block function prepares for a new block to be output, and
+% new.sentence prepares for a new sentence.
+%
+% new.block ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if output.state <> before.all then
+%	    output.state := after.block
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% new.sentence ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if output.state <> after.block then
+%	    if output.state <> before.all then
+%		output.state :=  after.sentence
+%	    fi
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+}
+% the variables s and t are temporary string holders
+STRINGS { s t }
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+	{ "," * write$
+	  newline$
+	  "\newblock " write$
+	}
+	{ output.state before.all =
+	    'write$
+	    { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+  "\bibitem{" write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+% This function finishes all entries.
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ skip$
+}
+% These three functions pop one or two (integer) arguments from the stack
+% and push a single one, either 0 or 1.
+% The 'skip$ in the `and' and `or' functions are used because
+% the corresponding if$ would be idempotent
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+% Sometimes we begin a new block only if the block will be big enough.  The
+% new.block.checka function issues a new.block if its argument is nonempty;
+% new.block.checkb does the same if either of its TWO arguments is nonempty.
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+% The new.sentence.check functions are analogous.
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+% Here are some functions for formatting chunks of an entry.
+% By convention they either produce a string that can be followed by
+% a comma or period (using add.period$, so it is OK to end in a period),
+% or they produce the null string.
+%
+% A useful utility is the field.or.null function, which checks if the
+% argument is the result of pushing a `missing' field (one for which no
+% assignment was made when the current entry was read in from the database)
+% or the result of pushing a string having no non-white-space characters.
+% It returns the null string if so, otherwise it returns the field string.
+% Its main (but not only) purpose is to guarantee that what's left on the
+% stack is a string rather than a missing field.
+%
+% field.or.null(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then return ""
+%	else return s
+%  END
+%
+% Another helper function is emphasize, which returns the argument emphazised,
+% if that is non-empty, otherwise it returns the null string.  Italic
+% corrections aren't used, so this function should be used when punctation
+% will follow the result.
+%
+% emphasize(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then return ""
+%	else return "{\em " * s * "}"
+%
+% The format.names function formats the argument (which should be in
+% BibTeX name format) into "First Von Last, Junior", separated by commas
+% and with an "and" before the last (but ending with "et~al." if the last
+% of multiple authors is "others").  This function's argument should always
+% contain at least one name.
+%
+% VAR: nameptr, namesleft, numnames: INTEGER
+% pseudoVAR: nameresult: STRING		(it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% format.names(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	nameptr := 1
+%	numnames := num.names$(s)
+%	namesleft := numnames
+%	while namesleft > 0
+%	  do
+%				% for full names:
+%	    t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+%				% for abbreviated first names:
+%	    t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+%	    if nameptr > 1 then
+%		if namesleft > 1 then nameresult := nameresult * ", " * t
+%		else if numnames > 2
+%		       then nameresult := nameresult * ","
+%		     fi
+%		     if t = "others"
+%		       then nameresult := nameresult * " et~al."
+%		       else nameresult := nameresult * " and " * t
+%		     fi
+%		fi
+%	    else nameresult := t
+%	    fi
+%	    nameptr := nameptr + 1
+%	    namesleft := namesleft - 1
+%	  od
+%	return nameresult
+%  END
+%
+% The format.authors function returns the result of format.names(author)
+% if the author is present, or else it returns the null string
+%
+% format.authors ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(author) then return ""
+%	else return format.names(author)
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% Format.editors is like format.authors, but it uses the editor field,
+% and appends ", editor" or ", editors"
+%
+% format.editors ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(editor) then return ""
+%	else
+%	    if num.names$(editor) > 1 then
+%		return format.names(editor) * ", editors"
+%	    else
+%		return format.names(editor) * ", editor"
+%	    fi
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% Other formatting functions are similar, so no "comment version" will be
+% given for them.
+%
+% The `pop$' in this function gets rid of the duplicate `empty' value and
+% the `skip$' returns the duplicate field value
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {embolden}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {paren}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "(" swap$ * ")" * }
+  if$
+}
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+INTEGERS { etal }
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames #5 >
+  s numnames "{ll}" format.name$ "others" = numnames #3 > and
+  or 'etal :=
+  etal
+    { #3 #1 + 'namesleft := }
+    { numnames 'namesleft := }
+  if$
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't :=   % last name first
+      t "others" =
+	'skip$
+	{ t "u" change.case$ 't := }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 >
+	{ namesleft #1 >
+	    { ", " * t * }
+	    { nameptr #2 >
+		{ "," * }
+		'skip$
+	      if$
+	      t "others" =
+	      etal or
+		{ " et~al." * }
+		{ " and " * t * }
+	      if$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+	{ ", editors" * }
+	{ ", editor" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.title function is used for non-book-like titles.
+% For most styles we convert to lowercase (except for the very first letter,
+% and except for the first one after a colon (followed by whitespace)),
+% and hope the user has brace-surrounded words that need to stay capitilized;
+% for some styles, however, we leave it as it is in the database.
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { title "t" change.case$ }
+  if$
+}
+% By default, BibTeX sets the global integer variable global.max$ to the BibTeX
+% constant glob_str_size, the maximum length of a global string variable.
+% Analogously, BibTeX sets the global integer variable entry.max$ to
+% ent_str_size, the maximum length of an entry string variable.
+% The style designer may change these if necessary (but this is unlikely)
+% The n.dashify function makes each single `-' in a string a double `--'
+% if it's not already
+%
+% pseudoVAR: pageresult: STRING		(it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% n.dashify(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	t := s
+%	pageresult := ""
+%	while (not empty$(t))
+%	  do
+%	    if (first character of t = "-")
+%	      then
+%		if (next character isn't)
+%		  then
+%		    pageresult := pageresult * "--"
+%		    t := t with the "-" removed
+%		  else
+%		    while (first character of t = "-")
+%		      do
+%			pageresult := pageresult * "-"
+%			t := t with the "-" removed
+%		      od
+%		fi
+%	      else
+%		pageresult := pageresult * the first character
+%		t := t with the first character removed
+%	    fi
+%	  od
+%	return pageresult
+%  END
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+	{ t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+	    { "--" *
+	      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	    }
+	    {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+		{ "-" *
+		  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+		}
+	      while$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ t #1 #1 substring$ *
+	  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+FUNCTION {first.page}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    {  t empty$ not t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = not and }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+% The format.date function is for the month and year, but we give a warning if
+% there's an empty year but the month is there, and we return the empty string
+% if they're both empty.
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+    { "" }
+    'year
+  if$
+}
+% The format.btitle is for formatting the title field when it is a book-like
+% entry---the style used here keeps it in uppers-and-lowers and emphasizes it.
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+% For several functions we'll need to connect two strings with a
+% tie (~) if the second one isn't very long (fewer than 3 characters).
+% The tie.or.space.connect function does that.  It concatenates the two
+% strings on top of the stack, along with either a tie or space between
+% them, and puts this concatenation back onto the stack:
+%
+% tie.or.space.connect(str1,str2) ==
+%    BEGIN
+%	if text.length$(str2) < 3
+%	  then return the concatenation of str1, "~", and str2
+%	  else return the concatenation of str1, " ", and str2
+%    END
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+% The either.or.check function complains if both fields or an either-or pair
+% are nonempty.
+%
+% either.or.check(t,s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then
+%	    warning$(can't use both " * t * " fields in " * cite$)
+%	fi
+%  END
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.bvolume function is for formatting the volume and perhaps
+% series name of a multivolume work.  If both a volume and a series field
+% are there, we assume the series field is the title of the whole multivolume
+% work (the title field should be the title of the thing being referred to),
+% and we add an "of <series>".  This function is called in mid-sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.number.series function is for formatting the series name
+% and perhaps number of a work in a series.  This function is similar to
+% format.bvolume, although for this one the series must exist (and the
+% volume must not exist).  If the number field is empty we output either
+% the series field unchanged if it exists or else the null string.
+% If both the number and series fields are there we assume the series field
+% gives the name of the whole series (the title field should be the title
+% of the work being one referred to), and we add an "in <series>".
+% We capitilize Number when this function is used at the beginning of a block.
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+	{ series field.or.null }
+	{ output.state mid.sentence =
+	    { "number" }
+	    { "Number" }
+	  if$
+	  number tie.or.space.connect
+	  series empty$
+	    { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	    { " in " * series * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.edition function appends " edition" to the edition, if present.
+% We lowercase the edition (it should be something like "Third"), because
+% this doesn't start a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+	{ edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+	{ edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.pages function is used for formatting a page range in a book
+% (and in rare circumstances, an article).
+%
+% The multi.page.check function examines the page field for a "-" or "," or "+"
+% so that format.pages can use "page" instead of "pages" if none exists.
+% Note: global.max$ here means "take the rest of the string"
+%
+% VAR: multiresult: INTEGER	(actually, a boolean)
+%
+% multi.page.check(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	t := s
+%	multiresult := false
+%	while ((not multiresult) and (not empty$(t)))
+%	  do
+%	    if (first character of t = "-" or "," or "+")
+%	      then multiresult := true
+%	      else t := t with the first character removed
+%	    fi
+%	  od
+%	return multiresult
+%  END
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+	{ #1 'multiresult := }
+	{ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+% This function doesn't begin a sentence so "pages" isn't capitalized.
+% Other functions that use this should keep that in mind.
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+	{ "pp." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+	{ "p." pages tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.pages.a}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "p." pages first.page tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.vol.num.pages function is for the volume, number, and page range
+% of a journal article.  We use the format:  vol(number):pages, with some
+% variations for empty fields.  This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null embolden
+  " " swap$ * *
+  format.date empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+	{ pop$ format.date paren }
+        { " " * format.date paren * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+	{ pop$ format.pages.a }
+	{ " " * pages first.page *}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.chapter.pages, if the chapter is present, puts whatever is in the
+% type field (or else "chapter" if type is empty) in front of a chapter number.
+% It then appends the pages, if present.  This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+	{ "chapter" }
+	{ type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.in.ed.booktitle function is used for starting out a sentence
+% that begins "In <booktitle>", putting an editor before the title if one
+% exists.
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+	{ "in " booktitle emphasize * }
+	{ "in " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The function empty.misc.check complains if all six fields are empty, and
+% if there's been no sorting or alphabetic-label complaint.
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+  month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+  and and and and and
+    { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+% The function format.thesis.type returns either the (case-changed) type field,
+% if it is defined, or else the default string already on the stack
+% (like "Master's thesis" or "PhD thesis").
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The function format.tr.number makes a string starting with "Technical Report"
+% (or type, if that field is defined), followed by the number if there is one;
+% it returns the starting part (with a case change) even if there is no number.
+% This is used at the beginning of a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+% Now come the cross-referencing functions (these are invoked because
+% one entry in the database file(s) cross-references another, by giving
+% the other entry's database key in a `crossref' field).  This feature
+% allows one or more titled things that are part of a larger titled
+% thing to cross-reference the larger thing.  These styles allow for
+% five posibilities: (1) an ARTICLE may cross-reference an ARTICLE;
+% (2) a BOOK, (3) INBOOK, or (4) INCOLLECTION may cross-reference a BOOK;
+% or (5) an INPROCEEDINGS may cross-reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Each of these is explained in more detail later.
+%
+% An ARTICLE entry type may cross reference another ARTICLE (this is
+% intended for when an entire journal is devoted to a single topic---
+% but since there is no JOURNAL entry type, the journal, too, should be
+% classified as an ARTICLE but without the author and title fields).
+% This will result in two warning messages for the journal's entry
+% if it's included in the reference list, but such is life.
+%
+% format.article.crossref ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(key) then
+%	    if empty$(journal) then
+%		warning$("need key or journal for " * cite$ *
+%						" to crossref " * crossref)
+%		return(" \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+%	    else
+%		return("In " * emphazise.correct (journal) *
+%						" \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+%		fi
+%	else
+%	    return("In " * key * " \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% The other cross-referencing functions are similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+    { journal empty$
+	{ "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+	  warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ "In " journal * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " key * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% We use just the last names of editors for a cross reference: either
+% "editor", or "editor1 and editor2", or "editor1 et~al." depending on
+% whether there are one, or two, or more than two editors.
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  editor num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " et~al." * }
+    { #2 <
+	'skip$
+	{ editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+	    { " et~al." * }
+	    { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% A BOOK (or INBOOK) entry type (assumed to be for a single volume in a
+% multivolume work) may cross reference another BOOK (the entire multivolume).
+% Usually there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct the
+% cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else the series
+% field (since the series gives the title of the multivolume work).
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In "
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+	{ series empty$
+	    { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+	      crossref * warning$
+	      "" *
+	    }
+	    { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% An INCOLLECTION entry type may cross reference a BOOK (assumed to be the
+% collection), or an INPROCEEDINGS may cross reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Often there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct
+% the cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else
+% the booktitle field (which gives the cross-referenced work's title).
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+	{ booktitle empty$
+	    { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+	      crossref * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ "In " key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% Now we define the type functions for all entry types that may appear
+% in the .BIB file---e.g., functions like `article' and `book'.  These
+% are the routines that actually generate the .BBL-file output for
+% the entry.  These must all precede the READ command.  In addition, the
+% style designer should have a function `default.type' for unknown types.
+% Note: The fields (within each list) are listed in order of appearance,
+% except as described for an `inbook' or a `proceedings'.
+%
+% The article function is for an article in a journal.  An article may
+% CROSSREF another article.
+%	Required fields: author, title, journal, year
+%	Optional fields: volume, number, pages, month, note
+%
+% article ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	output.bibitem
+%	output.check(format.authors,"author")
+%	new.block
+%	output.check(format.title,"title")
+%	new.block
+%	if missing$(crossref) then
+%	    output.check(emphasize(journal),"journal")
+%	    output(format.vol.num.pages)
+%	    output.check(format.date,"year")
+%       else
+%	    output.nonnull(format.article.crossref)
+%	    output(format.pages)
+%	fi
+%	new.block
+%	output(note)
+%	fin.entry
+%  END
+%
+% The book function is for a whole book.  A book may CROSSREF another book.
+%	Required fields: author or editor, title, publisher, year
+%	Optional fields: volume or number, series, address, edition, month,
+%			note
+%
+% book ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(author) then output.check(format.editors,"author and editor")
+%	else	output.check(format.authors,"author")
+%		if missing$(crossref) then
+%		    either.or.check("author and editor",editor)
+%		fi
+%	fi
+%	new.block
+%	output.check(format.btitle,"title")
+%	if missing$(crossref) then
+%	    output(format.bvolume)
+%	    new.block
+%	    output(format.number.series)
+%	    new.sentence
+%	    output.check(publisher,"publisher")
+%	    output(address)
+%       else
+%	    new.block
+%	    output.nonnull(format.book.crossref)
+%	fi
+%	output(format.edition)
+%	output.check(format.date,"year")
+%	new.block
+%	output(note)
+%	fin.entry
+%  END
+%
+% The other entry functions are all quite similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal field.or.null
+      format.vol.num.pages output
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A booklet is a bound thing without a publisher or sponsoring institution.
+%	Required: title
+%	Optional: author, howpublished, address, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  howpublished address new.block.checkb
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% For the conference entry type, see inproceedings.
+% An inbook is a piece of a book: either a chapter and/or a page range.
+% It may CROSSREF a book.  If there's no volume field, the type field
+% will come before number and series.
+%	Required: author or editor, title, chapter and/or pages, publisher,year
+%	Optional: volume or number, series, type, address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% An incollection is like inbook, but where there is a separate title
+% for the referenced thing (and perhaps an editor for the whole).
+% An incollection may CROSSREF a book.
+%	Required: author, title, booktitle, publisher, year
+%	Optional: editor, volume or number, series, type, chapter, pages,
+%			address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+      format.edition output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% An inproceedings is an article in a conference proceedings, and it may
+% CROSSREF a proceedings.  If there's no address field, the month (& year)
+% will appear just before note.
+%	Required: author, title, booktitle, year
+%	Optional: editor, volume or number, series, pages, address, month,
+%			organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.pages output
+      address empty$
+	{ organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+	  organization output
+	  publisher output
+	  format.date "year" output.check
+	}
+	{ address output.nonnull
+	  format.date "year" output.check
+	  new.sentence
+	  organization output
+	  publisher output
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% The conference function is included for Scribe compatibility.
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+% A manual is technical documentation.
+%	Required: title
+%	Optional: author, organization, address, edition, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ organization output.nonnull
+	  address output
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	{ address new.block.checka
+	  address output
+	}
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+    { organization address new.block.checkb
+      organization output
+      address output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A mastersthesis is a Master's thesis.
+%	Required: author, title, school, year
+%	Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A misc is something that doesn't fit elsewhere.
+%	Required: at least one of the `optional' fields
+%	Optional: author, title, howpublished, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  title howpublished new.block.checkb
+  format.title output
+  howpublished new.block.checka
+  howpublished output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  empty.misc.check
+}
+% A phdthesis is like a mastersthesis.
+%	Required: author, title, school, year
+%	Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A proceedings is a conference proceedings.
+% If there is an organization but no editor field, the organization will
+% appear as the first optional field (we try to make the first block nonempty);
+% if there's no address field, the month (& year) will appear just before note.
+%	Required: title, year
+%	Optional: editor, volume or number, series, address, month,
+%			organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  editor empty$
+    { organization output }
+    { format.editors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ publisher new.sentence.checka }
+	{ organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+	  organization output
+	}
+      if$
+      publisher output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { address output.nonnull
+      format.date "year" output.check
+      new.sentence
+      editor empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ organization output }
+      if$
+      publisher output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A techreport is a technical report.
+%	Required: author, title, institution, year
+%	Optional: type, number, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% An unpublished is something that hasn't been published.
+%	Required: author, title, note
+%	Optional: month, year
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  format.date output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% We use entry type `misc' for an unknown type; BibTeX gives a warning.
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+% Here are macros for common things that may vary from style to style.
+% Users are encouraged to use these macros.
+%
+% Months are either written out in full or abbreviated
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+MACRO {sep} {"Sept."}
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+% Journals are either written out in full or abbreviated;
+% the abbreviations are like those found in ACM publications.
+%
+% To get a completely different set of abbreviations, it may be best to make
+% a separate .bib file with nothing but those abbreviations; users could then
+% include that file name as the first argument to the \bibliography command
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."}
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."}
+MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"}
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."}
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."}
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."}
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."}
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"}
+MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."}
+MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"}
+MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."}
+MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Programming"}
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."}
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."}
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."}
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Gr."}
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Softw."}
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."}
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Prog. Lang. Syst."}
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput. Sci."}
+%% /usr/local/lib/tex/bibtex/phyjfull.btx, Tue Jun 30 08:37:48 1992
+%% Edit by Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@alfred.math.utah.edu>
+%% Change file names in leading comment
+% Journal Title Abbreviations from the Physical Review Style and Notation
+%	Guide, July, 1983, in BAPS Vol. 28.
+%  Selected by Cris Barnes and Charles Karney, March 1988
+% IMPORTANT!! Don't make changes to this file without making the
+% 	      corresponding changes to
+%			phyjabb.bib
+%			phyjabb.btx
+MACRO {advp} {"Advances in Physics"}
+MACRO {ajp} {"American Journal of Physics"}
+MACRO {ao} {"Applied Optics"}
+MACRO {apl} {"Applied Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {apj} {"Astrophysical Journal"}
+MACRO {baps} {"Bulletin of the American Physical Society"}
+MACRO {cpc} {"Computer Physics Communications"}
+MACRO {cppcf} {"Comments on Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {fed} {"Fusion Engineering and Design"}
+MACRO {ft} {"Fusion Technology"}
+MACRO {ieeens} {"IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science"}
+MACRO {ieeeps} {"IEEE Transactions on Plasma Science"}
+MACRO {ijimw} {"International Journal of Infrared and Millimeter Waves"}
+MACRO {ip} {"Infrared Physics"}
+MACRO {jap} {"Journal of Applied Physics"}
+MACRO {jcp} {"Journal of Computational Physics"}
+MACRO {jetp} {"Soviet Physics-JETP"}
+MACRO {jfe} {"Journal of Fusion Energy"}
+MACRO {jfm} {"Journal of Fluid Mechanics"}
+MACRO {jgr} {"Journal of Geophysical Research"}
+MACRO {jmp} {"Journal of Mathematical Physics"}
+MACRO {jne} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy"}
+MACRO {jnec} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy, Part C: Plasma Physics, Accelerators, Thermonuclear Research"}
+MACRO {jnm} {"Journal of Nuclear Materials"}
+MACRO {josa} {"Journal of the Optical Society of America"}
+MACRO {jpp} {"Journal of Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {jpsj} {"Journal of the Physical Society of Japan"}
+MACRO {jvst} {"Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology"}
+MACRO {nedf} {"Nuclear Engineering and Design/Fusion"}
+MACRO {nf} {"Nuclear Fusion"}
+MACRO {nim} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods"}
+MACRO {nimpr} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods in Physics Research"}
+MACRO {nt/f} {"Nuclear Technology/Fusion"}
+MACRO {pf} {"Physics of Fluids"}
+MACRO {pfa} {"Physics of Fluids A: Fluid Dynamics"}
+MACRO {pfb} {"Physics of Fluids B: Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {pl} {"Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {pla} {"Physics Letters A"}
+MACRO {pnas} {"Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA"}
+MACRO {pp} {"Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {ppcf} {"Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {prl} {"Physical Review Letters"}
+MACRO {pr} {"Physical Review"}
+MACRO {pra} {"Physical Review A: General Physics"}
+MACRO {ps} {"Physica Scripta"}
+MACRO {rmp} {"Reviews of Modern Physics"}
+MACRO {rsi} {"Review of Scientific Instruments"}
+MACRO {sjpp} {"Soviet Journal of Plasma Phys."}
+MACRO {spd} {"Soviet Physics-Doklady"}
+MACRO {sptp} {"Soviet Physics-Technical Physics"}
+MACRO {spu} {"Soviet Physics-Uspeki"}
+% Now we read in the .BIB entries.
+READ
+% The sortify function converts to lower case after purify$ing; it's
+% used in sorting and in computing alphabetic labels after sorting
+%
+% The chop.word(w,len,s) function returns either s or, if the first len
+% letters of s equals w (this comparison is done in the third line of the
+% function's definition), it returns that part of s after w.
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels
+%
+% The format.lab.names function makes a short label by using the initials of
+% the von and Last parts of the names (but if there are more than four names,
+% (i.e., people) it truncates after three and adds a superscripted "+";
+% it also adds such a "+" if the last of multiple authors is "others").
+% If there is only one name, and its von and Last parts combined have just
+% a single name-token ("Knuth" has a single token, "Brinch Hansen" has two),
+% we take the first three letters of the last name.  The boolean
+% et.al.char.used tells whether we've used a superscripted "+", so that we
+% know whether to include a LaTeX macro for it.
+%
+% format.lab.names(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	numnames := num.names$(s)
+%	if numnames > 1 then
+%	    if numnames > 4 then
+%		namesleft := 3
+%	    else
+%		namesleft := numnames
+%	    nameptr := 1
+%	    nameresult := ""
+%	    while namesleft > 0
+%	      do
+%		if (name_ptr = numnames) and
+%		     format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}") = "others"
+%		   then nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+%			et.al.char.used := true
+%		   else nameresult := nameresult *
+%				format.name$(s, nameptr, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+%		nameptr := nameptr + 1
+%		namesleft := namesleft - 1
+%	      od
+%	    if numnames > 4 then
+%		nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+%		et.al.char.used := true
+%	else
+%	    t := format.name$(s, 1, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+%	    if text.length$(t) < 2 then	% there's just one name-token
+%		nameresult := text.prefix$(format.name$(s,1,"{ll}"),3)
+%	    else
+%		nameresult := t
+%	    fi
+%	fi
+%	return nameresult
+%  END
+%
+% Exactly what fields we look at in constructing the primary part of the label
+% depends on the entry type; this selectivity (as opposed to, say, always
+% looking at author, then editor, then key) helps ensure that "ignored" fields,
+% as described in the LaTeX book, really are ignored.  Note that MISC is part
+% of the deepest `else' clause in the nested part of calc.label; thus, any
+% unrecognized entry type in the database is handled correctly.
+%
+% There is one auxiliary function for each of the four different sequences of
+% fields we use.  The first of these functions looks at the author field, and
+% then, if necessary, the key field.  The other three functions, which might
+% look at two fields and the key field, are similar, except that the key field
+% takes precedence over the organization field (for labels---not for sorting).
+%
+% The calc.label function calculates the preliminary label of an entry, which
+% is formed by taking three letters of information from the author or editor or
+% key or organization field (depending on the entry type and on what's empty,
+% but ignoring a leading "The " in the organization), and appending the last
+% two characters (digits) of the year. It is an error if the appropriate fields
+% among author, editor, organization, and key are missing, and we use
+% the first three letters of the cite$ in desperation when this happens.
+% The resulting label has the year part, but not the name part, purify$ed
+% (purify$ing the year allows some sorting shenanigans by the user).
+%
+% This function also calculates the version of the label to be used in sorting.
+%
+% The final label may need a trailing 'a', 'b', etc., to distinguish it from
+% otherwise identical labels, but we can't calculated those "extra.label"s
+% until after sorting.
+%
+% calc.label ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if type$ = "book" or "inbook" then
+%	    author.editor.key.label
+%	else if type$ = "proceedings" then
+%	    editor.key.organization.label
+%	else if type$ = "manual" then
+%	    author.key.organization.label
+%	else
+%	    author.key.label
+%	fi fi fi
+%	label := label * substring$(purify$(field.or.null(year)), -1, 2)
+%		% assuming we will also sort, we calculate a sort.label
+%	sort.label := sortify(label), but use the last four, not two, digits
+%  END
+% When sorting, we compute the sortkey by executing "presort" on each entry.
+% The presort key contains a number of "sortify"ed strings, concatenated
+% with multiple blanks between them.  This makes things like "brinch  per"
+% come before "brinch hansen  per".
+%
+% The fields used here are: the sort.label for alphabetic labels (as set by
+% calc.label), followed by the author names (or editor names or organization
+% (with a leading "The " removed) or key field, depending on entry type and on
+% what's empty), followed by year, followed by the first bit of the title
+% (chopping off a leading "The ", "A ", or "An ").
+% Names are formatted: Von Last First Junior.
+% The names within a part will be separated by a single blank
+% (such as "brinch hansen"), two will separate the name parts themselves
+% (except the von and last), three will separate the names,
+% four will separate the names from year (and from label, if alphabetic),
+% and four will separate year from title.
+%
+% The sort.format.names function takes an argument that should be in
+% BibTeX name format, and returns a string containing "   "-separated
+% names in the format described above.  The function is almost the same
+% as format.names.
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels, when sorted
+%
+% Now comes the final computation for alphabetic labels, putting in the 'a's
+% and 'b's and so forth if required.  This involves two passes: a forward
+% pass to put in the 'b's, 'c's and so on, and a backwards pass
+% to put in the 'a's (we don't want to put in 'a's unless we know there
+% are 'b's).
+% We have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+%
+% VAR: longest.label, last.sort.label, next.extra: string
+%      longest.label.width, last.extra.num: integer
+%
+% initialize.longest.label ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	longest.label := ""
+%	last.sort.label := int.to.chr$(0)
+%	next.extra := ""
+%	longest.label.width := 0
+%	last.extra.num := 0
+%  END
+%
+% forward.pass ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if last.sort.label = sort.label then
+%	    last.extra.num := last.extra.num + 1
+%	    extra.label := int.to.chr$(last.extra.num)
+%	else
+%	    last.extra.num := chr.to.int$("a")
+%	    extra.label := ""
+%	    last.sort.label := sort.label
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% reverse.pass ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if next.extra = "b" then
+%	    extra.label := "a"
+%	fi
+%	label := label * extra.label
+%	if width$(label) > longest.label.width then
+%	    longest.label := label
+%	    longest.label.width := width$(label)
+%	fi
+%	next.extra := extra.label
+%  END
+% Now comes the computation for numeric labels.
+% We use either the sorted order or original order.
+% We still have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+  #1 'number.label :=
+  #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+  number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+  label width$ longest.label.width >
+    { label 'longest.label :=
+      label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+    }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+% Now we're ready to start writing the .BBL file.
+% We begin, if necessary, with a LaTeX macro for unnamed names in an alphabetic
+% label; next comes stuff from the `preamble' command in the database files.
+% Then we give an incantation containing the command
+%     \begin{thebibliography}{...}
+% where the `...' is the longest label.
+%
+% We also call init.state.consts, for use by the output routines.
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{"  longest.label  * "}" * write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+% Now we produce the output for all the entries
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+% Finally, we finish up by writing the `\end{thebibliography}' command.
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phnflet.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phnflet.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4c7fc077908
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phnflet.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1883 @@
+% BibTeX styles for various physics journals (27-Feb-1990).
+% This file, physics.btx, is based on the file btxbst.doc.
+	% Please notify Charles Karney (Karney@Princeton.EDU)
+	% of any bugs, improvements, etc.
+% Run this file through cpp to get specific versions.  I have written
+% a version of cpp within Emacs.  To access it put
+%	(autoload 'cpp "tex$bibtex:cpp"		; Use cpp for BibTeX styles
+%		  "C preprocessor"
+%		  t)
+% into your .emacs file.  Read in this file with
+%	emacs tex$bibtex:physics.btx
+% and run cpp with e.g.,
+%	M-x cpp <ret> aip <ret>
+% Save the resulting file to tex$latex:aip.bst.
+% To accomodate the variations we need (in addition to the definitions below)
+%	ATIT_SUPPRESS:	do not include the titles of journal articles
+%	NAME_INVERT:	put the initials last
+%	NAME_UPPER:	convert names to all caps.
+%	MONTH_SUPPRESS:	do not include months in journal articles
+%	PAREN_DATE:	dates go in parens in journal articles
+%	DATE_FIRST:	dates go before page numbers
+%	VOLUME_SPACE:	volume set off with space (not colon)
+%	NUM_SUPPRESS:	do not include numbers in journal articles
+%	BOLD_VOL:	volume numbers in bold face in journal articles
+%	BRACKET_NOTE:	notes in brackets
+%	PAGE_START_J:	include only starting page for journal articles
+%	PAGE_START_O:	include only starting page for other entries
+%	PAGE_ABBREV:	abbreviate page to p. and pages to pp.
+%	PHYSICS_JOUR:	include abbreviations for Physics journals
+%	COMMA_DELIMIT:	use comma (instead of period) to divide a citation
+%	NOTE_SUPPRESS:	suppress the note
+%	MAX_NAMES:	max number of authors before using et al (0 = infinity)
+%	MIN_NAMES:	number of authors to list with et al.
+%	EDIT_VAR:	use "edited by ..." instead of "..., editors"
+%	RMP_LABELS:	create RMP-style labels
+%	KEY_CITE:	use key as label
+%	NAMED_REFS:	use (Smith, 1988) style of citations
+%	CSC_NAMES:	names set in caps and small caps
+%	JOUR_DEEMPH:	don't emphasize journal name
+%	ETAL_EMPH:	emphasize et al.
+%	ALT_INCOLL	alternate ordering of fields in incollections
+% These are all boolean (0 or 1) except for MAX_NAMES and MIN_NAMES.
+% These need to satisfy 0 <= MIN_NAMES <= MAX_NAMES.
+% The rule here is that if all these are defined to be zero, we revert to
+% the standard styles.  For that reason we initialize them all to 0.
+% These are the original macros
+	% For Nuclear Fusion Letters
+% same as NF except for 0 and 0 set to 5
+% This is the start of btxbst.doc
+% BibTeX `plain' family
+	% version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+	% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+	% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+	% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+	% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+	% btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+	% This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+	% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+% Please notify Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU) of any bugs in
+% these standard styles or in this documentation file.
+%
+% This is file btxbxt.doc; it helps document bibliography styles,
+% and is also a template file that you can use to make
+% several different style files, if you have access to a C preprocessor.
+% For example, the standard styles were made by doing something like
+%	cpp -P -DPLAIN btxbst.doc plain.txt
+%	cpp -P -DUNSRT btxbst.doc unsrt.txt
+%	cpp -P -DALPHA btxbst.doc alpha.txt
+%	cpp -P -DABBRV btxbst.doc abbrv.txt
+% and then renaming after removing unwanted comments and blank lines.
+% If you don't have access,
+% you can edit this file by hand to imitate the preprocessor,
+% with the following explanation of the C preprocessor constructs used here.
+%
+% The output of the preprocessor is the same as the input, except that certain
+% lines will be excluded (and some blank lines will be added).  The sequence
+%	#if VAR
+%	    lines to be included when VAR is not zero
+%	#else
+%	    lines to be included when VAR is zero
+%	#endif
+% (with the #-signs appearing in column 1) means that one set or the other of
+% the lines are to be included depending on the value of VAR.
+% The #else part is optional.  Comments can be added after #else and #endif.
+% Variables can be set by
+%	#define VAR value
+% and one can also use #ifdef VAR to see if VAR has any value, and #ifndef
+% to see if it has none.
+% Another #if form used in this file is #if !VAR, which includes the lines
+% after the #if only if VAR is zero.
+%
+% Convention: Use all uppercase identifiers for these preprocessor variables
+% so you can spot them easily
+%
+% The command line to the preprocessor should define one of PLAIN, UNSRT, ALPHA
+% or ABBRV (though PLAIN will be used by default if none is given),
+% and the following lines will set various boolean variables to control the
+% various lines that are chosen from the rest of the file.
+% Each boolean variable should be set true (1) or false (0) in each style.
+% Here are the current variables, and their meanings:
+%	0:	an alphabetic label is used (if false then a numeric
+%			    label is used)
+%	0:		the entries should be sorted by label (if nonnumeric)
+%			    and other info, like authors (if false, then
+%			    entries remain in order of occurrence)
+%	0:	the authors, editors, etc., get the full names as
+%			    given in the bibliography file (if false, the first
+%			    names become initials)
+%	1:	titles of non-"books" (e.g., articles) should be
+%			    converted to lower-case, except the first letter or
+%			    first letter after a colon
+%			    (if false then they appear as in the database)
+%	0:	months are spelled out in full (if false, then
+%			    they're abbreviated)
+%	0:	macro journal names are spelled out in full
+%			    (if false then they are abbreviated, currently
+%			    as they appear in ACM publications)
+%#	    define PLAIN 1
+%
+%   Entry formatting: Similar to that recommended by Mary-Claire van Leunen
+%	in "A Handbook for Scholars".  Book-like titles are italicized
+%	(emphasized) and non-book titles are converted to sentence
+%	capitilization (and not enclosed in quotes).
+%	This file outputs a \newblock between major blocks of an entry
+%	(the name \newblock is analogous to the names \newline and \newpage)
+%	so that the user can obtain an "open" format, which has a line break
+%	before each block and lines after the first are indented within blocks,
+%	by giving the optional \documentstyle argument `openbib';
+%	The default is the "closed" format---blocks runs together.
+%
+%   Citation alphabetic label format:
+%		[Knu73] for single author (or editor or key)
+%		[AHU83] (first letters of last names) for multiple authors
+%
+%   Citation label numberic format:
+%		[number]
+%
+%   Reference list ordering for sorted, alphabetic lables:
+%		alphabetical by citation label, then by author(s) or whatever
+%		passes for author in the absence of one, then by year,
+%		then title
+%
+%   Reference list ordering for sorted, numeric lables:
+%		alphabetical by author(s) or whatever passes
+%		for author in the absence of one, then by year, then title
+%
+%   Reference list ordering for unsorted:
+%		by the order cited in the text
+%
+%   History
+%   12/16/84	(HWT)	Original `plain' version, by Howard Trickey.
+%   12/23/84	(LL)	Some comments made by Leslie Lamport.
+%    2/16/85	(OP)	Changes based on LL's comments, Oren Patashnik.
+%    2/17/85	(HWT)	Template file and other standard styles made.
+%    3/28/85	(OP)	First release, version 0.98b for BibTeX 0.98f.
+%    5/ 9/85	(OP)	Version 0.98c for BibTeX 0.98i:
+%			fixed Theoretical Computer Science macro name;
+%			fixed the format.vol.num.pages function.
+%    1/24/88	(OP)	Version 0.99a for BibTeX 0.99a, main changes:
+%			assignment operator (:=) arguments reversed;
+%			the preamble$ function outputs the database PREAMBLE;
+%			entry.max$ and global.max$ (built-in) variables replace
+%			entry.string.max and global.string.max functions;
+%			alphabetizing by year then title, not just title;
+%			many unnecessary ties removed; \it ==> \em;
+%			the `alpha' style uses a superscripted `+' instead of a
+%			`*' for unnamed names in constructing the label;
+%			the `abbrv' style now uses "Mar." and "Sept.";
+%			the functions calc.label and presort now look at just
+%			the fields they're supposed to;
+%			BOOKLET, MASTERSTHESIS, TECHREPORT use nonbook titles;
+%			INBOOK and INCOLLECTION take an optional type (e.g.
+%			type = "Section"), overriding the default "chapter";
+%			BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, and PROCEEDINGS now allow
+%			either volume or number, not just volume;
+%			INCOLLECTION now allows an edition and series field;
+%			PROCEEDINGS and INPROCEEDINGS now use the address field
+%			to tell where a conference was held;
+%			INPROCEEDINGS and PROCEEDINGS now allow either volume
+%			or number, and also a series field;
+%			MASTERSTHESIS and PHDTHESIS accept types other than
+%			"Master's thesis" and "PhD thesis";
+%			UNPUBLISHED now outputs, in one block, note then date;
+%			MANUAL now prints out the organization in
+%			the first block if the author field is empty;
+%			MISC can't be empty---it requires some optional field.
+%    3/23/88	(OP)	Version 0.99b for BibTeX 0.99c---changed the three
+%			erroneous occurrences of `cite ' to `cite$ '; this
+%			change didn't affect the four standard styles, so the
+%			0.99a versions of those styles are still current.
+%
+% The ENTRY declaration
+%   Like Scribe's (according to pages 231-2 of the April '84 edition),
+%   but no fullauthor or editors fields because BibTeX does name handling.
+%   The annote field is commented out here because this family doesn't
+%   include an annotated bibliography style.  And in addition to the fields
+%   listed here, BibTeX has a built-in crossref field, explained later.
+ENTRY
+% Fields:
+  { address
+%	    Usually the address of a publisher or other type of organization.
+%	    Put information in this field only if it helps the reader find the
+%	    thing---for example you should omit the address of a major
+%	    publisher entirely.  For a PROCEEDINGS or an INPROCEEDINGS,
+%	    however, it's the address of the conference; for those two entry
+%	    types, include the publisher's or organization's address, if
+%	    necessary, in the publisher or organization field.
+%    annote
+%	    Long annotation---for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence).
+    author
+%	    Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format.
+    booktitle
+%	    Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book.
+%	    For book entries, the title field should be used instead.
+    chapter
+%	    Chapter (or section or whatever) number.
+    edition
+%	    Edition of a book---should be an ordinal (e.g., "Second").
+    editor
+%	    Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format.
+%	    If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be
+%	    for the book or collection that the work appears in.
+    howpublished
+%	     How something strange has been published (begins sentence).
+    institution
+%	    Sponsoring institution of a technical report.
+    journal
+%	    Journal name (macros are provided for many).
+    key
+%	    Alphabetizing, labeling, and cross-referencing key
+%	    (needed when an entry has no author or editor).
+    month
+%	    Month (macros are provided).
+    note
+%	    To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence).
+    number
+%	    Number of a journal or technical report, or of a work in a series.
+    organization
+%	    Organization sponsoring a conference (or publishing a manual); if
+%	    the editor (or author) is empty, and if the organization produces
+%	    an awkward label or cross reference, you should put appropriately
+%	    condensed organization information in the key field as well.
+    pages
+%	    Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range, use `+'
+%	    to indicate pages following that don't form a simple range).
+    publisher
+%	    Publisher name.
+    school
+%	    School name (for theses).
+    series
+%	    The name of a series or set of books.
+%	    An individual book will will also have it's own title.
+    title
+%	    The title of the thing you're referred to.
+    type
+%	    Type of a Techreport (e.g., "Research Note") to be used instead of
+%	    the default "Technical Report"; or, similarly, the type of a
+%	    thesis; or of a part of a book.
+    volume
+%	    The volume number of a journal or multivolume work.
+    year
+%	    The year should contain only numerals (technically, it should end
+%	    with four numerals, after purification; doesn't a begin sentence).
+  }
+% There are no integer entry variables
+  {}
+% These string entry variables are used to form the citation label.
+% In a storage pinch, sort.label can be easily computed on the fly.
+  { label }
+% Each entry function starts by calling output.bibitem, to write the
+% \bibitem and its arguments to the .BBL file.  Then the various fields
+% are formatted and printed by output or output.check.  Those functions
+% handle the writing of separators (commas, periods, \newblock's),
+% taking care not to do so when they are passed a null string.
+% Finally, fin.entry is called to add the final period and finish the
+% entry.
+%
+% A bibliographic reference is formatted into a number of `blocks':
+% in the open format, a block begins on a new line and subsequent
+% lines of the block are indented.  A block may contain more than
+% one sentence (well, not a grammatical sentence, but something to
+% be ended with a sentence ending period).  The entry functions should
+% call new.block whenever a block other than the first is about to be
+% started.  They should call new.sentence whenever a new sentence is
+% to be started.  The output functions will ensure that if two
+% new.sentence's occur without any non-null string being output between
+% them then there won't be two periods output.  Similarly for two
+% successive new.block's.
+%
+% The output routines don't write their argument immediately.
+% Instead, by convention, that argument is saved on the stack to be
+% output next time (when we'll know what separator needs to come
+% after it).  Meanwhile, the output routine has to pop the pending
+% output off the stack, append any needed separator, and write it.
+%
+% To tell which separator is needed, we maintain an output.state.
+% It will be one of these values:
+%	before.all		just after the \bibitem
+%	mid.sentence		in the middle of a sentence: comma needed
+%					if more sentence is output
+%	after.sentence		just after a sentence: period needed
+%	after.block		just after a block (and sentence):
+%					period and \newblock needed.
+% Note: These styles don't use after.sentence
+%
+% VAR: output.state : INTEGER		-- state variable for output
+%
+% The output.nonnull function saves its argument (assumed to be nonnull)
+% on the stack, and writes the old saved value followed by any needed
+% separator.  The ordering of the tests is decreasing frequency of
+% occurrence.
+%
+% output.nonnull(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	s := argument on stack
+%	if output.state = mid.sentence then
+%	    write$(pop() * ", ")
+%		  -- "pop" isn't a function: just use stack top
+%	else
+%	    if output.state = after.block then
+%		write$(add.period$(pop()))
+%		newline$
+%		write$("\newblock ")
+%	    else
+%		if output.state = before.all then
+%		    write$(pop())
+%		else	    -- output.state should be after.sentence
+%		    write$(add.period$(pop()) * " ")
+%		fi
+%	    fi
+%	    output.state := mid.sentence
+%	fi
+%	push s on stack
+%  END
+%
+% The output function calls output.nonnull if its argument is non-empty;
+% its argument may be a missing field (thus, not necessarily a string)
+%
+% output(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if not empty$(s) then output.nonnull(s)
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% The output.check function is the same as the output function except that, if
+% necessary, output.check warns the user that the t field shouldn't be empty
+% (this is because it probably won't be a good reference without the field;
+% the entry functions try to make the formatting look reasonable even when
+% such fields are empty).
+%
+% output.check(s,t) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then
+%	    warning$("empty " * t * " in " * cite$)
+%	else output.nonnull(s)
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% The output.bibitem function writes the \bibitem for the current entry
+% (the label should already have been set up), and sets up the separator
+% state for the output functions.  And, it leaves a string on the stack
+% as per the output convention.
+%
+% output.bibitem ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	newline$
+%	write$("\bibitem[")	% for alphabetic labels,
+%	write$(label)		% these three lines
+%	write$("]{")		% are used
+%	write$("\bibitem{")		% this line for numeric labels
+%	write$(cite$)
+%	write$("}")
+%	push "" on stack
+%	output.state := before.all
+%  END
+%
+% The fin.entry function finishes off an entry by adding a period to the
+% string remaining on the stack.  If the state is still before.all
+% then nothing was produced for this entry, so the result will look bad,
+% but the user deserves it. (We don't omit the whole entry because the
+% entry was cited, and a bibitem is needed to define the citation label.)
+%
+% fin.entry ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	write$(add.period$(pop()))
+%	newline$
+%  END
+%
+% The new.block function prepares for a new block to be output, and
+% new.sentence prepares for a new sentence.
+%
+% new.block ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if output.state <> before.all then
+%	    output.state := after.block
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% new.sentence ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if output.state <> after.block then
+%	    if output.state <> before.all then
+%		output.state :=  after.sentence
+%	    fi
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+}
+% the variables s and t are temporary string holders
+STRINGS { s t }
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+	{ "," * write$
+	  newline$
+	  "\newblock " write$
+	}
+	{ output.state before.all =
+	    'write$
+	    { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+  "\bibitem{" write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+% This function finishes all entries.
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ skip$
+}
+% These three functions pop one or two (integer) arguments from the stack
+% and push a single one, either 0 or 1.
+% The 'skip$ in the `and' and `or' functions are used because
+% the corresponding if$ would be idempotent
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+% Sometimes we begin a new block only if the block will be big enough.  The
+% new.block.checka function issues a new.block if its argument is nonempty;
+% new.block.checkb does the same if either of its TWO arguments is nonempty.
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+% The new.sentence.check functions are analogous.
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+% Here are some functions for formatting chunks of an entry.
+% By convention they either produce a string that can be followed by
+% a comma or period (using add.period$, so it is OK to end in a period),
+% or they produce the null string.
+%
+% A useful utility is the field.or.null function, which checks if the
+% argument is the result of pushing a `missing' field (one for which no
+% assignment was made when the current entry was read in from the database)
+% or the result of pushing a string having no non-white-space characters.
+% It returns the null string if so, otherwise it returns the field string.
+% Its main (but not only) purpose is to guarantee that what's left on the
+% stack is a string rather than a missing field.
+%
+% field.or.null(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then return ""
+%	else return s
+%  END
+%
+% Another helper function is emphasize, which returns the argument emphazised,
+% if that is non-empty, otherwise it returns the null string.  Italic
+% corrections aren't used, so this function should be used when punctation
+% will follow the result.
+%
+% emphasize(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then return ""
+%	else return "{\em " * s * "}"
+%
+% The format.names function formats the argument (which should be in
+% BibTeX name format) into "First Von Last, Junior", separated by commas
+% and with an "and" before the last (but ending with "et~al." if the last
+% of multiple authors is "others").  This function's argument should always
+% contain at least one name.
+%
+% VAR: nameptr, namesleft, numnames: INTEGER
+% pseudoVAR: nameresult: STRING		(it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% format.names(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	nameptr := 1
+%	numnames := num.names$(s)
+%	namesleft := numnames
+%	while namesleft > 0
+%	  do
+%				% for full names:
+%	    t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+%				% for abbreviated first names:
+%	    t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+%	    if nameptr > 1 then
+%		if namesleft > 1 then nameresult := nameresult * ", " * t
+%		else if numnames > 2
+%		       then nameresult := nameresult * ","
+%		     fi
+%		     if t = "others"
+%		       then nameresult := nameresult * " et~al."
+%		       else nameresult := nameresult * " and " * t
+%		     fi
+%		fi
+%	    else nameresult := t
+%	    fi
+%	    nameptr := nameptr + 1
+%	    namesleft := namesleft - 1
+%	  od
+%	return nameresult
+%  END
+%
+% The format.authors function returns the result of format.names(author)
+% if the author is present, or else it returns the null string
+%
+% format.authors ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(author) then return ""
+%	else return format.names(author)
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% Format.editors is like format.authors, but it uses the editor field,
+% and appends ", editor" or ", editors"
+%
+% format.editors ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(editor) then return ""
+%	else
+%	    if num.names$(editor) > 1 then
+%		return format.names(editor) * ", editors"
+%	    else
+%		return format.names(editor) * ", editor"
+%	    fi
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% Other formatting functions are similar, so no "comment version" will be
+% given for them.
+%
+% The `pop$' in this function gets rid of the duplicate `empty' value and
+% the `skip$' returns the duplicate field value
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {embolden}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {paren}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "(" swap$ * ")" * }
+  if$
+}
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+INTEGERS { etal }
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames #5 >
+  s numnames "{ll}" format.name$ "others" = numnames #5 > and
+  or 'etal :=
+  etal
+    { #5 #1 + 'namesleft := }
+    { numnames 'namesleft := }
+  if$
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't :=   % last name first
+      t "others" =
+	'skip$
+	{ t "u" change.case$ 't := }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 >
+	{ namesleft #1 >
+	    { ", " * t * }
+	    { nameptr #2 >
+		{ "," * }
+		'skip$
+	      if$
+	      t "others" =
+	      etal or
+		{ " et~al." * }
+		{ " and " * t * }
+	      if$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+	{ ", editors" * }
+	{ ", editor" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.title function is used for non-book-like titles.
+% For most styles we convert to lowercase (except for the very first letter,
+% and except for the first one after a colon (followed by whitespace)),
+% and hope the user has brace-surrounded words that need to stay capitilized;
+% for some styles, however, we leave it as it is in the database.
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { title "t" change.case$ }
+  if$
+}
+% By default, BibTeX sets the global integer variable global.max$ to the BibTeX
+% constant glob_str_size, the maximum length of a global string variable.
+% Analogously, BibTeX sets the global integer variable entry.max$ to
+% ent_str_size, the maximum length of an entry string variable.
+% The style designer may change these if necessary (but this is unlikely)
+% The n.dashify function makes each single `-' in a string a double `--'
+% if it's not already
+%
+% pseudoVAR: pageresult: STRING		(it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% n.dashify(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	t := s
+%	pageresult := ""
+%	while (not empty$(t))
+%	  do
+%	    if (first character of t = "-")
+%	      then
+%		if (next character isn't)
+%		  then
+%		    pageresult := pageresult * "--"
+%		    t := t with the "-" removed
+%		  else
+%		    while (first character of t = "-")
+%		      do
+%			pageresult := pageresult * "-"
+%			t := t with the "-" removed
+%		      od
+%		fi
+%	      else
+%		pageresult := pageresult * the first character
+%		t := t with the first character removed
+%	    fi
+%	  od
+%	return pageresult
+%  END
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+	{ t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+	    { "--" *
+	      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	    }
+	    {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+		{ "-" *
+		  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+		}
+	      while$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ t #1 #1 substring$ *
+	  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+FUNCTION {first.page}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    {  t empty$ not t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = not and }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+% The format.date function is for the month and year, but we give a warning if
+% there's an empty year but the month is there, and we return the empty string
+% if they're both empty.
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+    { "" }
+    'year
+  if$
+}
+% The format.btitle is for formatting the title field when it is a book-like
+% entry---the style used here keeps it in uppers-and-lowers and emphasizes it.
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+% For several functions we'll need to connect two strings with a
+% tie (~) if the second one isn't very long (fewer than 3 characters).
+% The tie.or.space.connect function does that.  It concatenates the two
+% strings on top of the stack, along with either a tie or space between
+% them, and puts this concatenation back onto the stack:
+%
+% tie.or.space.connect(str1,str2) ==
+%    BEGIN
+%	if text.length$(str2) < 3
+%	  then return the concatenation of str1, "~", and str2
+%	  else return the concatenation of str1, " ", and str2
+%    END
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+% The either.or.check function complains if both fields or an either-or pair
+% are nonempty.
+%
+% either.or.check(t,s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then
+%	    warning$(can't use both " * t * " fields in " * cite$)
+%	fi
+%  END
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.bvolume function is for formatting the volume and perhaps
+% series name of a multivolume work.  If both a volume and a series field
+% are there, we assume the series field is the title of the whole multivolume
+% work (the title field should be the title of the thing being referred to),
+% and we add an "of <series>".  This function is called in mid-sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.number.series function is for formatting the series name
+% and perhaps number of a work in a series.  This function is similar to
+% format.bvolume, although for this one the series must exist (and the
+% volume must not exist).  If the number field is empty we output either
+% the series field unchanged if it exists or else the null string.
+% If both the number and series fields are there we assume the series field
+% gives the name of the whole series (the title field should be the title
+% of the work being one referred to), and we add an "in <series>".
+% We capitilize Number when this function is used at the beginning of a block.
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+	{ series field.or.null }
+	{ output.state mid.sentence =
+	    { "number" }
+	    { "Number" }
+	  if$
+	  number tie.or.space.connect
+	  series empty$
+	    { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	    { " in " * series * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.edition function appends " edition" to the edition, if present.
+% We lowercase the edition (it should be something like "Third"), because
+% this doesn't start a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+	{ edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+	{ edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.pages function is used for formatting a page range in a book
+% (and in rare circumstances, an article).
+%
+% The multi.page.check function examines the page field for a "-" or "," or "+"
+% so that format.pages can use "page" instead of "pages" if none exists.
+% Note: global.max$ here means "take the rest of the string"
+%
+% VAR: multiresult: INTEGER	(actually, a boolean)
+%
+% multi.page.check(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	t := s
+%	multiresult := false
+%	while ((not multiresult) and (not empty$(t)))
+%	  do
+%	    if (first character of t = "-" or "," or "+")
+%	      then multiresult := true
+%	      else t := t with the first character removed
+%	    fi
+%	  od
+%	return multiresult
+%  END
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+	{ #1 'multiresult := }
+	{ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+% This function doesn't begin a sentence so "pages" isn't capitalized.
+% Other functions that use this should keep that in mind.
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+	{ "pp." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+	{ "p." pages tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.pages.a}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "p." pages first.page tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.vol.num.pages function is for the volume, number, and page range
+% of a journal article.  We use the format:  vol(number):pages, with some
+% variations for empty fields.  This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null embolden
+  " " swap$ * *
+  format.date empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+	{ pop$ format.date paren }
+        { " " * format.date paren * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+	{ pop$ format.pages.a }
+	{ " " * pages first.page *}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.chapter.pages, if the chapter is present, puts whatever is in the
+% type field (or else "chapter" if type is empty) in front of a chapter number.
+% It then appends the pages, if present.  This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+	{ "chapter" }
+	{ type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.in.ed.booktitle function is used for starting out a sentence
+% that begins "In <booktitle>", putting an editor before the title if one
+% exists.
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+	{ "in " booktitle emphasize * }
+	{ "in " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The function empty.misc.check complains if all six fields are empty, and
+% if there's been no sorting or alphabetic-label complaint.
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+  month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+  and and and and and
+    { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+% The function format.thesis.type returns either the (case-changed) type field,
+% if it is defined, or else the default string already on the stack
+% (like "Master's thesis" or "PhD thesis").
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The function format.tr.number makes a string starting with "Technical Report"
+% (or type, if that field is defined), followed by the number if there is one;
+% it returns the starting part (with a case change) even if there is no number.
+% This is used at the beginning of a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+% Now come the cross-referencing functions (these are invoked because
+% one entry in the database file(s) cross-references another, by giving
+% the other entry's database key in a `crossref' field).  This feature
+% allows one or more titled things that are part of a larger titled
+% thing to cross-reference the larger thing.  These styles allow for
+% five posibilities: (1) an ARTICLE may cross-reference an ARTICLE;
+% (2) a BOOK, (3) INBOOK, or (4) INCOLLECTION may cross-reference a BOOK;
+% or (5) an INPROCEEDINGS may cross-reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Each of these is explained in more detail later.
+%
+% An ARTICLE entry type may cross reference another ARTICLE (this is
+% intended for when an entire journal is devoted to a single topic---
+% but since there is no JOURNAL entry type, the journal, too, should be
+% classified as an ARTICLE but without the author and title fields).
+% This will result in two warning messages for the journal's entry
+% if it's included in the reference list, but such is life.
+%
+% format.article.crossref ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(key) then
+%	    if empty$(journal) then
+%		warning$("need key or journal for " * cite$ *
+%						" to crossref " * crossref)
+%		return(" \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+%	    else
+%		return("In " * emphazise.correct (journal) *
+%						" \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+%		fi
+%	else
+%	    return("In " * key * " \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% The other cross-referencing functions are similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+    { journal empty$
+	{ "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+	  warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ "In " journal * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " key * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% We use just the last names of editors for a cross reference: either
+% "editor", or "editor1 and editor2", or "editor1 et~al." depending on
+% whether there are one, or two, or more than two editors.
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  editor num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " et~al." * }
+    { #2 <
+	'skip$
+	{ editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+	    { " et~al." * }
+	    { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% A BOOK (or INBOOK) entry type (assumed to be for a single volume in a
+% multivolume work) may cross reference another BOOK (the entire multivolume).
+% Usually there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct the
+% cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else the series
+% field (since the series gives the title of the multivolume work).
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In "
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+	{ series empty$
+	    { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+	      crossref * warning$
+	      "" *
+	    }
+	    { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% An INCOLLECTION entry type may cross reference a BOOK (assumed to be the
+% collection), or an INPROCEEDINGS may cross reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Often there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct
+% the cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else
+% the booktitle field (which gives the cross-referenced work's title).
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+	{ booktitle empty$
+	    { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+	      crossref * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ "In " key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% Now we define the type functions for all entry types that may appear
+% in the .BIB file---e.g., functions like `article' and `book'.  These
+% are the routines that actually generate the .BBL-file output for
+% the entry.  These must all precede the READ command.  In addition, the
+% style designer should have a function `default.type' for unknown types.
+% Note: The fields (within each list) are listed in order of appearance,
+% except as described for an `inbook' or a `proceedings'.
+%
+% The article function is for an article in a journal.  An article may
+% CROSSREF another article.
+%	Required fields: author, title, journal, year
+%	Optional fields: volume, number, pages, month, note
+%
+% article ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	output.bibitem
+%	output.check(format.authors,"author")
+%	new.block
+%	output.check(format.title,"title")
+%	new.block
+%	if missing$(crossref) then
+%	    output.check(emphasize(journal),"journal")
+%	    output(format.vol.num.pages)
+%	    output.check(format.date,"year")
+%       else
+%	    output.nonnull(format.article.crossref)
+%	    output(format.pages)
+%	fi
+%	new.block
+%	output(note)
+%	fin.entry
+%  END
+%
+% The book function is for a whole book.  A book may CROSSREF another book.
+%	Required fields: author or editor, title, publisher, year
+%	Optional fields: volume or number, series, address, edition, month,
+%			note
+%
+% book ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(author) then output.check(format.editors,"author and editor")
+%	else	output.check(format.authors,"author")
+%		if missing$(crossref) then
+%		    either.or.check("author and editor",editor)
+%		fi
+%	fi
+%	new.block
+%	output.check(format.btitle,"title")
+%	if missing$(crossref) then
+%	    output(format.bvolume)
+%	    new.block
+%	    output(format.number.series)
+%	    new.sentence
+%	    output.check(publisher,"publisher")
+%	    output(address)
+%       else
+%	    new.block
+%	    output.nonnull(format.book.crossref)
+%	fi
+%	output(format.edition)
+%	output.check(format.date,"year")
+%	new.block
+%	output(note)
+%	fin.entry
+%  END
+%
+% The other entry functions are all quite similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal field.or.null
+      format.vol.num.pages output
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A booklet is a bound thing without a publisher or sponsoring institution.
+%	Required: title
+%	Optional: author, howpublished, address, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  howpublished address new.block.checkb
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% For the conference entry type, see inproceedings.
+% An inbook is a piece of a book: either a chapter and/or a page range.
+% It may CROSSREF a book.  If there's no volume field, the type field
+% will come before number and series.
+%	Required: author or editor, title, chapter and/or pages, publisher,year
+%	Optional: volume or number, series, type, address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% An incollection is like inbook, but where there is a separate title
+% for the referenced thing (and perhaps an editor for the whole).
+% An incollection may CROSSREF a book.
+%	Required: author, title, booktitle, publisher, year
+%	Optional: editor, volume or number, series, type, chapter, pages,
+%			address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+      format.edition output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% An inproceedings is an article in a conference proceedings, and it may
+% CROSSREF a proceedings.  If there's no address field, the month (& year)
+% will appear just before note.
+%	Required: author, title, booktitle, year
+%	Optional: editor, volume or number, series, pages, address, month,
+%			organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.pages output
+      address empty$
+	{ organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+	  organization output
+	  publisher output
+	  format.date "year" output.check
+	}
+	{ address output.nonnull
+	  format.date "year" output.check
+	  new.sentence
+	  organization output
+	  publisher output
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% The conference function is included for Scribe compatibility.
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+% A manual is technical documentation.
+%	Required: title
+%	Optional: author, organization, address, edition, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ organization output.nonnull
+	  address output
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	{ address new.block.checka
+	  address output
+	}
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+    { organization address new.block.checkb
+      organization output
+      address output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A mastersthesis is a Master's thesis.
+%	Required: author, title, school, year
+%	Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A misc is something that doesn't fit elsewhere.
+%	Required: at least one of the `optional' fields
+%	Optional: author, title, howpublished, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  title howpublished new.block.checkb
+  format.title output
+  howpublished new.block.checka
+  howpublished output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  empty.misc.check
+}
+% A phdthesis is like a mastersthesis.
+%	Required: author, title, school, year
+%	Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A proceedings is a conference proceedings.
+% If there is an organization but no editor field, the organization will
+% appear as the first optional field (we try to make the first block nonempty);
+% if there's no address field, the month (& year) will appear just before note.
+%	Required: title, year
+%	Optional: editor, volume or number, series, address, month,
+%			organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  editor empty$
+    { organization output }
+    { format.editors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ publisher new.sentence.checka }
+	{ organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+	  organization output
+	}
+      if$
+      publisher output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { address output.nonnull
+      format.date "year" output.check
+      new.sentence
+      editor empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ organization output }
+      if$
+      publisher output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A techreport is a technical report.
+%	Required: author, title, institution, year
+%	Optional: type, number, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% An unpublished is something that hasn't been published.
+%	Required: author, title, note
+%	Optional: month, year
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  format.date output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% We use entry type `misc' for an unknown type; BibTeX gives a warning.
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+% Here are macros for common things that may vary from style to style.
+% Users are encouraged to use these macros.
+%
+% Months are either written out in full or abbreviated
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+MACRO {sep} {"Sept."}
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+% Journals are either written out in full or abbreviated;
+% the abbreviations are like those found in ACM publications.
+%
+% To get a completely different set of abbreviations, it may be best to make
+% a separate .bib file with nothing but those abbreviations; users could then
+% include that file name as the first argument to the \bibliography command
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."}
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."}
+MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"}
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."}
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."}
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."}
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."}
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"}
+MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."}
+MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"}
+MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."}
+MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Programming"}
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."}
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."}
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."}
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Gr."}
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Softw."}
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."}
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Prog. Lang. Syst."}
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput. Sci."}
+%% /usr/local/lib/tex/bibtex/phyjfull.btx, Tue Jun 30 08:37:48 1992
+%% Edit by Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@alfred.math.utah.edu>
+%% Change file names in leading comment
+% Journal Title Abbreviations from the Physical Review Style and Notation
+%	Guide, July, 1983, in BAPS Vol. 28.
+%  Selected by Cris Barnes and Charles Karney, March 1988
+% IMPORTANT!! Don't make changes to this file without making the
+% 	      corresponding changes to
+%			phyjabb.bib
+%			phyjabb.btx
+MACRO {advp} {"Advances in Physics"}
+MACRO {ajp} {"American Journal of Physics"}
+MACRO {ao} {"Applied Optics"}
+MACRO {apl} {"Applied Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {apj} {"Astrophysical Journal"}
+MACRO {baps} {"Bulletin of the American Physical Society"}
+MACRO {cpc} {"Computer Physics Communications"}
+MACRO {cppcf} {"Comments on Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {fed} {"Fusion Engineering and Design"}
+MACRO {ft} {"Fusion Technology"}
+MACRO {ieeens} {"IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science"}
+MACRO {ieeeps} {"IEEE Transactions on Plasma Science"}
+MACRO {ijimw} {"International Journal of Infrared and Millimeter Waves"}
+MACRO {ip} {"Infrared Physics"}
+MACRO {jap} {"Journal of Applied Physics"}
+MACRO {jcp} {"Journal of Computational Physics"}
+MACRO {jetp} {"Soviet Physics-JETP"}
+MACRO {jfe} {"Journal of Fusion Energy"}
+MACRO {jfm} {"Journal of Fluid Mechanics"}
+MACRO {jgr} {"Journal of Geophysical Research"}
+MACRO {jmp} {"Journal of Mathematical Physics"}
+MACRO {jne} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy"}
+MACRO {jnec} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy, Part C: Plasma Physics, Accelerators, Thermonuclear Research"}
+MACRO {jnm} {"Journal of Nuclear Materials"}
+MACRO {josa} {"Journal of the Optical Society of America"}
+MACRO {jpp} {"Journal of Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {jpsj} {"Journal of the Physical Society of Japan"}
+MACRO {jvst} {"Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology"}
+MACRO {nedf} {"Nuclear Engineering and Design/Fusion"}
+MACRO {nf} {"Nuclear Fusion"}
+MACRO {nim} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods"}
+MACRO {nimpr} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods in Physics Research"}
+MACRO {nt/f} {"Nuclear Technology/Fusion"}
+MACRO {pf} {"Physics of Fluids"}
+MACRO {pfa} {"Physics of Fluids A: Fluid Dynamics"}
+MACRO {pfb} {"Physics of Fluids B: Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {pl} {"Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {pla} {"Physics Letters A"}
+MACRO {pnas} {"Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA"}
+MACRO {pp} {"Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {ppcf} {"Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {prl} {"Physical Review Letters"}
+MACRO {pr} {"Physical Review"}
+MACRO {pra} {"Physical Review A: General Physics"}
+MACRO {ps} {"Physica Scripta"}
+MACRO {rmp} {"Reviews of Modern Physics"}
+MACRO {rsi} {"Review of Scientific Instruments"}
+MACRO {sjpp} {"Soviet Journal of Plasma Phys."}
+MACRO {spd} {"Soviet Physics-Doklady"}
+MACRO {sptp} {"Soviet Physics-Technical Physics"}
+MACRO {spu} {"Soviet Physics-Uspeki"}
+% Now we read in the .BIB entries.
+READ
+% The sortify function converts to lower case after purify$ing; it's
+% used in sorting and in computing alphabetic labels after sorting
+%
+% The chop.word(w,len,s) function returns either s or, if the first len
+% letters of s equals w (this comparison is done in the third line of the
+% function's definition), it returns that part of s after w.
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels
+%
+% The format.lab.names function makes a short label by using the initials of
+% the von and Last parts of the names (but if there are more than four names,
+% (i.e., people) it truncates after three and adds a superscripted "+";
+% it also adds such a "+" if the last of multiple authors is "others").
+% If there is only one name, and its von and Last parts combined have just
+% a single name-token ("Knuth" has a single token, "Brinch Hansen" has two),
+% we take the first three letters of the last name.  The boolean
+% et.al.char.used tells whether we've used a superscripted "+", so that we
+% know whether to include a LaTeX macro for it.
+%
+% format.lab.names(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	numnames := num.names$(s)
+%	if numnames > 1 then
+%	    if numnames > 4 then
+%		namesleft := 3
+%	    else
+%		namesleft := numnames
+%	    nameptr := 1
+%	    nameresult := ""
+%	    while namesleft > 0
+%	      do
+%		if (name_ptr = numnames) and
+%		     format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}") = "others"
+%		   then nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+%			et.al.char.used := true
+%		   else nameresult := nameresult *
+%				format.name$(s, nameptr, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+%		nameptr := nameptr + 1
+%		namesleft := namesleft - 1
+%	      od
+%	    if numnames > 4 then
+%		nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+%		et.al.char.used := true
+%	else
+%	    t := format.name$(s, 1, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+%	    if text.length$(t) < 2 then	% there's just one name-token
+%		nameresult := text.prefix$(format.name$(s,1,"{ll}"),3)
+%	    else
+%		nameresult := t
+%	    fi
+%	fi
+%	return nameresult
+%  END
+%
+% Exactly what fields we look at in constructing the primary part of the label
+% depends on the entry type; this selectivity (as opposed to, say, always
+% looking at author, then editor, then key) helps ensure that "ignored" fields,
+% as described in the LaTeX book, really are ignored.  Note that MISC is part
+% of the deepest `else' clause in the nested part of calc.label; thus, any
+% unrecognized entry type in the database is handled correctly.
+%
+% There is one auxiliary function for each of the four different sequences of
+% fields we use.  The first of these functions looks at the author field, and
+% then, if necessary, the key field.  The other three functions, which might
+% look at two fields and the key field, are similar, except that the key field
+% takes precedence over the organization field (for labels---not for sorting).
+%
+% The calc.label function calculates the preliminary label of an entry, which
+% is formed by taking three letters of information from the author or editor or
+% key or organization field (depending on the entry type and on what's empty,
+% but ignoring a leading "The " in the organization), and appending the last
+% two characters (digits) of the year. It is an error if the appropriate fields
+% among author, editor, organization, and key are missing, and we use
+% the first three letters of the cite$ in desperation when this happens.
+% The resulting label has the year part, but not the name part, purify$ed
+% (purify$ing the year allows some sorting shenanigans by the user).
+%
+% This function also calculates the version of the label to be used in sorting.
+%
+% The final label may need a trailing 'a', 'b', etc., to distinguish it from
+% otherwise identical labels, but we can't calculated those "extra.label"s
+% until after sorting.
+%
+% calc.label ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if type$ = "book" or "inbook" then
+%	    author.editor.key.label
+%	else if type$ = "proceedings" then
+%	    editor.key.organization.label
+%	else if type$ = "manual" then
+%	    author.key.organization.label
+%	else
+%	    author.key.label
+%	fi fi fi
+%	label := label * substring$(purify$(field.or.null(year)), -1, 2)
+%		% assuming we will also sort, we calculate a sort.label
+%	sort.label := sortify(label), but use the last four, not two, digits
+%  END
+% When sorting, we compute the sortkey by executing "presort" on each entry.
+% The presort key contains a number of "sortify"ed strings, concatenated
+% with multiple blanks between them.  This makes things like "brinch  per"
+% come before "brinch hansen  per".
+%
+% The fields used here are: the sort.label for alphabetic labels (as set by
+% calc.label), followed by the author names (or editor names or organization
+% (with a leading "The " removed) or key field, depending on entry type and on
+% what's empty), followed by year, followed by the first bit of the title
+% (chopping off a leading "The ", "A ", or "An ").
+% Names are formatted: Von Last First Junior.
+% The names within a part will be separated by a single blank
+% (such as "brinch hansen"), two will separate the name parts themselves
+% (except the von and last), three will separate the names,
+% four will separate the names from year (and from label, if alphabetic),
+% and four will separate year from title.
+%
+% The sort.format.names function takes an argument that should be in
+% BibTeX name format, and returns a string containing "   "-separated
+% names in the format described above.  The function is almost the same
+% as format.names.
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels, when sorted
+%
+% Now comes the final computation for alphabetic labels, putting in the 'a's
+% and 'b's and so forth if required.  This involves two passes: a forward
+% pass to put in the 'b's, 'c's and so on, and a backwards pass
+% to put in the 'a's (we don't want to put in 'a's unless we know there
+% are 'b's).
+% We have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+%
+% VAR: longest.label, last.sort.label, next.extra: string
+%      longest.label.width, last.extra.num: integer
+%
+% initialize.longest.label ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	longest.label := ""
+%	last.sort.label := int.to.chr$(0)
+%	next.extra := ""
+%	longest.label.width := 0
+%	last.extra.num := 0
+%  END
+%
+% forward.pass ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if last.sort.label = sort.label then
+%	    last.extra.num := last.extra.num + 1
+%	    extra.label := int.to.chr$(last.extra.num)
+%	else
+%	    last.extra.num := chr.to.int$("a")
+%	    extra.label := ""
+%	    last.sort.label := sort.label
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% reverse.pass ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if next.extra = "b" then
+%	    extra.label := "a"
+%	fi
+%	label := label * extra.label
+%	if width$(label) > longest.label.width then
+%	    longest.label := label
+%	    longest.label.width := width$(label)
+%	fi
+%	next.extra := extra.label
+%  END
+% Now comes the computation for numeric labels.
+% We use either the sorted order or original order.
+% We still have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+  #1 'number.label :=
+  #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+  number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+  label width$ longest.label.width >
+    { label 'longest.label :=
+      label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+    }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+% Now we're ready to start writing the .BBL file.
+% We begin, if necessary, with a LaTeX macro for unnamed names in an alphabetic
+% label; next comes stuff from the `preamble' command in the database files.
+% Then we give an incantation containing the command
+%     \begin{thebibliography}{...}
+% where the `...' is the longest label.
+%
+% We also call init.state.consts, for use by the output routines.
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{"  longest.label  * "}" * write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+% Now we produce the output for all the entries
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+% Finally, we finish up by writing the `\end{thebibliography}' command.
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phpf.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phpf.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a55d62d9e35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phpf.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1877 @@
+% BibTeX styles for various physics journals (27-Feb-1990).
+% This file, physics.btx, is based on the file btxbst.doc.
+	% Please notify Charles Karney (Karney@Princeton.EDU)
+	% of any bugs, improvements, etc.
+% Run this file through cpp to get specific versions.  I have written
+% a version of cpp within Emacs.  To access it put
+%	(autoload 'cpp "tex$bibtex:cpp"		; Use cpp for BibTeX styles
+%		  "C preprocessor"
+%		  t)
+% into your .emacs file.  Read in this file with
+%	emacs tex$bibtex:physics.btx
+% and run cpp with e.g.,
+%	M-x cpp <ret> aip <ret>
+% Save the resulting file to tex$latex:aip.bst.
+% To accomodate the variations we need (in addition to the definitions below)
+%	ATIT_SUPPRESS:	do not include the titles of journal articles
+%	NAME_INVERT:	put the initials last
+%	NAME_UPPER:	convert names to all caps.
+%	MONTH_SUPPRESS:	do not include months in journal articles
+%	PAREN_DATE:	dates go in parens in journal articles
+%	DATE_FIRST:	dates go before page numbers
+%	VOLUME_SPACE:	volume set off with space (not colon)
+%	NUM_SUPPRESS:	do not include numbers in journal articles
+%	BOLD_VOL:	volume numbers in bold face in journal articles
+%	BRACKET_NOTE:	notes in brackets
+%	PAGE_START_J:	include only starting page for journal articles
+%	PAGE_START_O:	include only starting page for other entries
+%	PAGE_ABBREV:	abbreviate page to p. and pages to pp.
+%	PHYSICS_JOUR:	include abbreviations for Physics journals
+%	COMMA_DELIMIT:	use comma (instead of period) to divide a citation
+%	NOTE_SUPPRESS:	suppress the note
+%	MAX_NAMES:	max number of authors before using et al (0 = infinity)
+%	MIN_NAMES:	number of authors to list with et al.
+%	EDIT_VAR:	use "edited by ..." instead of "..., editors"
+%	RMP_LABELS:	create RMP-style labels
+%	KEY_CITE:	use key as label
+%	NAMED_REFS:	use (Smith, 1988) style of citations
+%	CSC_NAMES:	names set in caps and small caps
+%	JOUR_DEEMPH:	don't emphasize journal name
+%	ETAL_EMPH:	emphasize et al.
+%	ALT_INCOLL	alternate ordering of fields in incollections
+% These are all boolean (0 or 1) except for MAX_NAMES and MIN_NAMES.
+% These need to satisfy 0 <= MIN_NAMES <= MAX_NAMES.
+% The rule here is that if all these are defined to be zero, we revert to
+% the standard styles.  For that reason we initialize them all to 0.
+% These are the original macros
+	% For Physics of Fluids, which now wants ALL the authors
+	%  (Same as AIP but infinite names, abbreviate pages, and
+	%  alternate incollection)
+% This is the start of btxbst.doc
+% BibTeX `plain' family
+	% version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+	% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+	% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+	% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+	% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+	% btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+	% This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+	% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+% Please notify Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU) of any bugs in
+% these standard styles or in this documentation file.
+%
+% This is file btxbxt.doc; it helps document bibliography styles,
+% and is also a template file that you can use to make
+% several different style files, if you have access to a C preprocessor.
+% For example, the standard styles were made by doing something like
+%	cpp -P -DPLAIN btxbst.doc plain.txt
+%	cpp -P -DUNSRT btxbst.doc unsrt.txt
+%	cpp -P -DALPHA btxbst.doc alpha.txt
+%	cpp -P -DABBRV btxbst.doc abbrv.txt
+% and then renaming after removing unwanted comments and blank lines.
+% If you don't have access,
+% you can edit this file by hand to imitate the preprocessor,
+% with the following explanation of the C preprocessor constructs used here.
+%
+% The output of the preprocessor is the same as the input, except that certain
+% lines will be excluded (and some blank lines will be added).  The sequence
+%	#if VAR
+%	    lines to be included when VAR is not zero
+%	#else
+%	    lines to be included when VAR is zero
+%	#endif
+% (with the #-signs appearing in column 1) means that one set or the other of
+% the lines are to be included depending on the value of VAR.
+% The #else part is optional.  Comments can be added after #else and #endif.
+% Variables can be set by
+%	#define VAR value
+% and one can also use #ifdef VAR to see if VAR has any value, and #ifndef
+% to see if it has none.
+% Another #if form used in this file is #if !VAR, which includes the lines
+% after the #if only if VAR is zero.
+%
+% Convention: Use all uppercase identifiers for these preprocessor variables
+% so you can spot them easily
+%
+% The command line to the preprocessor should define one of PLAIN, UNSRT, ALPHA
+% or ABBRV (though PLAIN will be used by default if none is given),
+% and the following lines will set various boolean variables to control the
+% various lines that are chosen from the rest of the file.
+% Each boolean variable should be set true (1) or false (0) in each style.
+% Here are the current variables, and their meanings:
+%	0:	an alphabetic label is used (if false then a numeric
+%			    label is used)
+%	0:		the entries should be sorted by label (if nonnumeric)
+%			    and other info, like authors (if false, then
+%			    entries remain in order of occurrence)
+%	0:	the authors, editors, etc., get the full names as
+%			    given in the bibliography file (if false, the first
+%			    names become initials)
+%	1:	titles of non-"books" (e.g., articles) should be
+%			    converted to lower-case, except the first letter or
+%			    first letter after a colon
+%			    (if false then they appear as in the database)
+%	0:	months are spelled out in full (if false, then
+%			    they're abbreviated)
+%	0:	macro journal names are spelled out in full
+%			    (if false then they are abbreviated, currently
+%			    as they appear in ACM publications)
+%#	    define PLAIN 1
+%
+%   Entry formatting: Similar to that recommended by Mary-Claire van Leunen
+%	in "A Handbook for Scholars".  Book-like titles are italicized
+%	(emphasized) and non-book titles are converted to sentence
+%	capitilization (and not enclosed in quotes).
+%	This file outputs a \newblock between major blocks of an entry
+%	(the name \newblock is analogous to the names \newline and \newpage)
+%	so that the user can obtain an "open" format, which has a line break
+%	before each block and lines after the first are indented within blocks,
+%	by giving the optional \documentstyle argument `openbib';
+%	The default is the "closed" format---blocks runs together.
+%
+%   Citation alphabetic label format:
+%		[Knu73] for single author (or editor or key)
+%		[AHU83] (first letters of last names) for multiple authors
+%
+%   Citation label numberic format:
+%		[number]
+%
+%   Reference list ordering for sorted, alphabetic lables:
+%		alphabetical by citation label, then by author(s) or whatever
+%		passes for author in the absence of one, then by year,
+%		then title
+%
+%   Reference list ordering for sorted, numeric lables:
+%		alphabetical by author(s) or whatever passes
+%		for author in the absence of one, then by year, then title
+%
+%   Reference list ordering for unsorted:
+%		by the order cited in the text
+%
+%   History
+%   12/16/84	(HWT)	Original `plain' version, by Howard Trickey.
+%   12/23/84	(LL)	Some comments made by Leslie Lamport.
+%    2/16/85	(OP)	Changes based on LL's comments, Oren Patashnik.
+%    2/17/85	(HWT)	Template file and other standard styles made.
+%    3/28/85	(OP)	First release, version 0.98b for BibTeX 0.98f.
+%    5/ 9/85	(OP)	Version 0.98c for BibTeX 0.98i:
+%			fixed Theoretical Computer Science macro name;
+%			fixed the format.vol.num.pages function.
+%    1/24/88	(OP)	Version 0.99a for BibTeX 0.99a, main changes:
+%			assignment operator (:=) arguments reversed;
+%			the preamble$ function outputs the database PREAMBLE;
+%			entry.max$ and global.max$ (built-in) variables replace
+%			entry.string.max and global.string.max functions;
+%			alphabetizing by year then title, not just title;
+%			many unnecessary ties removed; \it ==> \em;
+%			the `alpha' style uses a superscripted `+' instead of a
+%			`*' for unnamed names in constructing the label;
+%			the `abbrv' style now uses "Mar." and "Sept.";
+%			the functions calc.label and presort now look at just
+%			the fields they're supposed to;
+%			BOOKLET, MASTERSTHESIS, TECHREPORT use nonbook titles;
+%			INBOOK and INCOLLECTION take an optional type (e.g.
+%			type = "Section"), overriding the default "chapter";
+%			BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, and PROCEEDINGS now allow
+%			either volume or number, not just volume;
+%			INCOLLECTION now allows an edition and series field;
+%			PROCEEDINGS and INPROCEEDINGS now use the address field
+%			to tell where a conference was held;
+%			INPROCEEDINGS and PROCEEDINGS now allow either volume
+%			or number, and also a series field;
+%			MASTERSTHESIS and PHDTHESIS accept types other than
+%			"Master's thesis" and "PhD thesis";
+%			UNPUBLISHED now outputs, in one block, note then date;
+%			MANUAL now prints out the organization in
+%			the first block if the author field is empty;
+%			MISC can't be empty---it requires some optional field.
+%    3/23/88	(OP)	Version 0.99b for BibTeX 0.99c---changed the three
+%			erroneous occurrences of `cite ' to `cite$ '; this
+%			change didn't affect the four standard styles, so the
+%			0.99a versions of those styles are still current.
+%
+% The ENTRY declaration
+%   Like Scribe's (according to pages 231-2 of the April '84 edition),
+%   but no fullauthor or editors fields because BibTeX does name handling.
+%   The annote field is commented out here because this family doesn't
+%   include an annotated bibliography style.  And in addition to the fields
+%   listed here, BibTeX has a built-in crossref field, explained later.
+ENTRY
+% Fields:
+  { address
+%	    Usually the address of a publisher or other type of organization.
+%	    Put information in this field only if it helps the reader find the
+%	    thing---for example you should omit the address of a major
+%	    publisher entirely.  For a PROCEEDINGS or an INPROCEEDINGS,
+%	    however, it's the address of the conference; for those two entry
+%	    types, include the publisher's or organization's address, if
+%	    necessary, in the publisher or organization field.
+%    annote
+%	    Long annotation---for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence).
+    author
+%	    Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format.
+    booktitle
+%	    Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book.
+%	    For book entries, the title field should be used instead.
+    chapter
+%	    Chapter (or section or whatever) number.
+    edition
+%	    Edition of a book---should be an ordinal (e.g., "Second").
+    editor
+%	    Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format.
+%	    If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be
+%	    for the book or collection that the work appears in.
+    howpublished
+%	     How something strange has been published (begins sentence).
+    institution
+%	    Sponsoring institution of a technical report.
+    journal
+%	    Journal name (macros are provided for many).
+    key
+%	    Alphabetizing, labeling, and cross-referencing key
+%	    (needed when an entry has no author or editor).
+    month
+%	    Month (macros are provided).
+    note
+%	    To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence).
+    number
+%	    Number of a journal or technical report, or of a work in a series.
+    organization
+%	    Organization sponsoring a conference (or publishing a manual); if
+%	    the editor (or author) is empty, and if the organization produces
+%	    an awkward label or cross reference, you should put appropriately
+%	    condensed organization information in the key field as well.
+    pages
+%	    Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range, use `+'
+%	    to indicate pages following that don't form a simple range).
+    publisher
+%	    Publisher name.
+    school
+%	    School name (for theses).
+    series
+%	    The name of a series or set of books.
+%	    An individual book will will also have it's own title.
+    title
+%	    The title of the thing you're referred to.
+    type
+%	    Type of a Techreport (e.g., "Research Note") to be used instead of
+%	    the default "Technical Report"; or, similarly, the type of a
+%	    thesis; or of a part of a book.
+    volume
+%	    The volume number of a journal or multivolume work.
+    year
+%	    The year should contain only numerals (technically, it should end
+%	    with four numerals, after purification; doesn't a begin sentence).
+  }
+% There are no integer entry variables
+  {}
+% These string entry variables are used to form the citation label.
+% In a storage pinch, sort.label can be easily computed on the fly.
+  { label }
+% Each entry function starts by calling output.bibitem, to write the
+% \bibitem and its arguments to the .BBL file.  Then the various fields
+% are formatted and printed by output or output.check.  Those functions
+% handle the writing of separators (commas, periods, \newblock's),
+% taking care not to do so when they are passed a null string.
+% Finally, fin.entry is called to add the final period and finish the
+% entry.
+%
+% A bibliographic reference is formatted into a number of `blocks':
+% in the open format, a block begins on a new line and subsequent
+% lines of the block are indented.  A block may contain more than
+% one sentence (well, not a grammatical sentence, but something to
+% be ended with a sentence ending period).  The entry functions should
+% call new.block whenever a block other than the first is about to be
+% started.  They should call new.sentence whenever a new sentence is
+% to be started.  The output functions will ensure that if two
+% new.sentence's occur without any non-null string being output between
+% them then there won't be two periods output.  Similarly for two
+% successive new.block's.
+%
+% The output routines don't write their argument immediately.
+% Instead, by convention, that argument is saved on the stack to be
+% output next time (when we'll know what separator needs to come
+% after it).  Meanwhile, the output routine has to pop the pending
+% output off the stack, append any needed separator, and write it.
+%
+% To tell which separator is needed, we maintain an output.state.
+% It will be one of these values:
+%	before.all		just after the \bibitem
+%	mid.sentence		in the middle of a sentence: comma needed
+%					if more sentence is output
+%	after.sentence		just after a sentence: period needed
+%	after.block		just after a block (and sentence):
+%					period and \newblock needed.
+% Note: These styles don't use after.sentence
+%
+% VAR: output.state : INTEGER		-- state variable for output
+%
+% The output.nonnull function saves its argument (assumed to be nonnull)
+% on the stack, and writes the old saved value followed by any needed
+% separator.  The ordering of the tests is decreasing frequency of
+% occurrence.
+%
+% output.nonnull(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	s := argument on stack
+%	if output.state = mid.sentence then
+%	    write$(pop() * ", ")
+%		  -- "pop" isn't a function: just use stack top
+%	else
+%	    if output.state = after.block then
+%		write$(add.period$(pop()))
+%		newline$
+%		write$("\newblock ")
+%	    else
+%		if output.state = before.all then
+%		    write$(pop())
+%		else	    -- output.state should be after.sentence
+%		    write$(add.period$(pop()) * " ")
+%		fi
+%	    fi
+%	    output.state := mid.sentence
+%	fi
+%	push s on stack
+%  END
+%
+% The output function calls output.nonnull if its argument is non-empty;
+% its argument may be a missing field (thus, not necessarily a string)
+%
+% output(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if not empty$(s) then output.nonnull(s)
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% The output.check function is the same as the output function except that, if
+% necessary, output.check warns the user that the t field shouldn't be empty
+% (this is because it probably won't be a good reference without the field;
+% the entry functions try to make the formatting look reasonable even when
+% such fields are empty).
+%
+% output.check(s,t) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then
+%	    warning$("empty " * t * " in " * cite$)
+%	else output.nonnull(s)
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% The output.bibitem function writes the \bibitem for the current entry
+% (the label should already have been set up), and sets up the separator
+% state for the output functions.  And, it leaves a string on the stack
+% as per the output convention.
+%
+% output.bibitem ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	newline$
+%	write$("\bibitem[")	% for alphabetic labels,
+%	write$(label)		% these three lines
+%	write$("]{")		% are used
+%	write$("\bibitem{")		% this line for numeric labels
+%	write$(cite$)
+%	write$("}")
+%	push "" on stack
+%	output.state := before.all
+%  END
+%
+% The fin.entry function finishes off an entry by adding a period to the
+% string remaining on the stack.  If the state is still before.all
+% then nothing was produced for this entry, so the result will look bad,
+% but the user deserves it. (We don't omit the whole entry because the
+% entry was cited, and a bibitem is needed to define the citation label.)
+%
+% fin.entry ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	write$(add.period$(pop()))
+%	newline$
+%  END
+%
+% The new.block function prepares for a new block to be output, and
+% new.sentence prepares for a new sentence.
+%
+% new.block ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if output.state <> before.all then
+%	    output.state := after.block
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% new.sentence ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if output.state <> after.block then
+%	    if output.state <> before.all then
+%		output.state :=  after.sentence
+%	    fi
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+}
+% the variables s and t are temporary string holders
+STRINGS { s t }
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+	{ "," * write$
+	  newline$
+	  "\newblock " write$
+	}
+	{ output.state before.all =
+	    'write$
+	    { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+  "\bibitem{" write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+% This function finishes all entries.
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ skip$
+}
+% These three functions pop one or two (integer) arguments from the stack
+% and push a single one, either 0 or 1.
+% The 'skip$ in the `and' and `or' functions are used because
+% the corresponding if$ would be idempotent
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+% Sometimes we begin a new block only if the block will be big enough.  The
+% new.block.checka function issues a new.block if its argument is nonempty;
+% new.block.checkb does the same if either of its TWO arguments is nonempty.
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+% The new.sentence.check functions are analogous.
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+% Here are some functions for formatting chunks of an entry.
+% By convention they either produce a string that can be followed by
+% a comma or period (using add.period$, so it is OK to end in a period),
+% or they produce the null string.
+%
+% A useful utility is the field.or.null function, which checks if the
+% argument is the result of pushing a `missing' field (one for which no
+% assignment was made when the current entry was read in from the database)
+% or the result of pushing a string having no non-white-space characters.
+% It returns the null string if so, otherwise it returns the field string.
+% Its main (but not only) purpose is to guarantee that what's left on the
+% stack is a string rather than a missing field.
+%
+% field.or.null(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then return ""
+%	else return s
+%  END
+%
+% Another helper function is emphasize, which returns the argument emphazised,
+% if that is non-empty, otherwise it returns the null string.  Italic
+% corrections aren't used, so this function should be used when punctation
+% will follow the result.
+%
+% emphasize(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then return ""
+%	else return "{\em " * s * "}"
+%
+% The format.names function formats the argument (which should be in
+% BibTeX name format) into "First Von Last, Junior", separated by commas
+% and with an "and" before the last (but ending with "et~al." if the last
+% of multiple authors is "others").  This function's argument should always
+% contain at least one name.
+%
+% VAR: nameptr, namesleft, numnames: INTEGER
+% pseudoVAR: nameresult: STRING		(it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% format.names(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	nameptr := 1
+%	numnames := num.names$(s)
+%	namesleft := numnames
+%	while namesleft > 0
+%	  do
+%				% for full names:
+%	    t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+%				% for abbreviated first names:
+%	    t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+%	    if nameptr > 1 then
+%		if namesleft > 1 then nameresult := nameresult * ", " * t
+%		else if numnames > 2
+%		       then nameresult := nameresult * ","
+%		     fi
+%		     if t = "others"
+%		       then nameresult := nameresult * " et~al."
+%		       else nameresult := nameresult * " and " * t
+%		     fi
+%		fi
+%	    else nameresult := t
+%	    fi
+%	    nameptr := nameptr + 1
+%	    namesleft := namesleft - 1
+%	  od
+%	return nameresult
+%  END
+%
+% The format.authors function returns the result of format.names(author)
+% if the author is present, or else it returns the null string
+%
+% format.authors ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(author) then return ""
+%	else return format.names(author)
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% Format.editors is like format.authors, but it uses the editor field,
+% and appends ", editor" or ", editors"
+%
+% format.editors ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(editor) then return ""
+%	else
+%	    if num.names$(editor) > 1 then
+%		return format.names(editor) * ", editors"
+%	    else
+%		return format.names(editor) * ", editor"
+%	    fi
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% Other formatting functions are similar, so no "comment version" will be
+% given for them.
+%
+% The `pop$' in this function gets rid of the duplicate `empty' value and
+% the `skip$' returns the duplicate field value
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {embolden}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {paren}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "(" swap$ * ")" * }
+  if$
+}
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+      nameptr #1 >
+	{ namesleft #1 >
+	    { ", " * t * }
+	    { numnames #2 >
+		{ "," * }
+		'skip$
+	      if$
+	      t "others" =
+		{ " et~al." * }
+		{ " and " * t * }
+	      if$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+	{ ", editors" * }
+	{ ", editor" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.edited}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "edited by " editor format.names * }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.title function is used for non-book-like titles.
+% For most styles we convert to lowercase (except for the very first letter,
+% and except for the first one after a colon (followed by whitespace)),
+% and hope the user has brace-surrounded words that need to stay capitilized;
+% for some styles, however, we leave it as it is in the database.
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { title "t" change.case$ }
+  if$
+}
+% By default, BibTeX sets the global integer variable global.max$ to the BibTeX
+% constant glob_str_size, the maximum length of a global string variable.
+% Analogously, BibTeX sets the global integer variable entry.max$ to
+% ent_str_size, the maximum length of an entry string variable.
+% The style designer may change these if necessary (but this is unlikely)
+% The n.dashify function makes each single `-' in a string a double `--'
+% if it's not already
+%
+% pseudoVAR: pageresult: STRING		(it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% n.dashify(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	t := s
+%	pageresult := ""
+%	while (not empty$(t))
+%	  do
+%	    if (first character of t = "-")
+%	      then
+%		if (next character isn't)
+%		  then
+%		    pageresult := pageresult * "--"
+%		    t := t with the "-" removed
+%		  else
+%		    while (first character of t = "-")
+%		      do
+%			pageresult := pageresult * "-"
+%			t := t with the "-" removed
+%		      od
+%		fi
+%	      else
+%		pageresult := pageresult * the first character
+%		t := t with the first character removed
+%	    fi
+%	  od
+%	return pageresult
+%  END
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+	{ t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+	    { "--" *
+	      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	    }
+	    {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+		{ "-" *
+		  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+		}
+	      while$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ t #1 #1 substring$ *
+	  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+FUNCTION {first.page}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    {  t empty$ not t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = not and }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+% The format.date function is for the month and year, but we give a warning if
+% there's an empty year but the month is there, and we return the empty string
+% if they're both empty.
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+    { "" }
+    'year
+  if$
+}
+% The format.btitle is for formatting the title field when it is a book-like
+% entry---the style used here keeps it in uppers-and-lowers and emphasizes it.
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+% For several functions we'll need to connect two strings with a
+% tie (~) if the second one isn't very long (fewer than 3 characters).
+% The tie.or.space.connect function does that.  It concatenates the two
+% strings on top of the stack, along with either a tie or space between
+% them, and puts this concatenation back onto the stack:
+%
+% tie.or.space.connect(str1,str2) ==
+%    BEGIN
+%	if text.length$(str2) < 3
+%	  then return the concatenation of str1, "~", and str2
+%	  else return the concatenation of str1, " ", and str2
+%    END
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+% The either.or.check function complains if both fields or an either-or pair
+% are nonempty.
+%
+% either.or.check(t,s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then
+%	    warning$(can't use both " * t * " fields in " * cite$)
+%	fi
+%  END
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.bvolume function is for formatting the volume and perhaps
+% series name of a multivolume work.  If both a volume and a series field
+% are there, we assume the series field is the title of the whole multivolume
+% work (the title field should be the title of the thing being referred to),
+% and we add an "of <series>".  This function is called in mid-sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.number.series function is for formatting the series name
+% and perhaps number of a work in a series.  This function is similar to
+% format.bvolume, although for this one the series must exist (and the
+% volume must not exist).  If the number field is empty we output either
+% the series field unchanged if it exists or else the null string.
+% If both the number and series fields are there we assume the series field
+% gives the name of the whole series (the title field should be the title
+% of the work being one referred to), and we add an "in <series>".
+% We capitilize Number when this function is used at the beginning of a block.
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+	{ series field.or.null }
+	{ output.state mid.sentence =
+	    { "number" }
+	    { "Number" }
+	  if$
+	  number tie.or.space.connect
+	  series empty$
+	    { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	    { " in " * series * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.edition function appends " edition" to the edition, if present.
+% We lowercase the edition (it should be something like "Third"), because
+% this doesn't start a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+	{ edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+	{ edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.pages function is used for formatting a page range in a book
+% (and in rare circumstances, an article).
+%
+% The multi.page.check function examines the page field for a "-" or "," or "+"
+% so that format.pages can use "page" instead of "pages" if none exists.
+% Note: global.max$ here means "take the rest of the string"
+%
+% VAR: multiresult: INTEGER	(actually, a boolean)
+%
+% multi.page.check(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	t := s
+%	multiresult := false
+%	while ((not multiresult) and (not empty$(t)))
+%	  do
+%	    if (first character of t = "-" or "," or "+")
+%	      then multiresult := true
+%	      else t := t with the first character removed
+%	    fi
+%	  od
+%	return multiresult
+%  END
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+	{ #1 'multiresult := }
+	{ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+% This function doesn't begin a sentence so "pages" isn't capitalized.
+% Other functions that use this should keep that in mind.
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+	{ "pp." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+	{ "p." pages tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.pages.a}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "p." pages first.page tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.vol.num.pages function is for the volume, number, and page range
+% of a journal article.  We use the format:  vol(number):pages, with some
+% variations for empty fields.  This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null embolden
+  " " swap$ * *
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+	{ pop$ format.pages.a }
+	{ ", " * pages first.page * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.chapter.pages, if the chapter is present, puts whatever is in the
+% type field (or else "chapter" if type is empty) in front of a chapter number.
+% It then appends the pages, if present.  This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+	{ "chapter" }
+	{ type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.in.ed.booktitle function is used for starting out a sentence
+% that begins "In <booktitle>", putting an editor before the title if one
+% exists.
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+	{ "in " booktitle emphasize * }
+	{ "in " booktitle emphasize * ", " * format.edited * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The function empty.misc.check complains if all six fields are empty, and
+% if there's been no sorting or alphabetic-label complaint.
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+  month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+  and and and and and
+    { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+% The function format.thesis.type returns either the (case-changed) type field,
+% if it is defined, or else the default string already on the stack
+% (like "Master's thesis" or "PhD thesis").
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The function format.tr.number makes a string starting with "Technical Report"
+% (or type, if that field is defined), followed by the number if there is one;
+% it returns the starting part (with a case change) even if there is no number.
+% This is used at the beginning of a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+% Now come the cross-referencing functions (these are invoked because
+% one entry in the database file(s) cross-references another, by giving
+% the other entry's database key in a `crossref' field).  This feature
+% allows one or more titled things that are part of a larger titled
+% thing to cross-reference the larger thing.  These styles allow for
+% five posibilities: (1) an ARTICLE may cross-reference an ARTICLE;
+% (2) a BOOK, (3) INBOOK, or (4) INCOLLECTION may cross-reference a BOOK;
+% or (5) an INPROCEEDINGS may cross-reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Each of these is explained in more detail later.
+%
+% An ARTICLE entry type may cross reference another ARTICLE (this is
+% intended for when an entire journal is devoted to a single topic---
+% but since there is no JOURNAL entry type, the journal, too, should be
+% classified as an ARTICLE but without the author and title fields).
+% This will result in two warning messages for the journal's entry
+% if it's included in the reference list, but such is life.
+%
+% format.article.crossref ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(key) then
+%	    if empty$(journal) then
+%		warning$("need key or journal for " * cite$ *
+%						" to crossref " * crossref)
+%		return(" \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+%	    else
+%		return("In " * emphazise.correct (journal) *
+%						" \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+%		fi
+%	else
+%	    return("In " * key * " \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% The other cross-referencing functions are similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+    { journal empty$
+	{ "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+	  warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ "In " journal * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " key * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% We use just the last names of editors for a cross reference: either
+% "editor", or "editor1 and editor2", or "editor1 et~al." depending on
+% whether there are one, or two, or more than two editors.
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  editor num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " et~al." * }
+    { #2 <
+	'skip$
+	{ editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+	    { " et~al." * }
+	    { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% A BOOK (or INBOOK) entry type (assumed to be for a single volume in a
+% multivolume work) may cross reference another BOOK (the entire multivolume).
+% Usually there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct the
+% cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else the series
+% field (since the series gives the title of the multivolume work).
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In "
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+	{ series empty$
+	    { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+	      crossref * warning$
+	      "" *
+	    }
+	    { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% An INCOLLECTION entry type may cross reference a BOOK (assumed to be the
+% collection), or an INPROCEEDINGS may cross reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Often there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct
+% the cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else
+% the booktitle field (which gives the cross-referenced work's title).
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+	{ booktitle empty$
+	    { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+	      crossref * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ "In " key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% Now we define the type functions for all entry types that may appear
+% in the .BIB file---e.g., functions like `article' and `book'.  These
+% are the routines that actually generate the .BBL-file output for
+% the entry.  These must all precede the READ command.  In addition, the
+% style designer should have a function `default.type' for unknown types.
+% Note: The fields (within each list) are listed in order of appearance,
+% except as described for an `inbook' or a `proceedings'.
+%
+% The article function is for an article in a journal.  An article may
+% CROSSREF another article.
+%	Required fields: author, title, journal, year
+%	Optional fields: volume, number, pages, month, note
+%
+% article ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	output.bibitem
+%	output.check(format.authors,"author")
+%	new.block
+%	output.check(format.title,"title")
+%	new.block
+%	if missing$(crossref) then
+%	    output.check(emphasize(journal),"journal")
+%	    output(format.vol.num.pages)
+%	    output.check(format.date,"year")
+%       else
+%	    output.nonnull(format.article.crossref)
+%	    output(format.pages)
+%	fi
+%	new.block
+%	output(note)
+%	fin.entry
+%  END
+%
+% The book function is for a whole book.  A book may CROSSREF another book.
+%	Required fields: author or editor, title, publisher, year
+%	Optional fields: volume or number, series, address, edition, month,
+%			note
+%
+% book ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(author) then output.check(format.editors,"author and editor")
+%	else	output.check(format.authors,"author")
+%		if missing$(crossref) then
+%		    either.or.check("author and editor",editor)
+%		fi
+%	fi
+%	new.block
+%	output.check(format.btitle,"title")
+%	if missing$(crossref) then
+%	    output(format.bvolume)
+%	    new.block
+%	    output(format.number.series)
+%	    new.sentence
+%	    output.check(publisher,"publisher")
+%	    output(address)
+%       else
+%	    new.block
+%	    output.nonnull(format.book.crossref)
+%	fi
+%	output(format.edition)
+%	output.check(format.date,"year")
+%	new.block
+%	output(note)
+%	fin.entry
+%  END
+%
+% The other entry functions are all quite similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal field.or.null
+      format.vol.num.pages 
+      format.date empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ duplicate$ empty$
+	    { pop$ format.date paren }
+            { " " * format.date paren * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+      output
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A booklet is a bound thing without a publisher or sponsoring institution.
+%	Required: title
+%	Optional: author, howpublished, address, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  howpublished address new.block.checkb
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% For the conference entry type, see inproceedings.
+% An inbook is a piece of a book: either a chapter and/or a page range.
+% It may CROSSREF a book.  If there's no volume field, the type field
+% will come before number and series.
+%	Required: author or editor, title, chapter and/or pages, publisher,year
+%	Optional: volume or number, series, type, address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% An incollection is like inbook, but where there is a separate title
+% for the referenced thing (and perhaps an editor for the whole).
+% An incollection may CROSSREF a book.
+%	Required: author, title, booktitle, publisher, year
+%	Optional: editor, volume or number, series, type, chapter, pages,
+%			address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+      format.edition output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% An inproceedings is an article in a conference proceedings, and it may
+% CROSSREF a proceedings.  If there's no address field, the month (& year)
+% will appear just before note.
+%	Required: author, title, booktitle, year
+%	Optional: editor, volume or number, series, pages, address, month,
+%			organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.pages output
+      address empty$
+	{ organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+	  organization output
+	  publisher output
+	  format.date "year" output.check
+	}
+	{ address output.nonnull
+	  format.date "year" output.check
+	  new.sentence
+	  organization output
+	  publisher output
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% The conference function is included for Scribe compatibility.
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+% A manual is technical documentation.
+%	Required: title
+%	Optional: author, organization, address, edition, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ organization output.nonnull
+	  address output
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	{ address new.block.checka
+	  address output
+	}
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+    { organization address new.block.checkb
+      organization output
+      address output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A mastersthesis is a Master's thesis.
+%	Required: author, title, school, year
+%	Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A misc is something that doesn't fit elsewhere.
+%	Required: at least one of the `optional' fields
+%	Optional: author, title, howpublished, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  title howpublished new.block.checkb
+  format.title output
+  howpublished new.block.checka
+  howpublished output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  empty.misc.check
+}
+% A phdthesis is like a mastersthesis.
+%	Required: author, title, school, year
+%	Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A proceedings is a conference proceedings.
+% If there is an organization but no editor field, the organization will
+% appear as the first optional field (we try to make the first block nonempty);
+% if there's no address field, the month (& year) will appear just before note.
+%	Required: title, year
+%	Optional: editor, volume or number, series, address, month,
+%			organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  editor empty$
+    { organization output }
+    { format.editors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ publisher new.sentence.checka }
+	{ organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+	  organization output
+	}
+      if$
+      publisher output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { address output.nonnull
+      format.date "year" output.check
+      new.sentence
+      editor empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ organization output }
+      if$
+      publisher output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A techreport is a technical report.
+%	Required: author, title, institution, year
+%	Optional: type, number, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% An unpublished is something that hasn't been published.
+%	Required: author, title, note
+%	Optional: month, year
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  format.date output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% We use entry type `misc' for an unknown type; BibTeX gives a warning.
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+% Here are macros for common things that may vary from style to style.
+% Users are encouraged to use these macros.
+%
+% Months are either written out in full or abbreviated
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+MACRO {sep} {"Sept."}
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+% Journals are either written out in full or abbreviated;
+% the abbreviations are like those found in ACM publications.
+%
+% To get a completely different set of abbreviations, it may be best to make
+% a separate .bib file with nothing but those abbreviations; users could then
+% include that file name as the first argument to the \bibliography command
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."}
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."}
+MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"}
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."}
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."}
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."}
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."}
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"}
+MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."}
+MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"}
+MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."}
+MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Programming"}
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."}
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."}
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."}
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Gr."}
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Softw."}
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."}
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Prog. Lang. Syst."}
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput. Sci."}
+%% /usr/local/lib/tex/bibtex/phyjfull.btx, Tue Jun 30 08:37:48 1992
+%% Edit by Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@alfred.math.utah.edu>
+%% Change file names in leading comment
+% Journal Title Abbreviations from the Physical Review Style and Notation
+%	Guide, July, 1983, in BAPS Vol. 28.
+%  Selected by Cris Barnes and Charles Karney, March 1988
+% IMPORTANT!! Don't make changes to this file without making the
+% 	      corresponding changes to
+%			phyjabb.bib
+%			phyjabb.btx
+MACRO {advp} {"Advances in Physics"}
+MACRO {ajp} {"American Journal of Physics"}
+MACRO {ao} {"Applied Optics"}
+MACRO {apl} {"Applied Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {apj} {"Astrophysical Journal"}
+MACRO {baps} {"Bulletin of the American Physical Society"}
+MACRO {cpc} {"Computer Physics Communications"}
+MACRO {cppcf} {"Comments on Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {fed} {"Fusion Engineering and Design"}
+MACRO {ft} {"Fusion Technology"}
+MACRO {ieeens} {"IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science"}
+MACRO {ieeeps} {"IEEE Transactions on Plasma Science"}
+MACRO {ijimw} {"International Journal of Infrared and Millimeter Waves"}
+MACRO {ip} {"Infrared Physics"}
+MACRO {jap} {"Journal of Applied Physics"}
+MACRO {jcp} {"Journal of Computational Physics"}
+MACRO {jetp} {"Soviet Physics-JETP"}
+MACRO {jfe} {"Journal of Fusion Energy"}
+MACRO {jfm} {"Journal of Fluid Mechanics"}
+MACRO {jgr} {"Journal of Geophysical Research"}
+MACRO {jmp} {"Journal of Mathematical Physics"}
+MACRO {jne} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy"}
+MACRO {jnec} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy, Part C: Plasma Physics, Accelerators, Thermonuclear Research"}
+MACRO {jnm} {"Journal of Nuclear Materials"}
+MACRO {josa} {"Journal of the Optical Society of America"}
+MACRO {jpp} {"Journal of Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {jpsj} {"Journal of the Physical Society of Japan"}
+MACRO {jvst} {"Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology"}
+MACRO {nedf} {"Nuclear Engineering and Design/Fusion"}
+MACRO {nf} {"Nuclear Fusion"}
+MACRO {nim} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods"}
+MACRO {nimpr} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods in Physics Research"}
+MACRO {nt/f} {"Nuclear Technology/Fusion"}
+MACRO {pf} {"Physics of Fluids"}
+MACRO {pfa} {"Physics of Fluids A: Fluid Dynamics"}
+MACRO {pfb} {"Physics of Fluids B: Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {pl} {"Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {pla} {"Physics Letters A"}
+MACRO {pnas} {"Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA"}
+MACRO {pp} {"Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {ppcf} {"Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {prl} {"Physical Review Letters"}
+MACRO {pr} {"Physical Review"}
+MACRO {pra} {"Physical Review A: General Physics"}
+MACRO {ps} {"Physica Scripta"}
+MACRO {rmp} {"Reviews of Modern Physics"}
+MACRO {rsi} {"Review of Scientific Instruments"}
+MACRO {sjpp} {"Soviet Journal of Plasma Phys."}
+MACRO {spd} {"Soviet Physics-Doklady"}
+MACRO {sptp} {"Soviet Physics-Technical Physics"}
+MACRO {spu} {"Soviet Physics-Uspeki"}
+% Now we read in the .BIB entries.
+READ
+% The sortify function converts to lower case after purify$ing; it's
+% used in sorting and in computing alphabetic labels after sorting
+%
+% The chop.word(w,len,s) function returns either s or, if the first len
+% letters of s equals w (this comparison is done in the third line of the
+% function's definition), it returns that part of s after w.
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels
+%
+% The format.lab.names function makes a short label by using the initials of
+% the von and Last parts of the names (but if there are more than four names,
+% (i.e., people) it truncates after three and adds a superscripted "+";
+% it also adds such a "+" if the last of multiple authors is "others").
+% If there is only one name, and its von and Last parts combined have just
+% a single name-token ("Knuth" has a single token, "Brinch Hansen" has two),
+% we take the first three letters of the last name.  The boolean
+% et.al.char.used tells whether we've used a superscripted "+", so that we
+% know whether to include a LaTeX macro for it.
+%
+% format.lab.names(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	numnames := num.names$(s)
+%	if numnames > 1 then
+%	    if numnames > 4 then
+%		namesleft := 3
+%	    else
+%		namesleft := numnames
+%	    nameptr := 1
+%	    nameresult := ""
+%	    while namesleft > 0
+%	      do
+%		if (name_ptr = numnames) and
+%		     format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}") = "others"
+%		   then nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+%			et.al.char.used := true
+%		   else nameresult := nameresult *
+%				format.name$(s, nameptr, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+%		nameptr := nameptr + 1
+%		namesleft := namesleft - 1
+%	      od
+%	    if numnames > 4 then
+%		nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+%		et.al.char.used := true
+%	else
+%	    t := format.name$(s, 1, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+%	    if text.length$(t) < 2 then	% there's just one name-token
+%		nameresult := text.prefix$(format.name$(s,1,"{ll}"),3)
+%	    else
+%		nameresult := t
+%	    fi
+%	fi
+%	return nameresult
+%  END
+%
+% Exactly what fields we look at in constructing the primary part of the label
+% depends on the entry type; this selectivity (as opposed to, say, always
+% looking at author, then editor, then key) helps ensure that "ignored" fields,
+% as described in the LaTeX book, really are ignored.  Note that MISC is part
+% of the deepest `else' clause in the nested part of calc.label; thus, any
+% unrecognized entry type in the database is handled correctly.
+%
+% There is one auxiliary function for each of the four different sequences of
+% fields we use.  The first of these functions looks at the author field, and
+% then, if necessary, the key field.  The other three functions, which might
+% look at two fields and the key field, are similar, except that the key field
+% takes precedence over the organization field (for labels---not for sorting).
+%
+% The calc.label function calculates the preliminary label of an entry, which
+% is formed by taking three letters of information from the author or editor or
+% key or organization field (depending on the entry type and on what's empty,
+% but ignoring a leading "The " in the organization), and appending the last
+% two characters (digits) of the year. It is an error if the appropriate fields
+% among author, editor, organization, and key are missing, and we use
+% the first three letters of the cite$ in desperation when this happens.
+% The resulting label has the year part, but not the name part, purify$ed
+% (purify$ing the year allows some sorting shenanigans by the user).
+%
+% This function also calculates the version of the label to be used in sorting.
+%
+% The final label may need a trailing 'a', 'b', etc., to distinguish it from
+% otherwise identical labels, but we can't calculated those "extra.label"s
+% until after sorting.
+%
+% calc.label ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if type$ = "book" or "inbook" then
+%	    author.editor.key.label
+%	else if type$ = "proceedings" then
+%	    editor.key.organization.label
+%	else if type$ = "manual" then
+%	    author.key.organization.label
+%	else
+%	    author.key.label
+%	fi fi fi
+%	label := label * substring$(purify$(field.or.null(year)), -1, 2)
+%		% assuming we will also sort, we calculate a sort.label
+%	sort.label := sortify(label), but use the last four, not two, digits
+%  END
+% When sorting, we compute the sortkey by executing "presort" on each entry.
+% The presort key contains a number of "sortify"ed strings, concatenated
+% with multiple blanks between them.  This makes things like "brinch  per"
+% come before "brinch hansen  per".
+%
+% The fields used here are: the sort.label for alphabetic labels (as set by
+% calc.label), followed by the author names (or editor names or organization
+% (with a leading "The " removed) or key field, depending on entry type and on
+% what's empty), followed by year, followed by the first bit of the title
+% (chopping off a leading "The ", "A ", or "An ").
+% Names are formatted: Von Last First Junior.
+% The names within a part will be separated by a single blank
+% (such as "brinch hansen"), two will separate the name parts themselves
+% (except the von and last), three will separate the names,
+% four will separate the names from year (and from label, if alphabetic),
+% and four will separate year from title.
+%
+% The sort.format.names function takes an argument that should be in
+% BibTeX name format, and returns a string containing "   "-separated
+% names in the format described above.  The function is almost the same
+% as format.names.
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels, when sorted
+%
+% Now comes the final computation for alphabetic labels, putting in the 'a's
+% and 'b's and so forth if required.  This involves two passes: a forward
+% pass to put in the 'b's, 'c's and so on, and a backwards pass
+% to put in the 'a's (we don't want to put in 'a's unless we know there
+% are 'b's).
+% We have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+%
+% VAR: longest.label, last.sort.label, next.extra: string
+%      longest.label.width, last.extra.num: integer
+%
+% initialize.longest.label ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	longest.label := ""
+%	last.sort.label := int.to.chr$(0)
+%	next.extra := ""
+%	longest.label.width := 0
+%	last.extra.num := 0
+%  END
+%
+% forward.pass ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if last.sort.label = sort.label then
+%	    last.extra.num := last.extra.num + 1
+%	    extra.label := int.to.chr$(last.extra.num)
+%	else
+%	    last.extra.num := chr.to.int$("a")
+%	    extra.label := ""
+%	    last.sort.label := sort.label
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% reverse.pass ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if next.extra = "b" then
+%	    extra.label := "a"
+%	fi
+%	label := label * extra.label
+%	if width$(label) > longest.label.width then
+%	    longest.label := label
+%	    longest.label.width := width$(label)
+%	fi
+%	next.extra := extra.label
+%  END
+% Now comes the computation for numeric labels.
+% We use either the sorted order or original order.
+% We still have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+  #1 'number.label :=
+  #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+  number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+  label width$ longest.label.width >
+    { label 'longest.label :=
+      label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+    }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+% Now we're ready to start writing the .BBL file.
+% We begin, if necessary, with a LaTeX macro for unnamed names in an alphabetic
+% label; next comes stuff from the `preamble' command in the database files.
+% Then we give an incantation containing the command
+%     \begin{thebibliography}{...}
+% where the `...' is the longest label.
+%
+% We also call init.state.consts, for use by the output routines.
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{"  longest.label  * "}" * write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+% Now we produce the output for all the entries
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+% Finally, we finish up by writing the `\end{thebibliography}' command.
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phppcf.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phppcf.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2ca7056ef6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phppcf.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,2009 @@
+% BibTeX styles for various physics journals (27-Feb-1990).
+% This file, physics.btx, is based on the file btxbst.doc.
+	% Please notify Charles Karney (Karney@Princeton.EDU)
+	% of any bugs, improvements, etc.
+% Run this file through cpp to get specific versions.  I have written
+% a version of cpp within Emacs.  To access it put
+%	(autoload 'cpp "tex$bibtex:cpp"		; Use cpp for BibTeX styles
+%		  "C preprocessor"
+%		  t)
+% into your .emacs file.  Read in this file with
+%	emacs tex$bibtex:physics.btx
+% and run cpp with e.g.,
+%	M-x cpp <ret> aip <ret>
+% Save the resulting file to tex$latex:aip.bst.
+% To accomodate the variations we need (in addition to the definitions below)
+%	ATIT_SUPPRESS:	do not include the titles of journal articles
+%	NAME_INVERT:	put the initials last
+%	NAME_UPPER:	convert names to all caps.
+%	MONTH_SUPPRESS:	do not include months in journal articles
+%	PAREN_DATE:	dates go in parens in journal articles
+%	DATE_FIRST:	dates go before page numbers
+%	VOLUME_SPACE:	volume set off with space (not colon)
+%	NUM_SUPPRESS:	do not include numbers in journal articles
+%	BOLD_VOL:	volume numbers in bold face in journal articles
+%	BRACKET_NOTE:	notes in brackets
+%	PAGE_START_J:	include only starting page for journal articles
+%	PAGE_START_O:	include only starting page for other entries
+%	PAGE_ABBREV:	abbreviate page to p. and pages to pp.
+%	PHYSICS_JOUR:	include abbreviations for Physics journals
+%	COMMA_DELIMIT:	use comma (instead of period) to divide a citation
+%	NOTE_SUPPRESS:	suppress the note
+%	MAX_NAMES:	max number of authors before using et al (0 = infinity)
+%	MIN_NAMES:	number of authors to list with et al.
+%	EDIT_VAR:	use "edited by ..." instead of "..., editors"
+%	RMP_LABELS:	create RMP-style labels
+%	KEY_CITE:	use key as label
+%	NAMED_REFS:	use (Smith, 1988) style of citations
+%	CSC_NAMES:	names set in caps and small caps
+%	JOUR_DEEMPH:	don't emphasize journal name
+%	ETAL_EMPH:	emphasize et al.
+%	ALT_INCOLL	alternate ordering of fields in incollections
+% These are all boolean (0 or 1) except for MAX_NAMES and MIN_NAMES.
+% These need to satisfy 0 <= MIN_NAMES <= MAX_NAMES.
+% The rule here is that if all these are defined to be zero, we revert to
+% the standard styles.  For that reason we initialize them all to 0.
+% These are the original macros
+	% A physics version of APALIKE
+% This is the start of btxbst.doc
+% BibTeX `plain' family
+	% version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+	% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+	% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+	% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+	% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+	% btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+	% This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+	% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+% BibTeX `apalike' bibliography style (24-Jan-88 version)
+% Adapted from the `alpha' style, version 0.99a; for BibTeX version 0.99a.
+% Copyright (C) 1988, all rights reserved.
+% Copying of this file is allowed, provided that if you make any changes at all
+% you name it something other than `apalike.bst'.
+% This restriction helps ensure that all copies are identical.
+% Differences between this style and `alpha' are generally heralded by a `%'.
+% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for alpha.bst.
+%
+% This style should be used with the `apalike' LaTeX style (apalike.sty).
+% \cite's come out like "(Jones, 1986)" in the text but there are no labels
+% in the bibliography, and something like "(1986)" comes out immediately
+% after the author.  Author (and editor) names appear as last name, comma,
+% initials.  A `year' field is required for every entry, and so is either
+% an author (or in some cases, an editor) field or a key field.
+%
+% Editorial note:
+% Many journals require a style like `apalike', but I strongly, strongly,
+% strongly recommend that you not use it if you have a choice---use something
+% like `plain' instead.  Mary-Claire van Leunen (A Handbook for Scholars,
+% Knopf, 1979) argues convincingly that a style like `plain' encourages better
+% writing than one like `apalike'.  Furthermore the strongest arguments for
+% using an author-date style like `apalike'---that it's "the most practical"
+% (The Chicago Manual of Style, University of Chicago Press, thirteenth
+% edition, 1982, pages 400--401)---fall flat on their face with the new
+% computer-typesetting technology.  For instance page 401 anachronistically
+% states "The chief disadvantage of [a style like `plain'] is that additions
+% or deletions cannot be made after the manuscript is typed without changing
+% numbers in both text references and list."  LaTeX sidesteps the disadvantage.
+%
+% History:
+%   15-sep-86	(SK,OP)	Original version, by Susan King and Oren Patashnik.
+%   10-nov-86	(OP)	Truncated the sort.key$ string to the correct length
+%			in bib.sort.order to eliminate error message.
+%   24-jan-88	(OP)	Updated for BibTeX version 0.99a, from alpha.bst 0.99a;
+%			apalike now sorts by author, then year, then title;
+%			THIS `apalike' VERSION DOES NOT WORK WITH BIBTEX 0.98i.
+% Please notify Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU) of any bugs in
+% these standard styles or in this documentation file.
+%
+% This is file btxbxt.doc; it helps document bibliography styles,
+% and is also a template file that you can use to make
+% several different style files, if you have access to a C preprocessor.
+% For example, the standard styles were made by doing something like
+%	cpp -P -DPLAIN btxbst.doc plain.txt
+%	cpp -P -DUNSRT btxbst.doc unsrt.txt
+%	cpp -P -DALPHA btxbst.doc alpha.txt
+%	cpp -P -DABBRV btxbst.doc abbrv.txt
+% and then renaming after removing unwanted comments and blank lines.
+% If you don't have access,
+% you can edit this file by hand to imitate the preprocessor,
+% with the following explanation of the C preprocessor constructs used here.
+%
+% The output of the preprocessor is the same as the input, except that certain
+% lines will be excluded (and some blank lines will be added).  The sequence
+%	#if VAR
+%	    lines to be included when VAR is not zero
+%	#else
+%	    lines to be included when VAR is zero
+%	#endif
+% (with the #-signs appearing in column 1) means that one set or the other of
+% the lines are to be included depending on the value of VAR.
+% The #else part is optional.  Comments can be added after #else and #endif.
+% Variables can be set by
+%	#define VAR value
+% and one can also use #ifdef VAR to see if VAR has any value, and #ifndef
+% to see if it has none.
+% Another #if form used in this file is #if !VAR, which includes the lines
+% after the #if only if VAR is zero.
+%
+% Convention: Use all uppercase identifiers for these preprocessor variables
+% so you can spot them easily
+%
+% The command line to the preprocessor should define one of PLAIN, UNSRT, ALPHA
+% or ABBRV (though PLAIN will be used by default if none is given),
+% and the following lines will set various boolean variables to control the
+% various lines that are chosen from the rest of the file.
+% Each boolean variable should be set true (1) or false (0) in each style.
+% Here are the current variables, and their meanings:
+%	1:	an alphabetic label is used (if false then a numeric
+%			    label is used)
+%	1:		the entries should be sorted by label (if nonnumeric)
+%			    and other info, like authors (if false, then
+%			    entries remain in order of occurrence)
+%	0:	the authors, editors, etc., get the full names as
+%			    given in the bibliography file (if false, the first
+%			    names become initials)
+%	0:	titles of non-"books" (e.g., articles) should be
+%			    converted to lower-case, except the first letter or
+%			    first letter after a colon
+%			    (if false then they appear as in the database)
+%	1:	months are spelled out in full (if false, then
+%			    they're abbreviated)
+%	0:	macro journal names are spelled out in full
+%			    (if false then they are abbreviated, currently
+%			    as they appear in ACM publications)
+%#	    define PLAIN 1
+%
+%   Entry formatting: Similar to that recommended by Mary-Claire van Leunen
+%	in "A Handbook for Scholars".  Book-like titles are italicized
+%	(emphasized) and non-book titles are converted to sentence
+%	capitilization (and not enclosed in quotes).
+%	This file outputs a \newblock between major blocks of an entry
+%	(the name \newblock is analogous to the names \newline and \newpage)
+%	so that the user can obtain an "open" format, which has a line break
+%	before each block and lines after the first are indented within blocks,
+%	by giving the optional \documentstyle argument `openbib';
+%	The default is the "closed" format---blocks runs together.
+%
+%   Citation alphabetic label format:
+%		[Knu73] for single author (or editor or key)
+%		[AHU83] (first letters of last names) for multiple authors
+%
+%   Citation label numberic format:
+%		[number]
+%
+%   Reference list ordering for sorted, alphabetic lables:
+%		alphabetical by citation label, then by author(s) or whatever
+%		passes for author in the absence of one, then by year,
+%		then title
+%
+%   Reference list ordering for sorted, numeric lables:
+%		alphabetical by author(s) or whatever passes
+%		for author in the absence of one, then by year, then title
+%
+%   Reference list ordering for unsorted:
+%		by the order cited in the text
+%
+%   History
+%   12/16/84	(HWT)	Original `plain' version, by Howard Trickey.
+%   12/23/84	(LL)	Some comments made by Leslie Lamport.
+%    2/16/85	(OP)	Changes based on LL's comments, Oren Patashnik.
+%    2/17/85	(HWT)	Template file and other standard styles made.
+%    3/28/85	(OP)	First release, version 0.98b for BibTeX 0.98f.
+%    5/ 9/85	(OP)	Version 0.98c for BibTeX 0.98i:
+%			fixed Theoretical Computer Science macro name;
+%			fixed the format.vol.num.pages function.
+%    1/24/88	(OP)	Version 0.99a for BibTeX 0.99a, main changes:
+%			assignment operator (:=) arguments reversed;
+%			the preamble$ function outputs the database PREAMBLE;
+%			entry.max$ and global.max$ (built-in) variables replace
+%			entry.string.max and global.string.max functions;
+%			alphabetizing by year then title, not just title;
+%			many unnecessary ties removed; \it ==> \em;
+%			the `alpha' style uses a superscripted `+' instead of a
+%			`*' for unnamed names in constructing the label;
+%			the `abbrv' style now uses "Mar." and "Sept.";
+%			the functions calc.label and presort now look at just
+%			the fields they're supposed to;
+%			BOOKLET, MASTERSTHESIS, TECHREPORT use nonbook titles;
+%			INBOOK and INCOLLECTION take an optional type (e.g.
+%			type = "Section"), overriding the default "chapter";
+%			BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, and PROCEEDINGS now allow
+%			either volume or number, not just volume;
+%			INCOLLECTION now allows an edition and series field;
+%			PROCEEDINGS and INPROCEEDINGS now use the address field
+%			to tell where a conference was held;
+%			INPROCEEDINGS and PROCEEDINGS now allow either volume
+%			or number, and also a series field;
+%			MASTERSTHESIS and PHDTHESIS accept types other than
+%			"Master's thesis" and "PhD thesis";
+%			UNPUBLISHED now outputs, in one block, note then date;
+%			MANUAL now prints out the organization in
+%			the first block if the author field is empty;
+%			MISC can't be empty---it requires some optional field.
+%    3/23/88	(OP)	Version 0.99b for BibTeX 0.99c---changed the three
+%			erroneous occurrences of `cite ' to `cite$ '; this
+%			change didn't affect the four standard styles, so the
+%			0.99a versions of those styles are still current.
+%
+% The ENTRY declaration
+%   Like Scribe's (according to pages 231-2 of the April '84 edition),
+%   but no fullauthor or editors fields because BibTeX does name handling.
+%   The annote field is commented out here because this family doesn't
+%   include an annotated bibliography style.  And in addition to the fields
+%   listed here, BibTeX has a built-in crossref field, explained later.
+ENTRY
+% Fields:
+  { address
+%	    Usually the address of a publisher or other type of organization.
+%	    Put information in this field only if it helps the reader find the
+%	    thing---for example you should omit the address of a major
+%	    publisher entirely.  For a PROCEEDINGS or an INPROCEEDINGS,
+%	    however, it's the address of the conference; for those two entry
+%	    types, include the publisher's or organization's address, if
+%	    necessary, in the publisher or organization field.
+%    annote
+%	    Long annotation---for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence).
+    author
+%	    Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format.
+    booktitle
+%	    Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book.
+%	    For book entries, the title field should be used instead.
+    chapter
+%	    Chapter (or section or whatever) number.
+    edition
+%	    Edition of a book---should be an ordinal (e.g., "Second").
+    editor
+%	    Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format.
+%	    If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be
+%	    for the book or collection that the work appears in.
+    howpublished
+%	     How something strange has been published (begins sentence).
+    institution
+%	    Sponsoring institution of a technical report.
+    journal
+%	    Journal name (macros are provided for many).
+    key
+%	    Alphabetizing, labeling, and cross-referencing key
+%	    (needed when an entry has no author or editor).
+%    month		not used in apalike
+%	    Month (macros are provided).
+    note
+%	    To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence).
+    number
+%	    Number of a journal or technical report, or of a work in a series.
+    organization
+%	    Organization sponsoring a conference (or publishing a manual); if
+%	    the editor (or author) is empty, and if the organization produces
+%	    an awkward label or cross reference, you should put appropriately
+%	    condensed organization information in the key field as well.
+    pages
+%	    Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range, use `+'
+%	    to indicate pages following that don't form a simple range).
+    publisher
+%	    Publisher name.
+    school
+%	    School name (for theses).
+    series
+%	    The name of a series or set of books.
+%	    An individual book will will also have it's own title.
+    title
+%	    The title of the thing you're referred to.
+    type
+%	    Type of a Techreport (e.g., "Research Note") to be used instead of
+%	    the default "Technical Report"; or, similarly, the type of a
+%	    thesis; or of a part of a book.
+    volume
+%	    The volume number of a journal or multivolume work.
+    year
+%	    The year should contain only numerals (technically, it should end
+%	    with four numerals, after purification; doesn't a begin sentence).
+  }
+% There are no integer entry variables
+  {}
+% These string entry variables are used to form the citation label.
+% In a storage pinch, sort.label can be easily computed on the fly.
+  { label extra.label sort.label }
+% Each entry function starts by calling output.bibitem, to write the
+% \bibitem and its arguments to the .BBL file.  Then the various fields
+% are formatted and printed by output or output.check.  Those functions
+% handle the writing of separators (commas, periods, \newblock's),
+% taking care not to do so when they are passed a null string.
+% Finally, fin.entry is called to add the final period and finish the
+% entry.
+%
+% A bibliographic reference is formatted into a number of `blocks':
+% in the open format, a block begins on a new line and subsequent
+% lines of the block are indented.  A block may contain more than
+% one sentence (well, not a grammatical sentence, but something to
+% be ended with a sentence ending period).  The entry functions should
+% call new.block whenever a block other than the first is about to be
+% started.  They should call new.sentence whenever a new sentence is
+% to be started.  The output functions will ensure that if two
+% new.sentence's occur without any non-null string being output between
+% them then there won't be two periods output.  Similarly for two
+% successive new.block's.
+%
+% The output routines don't write their argument immediately.
+% Instead, by convention, that argument is saved on the stack to be
+% output next time (when we'll know what separator needs to come
+% after it).  Meanwhile, the output routine has to pop the pending
+% output off the stack, append any needed separator, and write it.
+%
+% To tell which separator is needed, we maintain an output.state.
+% It will be one of these values:
+%	before.all		just after the \bibitem
+%	mid.sentence		in the middle of a sentence: comma needed
+%					if more sentence is output
+%	after.sentence		just after a sentence: period needed
+%	after.block		just after a block (and sentence):
+%					period and \newblock needed.
+% Note: These styles don't use after.sentence
+%
+% VAR: output.state : INTEGER		-- state variable for output
+%
+% The output.nonnull function saves its argument (assumed to be nonnull)
+% on the stack, and writes the old saved value followed by any needed
+% separator.  The ordering of the tests is decreasing frequency of
+% occurrence.
+%
+% output.nonnull(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	s := argument on stack
+%	if output.state = mid.sentence then
+%	    write$(pop() * ", ")
+%		  -- "pop" isn't a function: just use stack top
+%	else
+%	    if output.state = after.block then
+%		write$(add.period$(pop()))
+%		newline$
+%		write$("\newblock ")
+%	    else
+%		if output.state = before.all then
+%		    write$(pop())
+%		else	    -- output.state should be after.sentence
+%		    write$(add.period$(pop()) * " ")
+%		fi
+%	    fi
+%	    output.state := mid.sentence
+%	fi
+%	push s on stack
+%  END
+%
+% The output function calls output.nonnull if its argument is non-empty;
+% its argument may be a missing field (thus, not necessarily a string)
+%
+% output(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if not empty$(s) then output.nonnull(s)
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% The output.check function is the same as the output function except that, if
+% necessary, output.check warns the user that the t field shouldn't be empty
+% (this is because it probably won't be a good reference without the field;
+% the entry functions try to make the formatting look reasonable even when
+% such fields are empty).
+%
+% output.check(s,t) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then
+%	    warning$("empty " * t * " in " * cite$)
+%	else output.nonnull(s)
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% The output.bibitem function writes the \bibitem for the current entry
+% (the label should already have been set up), and sets up the separator
+% state for the output functions.  And, it leaves a string on the stack
+% as per the output convention.
+%
+% output.bibitem ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	newline$
+%	write$("\bibitem[")	% for alphabetic labels,
+%	write$(label)		% these three lines
+%	write$("]{")		% are used
+%	write$("\bibitem{")		% this line for numeric labels
+%	write$(cite$)
+%	write$("}")
+%	push "" on stack
+%	output.state := before.all
+%  END
+%
+% The fin.entry function finishes off an entry by adding a period to the
+% string remaining on the stack.  If the state is still before.all
+% then nothing was produced for this entry, so the result will look bad,
+% but the user deserves it. (We don't omit the whole entry because the
+% entry was cited, and a bibitem is needed to define the citation label.)
+%
+% fin.entry ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	write$(add.period$(pop()))
+%	newline$
+%  END
+%
+% The new.block function prepares for a new block to be output, and
+% new.sentence prepares for a new sentence.
+%
+% new.block ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if output.state <> before.all then
+%	    output.state := after.block
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% new.sentence ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if output.state <> after.block then
+%	    if output.state <> before.all then
+%		output.state :=  after.sentence
+%	    fi
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+}
+% the variables s and t are temporary string holders
+STRINGS { s t }
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+	{ add.period$ write$
+	  newline$
+	  "\newblock " write$
+	}
+	{ output.state before.all =
+	    'write$
+	    { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+%					apalike needs this function because
+%					the year has special punctuation;
+%					apalike ignores the month
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+    { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    { write$
+      " (" year * extra.label * ")" *
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+  "\bibitem[" write$
+  label write$
+  "]{" write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+% This function finishes all entries.
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+    'skip$
+    { output.state before.all =
+	'skip$
+	{ after.sentence 'output.state := }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% These three functions pop one or two (integer) arguments from the stack
+% and push a single one, either 0 or 1.
+% The 'skip$ in the `and' and `or' functions are used because
+% the corresponding if$ would be idempotent
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+% Sometimes we begin a new block only if the block will be big enough.  The
+% new.block.checka function issues a new.block if its argument is nonempty;
+% new.block.checkb does the same if either of its TWO arguments is nonempty.
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+% Here are some functions for formatting chunks of an entry.
+% By convention they either produce a string that can be followed by
+% a comma or period (using add.period$, so it is OK to end in a period),
+% or they produce the null string.
+%
+% A useful utility is the field.or.null function, which checks if the
+% argument is the result of pushing a `missing' field (one for which no
+% assignment was made when the current entry was read in from the database)
+% or the result of pushing a string having no non-white-space characters.
+% It returns the null string if so, otherwise it returns the field string.
+% Its main (but not only) purpose is to guarantee that what's left on the
+% stack is a string rather than a missing field.
+%
+% field.or.null(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then return ""
+%	else return s
+%  END
+%
+% Another helper function is emphasize, which returns the argument emphazised,
+% if that is non-empty, otherwise it returns the null string.  Italic
+% corrections aren't used, so this function should be used when punctation
+% will follow the result.
+%
+% emphasize(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then return ""
+%	else return "{\em " * s * "}"
+%
+% The format.names function formats the argument (which should be in
+% BibTeX name format) into "First Von Last, Junior", separated by commas
+% and with an "and" before the last (but ending with "et~al." if the last
+% of multiple authors is "others").  This function's argument should always
+% contain at least one name.
+%
+% VAR: nameptr, namesleft, numnames: INTEGER
+% pseudoVAR: nameresult: STRING		(it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% format.names(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	nameptr := 1
+%	numnames := num.names$(s)
+%	namesleft := numnames
+%	while namesleft > 0
+%	  do
+%				% for full names:
+%	    t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+%				% for abbreviated first names:
+%	    t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+%	    if nameptr > 1 then
+%		if namesleft > 1 then nameresult := nameresult * ", " * t
+%		else if numnames > 2
+%		       then nameresult := nameresult * ","
+%		     fi
+%		     if t = "others"
+%		       then nameresult := nameresult * " et~al."
+%		       else nameresult := nameresult * " and " * t
+%		     fi
+%		fi
+%	    else nameresult := t
+%	    fi
+%	    nameptr := nameptr + 1
+%	    namesleft := namesleft - 1
+%	  od
+%	return nameresult
+%  END
+%
+% The format.authors function returns the result of format.names(author)
+% if the author is present, or else it returns the null string
+%
+% format.authors ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(author) then return ""
+%	else return format.names(author)
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% Format.editors is like format.authors, but it uses the editor field,
+% and appends ", editor" or ", editors"
+%
+% format.editors ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(editor) then return ""
+%	else
+%	    if num.names$(editor) > 1 then
+%		return format.names(editor) * ", editors"
+%	    else
+%		return format.names(editor) * ", editor"
+%	    fi
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% Other formatting functions are similar, so no "comment version" will be
+% given for them.
+%
+% The `pop$' in this function gets rid of the duplicate `empty' value and
+% the `skip$' returns the duplicate field value
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {caps}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\sc " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {embolden}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't :=   % last name first
+      t "others" =
+	'skip$
+	{ t caps 't := }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 >
+	{ namesleft #1 >
+	    { ", " * t * }
+	    { numnames #2 >
+		{ "," * }
+		'skip$
+	      if$
+	      t "others" =
+		{ " {\em et~al.}" * }
+		{ " and " * t * }
+	      if$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.key}			% this function is just for apalike
+{ empty$
+    { key field.or.null }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+	{ ", editors" * }
+	{ ", editor" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.title function is used for non-book-like titles.
+% For most styles we convert to lowercase (except for the very first letter,
+% and except for the first one after a colon (followed by whitespace)),
+% and hope the user has brace-surrounded words that need to stay capitilized;
+% for some styles, however, we leave it as it is in the database.
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    'title
+  if$
+}
+% By default, BibTeX sets the global integer variable global.max$ to the BibTeX
+% constant glob_str_size, the maximum length of a global string variable.
+% Analogously, BibTeX sets the global integer variable entry.max$ to
+% ent_str_size, the maximum length of an entry string variable.
+% The style designer may change these if necessary (but this is unlikely)
+% The n.dashify function makes each single `-' in a string a double `--'
+% if it's not already
+%
+% pseudoVAR: pageresult: STRING		(it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% n.dashify(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	t := s
+%	pageresult := ""
+%	while (not empty$(t))
+%	  do
+%	    if (first character of t = "-")
+%	      then
+%		if (next character isn't)
+%		  then
+%		    pageresult := pageresult * "--"
+%		    t := t with the "-" removed
+%		  else
+%		    while (first character of t = "-")
+%		      do
+%			pageresult := pageresult * "-"
+%			t := t with the "-" removed
+%		      od
+%		fi
+%	      else
+%		pageresult := pageresult * the first character
+%		t := t with the first character removed
+%	    fi
+%	  od
+%	return pageresult
+%  END
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+	{ t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+	    { "--" *
+	      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	    }
+	    {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+		{ "-" *
+		  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+		}
+	      while$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ t #1 #1 substring$ *
+	  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+% The format.btitle is for formatting the title field when it is a book-like
+% entry---the style used here keeps it in uppers-and-lowers and emphasizes it.
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+% For several functions we'll need to connect two strings with a
+% tie (~) if the second one isn't very long (fewer than 3 characters).
+% The tie.or.space.connect function does that.  It concatenates the two
+% strings on top of the stack, along with either a tie or space between
+% them, and puts this concatenation back onto the stack:
+%
+% tie.or.space.connect(str1,str2) ==
+%    BEGIN
+%	if text.length$(str2) < 3
+%	  then return the concatenation of str1, "~", and str2
+%	  else return the concatenation of str1, " ", and str2
+%    END
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+% The either.or.check function complains if both fields or an either-or pair
+% are nonempty.
+%
+% either.or.check(t,s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then
+%	    warning$(can't use both " * t * " fields in " * cite$)
+%	fi
+%  END
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.bvolume function is for formatting the volume and perhaps
+% series name of a multivolume work.  If both a volume and a series field
+% are there, we assume the series field is the title of the whole multivolume
+% work (the title field should be the title of the thing being referred to),
+% and we add an "of <series>".  This function is called in mid-sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.number.series function is for formatting the series name
+% and perhaps number of a work in a series.  This function is similar to
+% format.bvolume, although for this one the series must exist (and the
+% volume must not exist).  If the number field is empty we output either
+% the series field unchanged if it exists or else the null string.
+% If both the number and series fields are there we assume the series field
+% gives the name of the whole series (the title field should be the title
+% of the work being one referred to), and we add an "in <series>".
+% We capitilize Number when this function is used at the beginning of a block.
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+	{ series field.or.null }
+	{ output.state mid.sentence =
+	    { "number" }
+	    { "Number" }
+	  if$
+	  number tie.or.space.connect
+	  series empty$
+	    { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	    { " in " * series * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.edition function appends " edition" to the edition, if present.
+% We lowercase the edition (it should be something like "Third"), because
+% this doesn't start a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+	{ edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+	{ edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.pages function is used for formatting a page range in a book
+% (and in rare circumstances, an article).
+%
+% The multi.page.check function examines the page field for a "-" or "," or "+"
+% so that format.pages can use "page" instead of "pages" if none exists.
+% Note: global.max$ here means "take the rest of the string"
+%
+% VAR: multiresult: INTEGER	(actually, a boolean)
+%
+% multi.page.check(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	t := s
+%	multiresult := false
+%	while ((not multiresult) and (not empty$(t)))
+%	  do
+%	    if (first character of t = "-" or "," or "+")
+%	      then multiresult := true
+%	      else t := t with the first character removed
+%	    fi
+%	  od
+%	return multiresult
+%  END
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+	{ #1 'multiresult := }
+	{ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+% This function doesn't begin a sentence so "pages" isn't capitalized.
+% Other functions that use this should keep that in mind.
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+	{ "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+	{ "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.vol.num.pages function is for the volume, number, and page range
+% of a journal article.  We use the format:  vol(number):pages, with some
+% variations for empty fields.  This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null embolden
+  " " swap$ * *
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+	{ pop$ format.pages }
+	{ ", " * pages n.dashify * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.chapter.pages, if the chapter is present, puts whatever is in the
+% type field (or else "chapter" if type is empty) in front of a chapter number.
+% It then appends the pages, if present.  This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+	{ "chapter" }
+	{ type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.in.ed.booktitle function is used for starting out a sentence
+% that begins "In <booktitle>", putting an editor before the title if one
+% exists.
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+	{ "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+	{ "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The function format.thesis.type returns either the (case-changed) type field,
+% if it is defined, or else the default string already on the stack
+% (like "Master's thesis" or "PhD thesis").
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The function format.tr.number makes a string starting with "Technical Report"
+% (or type, if that field is defined), followed by the number if there is one;
+% it returns the starting part (with a case change) even if there is no number.
+% This is used at the beginning of a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+% Now come the cross-referencing functions (these are invoked because
+% one entry in the database file(s) cross-references another, by giving
+% the other entry's database key in a `crossref' field).  This feature
+% allows one or more titled things that are part of a larger titled
+% thing to cross-reference the larger thing.  These styles allow for
+% five posibilities: (1) an ARTICLE may cross-reference an ARTICLE;
+% (2) a BOOK, (3) INBOOK, or (4) INCOLLECTION may cross-reference a BOOK;
+% or (5) an INPROCEEDINGS may cross-reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Each of these is explained in more detail later.
+%
+% An ARTICLE entry type may cross reference another ARTICLE (this is
+% intended for when an entire journal is devoted to a single topic---
+% but since there is no JOURNAL entry type, the journal, too, should be
+% classified as an ARTICLE but without the author and title fields).
+% This will result in two warning messages for the journal's entry
+% if it's included in the reference list, but such is life.
+%
+% format.article.crossref ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(key) then
+%	    if empty$(journal) then
+%		warning$("need key or journal for " * cite$ *
+%						" to crossref " * crossref)
+%		return(" \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+%	    else
+%		return("In " * emphazise.correct (journal) *
+%						" \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+%		fi
+%	else
+%	    return("In " * key * " \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% The other cross-referencing functions are similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "In"							% this is for apalike
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% A BOOK (or INBOOK) entry type (assumed to be for a single volume in a
+% multivolume work) may cross reference another BOOK (the entire multivolume).
+% Usually there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct the
+% cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else the series
+% field (since the series gives the title of the multivolume work).
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In "
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  "\cite{" * crossref * "}" *				% this is for apalike
+}
+% An INCOLLECTION entry type may cross reference a BOOK (assumed to be the
+% collection), or an INPROCEEDINGS may cross reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Often there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct
+% the cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else
+% the booktitle field (which gives the cross-referenced work's title).
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "In"							% this is for apalike
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% Now we define the type functions for all entry types that may appear
+% in the .BIB file---e.g., functions like `article' and `book'.  These
+% are the routines that actually generate the .BBL-file output for
+% the entry.  These must all precede the READ command.  In addition, the
+% style designer should have a function `default.type' for unknown types.
+% Note: The fields (within each list) are listed in order of appearance,
+% except as described for an `inbook' or a `proceedings'.
+%
+% The article function is for an article in a journal.  An article may
+% CROSSREF another article.
+%	Required fields: author, title, journal, year
+%	Optional fields: volume, number, pages, month, note
+%
+% article ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	output.bibitem
+%	output.check(format.authors,"author")
+%	new.block
+%	output.check(format.title,"title")
+%	new.block
+%	if missing$(crossref) then
+%	    output.check(emphasize(journal),"journal")
+%	    output(format.vol.num.pages)
+%	    output.check(format.date,"year")
+%       else
+%	    output.nonnull(format.article.crossref)
+%	    output(format.pages)
+%	fi
+%	new.block
+%	output(note)
+%	fin.entry
+%  END
+%
+% The book function is for a whole book.  A book may CROSSREF another book.
+%	Required fields: author or editor, title, publisher, year
+%	Optional fields: volume or number, series, address, edition, month,
+%			note
+%
+% book ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(author) then output.check(format.editors,"author and editor")
+%	else	output.check(format.authors,"author")
+%		if missing$(crossref) then
+%		    either.or.check("author and editor",editor)
+%		fi
+%	fi
+%	new.block
+%	output.check(format.btitle,"title")
+%	if missing$(crossref) then
+%	    output(format.bvolume)
+%	    new.block
+%	    output(format.number.series)
+%	    new.sentence
+%	    output.check(publisher,"publisher")
+%	    output(address)
+%       else
+%	    new.block
+%	    output.nonnull(format.book.crossref)
+%	fi
+%	output(format.edition)
+%	output.check(format.date,"year")
+%	new.block
+%	output(note)
+%	fin.entry
+%  END
+%
+% The other entry functions are all quite similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal emphasize
+      format.vol.num.pages output
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check				% special for apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A booklet is a bound thing without a publisher or sponsoring institution.
+%	Required: title
+%	Optional: author, howpublished, address, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% For the conference entry type, see inproceedings.
+% An inbook is a piece of a book: either a chapter and/or a page range.
+% It may CROSSREF a book.  If there's no volume field, the type field
+% will come before number and series.
+%	Required: author or editor, title, chapter and/or pages, publisher,year
+%	Optional: volume or number, series, type, address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+      editor format.key output
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  output.year.check				% special for apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% An incollection is like inbook, but where there is a separate title
+% for the referenced thing (and perhaps an editor for the whole).
+% An incollection may CROSSREF a book.
+%	Required: author, title, booktitle, publisher, year
+%	Optional: editor, volume or number, series, type, chapter, pages,
+%			address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+      format.edition output
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% An inproceedings is an article in a conference proceedings, and it may
+% CROSSREF a proceedings.  If there's no address field, the month (& year)
+% will appear just before note.
+%	Required: author, title, booktitle, year
+%	Optional: editor, volume or number, series, pages, address, month,
+%			organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.pages output
+      address output					% for apalike
+      new.sentence					% there's no year
+      organization output				% here so things
+      publisher output					% are simpler
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% The conference function is included for Scribe compatibility.
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+% A manual is technical documentation.
+%	Required: title
+%	Optional: author, organization, address, edition, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  organization address new.block.checkb
+  organization output
+  address output
+  format.edition output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A mastersthesis is a Master's thesis.
+%	Required: author, title, school, year
+%	Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A misc is something that doesn't fit elsewhere.
+%	Required: at least one of the `optional' fields
+%	Optional: author, title, howpublished, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title output
+  new.block
+  howpublished output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A phdthesis is like a mastersthesis.
+%	Required: author, title, school, year
+%	Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A proceedings is a conference proceedings.
+% If there is an organization but no editor field, the organization will
+% appear as the first optional field (we try to make the first block nonempty);
+% if there's no address field, the month (& year) will appear just before note.
+%	Required: title, year
+%	Optional: editor, volume or number, series, address, month,
+%			organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.editors output
+  editor format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address output				% for apalike
+  new.sentence					% we always output
+  organization output				% a nonempty organization
+  publisher output				% here
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A techreport is a technical report.
+%	Required: author, title, institution, year
+%	Optional: type, number, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% An unpublished is something that hasn't been published.
+%	Required: author, title, note
+%	Optional: month, year
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  author format.key output				% special for
+  output.year.check					% apalike
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  fin.entry
+}
+% We use entry type `misc' for an unknown type; BibTeX gives a warning.
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+% Here are macros for common things that may vary from style to style.
+% Users are encouraged to use these macros.
+%
+% Months are either written out in full or abbreviated
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+% Journals are either written out in full or abbreviated;
+% the abbreviations are like those found in ACM publications.
+%
+% To get a completely different set of abbreviations, it may be best to make
+% a separate .bib file with nothing but those abbreviations; users could then
+% include that file name as the first argument to the \bibliography command
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."}
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."}
+MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"}
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."}
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."}
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."}
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."}
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"}
+MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."}
+MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"}
+MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."}
+MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Programming"}
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."}
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."}
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."}
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Gr."}
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Softw."}
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."}
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Prog. Lang. Syst."}
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput. Sci."}
+%% /usr/local/lib/tex/bibtex/phyjfull.btx, Tue Jun 30 08:37:48 1992
+%% Edit by Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@alfred.math.utah.edu>
+%% Change file names in leading comment
+% Journal Title Abbreviations from the Physical Review Style and Notation
+%	Guide, July, 1983, in BAPS Vol. 28.
+%  Selected by Cris Barnes and Charles Karney, March 1988
+% IMPORTANT!! Don't make changes to this file without making the
+% 	      corresponding changes to
+%			phyjabb.bib
+%			phyjabb.btx
+MACRO {advp} {"Advances in Physics"}
+MACRO {ajp} {"American Journal of Physics"}
+MACRO {ao} {"Applied Optics"}
+MACRO {apl} {"Applied Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {apj} {"Astrophysical Journal"}
+MACRO {baps} {"Bulletin of the American Physical Society"}
+MACRO {cpc} {"Computer Physics Communications"}
+MACRO {cppcf} {"Comments on Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {fed} {"Fusion Engineering and Design"}
+MACRO {ft} {"Fusion Technology"}
+MACRO {ieeens} {"IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science"}
+MACRO {ieeeps} {"IEEE Transactions on Plasma Science"}
+MACRO {ijimw} {"International Journal of Infrared and Millimeter Waves"}
+MACRO {ip} {"Infrared Physics"}
+MACRO {jap} {"Journal of Applied Physics"}
+MACRO {jcp} {"Journal of Computational Physics"}
+MACRO {jetp} {"Soviet Physics-JETP"}
+MACRO {jfe} {"Journal of Fusion Energy"}
+MACRO {jfm} {"Journal of Fluid Mechanics"}
+MACRO {jgr} {"Journal of Geophysical Research"}
+MACRO {jmp} {"Journal of Mathematical Physics"}
+MACRO {jne} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy"}
+MACRO {jnec} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy, Part C: Plasma Physics, Accelerators, Thermonuclear Research"}
+MACRO {jnm} {"Journal of Nuclear Materials"}
+MACRO {josa} {"Journal of the Optical Society of America"}
+MACRO {jpp} {"Journal of Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {jpsj} {"Journal of the Physical Society of Japan"}
+MACRO {jvst} {"Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology"}
+MACRO {nedf} {"Nuclear Engineering and Design/Fusion"}
+MACRO {nf} {"Nuclear Fusion"}
+MACRO {nim} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods"}
+MACRO {nimpr} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods in Physics Research"}
+MACRO {nt/f} {"Nuclear Technology/Fusion"}
+MACRO {pf} {"Physics of Fluids"}
+MACRO {pfa} {"Physics of Fluids A: Fluid Dynamics"}
+MACRO {pfb} {"Physics of Fluids B: Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {pl} {"Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {pla} {"Physics Letters A"}
+MACRO {pnas} {"Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA"}
+MACRO {pp} {"Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {ppcf} {"Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {prl} {"Physical Review Letters"}
+MACRO {pr} {"Physical Review"}
+MACRO {pra} {"Physical Review A: General Physics"}
+MACRO {ps} {"Physica Scripta"}
+MACRO {rmp} {"Reviews of Modern Physics"}
+MACRO {rsi} {"Review of Scientific Instruments"}
+MACRO {sjpp} {"Soviet Journal of Plasma Phys."}
+MACRO {spd} {"Soviet Physics-Doklady"}
+MACRO {sptp} {"Soviet Physics-Technical Physics"}
+MACRO {spu} {"Soviet Physics-Uspeki"}
+% Now we read in the .BIB entries.
+READ
+% The sortify function converts to lower case after purify$ing; it's
+% used in sorting and in computing alphabetic labels after sorting
+%
+% The chop.word(w,len,s) function returns either s or, if the first len
+% letters of s equals w (this comparison is done in the third line of the
+% function's definition), it returns that part of s after w.
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+  "l" change.case$
+}
+INTEGERS { len }
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+  'len :=
+  s #1 len substring$ =
+    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+    's
+  if$
+}
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels
+%
+% The format.lab.names function makes a short label by using the initials of
+% the von and Last parts of the names (but if there are more than four names,
+% (i.e., people) it truncates after three and adds a superscripted "+";
+% it also adds such a "+" if the last of multiple authors is "others").
+% If there is only one name, and its von and Last parts combined have just
+% a single name-token ("Knuth" has a single token, "Brinch Hansen" has two),
+% we take the first three letters of the last name.  The boolean
+% et.al.char.used tells whether we've used a superscripted "+", so that we
+% know whether to include a LaTeX macro for it.
+%
+% format.lab.names(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	numnames := num.names$(s)
+%	if numnames > 1 then
+%	    if numnames > 4 then
+%		namesleft := 3
+%	    else
+%		namesleft := numnames
+%	    nameptr := 1
+%	    nameresult := ""
+%	    while namesleft > 0
+%	      do
+%		if (name_ptr = numnames) and
+%		     format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}") = "others"
+%		   then nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+%			et.al.char.used := true
+%		   else nameresult := nameresult *
+%				format.name$(s, nameptr, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+%		nameptr := nameptr + 1
+%		namesleft := namesleft - 1
+%	      od
+%	    if numnames > 4 then
+%		nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+%		et.al.char.used := true
+%	else
+%	    t := format.name$(s, 1, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+%	    if text.length$(t) < 2 then	% there's just one name-token
+%		nameresult := text.prefix$(format.name$(s,1,"{ll}"),3)
+%	    else
+%		nameresult := t
+%	    fi
+%	fi
+%	return nameresult
+%  END
+%
+% Exactly what fields we look at in constructing the primary part of the label
+% depends on the entry type; this selectivity (as opposed to, say, always
+% looking at author, then editor, then key) helps ensure that "ignored" fields,
+% as described in the LaTeX book, really are ignored.  Note that MISC is part
+% of the deepest `else' clause in the nested part of calc.label; thus, any
+% unrecognized entry type in the database is handled correctly.
+%
+% There is one auxiliary function for each of the four different sequences of
+% fields we use.  The first of these functions looks at the author field, and
+% then, if necessary, the key field.  The other three functions, which might
+% look at two fields and the key field, are similar, except that the key field
+% takes precedence over the organization field (for labels---not for sorting).
+%
+% The calc.label function calculates the preliminary label of an entry, which
+% is formed by taking three letters of information from the author or editor or
+% key or organization field (depending on the entry type and on what's empty,
+% but ignoring a leading "The " in the organization), and appending the last
+% two characters (digits) of the year. It is an error if the appropriate fields
+% among author, editor, organization, and key are missing, and we use
+% the first three letters of the cite$ in desperation when this happens.
+% The resulting label has the year part, but not the name part, purify$ed
+% (purify$ing the year allows some sorting shenanigans by the user).
+%
+% This function also calculates the version of the label to be used in sorting.
+%
+% The final label may need a trailing 'a', 'b', etc., to distinguish it from
+% otherwise identical labels, but we can't calculated those "extra.label"s
+% until after sorting.
+%
+% calc.label ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if type$ = "book" or "inbook" then
+%	    author.editor.key.label
+%	else if type$ = "proceedings" then
+%	    editor.key.organization.label
+%	else if type$ = "manual" then
+%	    author.key.organization.label
+%	else
+%	    author.key.label
+%	fi fi fi
+%	label := label * substring$(purify$(field.or.null(year)), -1, 2)
+%		% assuming we will also sort, we calculate a sort.label
+%	sort.label := sortify(label), but use the last four, not two, digits
+%  END
+%			There are three apalike cases: one person (Jones),
+%			two (Jones and de~Bruijn), and more (Jones et~al.).
+%			This function is much like format.crossref.editors.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+  s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ caps
+  s num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " {\em et~al.}" * }
+    { #2 <
+	'skip$
+	{ s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+	    { " {\em et~al.}" * }
+	    { " and " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ caps * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	'key					% apalike uses the whole key
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	    'key				% apalike uses the whole key
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ editor format.lab.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	'key			% apalike uses the whole key, no organization
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.key.label
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+	'editor.key.label			% apalike ignores organization
+	'author.key.label			% for labeling and sorting
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  ", "							% these three lines are
+  *							% for apalike, which
+  year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$		% uses all four digits
+  *
+  'label :=
+}
+% It doesn't seem like a particularly good idea to use an order-of-citation
+% reference list when using alphabetic labels, but we need to have a
+% special pass to calculate labels when this happens.
+% When sorting, we compute the sortkey by executing "presort" on each entry.
+% The presort key contains a number of "sortify"ed strings, concatenated
+% with multiple blanks between them.  This makes things like "brinch  per"
+% come before "brinch hansen  per".
+%
+% The fields used here are: the sort.label for alphabetic labels (as set by
+% calc.label), followed by the author names (or editor names or organization
+% (with a leading "The " removed) or key field, depending on entry type and on
+% what's empty), followed by year, followed by the first bit of the title
+% (chopping off a leading "The ", "A ", or "An ").
+% Names are formatted: Von Last First Junior.
+% The names within a part will be separated by a single blank
+% (such as "brinch hansen"), two will separate the name parts themselves
+% (except the von and last), three will separate the names,
+% four will separate the names from year (and from label, if alphabetic),
+% and four will separate year from title.
+%
+% The sort.format.names function takes an argument that should be in
+% BibTeX name format, and returns a string containing "   "-separated
+% names in the format described above.  The function is almost the same
+% as format.names.
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  ""
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { nameptr #1 >
+	{ "   " * }
+	'skip$
+      if$						% apalike uses initials
+      s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  f{ }}{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here
+      nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+	{ "et al" * }
+	{ t sortify * }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+% The sort.format.title function returns the argument,
+% but first any leading "A "'s, "An "'s, or "The "'s are removed.
+% The chop.word function uses s, so we need another string variable, t
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+  sortify
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+% The auxiliary functions here, for the presort function, are analogous to
+% the ones for calc.label; the same comments apply, except that the
+% organization field takes precedence here over the key field.  For sorting
+% purposes, we still remove a leading "The " from the organization field.
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { key sortify }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ editor sort.format.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+%			apalike uses two sorting passes; the first one sets the
+%			labels so that the `a's, `b's, etc. can be computed;
+%			the second pass puts the references in "correct" order.
+%			The presort function is for the first pass. It computes
+%			label, sort.label, and title, and then concatenates.
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+  label sortify
+  "    "
+  *
+  type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.sort
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+	'editor.sort
+	'author.sort
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$	% for
+  'sort.label :=		% apalike
+  sort.label			% style
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+ITERATE {presort}
+% And now we can sort
+SORT		% by label, sort.label, title---for final label calculation
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels, when sorted
+%
+% Now comes the final computation for alphabetic labels, putting in the 'a's
+% and 'b's and so forth if required.  This involves two passes: a forward
+% pass to put in the 'b's, 'c's and so on, and a backwards pass
+% to put in the 'a's (we don't want to put in 'a's unless we know there
+% are 'b's).
+% We have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+%
+% VAR: longest.label, last.sort.label, next.extra: string
+%      longest.label.width, last.extra.num: integer
+%
+% initialize.longest.label ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	longest.label := ""
+%	last.sort.label := int.to.chr$(0)
+%	next.extra := ""
+%	longest.label.width := 0
+%	last.extra.num := 0
+%  END
+%
+% forward.pass ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if last.sort.label = sort.label then
+%	    last.extra.num := last.extra.num + 1
+%	    extra.label := int.to.chr$(last.extra.num)
+%	else
+%	    last.extra.num := chr.to.int$("a")
+%	    extra.label := ""
+%	    last.sort.label := sort.label
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% reverse.pass ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if next.extra = "b" then
+%	    extra.label := "a"
+%	fi
+%	label := label * extra.label
+%	if width$(label) > longest.label.width then
+%	    longest.label := label
+%	    longest.label.width := width$(label)
+%	fi
+%	next.extra := extra.label
+%  END
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra }	% apalike labels are only for the text;
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num }		% there are none in the bibliography
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}	% and hence there is no `longest.label'
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+  "" 'next.extra :=
+  #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.label label =
+    { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+      last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+    }
+    { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+      "" 'extra.label :=
+      label 'last.label :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+    { "a" 'extra.label := }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  label extra.label * 'label :=
+  extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+%				Now that the label is right we sort for real,
+%				on sort.label then year then title.  This is
+%				for the second sorting pass.
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+{ sort.label
+  "    "
+  *
+  year field.or.null sortify
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+SORT		% by sort.label, year, title---giving final bibliography order
+% Now we're ready to start writing the .BBL file.
+% We begin, if necessary, with a LaTeX macro for unnamed names in an alphabetic
+% label; next comes stuff from the `preamble' command in the database files.
+% Then we give an incantation containing the command
+%     \begin{thebibliography}{...}
+% where the `...' is the longest label.
+%
+% We also call init.state.consts, for use by the output routines.
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$				% no \etalchar in apalike
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$		% no labels in apalike
+}
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+% Now we produce the output for all the entries
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+% Finally, we finish up by writing the `\end{thebibliography}' command.
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phreport.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phreport.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..919ab181cb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phreport.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1885 @@
+% BibTeX styles for various physics journals (27-Feb-1990).
+% This file, physics.btx, is based on the file btxbst.doc.
+	% Please notify Charles Karney (Karney@Princeton.EDU)
+	% of any bugs, improvements, etc.
+% Run this file through cpp to get specific versions.  I have written
+% a version of cpp within Emacs.  To access it put
+%	(autoload 'cpp "tex$bibtex:cpp"		; Use cpp for BibTeX styles
+%		  "C preprocessor"
+%		  t)
+% into your .emacs file.  Read in this file with
+%	emacs tex$bibtex:physics.btx
+% and run cpp with e.g.,
+%	M-x cpp <ret> aip <ret>
+% Save the resulting file to tex$latex:aip.bst.
+% To accomodate the variations we need (in addition to the definitions below)
+%	ATIT_SUPPRESS:	do not include the titles of journal articles
+%	NAME_INVERT:	put the initials last
+%	NAME_UPPER:	convert names to all caps.
+%	MONTH_SUPPRESS:	do not include months in journal articles
+%	PAREN_DATE:	dates go in parens in journal articles
+%	DATE_FIRST:	dates go before page numbers
+%	VOLUME_SPACE:	volume set off with space (not colon)
+%	NUM_SUPPRESS:	do not include numbers in journal articles
+%	BOLD_VOL:	volume numbers in bold face in journal articles
+%	BRACKET_NOTE:	notes in brackets
+%	PAGE_START_J:	include only starting page for journal articles
+%	PAGE_START_O:	include only starting page for other entries
+%	PAGE_ABBREV:	abbreviate page to p. and pages to pp.
+%	PHYSICS_JOUR:	include abbreviations for Physics journals
+%	COMMA_DELIMIT:	use comma (instead of period) to divide a citation
+%	NOTE_SUPPRESS:	suppress the note
+%	MAX_NAMES:	max number of authors before using et al (0 = infinity)
+%	MIN_NAMES:	number of authors to list with et al.
+%	EDIT_VAR:	use "edited by ..." instead of "..., editors"
+%	RMP_LABELS:	create RMP-style labels
+%	KEY_CITE:	use key as label
+%	NAMED_REFS:	use (Smith, 1988) style of citations
+%	CSC_NAMES:	names set in caps and small caps
+%	JOUR_DEEMPH:	don't emphasize journal name
+%	ETAL_EMPH:	emphasize et al.
+%	ALT_INCOLL	alternate ordering of fields in incollections
+% These are all boolean (0 or 1) except for MAX_NAMES and MIN_NAMES.
+% These need to satisfy 0 <= MIN_NAMES <= MAX_NAMES.
+% The rule here is that if all these are defined to be zero, we revert to
+% the standard styles.  For that reason we initialize them all to 0.
+% These are the original macros
+	% For internal reports
+% same as AIP except for 0, 0, 0,
+% 0, 0, 0
+% This is the start of btxbst.doc
+% BibTeX `plain' family
+	% version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+	% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+	% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+	% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+	% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+	% btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+	% This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+	% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+% Please notify Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU) of any bugs in
+% these standard styles or in this documentation file.
+%
+% This is file btxbxt.doc; it helps document bibliography styles,
+% and is also a template file that you can use to make
+% several different style files, if you have access to a C preprocessor.
+% For example, the standard styles were made by doing something like
+%	cpp -P -DPLAIN btxbst.doc plain.txt
+%	cpp -P -DUNSRT btxbst.doc unsrt.txt
+%	cpp -P -DALPHA btxbst.doc alpha.txt
+%	cpp -P -DABBRV btxbst.doc abbrv.txt
+% and then renaming after removing unwanted comments and blank lines.
+% If you don't have access,
+% you can edit this file by hand to imitate the preprocessor,
+% with the following explanation of the C preprocessor constructs used here.
+%
+% The output of the preprocessor is the same as the input, except that certain
+% lines will be excluded (and some blank lines will be added).  The sequence
+%	#if VAR
+%	    lines to be included when VAR is not zero
+%	#else
+%	    lines to be included when VAR is zero
+%	#endif
+% (with the #-signs appearing in column 1) means that one set or the other of
+% the lines are to be included depending on the value of VAR.
+% The #else part is optional.  Comments can be added after #else and #endif.
+% Variables can be set by
+%	#define VAR value
+% and one can also use #ifdef VAR to see if VAR has any value, and #ifndef
+% to see if it has none.
+% Another #if form used in this file is #if !VAR, which includes the lines
+% after the #if only if VAR is zero.
+%
+% Convention: Use all uppercase identifiers for these preprocessor variables
+% so you can spot them easily
+%
+% The command line to the preprocessor should define one of PLAIN, UNSRT, ALPHA
+% or ABBRV (though PLAIN will be used by default if none is given),
+% and the following lines will set various boolean variables to control the
+% various lines that are chosen from the rest of the file.
+% Each boolean variable should be set true (1) or false (0) in each style.
+% Here are the current variables, and their meanings:
+%	0:	an alphabetic label is used (if false then a numeric
+%			    label is used)
+%	0:		the entries should be sorted by label (if nonnumeric)
+%			    and other info, like authors (if false, then
+%			    entries remain in order of occurrence)
+%	0:	the authors, editors, etc., get the full names as
+%			    given in the bibliography file (if false, the first
+%			    names become initials)
+%	0:	titles of non-"books" (e.g., articles) should be
+%			    converted to lower-case, except the first letter or
+%			    first letter after a colon
+%			    (if false then they appear as in the database)
+%	0:	months are spelled out in full (if false, then
+%			    they're abbreviated)
+%	0:	macro journal names are spelled out in full
+%			    (if false then they are abbreviated, currently
+%			    as they appear in ACM publications)
+%#	    define PLAIN 1
+%
+%   Entry formatting: Similar to that recommended by Mary-Claire van Leunen
+%	in "A Handbook for Scholars".  Book-like titles are italicized
+%	(emphasized) and non-book titles are converted to sentence
+%	capitilization (and not enclosed in quotes).
+%	This file outputs a \newblock between major blocks of an entry
+%	(the name \newblock is analogous to the names \newline and \newpage)
+%	so that the user can obtain an "open" format, which has a line break
+%	before each block and lines after the first are indented within blocks,
+%	by giving the optional \documentstyle argument `openbib';
+%	The default is the "closed" format---blocks runs together.
+%
+%   Citation alphabetic label format:
+%		[Knu73] for single author (or editor or key)
+%		[AHU83] (first letters of last names) for multiple authors
+%
+%   Citation label numberic format:
+%		[number]
+%
+%   Reference list ordering for sorted, alphabetic lables:
+%		alphabetical by citation label, then by author(s) or whatever
+%		passes for author in the absence of one, then by year,
+%		then title
+%
+%   Reference list ordering for sorted, numeric lables:
+%		alphabetical by author(s) or whatever passes
+%		for author in the absence of one, then by year, then title
+%
+%   Reference list ordering for unsorted:
+%		by the order cited in the text
+%
+%   History
+%   12/16/84	(HWT)	Original `plain' version, by Howard Trickey.
+%   12/23/84	(LL)	Some comments made by Leslie Lamport.
+%    2/16/85	(OP)	Changes based on LL's comments, Oren Patashnik.
+%    2/17/85	(HWT)	Template file and other standard styles made.
+%    3/28/85	(OP)	First release, version 0.98b for BibTeX 0.98f.
+%    5/ 9/85	(OP)	Version 0.98c for BibTeX 0.98i:
+%			fixed Theoretical Computer Science macro name;
+%			fixed the format.vol.num.pages function.
+%    1/24/88	(OP)	Version 0.99a for BibTeX 0.99a, main changes:
+%			assignment operator (:=) arguments reversed;
+%			the preamble$ function outputs the database PREAMBLE;
+%			entry.max$ and global.max$ (built-in) variables replace
+%			entry.string.max and global.string.max functions;
+%			alphabetizing by year then title, not just title;
+%			many unnecessary ties removed; \it ==> \em;
+%			the `alpha' style uses a superscripted `+' instead of a
+%			`*' for unnamed names in constructing the label;
+%			the `abbrv' style now uses "Mar." and "Sept.";
+%			the functions calc.label and presort now look at just
+%			the fields they're supposed to;
+%			BOOKLET, MASTERSTHESIS, TECHREPORT use nonbook titles;
+%			INBOOK and INCOLLECTION take an optional type (e.g.
+%			type = "Section"), overriding the default "chapter";
+%			BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, and PROCEEDINGS now allow
+%			either volume or number, not just volume;
+%			INCOLLECTION now allows an edition and series field;
+%			PROCEEDINGS and INPROCEEDINGS now use the address field
+%			to tell where a conference was held;
+%			INPROCEEDINGS and PROCEEDINGS now allow either volume
+%			or number, and also a series field;
+%			MASTERSTHESIS and PHDTHESIS accept types other than
+%			"Master's thesis" and "PhD thesis";
+%			UNPUBLISHED now outputs, in one block, note then date;
+%			MANUAL now prints out the organization in
+%			the first block if the author field is empty;
+%			MISC can't be empty---it requires some optional field.
+%    3/23/88	(OP)	Version 0.99b for BibTeX 0.99c---changed the three
+%			erroneous occurrences of `cite ' to `cite$ '; this
+%			change didn't affect the four standard styles, so the
+%			0.99a versions of those styles are still current.
+%
+% The ENTRY declaration
+%   Like Scribe's (according to pages 231-2 of the April '84 edition),
+%   but no fullauthor or editors fields because BibTeX does name handling.
+%   The annote field is commented out here because this family doesn't
+%   include an annotated bibliography style.  And in addition to the fields
+%   listed here, BibTeX has a built-in crossref field, explained later.
+ENTRY
+% Fields:
+  { address
+%	    Usually the address of a publisher or other type of organization.
+%	    Put information in this field only if it helps the reader find the
+%	    thing---for example you should omit the address of a major
+%	    publisher entirely.  For a PROCEEDINGS or an INPROCEEDINGS,
+%	    however, it's the address of the conference; for those two entry
+%	    types, include the publisher's or organization's address, if
+%	    necessary, in the publisher or organization field.
+%    annote
+%	    Long annotation---for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence).
+    author
+%	    Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format.
+    booktitle
+%	    Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book.
+%	    For book entries, the title field should be used instead.
+    chapter
+%	    Chapter (or section or whatever) number.
+    edition
+%	    Edition of a book---should be an ordinal (e.g., "Second").
+    editor
+%	    Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format.
+%	    If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be
+%	    for the book or collection that the work appears in.
+    howpublished
+%	     How something strange has been published (begins sentence).
+    institution
+%	    Sponsoring institution of a technical report.
+    journal
+%	    Journal name (macros are provided for many).
+    key
+%	    Alphabetizing, labeling, and cross-referencing key
+%	    (needed when an entry has no author or editor).
+    month
+%	    Month (macros are provided).
+    note
+%	    To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence).
+    number
+%	    Number of a journal or technical report, or of a work in a series.
+    organization
+%	    Organization sponsoring a conference (or publishing a manual); if
+%	    the editor (or author) is empty, and if the organization produces
+%	    an awkward label or cross reference, you should put appropriately
+%	    condensed organization information in the key field as well.
+    pages
+%	    Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range, use `+'
+%	    to indicate pages following that don't form a simple range).
+    publisher
+%	    Publisher name.
+    school
+%	    School name (for theses).
+    series
+%	    The name of a series or set of books.
+%	    An individual book will will also have it's own title.
+    title
+%	    The title of the thing you're referred to.
+    type
+%	    Type of a Techreport (e.g., "Research Note") to be used instead of
+%	    the default "Technical Report"; or, similarly, the type of a
+%	    thesis; or of a part of a book.
+    volume
+%	    The volume number of a journal or multivolume work.
+    year
+%	    The year should contain only numerals (technically, it should end
+%	    with four numerals, after purification; doesn't a begin sentence).
+  }
+% There are no integer entry variables
+  {}
+% These string entry variables are used to form the citation label.
+% In a storage pinch, sort.label can be easily computed on the fly.
+  { label }
+% Each entry function starts by calling output.bibitem, to write the
+% \bibitem and its arguments to the .BBL file.  Then the various fields
+% are formatted and printed by output or output.check.  Those functions
+% handle the writing of separators (commas, periods, \newblock's),
+% taking care not to do so when they are passed a null string.
+% Finally, fin.entry is called to add the final period and finish the
+% entry.
+%
+% A bibliographic reference is formatted into a number of `blocks':
+% in the open format, a block begins on a new line and subsequent
+% lines of the block are indented.  A block may contain more than
+% one sentence (well, not a grammatical sentence, but something to
+% be ended with a sentence ending period).  The entry functions should
+% call new.block whenever a block other than the first is about to be
+% started.  They should call new.sentence whenever a new sentence is
+% to be started.  The output functions will ensure that if two
+% new.sentence's occur without any non-null string being output between
+% them then there won't be two periods output.  Similarly for two
+% successive new.block's.
+%
+% The output routines don't write their argument immediately.
+% Instead, by convention, that argument is saved on the stack to be
+% output next time (when we'll know what separator needs to come
+% after it).  Meanwhile, the output routine has to pop the pending
+% output off the stack, append any needed separator, and write it.
+%
+% To tell which separator is needed, we maintain an output.state.
+% It will be one of these values:
+%	before.all		just after the \bibitem
+%	mid.sentence		in the middle of a sentence: comma needed
+%					if more sentence is output
+%	after.sentence		just after a sentence: period needed
+%	after.block		just after a block (and sentence):
+%					period and \newblock needed.
+% Note: These styles don't use after.sentence
+%
+% VAR: output.state : INTEGER		-- state variable for output
+%
+% The output.nonnull function saves its argument (assumed to be nonnull)
+% on the stack, and writes the old saved value followed by any needed
+% separator.  The ordering of the tests is decreasing frequency of
+% occurrence.
+%
+% output.nonnull(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	s := argument on stack
+%	if output.state = mid.sentence then
+%	    write$(pop() * ", ")
+%		  -- "pop" isn't a function: just use stack top
+%	else
+%	    if output.state = after.block then
+%		write$(add.period$(pop()))
+%		newline$
+%		write$("\newblock ")
+%	    else
+%		if output.state = before.all then
+%		    write$(pop())
+%		else	    -- output.state should be after.sentence
+%		    write$(add.period$(pop()) * " ")
+%		fi
+%	    fi
+%	    output.state := mid.sentence
+%	fi
+%	push s on stack
+%  END
+%
+% The output function calls output.nonnull if its argument is non-empty;
+% its argument may be a missing field (thus, not necessarily a string)
+%
+% output(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if not empty$(s) then output.nonnull(s)
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% The output.check function is the same as the output function except that, if
+% necessary, output.check warns the user that the t field shouldn't be empty
+% (this is because it probably won't be a good reference without the field;
+% the entry functions try to make the formatting look reasonable even when
+% such fields are empty).
+%
+% output.check(s,t) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then
+%	    warning$("empty " * t * " in " * cite$)
+%	else output.nonnull(s)
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% The output.bibitem function writes the \bibitem for the current entry
+% (the label should already have been set up), and sets up the separator
+% state for the output functions.  And, it leaves a string on the stack
+% as per the output convention.
+%
+% output.bibitem ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	newline$
+%	write$("\bibitem[")	% for alphabetic labels,
+%	write$(label)		% these three lines
+%	write$("]{")		% are used
+%	write$("\bibitem{")		% this line for numeric labels
+%	write$(cite$)
+%	write$("}")
+%	push "" on stack
+%	output.state := before.all
+%  END
+%
+% The fin.entry function finishes off an entry by adding a period to the
+% string remaining on the stack.  If the state is still before.all
+% then nothing was produced for this entry, so the result will look bad,
+% but the user deserves it. (We don't omit the whole entry because the
+% entry was cited, and a bibitem is needed to define the citation label.)
+%
+% fin.entry ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	write$(add.period$(pop()))
+%	newline$
+%  END
+%
+% The new.block function prepares for a new block to be output, and
+% new.sentence prepares for a new sentence.
+%
+% new.block ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if output.state <> before.all then
+%	    output.state := after.block
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% new.sentence ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if output.state <> after.block then
+%	    if output.state <> before.all then
+%		output.state :=  after.sentence
+%	    fi
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+}
+% the variables s and t are temporary string holders
+STRINGS { s t }
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+	{ "," * write$
+	  newline$
+	  "\newblock " write$
+	}
+	{ output.state before.all =
+	    'write$
+	    { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+  "\bibitem{" write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+% This function finishes all entries.
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ skip$
+}
+% These three functions pop one or two (integer) arguments from the stack
+% and push a single one, either 0 or 1.
+% The 'skip$ in the `and' and `or' functions are used because
+% the corresponding if$ would be idempotent
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+% Sometimes we begin a new block only if the block will be big enough.  The
+% new.block.checka function issues a new.block if its argument is nonempty;
+% new.block.checkb does the same if either of its TWO arguments is nonempty.
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+% The new.sentence.check functions are analogous.
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+% Here are some functions for formatting chunks of an entry.
+% By convention they either produce a string that can be followed by
+% a comma or period (using add.period$, so it is OK to end in a period),
+% or they produce the null string.
+%
+% A useful utility is the field.or.null function, which checks if the
+% argument is the result of pushing a `missing' field (one for which no
+% assignment was made when the current entry was read in from the database)
+% or the result of pushing a string having no non-white-space characters.
+% It returns the null string if so, otherwise it returns the field string.
+% Its main (but not only) purpose is to guarantee that what's left on the
+% stack is a string rather than a missing field.
+%
+% field.or.null(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then return ""
+%	else return s
+%  END
+%
+% Another helper function is emphasize, which returns the argument emphazised,
+% if that is non-empty, otherwise it returns the null string.  Italic
+% corrections aren't used, so this function should be used when punctation
+% will follow the result.
+%
+% emphasize(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then return ""
+%	else return "{\em " * s * "}"
+%
+% The format.names function formats the argument (which should be in
+% BibTeX name format) into "First Von Last, Junior", separated by commas
+% and with an "and" before the last (but ending with "et~al." if the last
+% of multiple authors is "others").  This function's argument should always
+% contain at least one name.
+%
+% VAR: nameptr, namesleft, numnames: INTEGER
+% pseudoVAR: nameresult: STRING		(it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% format.names(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	nameptr := 1
+%	numnames := num.names$(s)
+%	namesleft := numnames
+%	while namesleft > 0
+%	  do
+%				% for full names:
+%	    t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+%				% for abbreviated first names:
+%	    t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+%	    if nameptr > 1 then
+%		if namesleft > 1 then nameresult := nameresult * ", " * t
+%		else if numnames > 2
+%		       then nameresult := nameresult * ","
+%		     fi
+%		     if t = "others"
+%		       then nameresult := nameresult * " et~al."
+%		       else nameresult := nameresult * " and " * t
+%		     fi
+%		fi
+%	    else nameresult := t
+%	    fi
+%	    nameptr := nameptr + 1
+%	    namesleft := namesleft - 1
+%	  od
+%	return nameresult
+%  END
+%
+% The format.authors function returns the result of format.names(author)
+% if the author is present, or else it returns the null string
+%
+% format.authors ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(author) then return ""
+%	else return format.names(author)
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% Format.editors is like format.authors, but it uses the editor field,
+% and appends ", editor" or ", editors"
+%
+% format.editors ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(editor) then return ""
+%	else
+%	    if num.names$(editor) > 1 then
+%		return format.names(editor) * ", editors"
+%	    else
+%		return format.names(editor) * ", editor"
+%	    fi
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% Other formatting functions are similar, so no "comment version" will be
+% given for them.
+%
+% The `pop$' in this function gets rid of the duplicate `empty' value and
+% the `skip$' returns the duplicate field value
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {embolden}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {paren}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "(" swap$ * ")" * }
+  if$
+}
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+      nameptr #1 >
+	{ namesleft #1 >
+	    { ", " * t * }
+	    { numnames #2 >
+		{ "," * }
+		'skip$
+	      if$
+	      t "others" =
+		{ " et~al." * }
+		{ " and " * t * }
+	      if$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+	{ ", editors" * }
+	{ ", editor" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.edited}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "edited by " editor format.names * }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.title function is used for non-book-like titles.
+% For most styles we convert to lowercase (except for the very first letter,
+% and except for the first one after a colon (followed by whitespace)),
+% and hope the user has brace-surrounded words that need to stay capitilized;
+% for some styles, however, we leave it as it is in the database.
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    'title
+  if$
+}
+% By default, BibTeX sets the global integer variable global.max$ to the BibTeX
+% constant glob_str_size, the maximum length of a global string variable.
+% Analogously, BibTeX sets the global integer variable entry.max$ to
+% ent_str_size, the maximum length of an entry string variable.
+% The style designer may change these if necessary (but this is unlikely)
+% The n.dashify function makes each single `-' in a string a double `--'
+% if it's not already
+%
+% pseudoVAR: pageresult: STRING		(it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% n.dashify(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	t := s
+%	pageresult := ""
+%	while (not empty$(t))
+%	  do
+%	    if (first character of t = "-")
+%	      then
+%		if (next character isn't)
+%		  then
+%		    pageresult := pageresult * "--"
+%		    t := t with the "-" removed
+%		  else
+%		    while (first character of t = "-")
+%		      do
+%			pageresult := pageresult * "-"
+%			t := t with the "-" removed
+%		      od
+%		fi
+%	      else
+%		pageresult := pageresult * the first character
+%		t := t with the first character removed
+%	    fi
+%	  od
+%	return pageresult
+%  END
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+	{ t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+	    { "--" *
+	      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	    }
+	    {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+		{ "-" *
+		  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+		}
+	      while$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ t #1 #1 substring$ *
+	  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+% The format.date function is for the month and year, but we give a warning if
+% there's an empty year but the month is there, and we return the empty string
+% if they're both empty.
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+    { month empty$
+	{ "" }
+	{ "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+	  month
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { month empty$
+	'year
+	{ month " " * year * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.btitle is for formatting the title field when it is a book-like
+% entry---the style used here keeps it in uppers-and-lowers and emphasizes it.
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+% For several functions we'll need to connect two strings with a
+% tie (~) if the second one isn't very long (fewer than 3 characters).
+% The tie.or.space.connect function does that.  It concatenates the two
+% strings on top of the stack, along with either a tie or space between
+% them, and puts this concatenation back onto the stack:
+%
+% tie.or.space.connect(str1,str2) ==
+%    BEGIN
+%	if text.length$(str2) < 3
+%	  then return the concatenation of str1, "~", and str2
+%	  else return the concatenation of str1, " ", and str2
+%    END
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+% The either.or.check function complains if both fields or an either-or pair
+% are nonempty.
+%
+% either.or.check(t,s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then
+%	    warning$(can't use both " * t * " fields in " * cite$)
+%	fi
+%  END
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.bvolume function is for formatting the volume and perhaps
+% series name of a multivolume work.  If both a volume and a series field
+% are there, we assume the series field is the title of the whole multivolume
+% work (the title field should be the title of the thing being referred to),
+% and we add an "of <series>".  This function is called in mid-sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.number.series function is for formatting the series name
+% and perhaps number of a work in a series.  This function is similar to
+% format.bvolume, although for this one the series must exist (and the
+% volume must not exist).  If the number field is empty we output either
+% the series field unchanged if it exists or else the null string.
+% If both the number and series fields are there we assume the series field
+% gives the name of the whole series (the title field should be the title
+% of the work being one referred to), and we add an "in <series>".
+% We capitilize Number when this function is used at the beginning of a block.
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+	{ series field.or.null }
+	{ output.state mid.sentence =
+	    { "number" }
+	    { "Number" }
+	  if$
+	  number tie.or.space.connect
+	  series empty$
+	    { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	    { " in " * series * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.edition function appends " edition" to the edition, if present.
+% We lowercase the edition (it should be something like "Third"), because
+% this doesn't start a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+	{ edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+	{ edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.pages function is used for formatting a page range in a book
+% (and in rare circumstances, an article).
+%
+% The multi.page.check function examines the page field for a "-" or "," or "+"
+% so that format.pages can use "page" instead of "pages" if none exists.
+% Note: global.max$ here means "take the rest of the string"
+%
+% VAR: multiresult: INTEGER	(actually, a boolean)
+%
+% multi.page.check(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	t := s
+%	multiresult := false
+%	while ((not multiresult) and (not empty$(t)))
+%	  do
+%	    if (first character of t = "-" or "," or "+")
+%	      then multiresult := true
+%	      else t := t with the first character removed
+%	    fi
+%	  od
+%	return multiresult
+%  END
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+	{ #1 'multiresult := }
+	{ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+% This function doesn't begin a sentence so "pages" isn't capitalized.
+% Other functions that use this should keep that in mind.
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+	{ "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+	{ "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.vol.num.pages function is for the volume, number, and page range
+% of a journal article.  We use the format:  vol(number):pages, with some
+% variations for empty fields.  This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null embolden
+  " " swap$ * *
+  number empty$
+    'skip$
+    { "(" number * ")" * *
+      volume empty$
+	{ "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+	{ pop$ format.pages }
+	{ ", " * pages n.dashify * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.chapter.pages, if the chapter is present, puts whatever is in the
+% type field (or else "chapter" if type is empty) in front of a chapter number.
+% It then appends the pages, if present.  This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+	{ "chapter" }
+	{ type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.in.ed.booktitle function is used for starting out a sentence
+% that begins "In <booktitle>", putting an editor before the title if one
+% exists.
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+	{ "in " booktitle emphasize * }
+	{ "in " booktitle emphasize * ", " * format.edited * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The function empty.misc.check complains if all six fields are empty, and
+% if there's been no sorting or alphabetic-label complaint.
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+  month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+  and and and and and
+    { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+% The function format.thesis.type returns either the (case-changed) type field,
+% if it is defined, or else the default string already on the stack
+% (like "Master's thesis" or "PhD thesis").
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The function format.tr.number makes a string starting with "Technical Report"
+% (or type, if that field is defined), followed by the number if there is one;
+% it returns the starting part (with a case change) even if there is no number.
+% This is used at the beginning of a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+% Now come the cross-referencing functions (these are invoked because
+% one entry in the database file(s) cross-references another, by giving
+% the other entry's database key in a `crossref' field).  This feature
+% allows one or more titled things that are part of a larger titled
+% thing to cross-reference the larger thing.  These styles allow for
+% five posibilities: (1) an ARTICLE may cross-reference an ARTICLE;
+% (2) a BOOK, (3) INBOOK, or (4) INCOLLECTION may cross-reference a BOOK;
+% or (5) an INPROCEEDINGS may cross-reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Each of these is explained in more detail later.
+%
+% An ARTICLE entry type may cross reference another ARTICLE (this is
+% intended for when an entire journal is devoted to a single topic---
+% but since there is no JOURNAL entry type, the journal, too, should be
+% classified as an ARTICLE but without the author and title fields).
+% This will result in two warning messages for the journal's entry
+% if it's included in the reference list, but such is life.
+%
+% format.article.crossref ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(key) then
+%	    if empty$(journal) then
+%		warning$("need key or journal for " * cite$ *
+%						" to crossref " * crossref)
+%		return(" \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+%	    else
+%		return("In " * emphazise.correct (journal) *
+%						" \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+%		fi
+%	else
+%	    return("In " * key * " \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% The other cross-referencing functions are similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+    { journal empty$
+	{ "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+	  warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ "In " journal * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " key * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% We use just the last names of editors for a cross reference: either
+% "editor", or "editor1 and editor2", or "editor1 et~al." depending on
+% whether there are one, or two, or more than two editors.
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  editor num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " et~al." * }
+    { #2 <
+	'skip$
+	{ editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+	    { " et~al." * }
+	    { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% A BOOK (or INBOOK) entry type (assumed to be for a single volume in a
+% multivolume work) may cross reference another BOOK (the entire multivolume).
+% Usually there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct the
+% cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else the series
+% field (since the series gives the title of the multivolume work).
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In "
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+	{ series empty$
+	    { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+	      crossref * warning$
+	      "" *
+	    }
+	    { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% An INCOLLECTION entry type may cross reference a BOOK (assumed to be the
+% collection), or an INPROCEEDINGS may cross reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Often there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct
+% the cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else
+% the booktitle field (which gives the cross-referenced work's title).
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+	{ booktitle empty$
+	    { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+	      crossref * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ "In " key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% Now we define the type functions for all entry types that may appear
+% in the .BIB file---e.g., functions like `article' and `book'.  These
+% are the routines that actually generate the .BBL-file output for
+% the entry.  These must all precede the READ command.  In addition, the
+% style designer should have a function `default.type' for unknown types.
+% Note: The fields (within each list) are listed in order of appearance,
+% except as described for an `inbook' or a `proceedings'.
+%
+% The article function is for an article in a journal.  An article may
+% CROSSREF another article.
+%	Required fields: author, title, journal, year
+%	Optional fields: volume, number, pages, month, note
+%
+% article ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	output.bibitem
+%	output.check(format.authors,"author")
+%	new.block
+%	output.check(format.title,"title")
+%	new.block
+%	if missing$(crossref) then
+%	    output.check(emphasize(journal),"journal")
+%	    output(format.vol.num.pages)
+%	    output.check(format.date,"year")
+%       else
+%	    output.nonnull(format.article.crossref)
+%	    output(format.pages)
+%	fi
+%	new.block
+%	output(note)
+%	fin.entry
+%  END
+%
+% The book function is for a whole book.  A book may CROSSREF another book.
+%	Required fields: author or editor, title, publisher, year
+%	Optional fields: volume or number, series, address, edition, month,
+%			note
+%
+% book ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(author) then output.check(format.editors,"author and editor")
+%	else	output.check(format.authors,"author")
+%		if missing$(crossref) then
+%		    either.or.check("author and editor",editor)
+%		fi
+%	fi
+%	new.block
+%	output.check(format.btitle,"title")
+%	if missing$(crossref) then
+%	    output(format.bvolume)
+%	    new.block
+%	    output(format.number.series)
+%	    new.sentence
+%	    output.check(publisher,"publisher")
+%	    output(address)
+%       else
+%	    new.block
+%	    output.nonnull(format.book.crossref)
+%	fi
+%	output(format.edition)
+%	output.check(format.date,"year")
+%	new.block
+%	output(note)
+%	fin.entry
+%  END
+%
+% The other entry functions are all quite similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal field.or.null
+      format.vol.num.pages 
+      format.date empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ duplicate$ empty$
+	    { pop$ format.date paren }
+            { " " * format.date paren * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+      output
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A booklet is a bound thing without a publisher or sponsoring institution.
+%	Required: title
+%	Optional: author, howpublished, address, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  howpublished address new.block.checkb
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% For the conference entry type, see inproceedings.
+% An inbook is a piece of a book: either a chapter and/or a page range.
+% It may CROSSREF a book.  If there's no volume field, the type field
+% will come before number and series.
+%	Required: author or editor, title, chapter and/or pages, publisher,year
+%	Optional: volume or number, series, type, address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% An incollection is like inbook, but where there is a separate title
+% for the referenced thing (and perhaps an editor for the whole).
+% An incollection may CROSSREF a book.
+%	Required: author, title, booktitle, publisher, year
+%	Optional: editor, volume or number, series, type, chapter, pages,
+%			address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+      format.edition output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% An inproceedings is an article in a conference proceedings, and it may
+% CROSSREF a proceedings.  If there's no address field, the month (& year)
+% will appear just before note.
+%	Required: author, title, booktitle, year
+%	Optional: editor, volume or number, series, pages, address, month,
+%			organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.pages output
+      address empty$
+	{ organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+	  organization output
+	  publisher output
+	  format.date "year" output.check
+	}
+	{ address output.nonnull
+	  format.date "year" output.check
+	  new.sentence
+	  organization output
+	  publisher output
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% The conference function is included for Scribe compatibility.
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+% A manual is technical documentation.
+%	Required: title
+%	Optional: author, organization, address, edition, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ organization output.nonnull
+	  address output
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	{ address new.block.checka
+	  address output
+	}
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+    { organization address new.block.checkb
+      organization output
+      address output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A mastersthesis is a Master's thesis.
+%	Required: author, title, school, year
+%	Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A misc is something that doesn't fit elsewhere.
+%	Required: at least one of the `optional' fields
+%	Optional: author, title, howpublished, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  title howpublished new.block.checkb
+  format.title output
+  howpublished new.block.checka
+  howpublished output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  empty.misc.check
+}
+% A phdthesis is like a mastersthesis.
+%	Required: author, title, school, year
+%	Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A proceedings is a conference proceedings.
+% If there is an organization but no editor field, the organization will
+% appear as the first optional field (we try to make the first block nonempty);
+% if there's no address field, the month (& year) will appear just before note.
+%	Required: title, year
+%	Optional: editor, volume or number, series, address, month,
+%			organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  editor empty$
+    { organization output }
+    { format.editors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ publisher new.sentence.checka }
+	{ organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+	  organization output
+	}
+      if$
+      publisher output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { address output.nonnull
+      format.date "year" output.check
+      new.sentence
+      editor empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ organization output }
+      if$
+      publisher output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A techreport is a technical report.
+%	Required: author, title, institution, year
+%	Optional: type, number, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% An unpublished is something that hasn't been published.
+%	Required: author, title, note
+%	Optional: month, year
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  format.date output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% We use entry type `misc' for an unknown type; BibTeX gives a warning.
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+% Here are macros for common things that may vary from style to style.
+% Users are encouraged to use these macros.
+%
+% Months are either written out in full or abbreviated
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+MACRO {sep} {"Sept."}
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+% Journals are either written out in full or abbreviated;
+% the abbreviations are like those found in ACM publications.
+%
+% To get a completely different set of abbreviations, it may be best to make
+% a separate .bib file with nothing but those abbreviations; users could then
+% include that file name as the first argument to the \bibliography command
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."}
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."}
+MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"}
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."}
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."}
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."}
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."}
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"}
+MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."}
+MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"}
+MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."}
+MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Programming"}
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."}
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."}
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."}
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Gr."}
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Softw."}
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."}
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Prog. Lang. Syst."}
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput. Sci."}
+%% /usr/local/lib/tex/bibtex/phyjfull.btx, Tue Jun 30 08:37:48 1992
+%% Edit by Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@alfred.math.utah.edu>
+%% Change file names in leading comment
+% Journal Title Abbreviations from the Physical Review Style and Notation
+%	Guide, July, 1983, in BAPS Vol. 28.
+%  Selected by Cris Barnes and Charles Karney, March 1988
+% IMPORTANT!! Don't make changes to this file without making the
+% 	      corresponding changes to
+%			phyjabb.bib
+%			phyjabb.btx
+MACRO {advp} {"Advances in Physics"}
+MACRO {ajp} {"American Journal of Physics"}
+MACRO {ao} {"Applied Optics"}
+MACRO {apl} {"Applied Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {apj} {"Astrophysical Journal"}
+MACRO {baps} {"Bulletin of the American Physical Society"}
+MACRO {cpc} {"Computer Physics Communications"}
+MACRO {cppcf} {"Comments on Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {fed} {"Fusion Engineering and Design"}
+MACRO {ft} {"Fusion Technology"}
+MACRO {ieeens} {"IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science"}
+MACRO {ieeeps} {"IEEE Transactions on Plasma Science"}
+MACRO {ijimw} {"International Journal of Infrared and Millimeter Waves"}
+MACRO {ip} {"Infrared Physics"}
+MACRO {jap} {"Journal of Applied Physics"}
+MACRO {jcp} {"Journal of Computational Physics"}
+MACRO {jetp} {"Soviet Physics-JETP"}
+MACRO {jfe} {"Journal of Fusion Energy"}
+MACRO {jfm} {"Journal of Fluid Mechanics"}
+MACRO {jgr} {"Journal of Geophysical Research"}
+MACRO {jmp} {"Journal of Mathematical Physics"}
+MACRO {jne} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy"}
+MACRO {jnec} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy, Part C: Plasma Physics, Accelerators, Thermonuclear Research"}
+MACRO {jnm} {"Journal of Nuclear Materials"}
+MACRO {josa} {"Journal of the Optical Society of America"}
+MACRO {jpp} {"Journal of Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {jpsj} {"Journal of the Physical Society of Japan"}
+MACRO {jvst} {"Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology"}
+MACRO {nedf} {"Nuclear Engineering and Design/Fusion"}
+MACRO {nf} {"Nuclear Fusion"}
+MACRO {nim} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods"}
+MACRO {nimpr} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods in Physics Research"}
+MACRO {nt/f} {"Nuclear Technology/Fusion"}
+MACRO {pf} {"Physics of Fluids"}
+MACRO {pfa} {"Physics of Fluids A: Fluid Dynamics"}
+MACRO {pfb} {"Physics of Fluids B: Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {pl} {"Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {pla} {"Physics Letters A"}
+MACRO {pnas} {"Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA"}
+MACRO {pp} {"Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {ppcf} {"Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {prl} {"Physical Review Letters"}
+MACRO {pr} {"Physical Review"}
+MACRO {pra} {"Physical Review A: General Physics"}
+MACRO {ps} {"Physica Scripta"}
+MACRO {rmp} {"Reviews of Modern Physics"}
+MACRO {rsi} {"Review of Scientific Instruments"}
+MACRO {sjpp} {"Soviet Journal of Plasma Phys."}
+MACRO {spd} {"Soviet Physics-Doklady"}
+MACRO {sptp} {"Soviet Physics-Technical Physics"}
+MACRO {spu} {"Soviet Physics-Uspeki"}
+% Now we read in the .BIB entries.
+READ
+% The sortify function converts to lower case after purify$ing; it's
+% used in sorting and in computing alphabetic labels after sorting
+%
+% The chop.word(w,len,s) function returns either s or, if the first len
+% letters of s equals w (this comparison is done in the third line of the
+% function's definition), it returns that part of s after w.
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels
+%
+% The format.lab.names function makes a short label by using the initials of
+% the von and Last parts of the names (but if there are more than four names,
+% (i.e., people) it truncates after three and adds a superscripted "+";
+% it also adds such a "+" if the last of multiple authors is "others").
+% If there is only one name, and its von and Last parts combined have just
+% a single name-token ("Knuth" has a single token, "Brinch Hansen" has two),
+% we take the first three letters of the last name.  The boolean
+% et.al.char.used tells whether we've used a superscripted "+", so that we
+% know whether to include a LaTeX macro for it.
+%
+% format.lab.names(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	numnames := num.names$(s)
+%	if numnames > 1 then
+%	    if numnames > 4 then
+%		namesleft := 3
+%	    else
+%		namesleft := numnames
+%	    nameptr := 1
+%	    nameresult := ""
+%	    while namesleft > 0
+%	      do
+%		if (name_ptr = numnames) and
+%		     format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}") = "others"
+%		   then nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+%			et.al.char.used := true
+%		   else nameresult := nameresult *
+%				format.name$(s, nameptr, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+%		nameptr := nameptr + 1
+%		namesleft := namesleft - 1
+%	      od
+%	    if numnames > 4 then
+%		nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+%		et.al.char.used := true
+%	else
+%	    t := format.name$(s, 1, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+%	    if text.length$(t) < 2 then	% there's just one name-token
+%		nameresult := text.prefix$(format.name$(s,1,"{ll}"),3)
+%	    else
+%		nameresult := t
+%	    fi
+%	fi
+%	return nameresult
+%  END
+%
+% Exactly what fields we look at in constructing the primary part of the label
+% depends on the entry type; this selectivity (as opposed to, say, always
+% looking at author, then editor, then key) helps ensure that "ignored" fields,
+% as described in the LaTeX book, really are ignored.  Note that MISC is part
+% of the deepest `else' clause in the nested part of calc.label; thus, any
+% unrecognized entry type in the database is handled correctly.
+%
+% There is one auxiliary function for each of the four different sequences of
+% fields we use.  The first of these functions looks at the author field, and
+% then, if necessary, the key field.  The other three functions, which might
+% look at two fields and the key field, are similar, except that the key field
+% takes precedence over the organization field (for labels---not for sorting).
+%
+% The calc.label function calculates the preliminary label of an entry, which
+% is formed by taking three letters of information from the author or editor or
+% key or organization field (depending on the entry type and on what's empty,
+% but ignoring a leading "The " in the organization), and appending the last
+% two characters (digits) of the year. It is an error if the appropriate fields
+% among author, editor, organization, and key are missing, and we use
+% the first three letters of the cite$ in desperation when this happens.
+% The resulting label has the year part, but not the name part, purify$ed
+% (purify$ing the year allows some sorting shenanigans by the user).
+%
+% This function also calculates the version of the label to be used in sorting.
+%
+% The final label may need a trailing 'a', 'b', etc., to distinguish it from
+% otherwise identical labels, but we can't calculated those "extra.label"s
+% until after sorting.
+%
+% calc.label ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if type$ = "book" or "inbook" then
+%	    author.editor.key.label
+%	else if type$ = "proceedings" then
+%	    editor.key.organization.label
+%	else if type$ = "manual" then
+%	    author.key.organization.label
+%	else
+%	    author.key.label
+%	fi fi fi
+%	label := label * substring$(purify$(field.or.null(year)), -1, 2)
+%		% assuming we will also sort, we calculate a sort.label
+%	sort.label := sortify(label), but use the last four, not two, digits
+%  END
+% When sorting, we compute the sortkey by executing "presort" on each entry.
+% The presort key contains a number of "sortify"ed strings, concatenated
+% with multiple blanks between them.  This makes things like "brinch  per"
+% come before "brinch hansen  per".
+%
+% The fields used here are: the sort.label for alphabetic labels (as set by
+% calc.label), followed by the author names (or editor names or organization
+% (with a leading "The " removed) or key field, depending on entry type and on
+% what's empty), followed by year, followed by the first bit of the title
+% (chopping off a leading "The ", "A ", or "An ").
+% Names are formatted: Von Last First Junior.
+% The names within a part will be separated by a single blank
+% (such as "brinch hansen"), two will separate the name parts themselves
+% (except the von and last), three will separate the names,
+% four will separate the names from year (and from label, if alphabetic),
+% and four will separate year from title.
+%
+% The sort.format.names function takes an argument that should be in
+% BibTeX name format, and returns a string containing "   "-separated
+% names in the format described above.  The function is almost the same
+% as format.names.
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels, when sorted
+%
+% Now comes the final computation for alphabetic labels, putting in the 'a's
+% and 'b's and so forth if required.  This involves two passes: a forward
+% pass to put in the 'b's, 'c's and so on, and a backwards pass
+% to put in the 'a's (we don't want to put in 'a's unless we know there
+% are 'b's).
+% We have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+%
+% VAR: longest.label, last.sort.label, next.extra: string
+%      longest.label.width, last.extra.num: integer
+%
+% initialize.longest.label ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	longest.label := ""
+%	last.sort.label := int.to.chr$(0)
+%	next.extra := ""
+%	longest.label.width := 0
+%	last.extra.num := 0
+%  END
+%
+% forward.pass ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if last.sort.label = sort.label then
+%	    last.extra.num := last.extra.num + 1
+%	    extra.label := int.to.chr$(last.extra.num)
+%	else
+%	    last.extra.num := chr.to.int$("a")
+%	    extra.label := ""
+%	    last.sort.label := sort.label
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% reverse.pass ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if next.extra = "b" then
+%	    extra.label := "a"
+%	fi
+%	label := label * extra.label
+%	if width$(label) > longest.label.width then
+%	    longest.label := label
+%	    longest.label.width := width$(label)
+%	fi
+%	next.extra := extra.label
+%  END
+% Now comes the computation for numeric labels.
+% We use either the sorted order or original order.
+% We still have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+  #1 'number.label :=
+  #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+  number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+  label width$ longest.label.width >
+    { label 'longest.label :=
+      label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+    }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+% Now we're ready to start writing the .BBL file.
+% We begin, if necessary, with a LaTeX macro for unnamed names in an alphabetic
+% label; next comes stuff from the `preamble' command in the database files.
+% Then we give an incantation containing the command
+%     \begin{thebibliography}{...}
+% where the `...' is the longest label.
+%
+% We also call init.state.consts, for use by the output routines.
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{"  longest.label  * "}" * write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+% Now we produce the output for all the entries
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+% Finally, we finish up by writing the `\end{thebibliography}' command.
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phrmp.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phrmp.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b6dd3b0d620
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phrmp.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,2150 @@
+% BibTeX styles for various physics journals (27-Feb-1990).
+% This file, physics.btx, is based on the file btxbst.doc.
+	% Please notify Charles Karney (Karney@Princeton.EDU)
+	% of any bugs, improvements, etc.
+% Run this file through cpp to get specific versions.  I have written
+% a version of cpp within Emacs.  To access it put
+%	(autoload 'cpp "tex$bibtex:cpp"		; Use cpp for BibTeX styles
+%		  "C preprocessor"
+%		  t)
+% into your .emacs file.  Read in this file with
+%	emacs tex$bibtex:physics.btx
+% and run cpp with e.g.,
+%	M-x cpp <ret> aip <ret>
+% Save the resulting file to tex$latex:aip.bst.
+% To accomodate the variations we need (in addition to the definitions below)
+%	ATIT_SUPPRESS:	do not include the titles of journal articles
+%	NAME_INVERT:	put the initials last
+%	NAME_UPPER:	convert names to all caps.
+%	MONTH_SUPPRESS:	do not include months in journal articles
+%	PAREN_DATE:	dates go in parens in journal articles
+%	DATE_FIRST:	dates go before page numbers
+%	VOLUME_SPACE:	volume set off with space (not colon)
+%	NUM_SUPPRESS:	do not include numbers in journal articles
+%	BOLD_VOL:	volume numbers in bold face in journal articles
+%	BRACKET_NOTE:	notes in brackets
+%	PAGE_START_J:	include only starting page for journal articles
+%	PAGE_START_O:	include only starting page for other entries
+%	PAGE_ABBREV:	abbreviate page to p. and pages to pp.
+%	PHYSICS_JOUR:	include abbreviations for Physics journals
+%	COMMA_DELIMIT:	use comma (instead of period) to divide a citation
+%	NOTE_SUPPRESS:	suppress the note
+%	MAX_NAMES:	max number of authors before using et al (0 = infinity)
+%	MIN_NAMES:	number of authors to list with et al.
+%	EDIT_VAR:	use "edited by ..." instead of "..., editors"
+%	RMP_LABELS:	create 1-style labels
+%	KEY_CITE:	use key as label
+%	NAMED_REFS:	use (Smith, 1988) style of citations
+%	CSC_NAMES:	names set in caps and small caps
+%	JOUR_DEEMPH:	don't emphasize journal name
+%	ETAL_EMPH:	emphasize et al.
+%	ALT_INCOLL	alternate ordering of fields in incollections
+% These are all boolean (0 or 1) except for MAX_NAMES and MIN_NAMES.
+% These need to satisfy 0 <= MIN_NAMES <= MAX_NAMES.
+% The rule here is that if all these are defined to be zero, we revert to
+% the standard styles.  For that reason we initialize them all to 0.
+% These are the original macros
+	% For Reviews of Modern Physics, 
+% except first name not inverted yet and order of fields not hacked
+% This is the start of btxbst.doc
+% BibTeX `plain' family
+	% version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+	% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+	% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+	% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+	% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+	% btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+	% This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+	% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+% Please notify Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU) of any bugs in
+% these standard styles or in this documentation file.
+%
+% This is file btxbxt.doc; it helps document bibliography styles,
+% and is also a template file that you can use to make
+% several different style files, if you have access to a C preprocessor.
+% For example, the standard styles were made by doing something like
+%	cpp -P -DPLAIN btxbst.doc plain.txt
+%	cpp -P -DUNSRT btxbst.doc unsrt.txt
+%	cpp -P -DALPHA btxbst.doc alpha.txt
+%	cpp -P -DABBRV btxbst.doc abbrv.txt
+% and then renaming after removing unwanted comments and blank lines.
+% If you don't have access,
+% you can edit this file by hand to imitate the preprocessor,
+% with the following explanation of the C preprocessor constructs used here.
+%
+% The output of the preprocessor is the same as the input, except that certain
+% lines will be excluded (and some blank lines will be added).  The sequence
+%	#if VAR
+%	    lines to be included when VAR is not zero
+%	#else
+%	    lines to be included when VAR is zero
+%	#endif
+% (with the #-signs appearing in column 1) means that one set or the other of
+% the lines are to be included depending on the value of VAR.
+% The #else part is optional.  Comments can be added after #else and #endif.
+% Variables can be set by
+%	#define VAR value
+% and one can also use #ifdef VAR to see if VAR has any value, and #ifndef
+% to see if it has none.
+% Another #if form used in this file is #if !VAR, which includes the lines
+% after the #if only if VAR is zero.
+%
+% Convention: Use all uppercase identifiers for these preprocessor variables
+% so you can spot them easily
+%
+% The command line to the preprocessor should define one of PLAIN, UNSRT, ALPHA
+% or ABBRV (though PLAIN will be used by default if none is given),
+% and the following lines will set various boolean variables to control the
+% various lines that are chosen from the rest of the file.
+% Each boolean variable should be set true (1) or false (0) in each style.
+% Here are the current variables, and their meanings:
+%	1:	an alphabetic label is used (if false then a numeric
+%			    label is used)
+%	1:		the entries should be sorted by label (if nonnumeric)
+%			    and other info, like authors (if false, then
+%			    entries remain in order of occurrence)
+%	0:	the authors, editors, etc., get the full names as
+%			    given in the bibliography file (if false, the first
+%			    names become initials)
+%	1:	titles of non-"books" (e.g., articles) should be
+%			    converted to lower-case, except the first letter or
+%			    first letter after a colon
+%			    (if false then they appear as in the database)
+%	0:	months are spelled out in full (if false, then
+%			    they're abbreviated)
+%	0:	macro journal names are spelled out in full
+%			    (if false then they are abbreviated, currently
+%			    as they appear in ACM publications)
+%#	    define PLAIN 1
+%
+%   Entry formatting: Similar to that recommended by Mary-Claire van Leunen
+%	in "A Handbook for Scholars".  Book-like titles are italicized
+%	(emphasized) and non-book titles are converted to sentence
+%	capitilization (and not enclosed in quotes).
+%	This file outputs a \newblock between major blocks of an entry
+%	(the name \newblock is analogous to the names \newline and \newpage)
+%	so that the user can obtain an "open" format, which has a line break
+%	before each block and lines after the first are indented within blocks,
+%	by giving the optional \documentstyle argument `openbib';
+%	The default is the "closed" format---blocks runs together.
+%
+%   Citation alphabetic label format:
+%		[Knu73] for single author (or editor or key)
+%		[AHU83] (first letters of last names) for multiple authors
+%
+%   Citation label numberic format:
+%		[number]
+%
+%   Reference list ordering for sorted, alphabetic lables:
+%		alphabetical by citation label, then by author(s) or whatever
+%		passes for author in the absence of one, then by year,
+%		then title
+%
+%   Reference list ordering for sorted, numeric lables:
+%		alphabetical by author(s) or whatever passes
+%		for author in the absence of one, then by year, then title
+%
+%   Reference list ordering for unsorted:
+%		by the order cited in the text
+%
+%   History
+%   12/16/84	(HWT)	Original `plain' version, by Howard Trickey.
+%   12/23/84	(LL)	Some comments made by Leslie Lamport.
+%    2/16/85	(OP)	Changes based on LL's comments, Oren Patashnik.
+%    2/17/85	(HWT)	Template file and other standard styles made.
+%    3/28/85	(OP)	First release, version 0.98b for BibTeX 0.98f.
+%    5/ 9/85	(OP)	Version 0.98c for BibTeX 0.98i:
+%			fixed Theoretical Computer Science macro name;
+%			fixed the format.vol.num.pages function.
+%    1/24/88	(OP)	Version 0.99a for BibTeX 0.99a, main changes:
+%			assignment operator (:=) arguments reversed;
+%			the preamble$ function outputs the database PREAMBLE;
+%			entry.max$ and global.max$ (built-in) variables replace
+%			entry.string.max and global.string.max functions;
+%			alphabetizing by year then title, not just title;
+%			many unnecessary ties removed; \it ==> \em;
+%			the `alpha' style uses a superscripted `+' instead of a
+%			`*' for unnamed names in constructing the label;
+%			the `abbrv' style now uses "Mar." and "Sept.";
+%			the functions calc.label and presort now look at just
+%			the fields they're supposed to;
+%			BOOKLET, MASTERSTHESIS, TECHREPORT use nonbook titles;
+%			INBOOK and INCOLLECTION take an optional type (e.g.
+%			type = "Section"), overriding the default "chapter";
+%			BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, and PROCEEDINGS now allow
+%			either volume or number, not just volume;
+%			INCOLLECTION now allows an edition and series field;
+%			PROCEEDINGS and INPROCEEDINGS now use the address field
+%			to tell where a conference was held;
+%			INPROCEEDINGS and PROCEEDINGS now allow either volume
+%			or number, and also a series field;
+%			MASTERSTHESIS and PHDTHESIS accept types other than
+%			"Master's thesis" and "PhD thesis";
+%			UNPUBLISHED now outputs, in one block, note then date;
+%			MANUAL now prints out the organization in
+%			the first block if the author field is empty;
+%			MISC can't be empty---it requires some optional field.
+%    3/23/88	(OP)	Version 0.99b for BibTeX 0.99c---changed the three
+%			erroneous occurrences of `cite ' to `cite$ '; this
+%			change didn't affect the four standard styles, so the
+%			0.99a versions of those styles are still current.
+%
+% The ENTRY declaration
+%   Like Scribe's (according to pages 231-2 of the April '84 edition),
+%   but no fullauthor or editors fields because BibTeX does name handling.
+%   The annote field is commented out here because this family doesn't
+%   include an annotated bibliography style.  And in addition to the fields
+%   listed here, BibTeX has a built-in crossref field, explained later.
+ENTRY
+% Fields:
+  { address
+%	    Usually the address of a publisher or other type of organization.
+%	    Put information in this field only if it helps the reader find the
+%	    thing---for example you should omit the address of a major
+%	    publisher entirely.  For a PROCEEDINGS or an INPROCEEDINGS,
+%	    however, it's the address of the conference; for those two entry
+%	    types, include the publisher's or organization's address, if
+%	    necessary, in the publisher or organization field.
+%    annote
+%	    Long annotation---for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence).
+    author
+%	    Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format.
+    booktitle
+%	    Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book.
+%	    For book entries, the title field should be used instead.
+    chapter
+%	    Chapter (or section or whatever) number.
+    edition
+%	    Edition of a book---should be an ordinal (e.g., "Second").
+    editor
+%	    Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format.
+%	    If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be
+%	    for the book or collection that the work appears in.
+    howpublished
+%	     How something strange has been published (begins sentence).
+    institution
+%	    Sponsoring institution of a technical report.
+    journal
+%	    Journal name (macros are provided for many).
+    key
+%	    Alphabetizing, labeling, and cross-referencing key
+%	    (needed when an entry has no author or editor).
+    month
+%	    Month (macros are provided).
+    note
+%	    To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence).
+    number
+%	    Number of a journal or technical report, or of a work in a series.
+    organization
+%	    Organization sponsoring a conference (or publishing a manual); if
+%	    the editor (or author) is empty, and if the organization produces
+%	    an awkward label or cross reference, you should put appropriately
+%	    condensed organization information in the key field as well.
+    pages
+%	    Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range, use `+'
+%	    to indicate pages following that don't form a simple range).
+    publisher
+%	    Publisher name.
+    school
+%	    School name (for theses).
+    series
+%	    The name of a series or set of books.
+%	    An individual book will will also have it's own title.
+    title
+%	    The title of the thing you're referred to.
+    type
+%	    Type of a Techreport (e.g., "Research Note") to be used instead of
+%	    the default "Technical Report"; or, similarly, the type of a
+%	    thesis; or of a part of a book.
+    volume
+%	    The volume number of a journal or multivolume work.
+    year
+%	    The year should contain only numerals (technically, it should end
+%	    with four numerals, after purification; doesn't a begin sentence).
+  }
+% There are no integer entry variables
+  {}
+% These string entry variables are used to form the citation label.
+% In a storage pinch, sort.label can be easily computed on the fly.
+  { label extra.label sort.label }
+% Each entry function starts by calling output.bibitem, to write the
+% \bibitem and its arguments to the .BBL file.  Then the various fields
+% are formatted and printed by output or output.check.  Those functions
+% handle the writing of separators (commas, periods, \newblock's),
+% taking care not to do so when they are passed a null string.
+% Finally, fin.entry is called to add the final period and finish the
+% entry.
+%
+% A bibliographic reference is formatted into a number of `blocks':
+% in the open format, a block begins on a new line and subsequent
+% lines of the block are indented.  A block may contain more than
+% one sentence (well, not a grammatical sentence, but something to
+% be ended with a sentence ending period).  The entry functions should
+% call new.block whenever a block other than the first is about to be
+% started.  They should call new.sentence whenever a new sentence is
+% to be started.  The output functions will ensure that if two
+% new.sentence's occur without any non-null string being output between
+% them then there won't be two periods output.  Similarly for two
+% successive new.block's.
+%
+% The output routines don't write their argument immediately.
+% Instead, by convention, that argument is saved on the stack to be
+% output next time (when we'll know what separator needs to come
+% after it).  Meanwhile, the output routine has to pop the pending
+% output off the stack, append any needed separator, and write it.
+%
+% To tell which separator is needed, we maintain an output.state.
+% It will be one of these values:
+%	before.all		just after the \bibitem
+%	mid.sentence		in the middle of a sentence: comma needed
+%					if more sentence is output
+%	after.sentence		just after a sentence: period needed
+%	after.block		just after a block (and sentence):
+%					period and \newblock needed.
+% Note: These styles don't use after.sentence
+%
+% VAR: output.state : INTEGER		-- state variable for output
+%
+% The output.nonnull function saves its argument (assumed to be nonnull)
+% on the stack, and writes the old saved value followed by any needed
+% separator.  The ordering of the tests is decreasing frequency of
+% occurrence.
+%
+% output.nonnull(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	s := argument on stack
+%	if output.state = mid.sentence then
+%	    write$(pop() * ", ")
+%		  -- "pop" isn't a function: just use stack top
+%	else
+%	    if output.state = after.block then
+%		write$(add.period$(pop()))
+%		newline$
+%		write$("\newblock ")
+%	    else
+%		if output.state = before.all then
+%		    write$(pop())
+%		else	    -- output.state should be after.sentence
+%		    write$(add.period$(pop()) * " ")
+%		fi
+%	    fi
+%	    output.state := mid.sentence
+%	fi
+%	push s on stack
+%  END
+%
+% The output function calls output.nonnull if its argument is non-empty;
+% its argument may be a missing field (thus, not necessarily a string)
+%
+% output(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if not empty$(s) then output.nonnull(s)
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% The output.check function is the same as the output function except that, if
+% necessary, output.check warns the user that the t field shouldn't be empty
+% (this is because it probably won't be a good reference without the field;
+% the entry functions try to make the formatting look reasonable even when
+% such fields are empty).
+%
+% output.check(s,t) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then
+%	    warning$("empty " * t * " in " * cite$)
+%	else output.nonnull(s)
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% The output.bibitem function writes the \bibitem for the current entry
+% (the label should already have been set up), and sets up the separator
+% state for the output functions.  And, it leaves a string on the stack
+% as per the output convention.
+%
+% output.bibitem ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	newline$
+%	write$("\bibitem[")	% for alphabetic labels,
+%	write$(label)		% these three lines
+%	write$("]{")		% are used
+%	write$("\bibitem{")		% this line for numeric labels
+%	write$(cite$)
+%	write$("}")
+%	push "" on stack
+%	output.state := before.all
+%  END
+%
+% The fin.entry function finishes off an entry by adding a period to the
+% string remaining on the stack.  If the state is still before.all
+% then nothing was produced for this entry, so the result will look bad,
+% but the user deserves it. (We don't omit the whole entry because the
+% entry was cited, and a bibitem is needed to define the citation label.)
+%
+% fin.entry ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	write$(add.period$(pop()))
+%	newline$
+%  END
+%
+% The new.block function prepares for a new block to be output, and
+% new.sentence prepares for a new sentence.
+%
+% new.block ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if output.state <> before.all then
+%	    output.state := after.block
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% new.sentence ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if output.state <> after.block then
+%	    if output.state <> before.all then
+%		output.state :=  after.sentence
+%	    fi
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+}
+% the variables s and t are temporary string holders
+STRINGS { s t }
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+	{ "," * write$
+	  newline$
+	  "\newblock " write$
+	}
+	{ output.state before.all =
+	    'write$
+	    { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+  "\bibitem[" write$
+  label write$
+  "]{" write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+% This function finishes all entries.
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ skip$
+}
+% These three functions pop one or two (integer) arguments from the stack
+% and push a single one, either 0 or 1.
+% The 'skip$ in the `and' and `or' functions are used because
+% the corresponding if$ would be idempotent
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+% Sometimes we begin a new block only if the block will be big enough.  The
+% new.block.checka function issues a new.block if its argument is nonempty;
+% new.block.checkb does the same if either of its TWO arguments is nonempty.
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+% The new.sentence.check functions are analogous.
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+% Here are some functions for formatting chunks of an entry.
+% By convention they either produce a string that can be followed by
+% a comma or period (using add.period$, so it is OK to end in a period),
+% or they produce the null string.
+%
+% A useful utility is the field.or.null function, which checks if the
+% argument is the result of pushing a `missing' field (one for which no
+% assignment was made when the current entry was read in from the database)
+% or the result of pushing a string having no non-white-space characters.
+% It returns the null string if so, otherwise it returns the field string.
+% Its main (but not only) purpose is to guarantee that what's left on the
+% stack is a string rather than a missing field.
+%
+% field.or.null(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then return ""
+%	else return s
+%  END
+%
+% Another helper function is emphasize, which returns the argument emphazised,
+% if that is non-empty, otherwise it returns the null string.  Italic
+% corrections aren't used, so this function should be used when punctation
+% will follow the result.
+%
+% emphasize(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then return ""
+%	else return "{\em " * s * "}"
+%
+% The format.names function formats the argument (which should be in
+% BibTeX name format) into "First Von Last, Junior", separated by commas
+% and with an "and" before the last (but ending with "et~al." if the last
+% of multiple authors is "others").  This function's argument should always
+% contain at least one name.
+%
+% VAR: nameptr, namesleft, numnames: INTEGER
+% pseudoVAR: nameresult: STRING		(it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% format.names(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	nameptr := 1
+%	numnames := num.names$(s)
+%	namesleft := numnames
+%	while namesleft > 0
+%	  do
+%				% for full names:
+%	    t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+%				% for abbreviated first names:
+%	    t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+%	    if nameptr > 1 then
+%		if namesleft > 1 then nameresult := nameresult * ", " * t
+%		else if numnames > 2
+%		       then nameresult := nameresult * ","
+%		     fi
+%		     if t = "others"
+%		       then nameresult := nameresult * " et~al."
+%		       else nameresult := nameresult * " and " * t
+%		     fi
+%		fi
+%	    else nameresult := t
+%	    fi
+%	    nameptr := nameptr + 1
+%	    namesleft := namesleft - 1
+%	  od
+%	return nameresult
+%  END
+%
+% The format.authors function returns the result of format.names(author)
+% if the author is present, or else it returns the null string
+%
+% format.authors ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(author) then return ""
+%	else return format.names(author)
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% Format.editors is like format.authors, but it uses the editor field,
+% and appends ", editor" or ", editors"
+%
+% format.editors ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(editor) then return ""
+%	else
+%	    if num.names$(editor) > 1 then
+%		return format.names(editor) * ", editors"
+%	    else
+%		return format.names(editor) * ", editor"
+%	    fi
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% Other formatting functions are similar, so no "comment version" will be
+% given for them.
+%
+% The `pop$' in this function gets rid of the duplicate `empty' value and
+% the `skip$' returns the duplicate field value
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {embolden}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {bracket}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "[" swap$ * "]" * }
+  if$
+}
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+      nameptr #1 >
+	{ namesleft #1 >
+	    { ", " * t * }
+	    { numnames #2 >
+		{ "," * }
+		'skip$
+	      if$
+	      t "others" =
+		{ " et~al." * }
+		{ " and " * t * }
+	      if$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+	{ ", editors" * }
+	{ ", editor" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.edited}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "edited by " editor format.names * }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.title function is used for non-book-like titles.
+% For most styles we convert to lowercase (except for the very first letter,
+% and except for the first one after a colon (followed by whitespace)),
+% and hope the user has brace-surrounded words that need to stay capitilized;
+% for some styles, however, we leave it as it is in the database.
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { title "t" change.case$ }
+  if$
+}
+% By default, BibTeX sets the global integer variable global.max$ to the BibTeX
+% constant glob_str_size, the maximum length of a global string variable.
+% Analogously, BibTeX sets the global integer variable entry.max$ to
+% ent_str_size, the maximum length of an entry string variable.
+% The style designer may change these if necessary (but this is unlikely)
+% The n.dashify function makes each single `-' in a string a double `--'
+% if it's not already
+%
+% pseudoVAR: pageresult: STRING		(it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% n.dashify(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	t := s
+%	pageresult := ""
+%	while (not empty$(t))
+%	  do
+%	    if (first character of t = "-")
+%	      then
+%		if (next character isn't)
+%		  then
+%		    pageresult := pageresult * "--"
+%		    t := t with the "-" removed
+%		  else
+%		    while (first character of t = "-")
+%		      do
+%			pageresult := pageresult * "-"
+%			t := t with the "-" removed
+%		      od
+%		fi
+%	      else
+%		pageresult := pageresult * the first character
+%		t := t with the first character removed
+%	    fi
+%	  od
+%	return pageresult
+%  END
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+	{ t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+	    { "--" *
+	      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	    }
+	    {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+		{ "-" *
+		  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+		}
+	      while$
+	    }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ t #1 #1 substring$ *
+	  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+FUNCTION {first.page}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    {  t empty$ not t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = not and }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+      t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+% The format.date function is for the month and year, but we give a warning if
+% there's an empty year but the month is there, and we return the empty string
+% if they're both empty.
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+    { month empty$
+	{ "" }
+	{ "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+	  month
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { month empty$
+	'year
+	{ month " " * year * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.btitle is for formatting the title field when it is a book-like
+% entry---the style used here keeps it in uppers-and-lowers and emphasizes it.
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+% For several functions we'll need to connect two strings with a
+% tie (~) if the second one isn't very long (fewer than 3 characters).
+% The tie.or.space.connect function does that.  It concatenates the two
+% strings on top of the stack, along with either a tie or space between
+% them, and puts this concatenation back onto the stack:
+%
+% tie.or.space.connect(str1,str2) ==
+%    BEGIN
+%	if text.length$(str2) < 3
+%	  then return the concatenation of str1, "~", and str2
+%	  else return the concatenation of str1, " ", and str2
+%    END
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+% The either.or.check function complains if both fields or an either-or pair
+% are nonempty.
+%
+% either.or.check(t,s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(s) then
+%	    warning$(can't use both " * t * " fields in " * cite$)
+%	fi
+%  END
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.bvolume function is for formatting the volume and perhaps
+% series name of a multivolume work.  If both a volume and a series field
+% are there, we assume the series field is the title of the whole multivolume
+% work (the title field should be the title of the thing being referred to),
+% and we add an "of <series>".  This function is called in mid-sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.number.series function is for formatting the series name
+% and perhaps number of a work in a series.  This function is similar to
+% format.bvolume, although for this one the series must exist (and the
+% volume must not exist).  If the number field is empty we output either
+% the series field unchanged if it exists or else the null string.
+% If both the number and series fields are there we assume the series field
+% gives the name of the whole series (the title field should be the title
+% of the work being one referred to), and we add an "in <series>".
+% We capitilize Number when this function is used at the beginning of a block.
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+	{ series field.or.null }
+	{ output.state mid.sentence =
+	    { "number" }
+	    { "Number" }
+	  if$
+	  number tie.or.space.connect
+	  series empty$
+	    { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+	    { " in " * series * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.edition function appends " edition" to the edition, if present.
+% We lowercase the edition (it should be something like "Third"), because
+% this doesn't start a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+	{ edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+	{ edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.pages function is used for formatting a page range in a book
+% (and in rare circumstances, an article).
+%
+% The multi.page.check function examines the page field for a "-" or "," or "+"
+% so that format.pages can use "page" instead of "pages" if none exists.
+% Note: global.max$ here means "take the rest of the string"
+%
+% VAR: multiresult: INTEGER	(actually, a boolean)
+%
+% multi.page.check(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	t := s
+%	multiresult := false
+%	while ((not multiresult) and (not empty$(t)))
+%	  do
+%	    if (first character of t = "-" or "," or "+")
+%	      then multiresult := true
+%	      else t := t with the first character removed
+%	    fi
+%	  od
+%	return multiresult
+%  END
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+	{ #1 'multiresult := }
+	{ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+% This function doesn't begin a sentence so "pages" isn't capitalized.
+% Other functions that use this should keep that in mind.
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+	{ "pp." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+	{ "p." pages tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.pages.a}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "p." pages first.page tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.vol.num.pages function is for the volume, number, and page range
+% of a journal article.  We use the format:  vol(number):pages, with some
+% variations for empty fields.  This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null embolden
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+	{ pop$ format.pages.a }
+	{ ":" * pages first.page * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.chapter.pages, if the chapter is present, puts whatever is in the
+% type field (or else "chapter" if type is empty) in front of a chapter number.
+% It then appends the pages, if present.  This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+	{ "chapter" }
+	{ type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The format.in.ed.booktitle function is used for starting out a sentence
+% that begins "In <booktitle>", putting an editor before the title if one
+% exists.
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+	{ "in " booktitle emphasize * }
+	{ "in " booktitle emphasize * ", " * format.edited * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The function empty.misc.check complains if all six fields are empty, and
+% if there's been no sorting or alphabetic-label complaint.
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+  month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+  and and and and and
+  key empty$ not and
+    { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+% The function format.thesis.type returns either the (case-changed) type field,
+% if it is defined, or else the default string already on the stack
+% (like "Master's thesis" or "PhD thesis").
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% The function format.tr.number makes a string starting with "Technical Report"
+% (or type, if that field is defined), followed by the number if there is one;
+% it returns the starting part (with a case change) even if there is no number.
+% This is used at the beginning of a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+% Now come the cross-referencing functions (these are invoked because
+% one entry in the database file(s) cross-references another, by giving
+% the other entry's database key in a `crossref' field).  This feature
+% allows one or more titled things that are part of a larger titled
+% thing to cross-reference the larger thing.  These styles allow for
+% five posibilities: (1) an ARTICLE may cross-reference an ARTICLE;
+% (2) a BOOK, (3) INBOOK, or (4) INCOLLECTION may cross-reference a BOOK;
+% or (5) an INPROCEEDINGS may cross-reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Each of these is explained in more detail later.
+%
+% An ARTICLE entry type may cross reference another ARTICLE (this is
+% intended for when an entire journal is devoted to a single topic---
+% but since there is no JOURNAL entry type, the journal, too, should be
+% classified as an ARTICLE but without the author and title fields).
+% This will result in two warning messages for the journal's entry
+% if it's included in the reference list, but such is life.
+%
+% format.article.crossref ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(key) then
+%	    if empty$(journal) then
+%		warning$("need key or journal for " * cite$ *
+%						" to crossref " * crossref)
+%		return(" \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+%	    else
+%		return("In " * emphazise.correct (journal) *
+%						" \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+%		fi
+%	else
+%	    return("In " * key * " \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% The other cross-referencing functions are similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+    { journal empty$
+	{ "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+	  warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ "In " journal * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " key * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% We use just the last names of editors for a cross reference: either
+% "editor", or "editor1 and editor2", or "editor1 et~al." depending on
+% whether there are one, or two, or more than two editors.
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  editor num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " et~al." * }
+    { #2 <
+	'skip$
+	{ editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+	    { " et~al." * }
+	    { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+% A BOOK (or INBOOK) entry type (assumed to be for a single volume in a
+% multivolume work) may cross reference another BOOK (the entire multivolume).
+% Usually there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct the
+% cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else the series
+% field (since the series gives the title of the multivolume work).
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In "
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+	{ series empty$
+	    { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+	      crossref * warning$
+	      "" *
+	    }
+	    { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% An INCOLLECTION entry type may cross reference a BOOK (assumed to be the
+% collection), or an INPROCEEDINGS may cross reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Often there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct
+% the cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else
+% the booktitle field (which gives the cross-referenced work's title).
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+	{ booktitle empty$
+	    { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+	      crossref * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ "In " key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% Now we define the type functions for all entry types that may appear
+% in the .BIB file---e.g., functions like `article' and `book'.  These
+% are the routines that actually generate the .BBL-file output for
+% the entry.  These must all precede the READ command.  In addition, the
+% style designer should have a function `default.type' for unknown types.
+% Note: The fields (within each list) are listed in order of appearance,
+% except as described for an `inbook' or a `proceedings'.
+%
+% The article function is for an article in a journal.  An article may
+% CROSSREF another article.
+%	Required fields: author, title, journal, year
+%	Optional fields: volume, number, pages, month, note
+%
+% article ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	output.bibitem
+%	output.check(format.authors,"author")
+%	new.block
+%	output.check(format.title,"title")
+%	new.block
+%	if missing$(crossref) then
+%	    output.check(emphasize(journal),"journal")
+%	    output(format.vol.num.pages)
+%	    output.check(format.date,"year")
+%       else
+%	    output.nonnull(format.article.crossref)
+%	    output(format.pages)
+%	fi
+%	new.block
+%	output(note)
+%	fin.entry
+%  END
+%
+% The book function is for a whole book.  A book may CROSSREF another book.
+%	Required fields: author or editor, title, publisher, year
+%	Optional fields: volume or number, series, address, edition, month,
+%			note
+%
+% book ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if empty$(author) then output.check(format.editors,"author and editor")
+%	else	output.check(format.authors,"author")
+%		if missing$(crossref) then
+%		    either.or.check("author and editor",editor)
+%		fi
+%	fi
+%	new.block
+%	output.check(format.btitle,"title")
+%	if missing$(crossref) then
+%	    output(format.bvolume)
+%	    new.block
+%	    output(format.number.series)
+%	    new.sentence
+%	    output.check(publisher,"publisher")
+%	    output(address)
+%       else
+%	    new.block
+%	    output.nonnull(format.book.crossref)
+%	fi
+%	output(format.edition)
+%	output.check(format.date,"year")
+%	new.block
+%	output(note)
+%	fin.entry
+%  END
+%
+% The other entry functions are all quite similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal "journal" output.check
+      format.vol.num.pages output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A booklet is a bound thing without a publisher or sponsoring institution.
+%	Required: title
+%	Optional: author, howpublished, address, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  howpublished address new.block.checkb
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% For the conference entry type, see inproceedings.
+% An inbook is a piece of a book: either a chapter and/or a page range.
+% It may CROSSREF a book.  If there's no volume field, the type field
+% will come before number and series.
+%	Required: author or editor, title, chapter and/or pages, publisher,year
+%	Optional: volume or number, series, type, address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+	{ "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% An incollection is like inbook, but where there is a separate title
+% for the referenced thing (and perhaps an editor for the whole).
+% An incollection may CROSSREF a book.
+%	Required: author, title, booktitle, publisher, year
+%	Optional: editor, volume or number, series, type, chapter, pages,
+%			address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+      format.edition output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% An inproceedings is an article in a conference proceedings, and it may
+% CROSSREF a proceedings.  If there's no address field, the month (& year)
+% will appear just before note.
+%	Required: author, title, booktitle, year
+%	Optional: editor, volume or number, series, pages, address, month,
+%			organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.pages output
+      address empty$
+	{ organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+	  organization output
+	  publisher output
+	  format.date "year" output.check
+	}
+	{ address output.nonnull
+	  format.date "year" output.check
+	  new.sentence
+	  organization output
+	  publisher output
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% The conference function is included for Scribe compatibility.
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+% A manual is technical documentation.
+%	Required: title
+%	Optional: author, organization, address, edition, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ organization output.nonnull
+	  address output
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	{ address new.block.checka
+	  address output
+	}
+	'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+    { organization address new.block.checkb
+      organization output
+      address output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A mastersthesis is a Master's thesis.
+%	Required: author, title, school, year
+%	Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A misc is something that doesn't fit elsewhere.
+%	Required: at least one of the `optional' fields
+%	Optional: author, title, howpublished, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  title howpublished new.block.checkb
+  format.title output
+  howpublished new.block.checka
+  howpublished output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  empty.misc.check
+}
+% A phdthesis is like a mastersthesis.
+%	Required: author, title, school, year
+%	Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A proceedings is a conference proceedings.
+% If there is an organization but no editor field, the organization will
+% appear as the first optional field (we try to make the first block nonempty);
+% if there's no address field, the month (& year) will appear just before note.
+%	Required: title, year
+%	Optional: editor, volume or number, series, address, month,
+%			organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  editor empty$
+    { organization output }
+    { format.editors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ publisher new.sentence.checka }
+	{ organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+	  organization output
+	}
+      if$
+      publisher output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { address output.nonnull
+      format.date "year" output.check
+      new.sentence
+      editor empty$
+	'skip$
+	{ organization output }
+      if$
+      publisher output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% A techreport is a technical report.
+%	Required: author, title, institution, year
+%	Optional: type, number, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% An unpublished is something that hasn't been published.
+%	Required: author, title, note
+%	Optional: month, year
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  format.date output
+  fin.entry
+}
+% We use entry type `misc' for an unknown type; BibTeX gives a warning.
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+% Here are macros for common things that may vary from style to style.
+% Users are encouraged to use these macros.
+%
+% Months are either written out in full or abbreviated
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+MACRO {sep} {"Sept."}
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+% Journals are either written out in full or abbreviated;
+% the abbreviations are like those found in ACM publications.
+%
+% To get a completely different set of abbreviations, it may be best to make
+% a separate .bib file with nothing but those abbreviations; users could then
+% include that file name as the first argument to the \bibliography command
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."}
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."}
+MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"}
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."}
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."}
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."}
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."}
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"}
+MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."}
+MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"}
+MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."}
+MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Programming"}
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."}
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."}
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."}
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Gr."}
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Softw."}
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."}
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Prog. Lang. Syst."}
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput. Sci."}
+%% /usr/local/lib/tex/bibtex/phyjfull.btx, Tue Jun 30 08:37:48 1992
+%% Edit by Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@alfred.math.utah.edu>
+%% Change file names in leading comment
+% Journal Title Abbreviations from the Physical Review Style and Notation
+%	Guide, July, 1983, in BAPS Vol. 28.
+%  Selected by Cris Barnes and Charles Karney, March 1988
+% IMPORTANT!! Don't make changes to this file without making the
+% 	      corresponding changes to
+%			phyjabb.bib
+%			phyjabb.btx
+MACRO {advp} {"Advances in Physics"}
+MACRO {ajp} {"American Journal of Physics"}
+MACRO {ao} {"Applied Optics"}
+MACRO {apl} {"Applied Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {apj} {"Astrophysical Journal"}
+MACRO {baps} {"Bulletin of the American Physical Society"}
+MACRO {cpc} {"Computer Physics Communications"}
+MACRO {cppcf} {"Comments on Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {fed} {"Fusion Engineering and Design"}
+MACRO {ft} {"Fusion Technology"}
+MACRO {ieeens} {"IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science"}
+MACRO {ieeeps} {"IEEE Transactions on Plasma Science"}
+MACRO {ijimw} {"International Journal of Infrared and Millimeter Waves"}
+MACRO {ip} {"Infrared Physics"}
+MACRO {jap} {"Journal of Applied Physics"}
+MACRO {jcp} {"Journal of Computational Physics"}
+MACRO {jetp} {"Soviet Physics-JETP"}
+MACRO {jfe} {"Journal of Fusion Energy"}
+MACRO {jfm} {"Journal of Fluid Mechanics"}
+MACRO {jgr} {"Journal of Geophysical Research"}
+MACRO {jmp} {"Journal of Mathematical Physics"}
+MACRO {jne} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy"}
+MACRO {jnec} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy, Part C: Plasma Physics, Accelerators, Thermonuclear Research"}
+MACRO {jnm} {"Journal of Nuclear Materials"}
+MACRO {josa} {"Journal of the Optical Society of America"}
+MACRO {jpp} {"Journal of Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {jpsj} {"Journal of the Physical Society of Japan"}
+MACRO {jvst} {"Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology"}
+MACRO {nedf} {"Nuclear Engineering and Design/Fusion"}
+MACRO {nf} {"Nuclear Fusion"}
+MACRO {nim} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods"}
+MACRO {nimpr} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods in Physics Research"}
+MACRO {nt/f} {"Nuclear Technology/Fusion"}
+MACRO {pf} {"Physics of Fluids"}
+MACRO {pfa} {"Physics of Fluids A: Fluid Dynamics"}
+MACRO {pfb} {"Physics of Fluids B: Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {pl} {"Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {pla} {"Physics Letters A"}
+MACRO {pnas} {"Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA"}
+MACRO {pp} {"Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {ppcf} {"Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {prl} {"Physical Review Letters"}
+MACRO {pr} {"Physical Review"}
+MACRO {pra} {"Physical Review A: General Physics"}
+MACRO {ps} {"Physica Scripta"}
+MACRO {rmp} {"Reviews of Modern Physics"}
+MACRO {rsi} {"Review of Scientific Instruments"}
+MACRO {sjpp} {"Soviet Journal of Plasma Phys."}
+MACRO {spd} {"Soviet Physics-Doklady"}
+MACRO {sptp} {"Soviet Physics-Technical Physics"}
+MACRO {spu} {"Soviet Physics-Uspeki"}
+% Now we read in the .BIB entries.
+READ
+% The sortify function converts to lower case after purify$ing; it's
+% used in sorting and in computing alphabetic labels after sorting
+%
+% The chop.word(w,len,s) function returns either s or, if the first len
+% letters of s equals w (this comparison is done in the third line of the
+% function's definition), it returns that part of s after w.
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+  "l" change.case$
+}
+INTEGERS { len }
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+  'len :=
+  s #1 len substring$ =
+    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+    's
+  if$
+}
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels
+%
+% The format.lab.names function makes a short label by using the initials of
+% the von and Last parts of the names (but if there are more than four names,
+% (i.e., people) it truncates after three and adds a superscripted "+";
+% it also adds such a "+" if the last of multiple authors is "others").
+% If there is only one name, and its von and Last parts combined have just
+% a single name-token ("Knuth" has a single token, "Brinch Hansen" has two),
+% we take the first three letters of the last name.  The boolean
+% et.al.char.used tells whether we've used a superscripted "+", so that we
+% know whether to include a LaTeX macro for it.
+%
+% format.lab.names(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	numnames := num.names$(s)
+%	if numnames > 1 then
+%	    if numnames > 4 then
+%		namesleft := 3
+%	    else
+%		namesleft := numnames
+%	    nameptr := 1
+%	    nameresult := ""
+%	    while namesleft > 0
+%	      do
+%		if (name_ptr = numnames) and
+%		     format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}") = "others"
+%		   then nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+%			et.al.char.used := true
+%		   else nameresult := nameresult *
+%				format.name$(s, nameptr, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+%		nameptr := nameptr + 1
+%		namesleft := namesleft - 1
+%	      od
+%	    if numnames > 4 then
+%		nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+%		et.al.char.used := true
+%	else
+%	    t := format.name$(s, 1, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+%	    if text.length$(t) < 2 then	% there's just one name-token
+%		nameresult := text.prefix$(format.name$(s,1,"{ll}"),3)
+%	    else
+%		nameresult := t
+%	    fi
+%	fi
+%	return nameresult
+%  END
+%
+% Exactly what fields we look at in constructing the primary part of the label
+% depends on the entry type; this selectivity (as opposed to, say, always
+% looking at author, then editor, then key) helps ensure that "ignored" fields,
+% as described in the LaTeX book, really are ignored.  Note that MISC is part
+% of the deepest `else' clause in the nested part of calc.label; thus, any
+% unrecognized entry type in the database is handled correctly.
+%
+% There is one auxiliary function for each of the four different sequences of
+% fields we use.  The first of these functions looks at the author field, and
+% then, if necessary, the key field.  The other three functions, which might
+% look at two fields and the key field, are similar, except that the key field
+% takes precedence over the organization field (for labels---not for sorting).
+%
+% The calc.label function calculates the preliminary label of an entry, which
+% is formed by taking three letters of information from the author or editor or
+% key or organization field (depending on the entry type and on what's empty,
+% but ignoring a leading "The " in the organization), and appending the last
+% two characters (digits) of the year. It is an error if the appropriate fields
+% among author, editor, organization, and key are missing, and we use
+% the first three letters of the cite$ in desperation when this happens.
+% The resulting label has the year part, but not the name part, purify$ed
+% (purify$ing the year allows some sorting shenanigans by the user).
+%
+% This function also calculates the version of the label to be used in sorting.
+%
+% The final label may need a trailing 'a', 'b', etc., to distinguish it from
+% otherwise identical labels, but we can't calculated those "extra.label"s
+% until after sorting.
+%
+% calc.label ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if type$ = "book" or "inbook" then
+%	    author.editor.key.label
+%	else if type$ = "proceedings" then
+%	    editor.key.organization.label
+%	else if type$ = "manual" then
+%	    author.key.organization.label
+%	else
+%	    author.key.label
+%	fi fi fi
+%	label := label * substring$(purify$(field.or.null(year)), -1, 2)
+%		% assuming we will also sort, we calculate a sort.label
+%	sort.label := sortify(label), but use the last four, not two, digits
+%  END
+INTEGERS { et.al.char.used }
+FUNCTION {initialize.et.al.char.used}
+{ #0 'et.al.char.used :=
+}
+EXECUTE {initialize.et.al.char.used}
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames #1 >
+    { numnames #2 >
+       { s #1 "{vv }{ll}" format.name$ " et~al." * }
+       { s #1 "{vv }{ll}" format.name$
+         s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+            { " et~al." * }
+            { " and " * s #2 "{vv }{ll}" format.name$ * }
+         if$
+       }
+      if$
+    }
+    { s #1 "{vv }{ll}" format.name$ }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	{ key #3 text.prefix$ }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	    { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ editor format.lab.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {author.key.organization.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ organization empty$
+	    { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	    { "The " #4 organization chop.word #9 text.prefix$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ key #3 text.prefix$ }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {editor.key.organization.label}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ organization empty$
+	    { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+	    { "The " #4 organization chop.word #9 text.prefix$ }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ key #3 text.prefix$ }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.key.label
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+	'editor.key.organization.label
+	{ type$ "manual" =
+	    'author.key.organization.label
+	    'author.key.label
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  duplicate$
+  " " * year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$
+  *
+  'label :=
+  year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$
+  *
+  sortify 'sort.label :=
+}
+% It doesn't seem like a particularly good idea to use an order-of-citation
+% reference list when using alphabetic labels, but we need to have a
+% special pass to calculate labels when this happens.
+% When sorting, we compute the sortkey by executing "presort" on each entry.
+% The presort key contains a number of "sortify"ed strings, concatenated
+% with multiple blanks between them.  This makes things like "brinch  per"
+% come before "brinch hansen  per".
+%
+% The fields used here are: the sort.label for alphabetic labels (as set by
+% calc.label), followed by the author names (or editor names or organization
+% (with a leading "The " removed) or key field, depending on entry type and on
+% what's empty), followed by year, followed by the first bit of the title
+% (chopping off a leading "The ", "A ", or "An ").
+% Names are formatted: Von Last First Junior.
+% The names within a part will be separated by a single blank
+% (such as "brinch hansen"), two will separate the name parts themselves
+% (except the von and last), three will separate the names,
+% four will separate the names from year (and from label, if alphabetic),
+% and four will separate year from title.
+%
+% The sort.format.names function takes an argument that should be in
+% BibTeX name format, and returns a string containing "   "-separated
+% names in the format described above.  The function is almost the same
+% as format.names.
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  ""
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { nameptr #1 >
+	{ "   " * }
+	'skip$
+      if$						% apalike uses initials
+      s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  f{ }}{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here
+      nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+	{ "et al" * }
+	{ t sortify * }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+% The sort.format.title function returns the argument,
+% but first any leading "A "'s, "An "'s, or "The "'s are removed.
+% The chop.word function uses s, so we need another string variable, t
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+  sortify
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+% The auxiliary functions here, for the presort function, are analogous to
+% the ones for calc.label; the same comments apply, except that the
+% organization field takes precedence here over the key field.  For sorting
+% purposes, we still remove a leading "The " from the organization field.
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+	{ "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	  ""
+	}
+	{ key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { key sortify }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ editor sort.format.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {author.organization.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { key sortify }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+    { organization empty$
+	{ key empty$
+	    { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+	      ""
+	    }
+	    { key sortify }
+	  if$
+	}
+	{ "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+% There is a limit, entry.max$, on the length of an entry string variable
+% (which is what its sort.key$ is), so we take at most that many characters
+% of the constructed key, and hope there aren't many references that match
+% to that many characters!
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+  sort.label
+  "    "
+  *
+  type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.sort
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+	'editor.organization.sort
+	{ type$ "manual" =
+	    'author.organization.sort
+	    'author.sort
+	  if$
+	}
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  year field.or.null sortify
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+ITERATE {presort}
+% And now we can sort
+SORT
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels, when sorted
+%
+% Now comes the final computation for alphabetic labels, putting in the 'a's
+% and 'b's and so forth if required.  This involves two passes: a forward
+% pass to put in the 'b's, 'c's and so on, and a backwards pass
+% to put in the 'a's (we don't want to put in 'a's unless we know there
+% are 'b's).
+% We have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+%
+% VAR: longest.label, last.sort.label, next.extra: string
+%      longest.label.width, last.extra.num: integer
+%
+% initialize.longest.label ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	longest.label := ""
+%	last.sort.label := int.to.chr$(0)
+%	next.extra := ""
+%	longest.label.width := 0
+%	last.extra.num := 0
+%  END
+%
+% forward.pass ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if last.sort.label = sort.label then
+%	    last.extra.num := last.extra.num + 1
+%	    extra.label := int.to.chr$(last.extra.num)
+%	else
+%	    last.extra.num := chr.to.int$("a")
+%	    extra.label := ""
+%	    last.sort.label := sort.label
+%	fi
+%  END
+%
+% reverse.pass ==
+%  BEGIN
+%	if next.extra = "b" then
+%	    extra.label := "a"
+%	fi
+%	label := label * extra.label
+%	if width$(label) > longest.label.width then
+%	    longest.label := label
+%	    longest.label.width := width$(label)
+%	fi
+%	next.extra := extra.label
+%  END
+STRINGS { longest.label last.sort.label next.extra }
+INTEGERS { longest.label.width last.extra.num }
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+  #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.sort.label :=
+  "" 'next.extra :=
+  #0 'longest.label.width :=
+  #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.sort.label sort.label =
+    { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+      last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+    }
+    { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+      "" 'extra.label :=
+      sort.label 'last.sort.label :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+    { "a" 'extra.label := }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  label extra.label * 'label :=
+  label width$ longest.label.width >
+    { label 'longest.label :=
+      label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+    }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+% Now we're ready to start writing the .BBL file.
+% We begin, if necessary, with a LaTeX macro for unnamed names in an alphabetic
+% label; next comes stuff from the `preamble' command in the database files.
+% Then we give an incantation containing the command
+%     \begin{thebibliography}{...}
+% where the `...' is the longest label.
+%
+% We also call init.state.consts, for use by the output routines.
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ et.al.char.used
+    { "\newcommand{\etalchar}[1]{$^{#1}$}" write$ newline$ }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  preamble$ empty$
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{"  longest.label  * "}" * write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+% Now we produce the output for all the entries
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+% Finally, we finish up by writing the `\end{thebibliography}' command.
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/plainyr.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/plainyr.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f3afc319c2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/plainyr.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1144 @@
+%% /usr/local/lib/tex/bibtex/plainyr.bst, Mon Jun 29 08:06:48 1992
+%% Edit by Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@plot79.math.utah.edu>
+%% I've called this posting plainyr instead of the author's datasort
+%% because the latter is uninformative.
+
+% Newsgroups: comp.text.tex
+% Path: math.utah.edu!hellgate.utah.edu!cs.utexas.edu!uunet!brunix!cs.brown.edu!mpp
+% From: mpp@cns.brown.edu (Michael P. Perrone)
+% Subject: Re: bibtex sorting by year
+% Message-ID: <1992Jun26.075302.21206@cs.brown.edu>
+% Sender: mpp@cs.brown.edu (Michael P. Perrone)
+% Organization: Center for Neural Science, Brown University
+% References:  <1992Jun26.065942.20721@cs.brown.edu>
+% Date: Fri, 26 Jun 1992 07:53:02 GMT
+% Lines: 1128
+%
+% i figured out the bibtex problem.
+% the following bibstyle file will sort by year, author, title (in that order)
+% with the usual editor, organization (etc.) substitutions
+%
+% % ----- cut here -------------------------------
+%
+%-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+% DATASORT.BST --- created: 92.6.26 (Michael P. Perrone, Brown University)
+%
+% this is a simple hack of the plain.bst bibtex style file
+% which processes bibliography entries in chronological order
+% by year.  within a year things are sort by author, title, etc.
+%
+% DISCLAIMER:  if this doesn't work - sorry!
+%-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+% [MODIFIED] BibTeX standard bibliography style `plain'
+        % version 0.99a for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+        % Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+        % Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+        % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+        % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+        % btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+        % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+        % The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+
+ENTRY
+  { address
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+    journal
+    key
+    month
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}
+  { label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+        { add.period$ write$
+          newline$
+          "\newblock " write$
+        }
+        { output.state before.all =
+            'write$
+            { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+  "\bibitem{" write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+    'skip$
+    { output.state before.all =
+        'skip$
+        { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+      nameptr #1 >
+        { namesleft #1 >
+            { ", " * t * }
+            { numnames #2 >
+                { "," * }
+                'skip$
+              if$
+              t "others" =
+                { " et~al." * }
+                { " and " * t * }
+              if$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+        { ", editors" * }
+        { ", editor" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { title "t" change.case$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+        { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+            { "--" *
+              t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+            }
+            {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+                { "-" *
+                  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+                }
+              while$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+          t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+    { month empty$
+        { "" }
+        { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+          month
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { month empty$
+        'year
+        { month " " * year * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+        'skip$
+        { " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+        { series field.or.null }
+        { output.state mid.sentence =
+            { "number" }
+            { "Number" }
+          if$
+          number tie.or.space.connect
+          series empty$
+            { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+            { " in " * series * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+        { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+        { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+        { #1 'multiresult := }
+        { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+        { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+        { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+  number empty$
+    'skip$
+    { "(" number * ")" * *
+      volume empty$
+        { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+        { pop$ format.pages }
+        { ":" * pages n.dashify * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+        { "chapter" }
+        { type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+        'skip$
+        { ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+        { "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+        { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+  month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+  and and and and and
+  key empty$ not and
+    { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+    { journal empty$
+        { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+          warning$
+          ""
+        }
+        { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " key * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  editor num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " et~al." * }
+    { #2 <
+        'skip$
+        { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+            { " et~al." * }
+            { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In "
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+        { series empty$
+            { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+              crossref * warning$
+              "" *
+            }
+            { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+          if$
+        }
+        { key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+        { booktitle empty$
+            { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+              crossref * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+          if$
+        }
+        { "In " key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+      format.vol.num.pages output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  howpublished address new.block.checkb
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+      format.edition output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.pages output
+      address empty$
+        { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+          organization output
+          publisher output
+          format.date "year" output.check
+        }
+        { address output.nonnull
+          format.date "year" output.check
+          new.sentence
+          organization output
+          publisher output
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        'skip$
+        { organization output.nonnull
+          address output
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        { address new.block.checka
+          address output
+        }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+    { organization address new.block.checkb
+      organization output
+      address output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  title howpublished new.block.checkb
+  format.title output
+  howpublished new.block.checka
+  howpublished output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  empty.misc.check
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  editor empty$
+    { organization output }
+    { format.editors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address empty$
+    { editor empty$
+        { publisher new.sentence.checka }
+        { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+          organization output
+        }
+      if$
+      publisher output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { address output.nonnull
+      format.date "year" output.check
+      new.sentence
+      editor empty$
+        'skip$
+        { organization output }
+      if$
+      publisher output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  format.date output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+  "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+  'len :=
+  s #1 len substring$ =
+    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+    's
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  ""
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { nameptr #1 >
+        { "   " * }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+      s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  ff{ }}{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+      nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+        { "et al" * }
+        { t sortify * }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+  sortify
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {year.sort}
+{ year empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { "to sort, need year or key in " cite$ * warning$
+          ""
+        }
+        { key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { year sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+          ""
+        }
+        { key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { key sortify }
+          if$
+        }
+        { editor sort.format.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.organization.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { key sortify }
+          if$
+        }
+        { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { key sortify }
+          if$
+        }
+        { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.sort
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+        'editor.organization.sort
+        { type$ "manual" =
+            'author.organization.sort
+            'year.sort
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  "    "
+  *
+  author field.or.null
+  sort.format.names
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT
+
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+  #1 'number.label :=
+  #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+  number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+  label width$ longest.label.width >
+    { label 'longest.label :=
+      label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+    }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{"  longest.label  * "}" * write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/refer.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/refer.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..33498d9e167
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/refer.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+%
+% 8/4/'90
+%Ciaran McHale
+%Department of Computer Science, Trinity College, Dublin 2, Ireland.
+%Telephone: +353-1-772941 ext 1538    FAX: +353-1-772204   Telex: 93782 TCD EI
+%email: cjmchale@cs.tcd.ie       or      cjmchale%cs.tcd.ie@cunyvm.cuny.edu
+% Hacked together by Ciaran McHale (cjmchale@cs.tcd.ie) to translate
+% BibTeX bibliographies into refer format
+% Based on a bib style file by Kannan Varadhan
+%
+
+
+ENTRY
+  {                                     % entry fields
+        abstract                % non standard
+    address
+        annote                  % non standard
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+    journal
+    key
+        keywords                % non standard
+    month
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}                                    % no integer entry variables
+  { label extra.label sort.label }      % label entry variables
+
+
+STRINGS { s t a.name }
+
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {handle.names}
+{ 't :=         % type e.g. "A" for authors, "E" for editors
+  's :=         % the string containing the names
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+
+    { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 'a.name :=
+
+      a.name "others" =
+        'skip$  % don't print out "%A others"
+        { "%" t * " " * a.name * write$ newline$ }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {handle.maybe.empty}
+{
+  't :=
+  duplicate$
+  empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "%" t * " " * swap$ * write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {translate}
+{
+  newline$      % get a blank line between each entry
+
+  title "T" handle.maybe.empty
+  booktitle "B" handle.maybe.empty
+
+  % there may be multiple authors so handle it differently
+  author empty$
+    { " empty author in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    { author "A" handle.names }
+  if$
+  editor "E" handle.maybe.empty
+  journal "J" handle.maybe.empty
+  keywords "K" handle.maybe.empty
+  cite$ "L" handle.maybe.empty
+  volume "V" handle.maybe.empty
+  abstract "X" handle.maybe.empty
+
+  % The date, if present may be just the year or both the month and year
+  % or might even be just the month
+  month empty$ year empty$ and
+    'skip$      % no date of publication so nothing to do
+    {
+      month empty$      % I'm using the if statement because I'm not
+        { "" }          % sure that--- month " " year * --- would work.
+        { month " " * } % (The manual doesn't mention anything about
+      if$               % this so I'm playing safe)
+      year empty$
+        { "" }
+        { year }
+      if$
+      *
+      "D" handle.maybe.empty
+    }
+  if$
+  pages "P" handle.maybe.empty
+  note "O" handle.maybe.empty
+  number "N" handle.maybe.empty
+  series "S" handle.maybe.empty
+  annote "Y" handle.maybe.empty
+  address "C" handle.maybe.empty
+
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {article} { translate }
+FUNCTION {book} { translate }
+FUNCTION {booklet} { translate }
+FUNCTION {inbook} { translate }
+FUNCTION {incollection} { translate }
+FUNCTION {inproceedings} { translate }
+FUNCTION {manual} { translate }
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis} { translate }
+FUNCTION {misc} { translate }
+FUNCTION {phdthesis} { translate }
+FUNCTION {proceedings} { translate }
+FUNCTION {techreport} { translate }
+FUNCTION {unpublished} { translate }
+FUNCTION {default.type} { translate }
+
+
+READ
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/xbtxbst.doc b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/xbtxbst.doc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..05b733c0995
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/xbtxbst.doc
@@ -0,0 +1,2665 @@
+% /u/sy/beebe/tex/bib/merge/xbtxbst.doc, Thu Sep 12 10:19:13 1991
+% Edit by Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@magna.math.utah.edu>
+% /u/sy/beebe/tex/bib/merge/xbtxbst.doc, Wed Oct 17 08:27:24 1990
+% Edit by Nelson H.F. Beebe <beebe@sandy.math.utah.edu>
+
+% NB: Important convention: comment lines beginning with 2 (or
+%     more) percents are to be preserved in the derived style
+%     files.   Comment lines beginning with only 1 percent can be
+%     discarded (and are, if the derived files are produced with
+%     the UNIX Makefile that accompanies this file.)
+
+%% =====================================================================
+%%  @BibTeX-style-file{
+%%      author          = "Nelson H. F. Beebe",
+%%      version         = "1.02",
+%%      date            = "12 September 1991",
+%%      filename        = "xbtxbst.doc",
+%%      address         = "Center for Scientific Computing
+%%                         Department of Mathematics
+%%                         South Physics Building
+%%                         University of Utah
+%%                         Salt Lake City, UT 84112
+%%                         USA
+%%                         Tel: (801) 581-5254",
+%%      checksum        = "50938 2665 11236 78415",
+%%      email           = "beebe@math.utah.edu (Internet)",
+%%      codetable       = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%      keywords        = "BibTeX, style, bibliography",
+%%      supported       = "yes",
+%%      docstring       = "This file is a modification of the standard
+%%                         BibTeX btxbst.doc file, or is a .bst file
+%%                         derived from that modification.  It contains
+%%                         added support for ISBN and ISSN fields, as
+%%                         well as for the PERIODICAL entry.  The UNIX C
+%%                         preprocessor can be used to extract the
+%%                         extensions of the standard styles, as
+%%                         follows:
+%%
+%%                         cpp -P -DPLAIN xbtxbst.doc is-plain.txt
+%%                         cpp -P -DUNSRT xbtxbst.doc is-unsrt.txt
+%%                         cpp -P -DALPHA xbtxbst.doc is-alpha.txt
+%%                         cpp -P -DABBRV xbtxbst.doc is-abbrv.txt
+%%
+%%                         If desired, a sed script can be used to
+%%                         eliminate non-essential comments (this
+%%                         reduces the file size by 2/3); a command
+%%                         filter step like
+%%                                 sed -e '/^%$/d' -e '/^%[^%].*$/d'
+%%                         will accomplish that job.
+%%
+%%                         The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
+%%                         checksum as the first value, followed by the
+%%                         equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word
+%%                         count) utility output of lines, words, and
+%%                         characters.  This is produced by Robert
+%%                         Solovay's checksum utility."
+%%      }
+%% =====================================================================
+%% Revision history (reverse time order):
+%% 1.02 [12-Sep-1991]
+%%      Merge in Barbara N. Beeton's suggestion for hyphen-less
+%%      line breaks around volume(number):page.
+%% 1.01 [10-Sep-1991]
+%%      Update file comment header and use Solovay checksum program.
+%% 1.00 [17-Oct-1990]
+%%      Original version merging hand-edits of is-xxx.bst files into
+%%      this master file, xbtxbst.doc.
+
+% In the following, only essential changes have been applied; the
+% documentation immediately below referring to the use of cpp on
+% btxbst.doc has not been altered.  See the docstring entry above
+% for current information.
+
+%% BibTeX `plain' family
+%%       version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+%%       Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+%%       Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+%%       (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+%%       (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+%%       btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+%%       This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+%%       The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+%
+% Please notify Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU) of any bugs in
+% these standard styles or in this documentation file.
+%
+% This is file btxbxt.doc; it helps document bibliography styles,
+% and is also a template file that you can use to make
+% several different style files, if you have access to a C preprocessor.
+% For example, the standard styles were made by doing something like
+%       cpp -P -DPLAIN btxbst.doc plain.txt
+%       cpp -P -DUNSRT btxbst.doc unsrt.txt
+%       cpp -P -DALPHA btxbst.doc alpha.txt
+%       cpp -P -DABBRV btxbst.doc abbrv.txt
+% and then renaming after removing unwanted comments and blank lines.
+% If you don't have access,
+% you can edit this file by hand to imitate the preprocessor,
+% with the following explanation of the C preprocessor constructs used here.
+%
+% The output of the preprocessor is the same as the input, except that certain
+% lines will be excluded (and some blank lines will be added).  The sequence
+%       #if VAR
+%           lines to be included when VAR is not zero
+%       #else
+%           lines to be included when VAR is zero
+%       #endif
+% (with the #-signs appearing in column 1) means that one set or the other of
+% the lines are to be included depending on the value of VAR.
+% The #else part is optional.  Comments can be added after #else and #endif.
+% Variables can be set by
+%       #define VAR value
+% and one can also use #ifdef VAR to see if VAR has any value, and #ifndef
+% to see if it has none.
+% Another #if form used in this file is #if !VAR, which includes the lines
+% after the #if only if VAR is zero.
+%
+% Convention: Use all uppercase identifiers for these preprocessor variables
+% so you can spot them easily
+%
+% The command line to the preprocessor should define one of PLAIN, UNSRT, ALPHA
+% or ABBRV (though PLAIN will be used by default if none is given),
+% and the following lines will set various boolean variables to control the
+% various lines that are chosen from the rest of the file.
+% Each boolean variable should be set true (1) or false (0) in each style.
+% Here are the current variables, and their meanings:
+%       LAB_ALPH:       an alphabetic label is used (if false then a numeric
+%                           label is used)
+%       SORTED:         the entries should be sorted by label (if nonnumeric)
+%                           and other info, like authors (if false, then
+%                           entries remain in order of occurrence)
+%       NAME_FULL:      the authors, editors, etc., get the full names as
+%                           given in the bibliography file (if false, the first
+%                           names become initials)
+%       ATIT_LOWER:     titles of non-"books" (e.g., articles) should be
+%                           converted to lower-case, except the first letter or
+%                           first letter after a colon
+%                           (if false then they appear as in the database)
+%       MONTH_FULL:     months are spelled out in full (if false, then
+%                           they're abbreviated)
+%       JOUR_FULL:      macro journal names are spelled out in full
+%                           (if false then they are abbreviated, currently
+%                           as they appear in ACM publications)
+#ifndef UNSRT
+#   ifndef ALPHA
+#       ifndef ABBRV
+#           define PLAIN 1
+#       endif
+#   endif
+#endif
+#ifdef PLAIN
+% plain style (sorted numbers)
+#   define LAB_ALPH 0
+#   define SORTED 1
+#   define NAME_FULL 1
+#   define ATIT_LOWER 1
+#   define MONTH_FULL 1
+#   define JOUR_FULL 1
+#endif
+#ifdef UNSRT
+% unsrt style (unsorted numbers)
+#   define LAB_ALPH 0
+#   define SORTED 0
+#   define NAME_FULL 1
+#   define ATIT_LOWER 1
+#   define MONTH_FULL 1
+#   define JOUR_FULL 1
+#endif
+#ifdef ALPHA
+% alpha style (sorted short alphabetics)
+#   define LAB_ALPH 1
+#   define SORTED 1
+#   define NAME_FULL 1
+#   define ATIT_LOWER 1
+#   define MONTH_FULL 1
+#   define JOUR_FULL 1
+#endif
+#ifdef ABBRV
+% abbrv style (sorted numbers, with abbreviations)
+#   define LAB_ALPH 0
+#   define SORTED 1
+#   define NAME_FULL 0
+#   define ATIT_LOWER 1
+#   define MONTH_FULL 0
+#   define JOUR_FULL 0
+#endif
+%
+%   Entry formatting: Similar to that recommended by Mary-Claire van Leunen
+%       in "A Handbook for Scholars".  Book-like titles are italicized
+%       (emphasized) and non-book titles are converted to sentence
+%       capitilization (and not enclosed in quotes).
+%       This file outputs a \newblock between major blocks of an entry
+%       (the name \newblock is analogous to the names \newline and \newpage)
+%       so that the user can obtain an "open" format, which has a line break
+%       before each block and lines after the first are indented within blocks,
+%       by giving the optional \documentstyle argument `openbib';
+%       The default is the "closed" format---blocks runs together.
+%
+%   Citation alphabetic label format:
+%               [Knu73] for single author (or editor or key)
+%               [AHU83] (first letters of last names) for multiple authors
+%
+%   Citation label numberic format:
+%               [number]
+%
+%   Reference list ordering for sorted, alphabetic lables:
+%               alphabetical by citation label, then by author(s) or whatever
+%               passes for author in the absence of one, then by year,
+%               then title
+%
+%   Reference list ordering for sorted, numeric lables:
+%               alphabetical by author(s) or whatever passes
+%               for author in the absence of one, then by year, then title
+%
+%   Reference list ordering for unsorted:
+%               by the order cited in the text
+%
+%   History
+%   12/16/84    (HWT)   Original `plain' version, by Howard Trickey.
+%   12/23/84    (LL)    Some comments made by Leslie Lamport.
+%    2/16/85    (OP)    Changes based on LL's comments, Oren Patashnik.
+%    2/17/85    (HWT)   Template file and other standard styles made.
+%    3/28/85    (OP)    First release, version 0.98b for BibTeX 0.98f.
+%    5/ 9/85    (OP)    Version 0.98c for BibTeX 0.98i:
+%                       fixed Theoretical Computer Science macro name;
+%                       fixed the format.vol.num.pages function.
+%    1/24/88    (OP)    Version 0.99a for BibTeX 0.99a, main changes:
+%                       assignment operator (:=) arguments reversed;
+%                       the preamble$ function outputs the database PREAMBLE;
+%                       entry.max$ and global.max$ (built-in) variables replace
+%                       entry.string.max and global.string.max functions;
+%                       alphabetizing by year then title, not just title;
+%                       many unnecessary ties removed; \it ==> \em;
+%                       the `alpha' style uses a superscripted `+' instead of a
+%                       `*' for unnamed names in constructing the label;
+%                       the `abbrv' style now uses "Mar." and "Sept.";
+%                       the functions calc.label and presort now look at just
+%                       the fields they're supposed to;
+%                       BOOKLET, MASTERSTHESIS, TECHREPORT use nonbook titles;
+%                       INBOOK and INCOLLECTION take an optional type (e.g.
+%                       type = "Section"), overriding the default "chapter";
+%                       BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, and PROCEEDINGS now allow
+%                       either volume or number, not just volume;
+%                       INCOLLECTION now allows an edition and series field;
+%                       PROCEEDINGS and INPROCEEDINGS now use the address field
+%                       to tell where a conference was held;
+%                       INPROCEEDINGS and PROCEEDINGS now allow either volume
+%                       or number, and also a series field;
+%                       MASTERSTHESIS and PHDTHESIS accept types other than
+%                       "Master's thesis" and "PhD thesis";
+%                       UNPUBLISHED now outputs, in one block, note then date;
+%                       MANUAL now prints out the organization in
+%                       the first block if the author field is empty;
+%                       MISC can't be empty---it requires some optional field.
+%    3/23/88    (OP)    Version 0.99b for BibTeX 0.99c---changed the three
+%                       erroneous occurrences of `cite ' to `cite$ '; this
+%                       change didn't affect the four standard styles, so the
+%                       0.99a versions of those styles are still current.
+%
+% The ENTRY declaration
+%   Like Scribe's (according to pages 231-2 of the April '84 edition),
+%   but no fullauthor or editors fields because BibTeX does name handling.
+%   The annote field is commented out here because this family doesn't
+%   include an annotated bibliography style.  And in addition to the fields
+%   listed here, BibTeX has a built-in crossref field, explained later.
+
+ENTRY
+% Fields:
+  { address
+%           Usually the address of a publisher or other type of organization.
+%           Put information in this field only if it helps the reader find the
+%           thing---for example you should omit the address of a major
+%           publisher entirely.  For a PROCEEDINGS or an INPROCEEDINGS,
+%           however, it's the address of the conference; for those two entry
+%           types, include the publisher's or organization's address, if
+%           necessary, in the publisher or organization field.
+%    annote
+%           Long annotation---for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence).
+    author
+%           Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format.
+    booktitle
+%           Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book.
+%           For book entries, the title field should be used instead.
+    chapter
+%           Chapter (or section or whatever) number.
+    edition
+%           Edition of a book---should be an ordinal (e.g., "Second").
+    editor
+%           Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format.
+%           If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be
+%           for the book or collection that the work appears in.
+    howpublished
+%            How something strange has been published (begins sentence).
+    institution
+%           Sponsoring institution of a technical report.
+    isbn
+%           ISBN book number (a 10-digit number with optional
+%           embedded spaces or hyphens, where a `digit' is one of
+%           0123456789X).
+    issn
+%           ISSN serial publication number (an 8-digit number with optional
+%           embedded spaces or hyphens, where a `digit' is one of
+%           0123456789X).
+    journal
+%           Journal name (macros are provided for many).
+    key
+%           Alphabetizing, labeling, and cross-referencing key
+%           (needed when an entry has no author or editor).
+    month
+%           Month (macros are provided).
+    note
+%           To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence).
+    number
+%           Number of a journal or technical report, or of a work in a series.
+    organization
+%           Organization sponsoring a conference (or publishing a manual); if
+%           the editor (or author) is empty, and if the organization produces
+%           an awkward label or cross reference, you should put appropriately
+%           condensed organization information in the key field as well.
+    pages
+%           Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range, use `+'
+%           to indicate pages following that don't form a simple range).
+    publisher
+%           Publisher name.
+    school
+%           School name (for theses).
+    series
+%           The name of a series or set of books.
+%           An individual book will will also have it's own title.
+    title
+%           The title of the thing you're referred to.
+    type
+%           Type of a Techreport (e.g., "Research Note") to be used instead of
+%           the default "Technical Report"; or, similarly, the type of a
+%           thesis; or of a part of a book.
+    volume
+%           The volume number of a journal or multivolume work.
+    year
+%           The year should contain only numerals (technically, it should end
+%           with four numerals, after purification; doesn't a begin sentence).
+  }
+% There are no integer entry variables
+  {}
+% These string entry variables are used to form the citation label.
+% In a storage pinch, sort.label can be easily computed on the fly.
+#if LAB_ALPH
+#if SORTED
+  { label extra.label sort.label }
+#else !SORTED
+% It doesn't seem like a good idea to use an order-of-citation
+% reference list when using alphabetic labels, but when this happens
+% we do things a little differently
+  { label }
+#endif SORTED
+#else !LAB_ALPH
+  { label }
+#endif LAB_ALPH
+
+% Each entry function starts by calling output.bibitem, to write the
+% \bibitem and its arguments to the .BBL file.  Then the various fields
+% are formatted and printed by output or output.check.  Those functions
+% handle the writing of separators (commas, periods, \newblock's),
+% taking care not to do so when they are passed a null string.
+% Finally, fin.entry is called to add the final period and finish the
+% entry.
+%
+% A bibliographic reference is formatted into a number of `blocks':
+% in the open format, a block begins on a new line and subsequent
+% lines of the block are indented.  A block may contain more than
+% one sentence (well, not a grammatical sentence, but something to
+% be ended with a sentence ending period).  The entry functions should
+% call new.block whenever a block other than the first is about to be
+% started.  They should call new.sentence whenever a new sentence is
+% to be started.  The output functions will ensure that if two
+% new.sentence's occur without any non-null string being output between
+% them then there won't be two periods output.  Similarly for two
+% successive new.block's.
+%
+% The output routines don't write their argument immediately.
+% Instead, by convention, that argument is saved on the stack to be
+% output next time (when we'll know what separator needs to come
+% after it).  Meanwhile, the output routine has to pop the pending
+% output off the stack, append any needed separator, and write it.
+%
+% To tell which separator is needed, we maintain an output.state.
+% It will be one of these values:
+%       before.all              just after the \bibitem
+%       mid.sentence            in the middle of a sentence: comma needed
+%                                       if more sentence is output
+%       after.sentence          just after a sentence: period needed
+%       after.block             just after a block (and sentence):
+%                                       period and \newblock needed.
+% Note: These styles don't use after.sentence
+%
+% VAR: output.state : INTEGER           -- state variable for output
+%
+% The output.nonnull function saves its argument (assumed to be nonnull)
+% on the stack, and writes the old saved value followed by any needed
+% separator.  The ordering of the tests is decreasing frequency of
+% occurrence.
+%
+% output.nonnull(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%       s := argument on stack
+%       if output.state = mid.sentence then
+%           write$(pop() * ", ")
+%                 -- "pop" isn't a function: just use stack top
+%       else
+%           if output.state = after.block then
+%               write$(add.period$(pop()))
+%               newline$
+%               write$("\newblock ")
+%           else
+%               if output.state = before.all then
+%                   write$(pop())
+%               else        -- output.state should be after.sentence
+%                   write$(add.period$(pop()) * " ")
+%               fi
+%           fi
+%           output.state := mid.sentence
+%       fi
+%       push s on stack
+%  END
+%
+% The output function calls output.nonnull if its argument is non-empty;
+% its argument may be a missing field (thus, not necessarily a string)
+%
+% output(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%       if not empty$(s) then output.nonnull(s)
+%       fi
+%  END
+%
+% The output.check function is the same as the output function except that, if
+% necessary, output.check warns the user that the t field shouldn't be empty
+% (this is because it probably won't be a good reference without the field;
+% the entry functions try to make the formatting look reasonable even when
+% such fields are empty).
+%
+% output.check(s,t) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%       if empty$(s) then
+%           warning$("empty " * t * " in " * cite$)
+%       else output.nonnull(s)
+%       fi
+%  END
+%
+% The output.bibitem function writes the \bibitem for the current entry
+% (the label should already have been set up), and sets up the separator
+% state for the output functions.  And, it leaves a string on the stack
+% as per the output convention.
+%
+% output.bibitem ==
+%  BEGIN
+%       newline$
+%       write$("\bibitem[")     % for alphabetic labels,
+%       write$(label)           % these three lines
+%       write$("]{")            % are used
+%       write$("\bibitem{")             % this line for numeric labels
+%       write$(cite$)
+%       write$("}")
+%       push "" on stack
+%       output.state := before.all
+%  END
+%
+% The fin.entry function finishes off an entry by adding a period to the
+% string remaining on the stack.  If the state is still before.all
+% then nothing was produced for this entry, so the result will look bad,
+% but the user deserves it. (We don't omit the whole entry because the
+% entry was cited, and a bibitem is needed to define the citation label.)
+%
+% fin.entry ==
+%  BEGIN
+%       write$(add.period$(pop()))
+%       newline$
+%  END
+%
+% The new.block function prepares for a new block to be output, and
+% new.sentence prepares for a new sentence.
+%
+% new.block ==
+%  BEGIN
+%       if output.state <> before.all then
+%           output.state := after.block
+%       fi
+%  END
+%
+% new.sentence ==
+%  BEGIN
+%       if output.state <> after.block then
+%           if output.state <> before.all then
+%               output.state :=  after.sentence
+%           fi
+%       fi
+%  END
+%
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+% the variables s and t are temporary string holders
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+        { add.period$ write$
+          newline$
+          "\newblock " write$
+        }
+        { output.state before.all =
+            'write$
+            { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+#if LAB_ALPH
+  "\bibitem[" write$
+  label write$
+  "]{" write$
+#else
+  "\bibitem{" write$
+#endif LAB_ALPH
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+% This function finishes all entries.
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+    'skip$
+    { output.state before.all =
+        'skip$
+        { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+% These three functions pop one or two (integer) arguments from the stack
+% and push a single one, either 0 or 1.
+% The 'skip$ in the `and' and `or' functions are used because
+% the corresponding if$ would be idempotent
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+% Sometimes we begin a new block only if the block will be big enough.  The
+% new.block.checka function issues a new.block if its argument is nonempty;
+% new.block.checkb does the same if either of its TWO arguments is nonempty.
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+% The new.sentence.check functions are analogous.
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+% Here are some functions for formatting chunks of an entry.
+% By convention they either produce a string that can be followed by
+% a comma or period (using add.period$, so it is OK to end in a period),
+% or they produce the null string.
+%
+% A useful utility is the field.or.null function, which checks if the
+% argument is the result of pushing a `missing' field (one for which no
+% assignment was made when the current entry was read in from the database)
+% or the result of pushing a string having no non-white-space characters.
+% It returns the null string if so, otherwise it returns the field string.
+% Its main (but not only) purpose is to guarantee that what's left on the
+% stack is a string rather than a missing field.
+%
+% field.or.null(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%       if empty$(s) then return ""
+%       else return s
+%  END
+%
+% Another helper function is emphasize, which returns the argument emphazised,
+% if that is non-empty, otherwise it returns the null string.  Italic
+% corrections aren't used, so this function should be used when punctation
+% will follow the result.
+%
+% emphasize(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%       if empty$(s) then return ""
+%       else return "{\em " * s * "}"
+%
+% The format.names function formats the argument (which should be in
+% BibTeX name format) into "First Von Last, Junior", separated by commas
+% and with an "and" before the last (but ending with "et~al." if the last
+% of multiple authors is "others").  This function's argument should always
+% contain at least one name.
+%
+% VAR: nameptr, namesleft, numnames: INTEGER
+% pseudoVAR: nameresult: STRING         (it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% format.names(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%       nameptr := 1
+%       numnames := num.names$(s)
+%       namesleft := numnames
+%       while namesleft > 0
+%         do
+%                               % for full names:
+%           t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+%                               % for abbreviated first names:
+%           t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+%           if nameptr > 1 then
+%               if namesleft > 1 then nameresult := nameresult * ", " * t
+%               else if numnames > 2
+%                      then nameresult := nameresult * ","
+%                    fi
+%                    if t = "others"
+%                      then nameresult := nameresult * " et~al."
+%                      else nameresult := nameresult * " and " * t
+%                    fi
+%               fi
+%           else nameresult := t
+%           fi
+%           nameptr := nameptr + 1
+%           namesleft := namesleft - 1
+%         od
+%       return nameresult
+%  END
+%
+% The format.authors function returns the result of format.names(author)
+% if the author is present, or else it returns the null string
+%
+% format.authors ==
+%  BEGIN
+%       if empty$(author) then return ""
+%       else return format.names(author)
+%       fi
+%  END
+%
+% Format.editors is like format.authors, but it uses the editor field,
+% and appends ", editor" or ", editors"
+%
+% format.editors ==
+%  BEGIN
+%       if empty$(editor) then return ""
+%       else
+%           if num.names$(editor) > 1 then
+%               return format.names(editor) * ", editors"
+%           else
+%               return format.names(editor) * ", editor"
+%           fi
+%       fi
+%  END
+%
+% Other formatting functions are similar, so no "comment version" will be
+% given for them.
+%
+% The `pop$' in this function gets rid of the duplicate `empty' value and
+% the `skip$' returns the duplicate field value
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+#if NAME_FULL
+    { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+#else
+    { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+#endif NAME_FULL
+      nameptr #1 >
+        { namesleft #1 >
+            { ", " * t * }
+            { numnames #2 >
+                { "," * }
+                'skip$
+              if$
+              t "others" =
+                { " et~al." * }
+                { " and " * t * }
+              if$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        't
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+        { ", editors" * }
+        { ", editor" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.isbn}
+{ isbn empty$
+    { "" }
+    { new.block "ISBN " isbn * }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.issn}
+{ issn empty$
+    { "" }
+    { new.block "ISSN " issn * }
+  if$
+}
+
+% The format.title function is used for non-book-like titles.
+% For most styles we convert to lowercase (except for the very first letter,
+% and except for the first one after a colon (followed by whitespace)),
+% and hope the user has brace-surrounded words that need to stay capitilized;
+% for some styles, however, we leave it as it is in the database.
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+#if ATIT_LOWER
+    { title "t" change.case$ }
+#else
+    'title
+#endif ATIT_LOWER
+  if$
+}
+
+% By default, BibTeX sets the global integer variable global.max$ to the BibTeX
+% constant glob_str_size, the maximum length of a global string variable.
+% Analogously, BibTeX sets the global integer variable entry.max$ to
+% ent_str_size, the maximum length of an entry string variable.
+% The style designer may change these if necessary (but this is unlikely)
+
+% The n.dashify function makes each single `-' in a string a double `--'
+% if it's not already
+%
+% pseudoVAR: pageresult: STRING         (it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% n.dashify(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%       t := s
+%       pageresult := ""
+%       while (not empty$(t))
+%         do
+%           if (first character of t = "-")
+%             then
+%               if (next character isn't)
+%                 then
+%                   pageresult := pageresult * "--"
+%                   t := t with the "-" removed
+%                 else
+%                   while (first character of t = "-")
+%                     do
+%                       pageresult := pageresult * "-"
+%                       t := t with the "-" removed
+%                     od
+%               fi
+%             else
+%               pageresult := pageresult * the first character
+%               t := t with the first character removed
+%           fi
+%         od
+%       return pageresult
+%  END
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+        { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+            { "--" *
+              t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+            }
+            {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+                { "-" *
+                  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+                }
+              while$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+          t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+% The format.date function is for the month and year, but we give a warning if
+% there's an empty year but the month is there, and we return the empty string
+% if they're both empty.
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+    { month empty$
+        { "" }
+        { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+          month
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { month empty$
+        'year
+        { month " " * year * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+% The format.btitle is for formatting the title field when it is a book-like
+% entry---the style used here keeps it in uppers-and-lowers and emphasizes it.
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+% For several functions we'll need to connect two strings with a
+% tie (~) if the second one isn't very long (fewer than 3 characters).
+% The tie.or.space.connect function does that.  It concatenates the two
+% strings on top of the stack, along with either a tie or space between
+% them, and puts this concatenation back onto the stack:
+%
+% tie.or.space.connect(str1,str2) ==
+%    BEGIN
+%       if text.length$(str2) < 3
+%         then return the concatenation of str1, "~", and str2
+%         else return the concatenation of str1, " ", and str2
+%    END
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+
+% The either.or.check function complains if both fields or an either-or pair
+% are nonempty.
+%
+% either.or.check(t,s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%       if empty$(s) then
+%           warning$(can't use both " * t * " fields in " * cite$)
+%       fi
+%  END
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+% The format.bvolume function is for formatting the volume and perhaps
+% series name of a multivolume work.  If both a volume and a series field
+% are there, we assume the series field is the title of the whole multivolume
+% work (the title field should be the title of the thing being referred to),
+% and we add an "of <series>".  This function is called in mid-sentence.
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+        'skip$
+        { " of " * series emphasize * }
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+% The format.number.series function is for formatting the series name
+% and perhaps number of a work in a series.  This function is similar to
+% format.bvolume, although for this one the series must exist (and the
+% volume must not exist).  If the number field is empty we output either
+% the series field unchanged if it exists or else the null string.
+% If both the number and series fields are there we assume the series field
+% gives the name of the whole series (the title field should be the title
+% of the work being one referred to), and we add an "in <series>".
+% We capitilize Number when this function is used at the beginning of a block.
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+        { series field.or.null }
+        { output.state mid.sentence =
+            { "number" }
+            { "Number" }
+          if$
+          number tie.or.space.connect
+          series empty$
+            { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+            { " in " * series * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+% The format.edition function appends " edition" to the edition, if present.
+% We lowercase the edition (it should be something like "Third"), because
+% this doesn't start a sentence.
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+        { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+        { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+% The format.pages function is used for formatting a page range in a book
+% (and in rare circumstances, an article).
+%
+% The multi.page.check function examines the page field for a "-" or "," or "+"
+% so that format.pages can use "page" instead of "pages" if none exists.
+% Note: global.max$ here means "take the rest of the string"
+%
+% VAR: multiresult: INTEGER     (actually, a boolean)
+%
+% multi.page.check(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%       t := s
+%       multiresult := false
+%       while ((not multiresult) and (not empty$(t)))
+%         do
+%           if (first character of t = "-" or "," or "+")
+%             then multiresult := true
+%             else t := t with the first character removed
+%           fi
+%         od
+%       return multiresult
+%  END
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+        { #1 'multiresult := }
+        { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+% This function doesn't begin a sentence so "pages" isn't capitalized.
+% Other functions that use this should keep that in mind.
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+        { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+        { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+% The format.vol.num.pages function is for the volume, number, and page range
+% of a journal article.  We use the format:  vol(number):pages, with some
+% variations for empty fields.  This doesn't begin a sentence.
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+  number empty$
+    'skip$
+    { "\penalty0 (" number * ")" * *
+      volume empty$
+        { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+        { pop$ format.pages }
+        { ":\penalty0 " * pages n.dashify * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+% The format.chapter.pages, if the chapter is present, puts whatever is in the
+% type field (or else "chapter" if type is empty) in front of a chapter number.
+% It then appends the pages, if present.  This doesn't begin a sentence.
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+        { "chapter" }
+        { type "l" change.case$ }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+        'skip$
+        { ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+% The format.in.ed.booktitle function is used for starting out a sentence
+% that begins "In <booktitle>", putting an editor before the title if one
+% exists.
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+        { "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+        { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+% The function empty.misc.check complains if all six fields are empty, and
+% if there's been no sorting or alphabetic-label complaint.
+
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+  month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+  and and and and and
+#if SORTED
+  key empty$ not and
+#else !SORTED
+#if LAB_ALPH
+  key empty$ not and
+#endif LAB_ALPH
+#endif SORTED
+    { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+% The function format.thesis.type returns either the (case-changed) type field,
+% if it is defined, or else the default string already on the stack
+% (like "Master's thesis" or "PhD thesis").
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+% The function format.tr.number makes a string starting with "Technical Report"
+% (or type, if that field is defined), followed by the number if there is one;
+% it returns the starting part (with a case change) even if there is no number.
+% This is used at the beginning of a sentence.
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "Technical Report" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" change.case$ }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+
+% Now come the cross-referencing functions (these are invoked because
+% one entry in the database file(s) cross-references another, by giving
+% the other entry's database key in a `crossref' field).  This feature
+% allows one or more titled things that are part of a larger titled
+% thing to cross-reference the larger thing.  These styles allow for
+% five posibilities: (1) an ARTICLE may cross-reference an ARTICLE;
+% (2) a BOOK, (3) INBOOK, or (4) INCOLLECTION may cross-reference a BOOK;
+% or (5) an INPROCEEDINGS may cross-reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Each of these is explained in more detail later.
+%
+% An ARTICLE entry type may cross reference another ARTICLE (this is
+% intended for when an entire journal is devoted to a single topic---
+% but since there is no JOURNAL entry type, the journal, too, should be
+% classified as an ARTICLE but without the author and title fields).
+% This will result in two warning messages for the journal's entry
+% if it's included in the reference list, but such is life.
+%
+% format.article.crossref ==
+%  BEGIN
+%       if empty$(key) then
+%           if empty$(journal) then
+%               warning$("need key or journal for " * cite$ *
+%                                               " to crossref " * crossref)
+%               return(" \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+%           else
+%               return("In " * emphasize.correct (journal) *
+%                                               " \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+%               fi
+%       else
+%           return("In " * key * " \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+%       fi
+%  END
+%
+% The other cross-referencing functions are similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+    { journal empty$
+        { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+          warning$
+          ""
+        }
+        { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " key * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+% We use just the last names of editors for a cross reference: either
+% "editor", or "editor1 and editor2", or "editor1 et~al." depending on
+% whether there are one, or two, or more than two editors.
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  editor num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " et~al." * }
+    { #2 <
+        'skip$
+        { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+            { " et~al." * }
+            { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+% A BOOK (or INBOOK) entry type (assumed to be for a single volume in a
+% multivolume work) may cross reference another BOOK (the entire multivolume).
+% Usually there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct the
+% cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else the series
+% field (since the series gives the title of the multivolume work).
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "In "
+    }
+    { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " of " *
+    }
+  if$
+  editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+        { series empty$
+            { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+              crossref * warning$
+              "" *
+            }
+            { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+          if$
+        }
+        { key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+% An INCOLLECTION entry type may cross reference a BOOK (assumed to be the
+% collection), or an INPROCEEDINGS may cross reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Often there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct
+% the cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else
+% the booktitle field (which gives the cross-referenced work's title).
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+        { booktitle empty$
+            { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+              crossref * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+          if$
+        }
+        { "In " key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+% Now we define the type functions for all entry types that may appear
+% in the .BIB file---e.g., functions like `article' and `book'.  These
+% are the routines that actually generate the .BBL-file output for
+% the entry.  These must all precede the READ command.  In addition, the
+% style designer should have a function `default.type' for unknown types.
+% Note: The fields (within each list) are listed in order of appearance,
+% except as described for an `inbook' or a `proceedings'.
+%
+% The article function is for an article in a journal.  An article may
+% CROSSREF another article.
+%       Required fields: author, title, journal, year
+%       Optional fields: volume, number, pages, month, note
+%
+% article ==
+%  BEGIN
+%       output.bibitem
+%       output.check(format.authors,"author")
+%       new.block
+%       output.check(format.title,"title")
+%       new.block
+%       if missing$(crossref) then
+%           output.check(emphasize(journal),"journal")
+%           output(format.vol.num.pages)
+%           output.check(format.date,"year")
+%       else
+%           output.nonnull(format.article.crossref)
+%           output(format.pages)
+%       fi
+%       new.block
+%       output(note)
+%       fin.entry
+%  END
+%
+% The book function is for a whole book.  A book may CROSSREF another book.
+%       Required fields: author or editor, title, publisher, year
+%       Optional fields: volume or number, series, address, edition, month,
+%                       note
+%
+% book ==
+%  BEGIN
+%       if empty$(author) then output.check(format.editors,"author and editor")
+%       else    output.check(format.authors,"author")
+%               if missing$(crossref) then
+%                   either.or.check("author and editor",editor)
+%               fi
+%       fi
+%       new.block
+%       output.check(format.btitle,"title")
+%       if missing$(crossref) then
+%           output(format.bvolume)
+%           new.block
+%           output(format.number.series)
+%           new.sentence
+%           output.check(publisher,"publisher")
+%           output(address)
+%       else
+%           new.block
+%           output.nonnull(format.book.crossref)
+%       fi
+%       output(format.edition)
+%       output.check(format.date,"year")
+%       new.block
+%       output(note)
+%       fin.entry
+%  END
+%
+% The other entry functions are all quite similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+      format.vol.num.pages output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  format.isbn output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+% A booklet is a bound thing without a publisher or sponsoring institution.
+%       Required: title
+%       Optional: author, howpublished, address, month, year, note
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  howpublished address new.block.checkb
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  format.date output
+  format.isbn output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+% For the conference entry type, see inproceedings.
+
+% An inbook is a piece of a book: either a chapter and/or a page range.
+% It may CROSSREF a book.  If there's no volume field, the type field
+% will come before number and series.
+%       Required: author or editor, title, chapter and/or pages, publisher,year
+%       Optional: volume or number, series, type, address, edition, month, note
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  format.isbn output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+% An incollection is like inbook, but where there is a separate title
+% for the referenced thing (and perhaps an editor for the whole).
+% An incollection may CROSSREF a book.
+%       Required: author, title, booktitle, publisher, year
+%       Optional: editor, volume or number, series, type, chapter, pages,
+%                       address, edition, month, note
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+      format.edition output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.isbn output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+% An inproceedings is an article in a conference proceedings, and it may
+% CROSSREF a proceedings.  If there's no address field, the month (& year)
+% will appear just before note.
+%       Required: author, title, booktitle, year
+%       Optional: editor, volume or number, series, pages, address, month,
+%                       organization, publisher, note
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.pages output
+      address empty$
+        { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+          organization output
+          publisher output
+          format.date "year" output.check
+        }
+        { address output.nonnull
+          format.date "year" output.check
+          new.sentence
+          organization output
+          publisher output
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.isbn output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+% The conference function is included for Scribe compatibility.
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+% A manual is technical documentation.
+%       Required: title
+%       Optional: author, organization, address, edition, month, year, note
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        'skip$
+        { organization output.nonnull
+          address output
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        { address new.block.checka
+          address output
+        }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+    { organization address new.block.checkb
+      organization output
+      address output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+% A mastersthesis is a Master's thesis.
+%       Required: author, title, school, year
+%       Optional: type, address, month, note
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+% A misc is something that doesn't fit elsewhere.
+%       Required: at least one of the `optional' fields
+%       Optional: author, title, howpublished, month, year, note
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  title howpublished new.block.checkb
+  format.title output
+  howpublished new.block.checka
+  howpublished output
+  format.date output
+  format.issn output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  empty.misc.check
+}
+
+% A phdthesis is like a mastersthesis.
+%       Required: author, title, school, year
+%       Optional: type, address, month, note
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+% A periodical is a publication that appears at regular
+% intervals.  This includes journals, magazines, and newspapers.
+% If there is an organization but no editor field, the
+% organization will appear as the first optional field (we try to
+% make the first block nonempty); if there's no address field,
+% the month (& year) will appear just before note.
+%       Required: title, key
+%       Optional: editor, volume, number, series, address, month, year,
+%                       organization, publisher, note, issn,
+%                       howpublished
+
+FUNCTION {periodical}
+{ output.bibitem
+  editor empty$
+    { organization output }
+    { format.editors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  title emphasize "title" output.check
+%  format.bvolume output
+%  format.number.series output
+  format.vol.num.pages output
+  format.date output
+  format.issn output
+  new.sentence
+  publisher output
+  address output
+  howpublished new.block.checka
+  howpublished output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+% A proceedings is a conference proceedings.
+% If there is an organization but no editor field, the organization will
+% appear as the first optional field (we try to make the first block nonempty);
+% if there's no address field, the month (& year) will appear just before note.
+%       Required: title, year
+%       Optional: editor, volume or number, series, address, month,
+%                       organization, publisher, note
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  editor empty$
+    { organization output }
+    { format.editors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  new.block
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address empty$
+    { editor empty$
+        { publisher new.sentence.checka }
+        { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+          organization output
+        }
+      if$
+      publisher output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { address output.nonnull
+      format.date "year" output.check
+      new.sentence
+      editor empty$
+        'skip$
+        { organization output }
+      if$
+      publisher output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.isbn output
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+% A techreport is a technical report.
+%       Required: author, title, institution, year
+%       Optional: type, number, address, month, note
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+% An unpublished is something that hasn't been published.
+%       Required: author, title, note
+%       Optional: month, year
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  note "note" output.check
+  format.date output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+% We use entry type `misc' for an unknown type; BibTeX gives a warning.
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+% Here are macros for common things that may vary from style to style.
+% Users are encouraged to use these macros.
+%
+% Months are either written out in full or abbreviated
+
+#if MONTH_FULL
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+#else !MONTH_FULL
+
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"Sept."}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+
+#endif MONTH_FULL
+
+% Journals are either written out in full or abbreviated;
+% the abbreviations are like those found in ACM publications.
+%
+% To get a completely different set of abbreviations, it may be best to make
+% a separate .bib file with nothing but those abbreviations; users could then
+% include that file name as the first argument to the \bibliography command
+
+#if JOUR_FULL
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+#else !JOUR_FULL
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Gr."}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Softw."}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Prog. Lang. Syst."}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput. Sci."}
+
+#endif JOUR_FULL
+
+% Now we read in the .BIB entries.
+
+READ
+
+% The sortify function converts to lower case after purify$ing; it's
+% used in sorting and in computing alphabetic labels after sorting
+%
+% The chop.word(w,len,s) function returns either s or, if the first len
+% letters of s equals w (this comparison is done in the third line of the
+% function's definition), it returns that part of s after w.
+
+#if SORTED
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+  "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+  'len :=
+  s #1 len substring$ =
+    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+    's
+  if$
+}
+
+#else !SORTED
+#if LAB_ALPH
+
+% We need the chop.word stuff for the dubious unsorted-list-with-labels case.
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+  'len :=
+  s #1 len substring$ =
+    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+    's
+  if$
+}
+
+#endif LAB_ALPH
+#endif SORTED
+
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels
+%
+% The format.lab.names function makes a short label by using the initials of
+% the von and Last parts of the names (but if there are more than four names,
+% (i.e., people) it truncates after three and adds a superscripted "+";
+% it also adds such a "+" if the last of multiple authors is "others").
+% If there is only one name, and its von and Last parts combined have just
+% a single name-token ("Knuth" has a single token, "Brinch Hansen" has two),
+% we take the first three letters of the last name.  The boolean
+% et.al.char.used tells whether we've used a superscripted "+", so that we
+% know whether to include a LaTeX macro for it.
+%
+% format.lab.names(s) ==
+%  BEGIN
+%       numnames := num.names$(s)
+%       if numnames > 1 then
+%           if numnames > 4 then
+%               namesleft := 3
+%           else
+%               namesleft := numnames
+%           nameptr := 1
+%           nameresult := ""
+%           while namesleft > 0
+%             do
+%               if (name_ptr = numnames) and
+%                    format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}") = "others"
+%                  then nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+%                       et.al.char.used := true
+%                  else nameresult := nameresult *
+%                               format.name$(s, nameptr, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+%               nameptr := nameptr + 1
+%               namesleft := namesleft - 1
+%             od
+%           if numnames > 4 then
+%               nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+%               et.al.char.used := true
+%       else
+%           t := format.name$(s, 1, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+%           if text.length$(t) < 2 then % there's just one name-token
+%               nameresult := text.prefix$(format.name$(s,1,"{ll}"),3)
+%           else
+%               nameresult := t
+%           fi
+%       fi
+%       return nameresult
+%  END
+%
+% Exactly what fields we look at in constructing the primary part of the label
+% depends on the entry type; this selectivity (as opposed to, say, always
+% looking at author, then editor, then key) helps ensure that "ignored" fields,
+% as described in the LaTeX book, really are ignored.  Note that MISC is part
+% of the deepest `else' clause in the nested part of calc.label; thus, any
+% unrecognized entry type in the database is handled correctly.
+%
+% There is one auxiliary function for each of the four different sequences of
+% fields we use.  The first of these functions looks at the author field, and
+% then, if necessary, the key field.  The other three functions, which might
+% look at two fields and the key field, are similar, except that the key field
+% takes precedence over the organization field (for labels---not for sorting).
+%
+% The calc.label function calculates the preliminary label of an entry, which
+% is formed by taking three letters of information from the author or editor or
+% key or organization field (depending on the entry type and on what's empty,
+% but ignoring a leading "The " in the organization), and appending the last
+% two characters (digits) of the year. It is an error if the appropriate fields
+% among author, editor, organization, and key are missing, and we use
+% the first three letters of the cite$ in desperation when this happens.
+% The resulting label has the year part, but not the name part, purify$ed
+% (purify$ing the year allows some sorting shenanigans by the user).
+%
+% This function also calculates the version of the label to be used in sorting.
+%
+% The final label may need a trailing 'a', 'b', etc., to distinguish it from
+% otherwise identical labels, but we can't calculated those "extra.label"s
+% until after sorting.
+%
+% calc.label ==
+%  BEGIN
+%       if type$ = "book" or "inbook" then
+%           author.editor.key.label
+%       else if type$ = "proceedings" then
+%           editor.key.organization.label
+%       else if type$ = "manual" then
+%           author.key.organization.label
+%       else
+%           author.key.label
+%       fi fi fi
+%       label := label * substring$(purify$(field.or.null(year)), -1, 2)
+%               % assuming we will also sort, we calculate a sort.label
+%       sort.label := sortify(label), but use the last four, not two, digits
+%  END
+
+#if LAB_ALPH
+
+INTEGERS { et.al.char.used }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.et.al.char.used}
+{ #0 'et.al.char.used :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.et.al.char.used}
+
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames #1 >
+    { numnames #4 >
+        { #3 'namesleft := }
+        { numnames 'namesleft := }
+      if$
+      #1 'nameptr :=
+      ""
+        { namesleft #0 > }
+        { nameptr numnames =
+            { s nameptr "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+                { "{\etalchar{+}}" *
+                  #1 'et.al.char.used :=
+                }
+                { s nameptr "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$ * }
+              if$
+            }
+            { s nameptr "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$ * }
+          if$
+          nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+          namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+        }
+      while$
+      numnames #4 >
+        { "{\etalchar{+}}" *
+          #1 'et.al.char.used :=
+        }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+    { s #1 "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$
+      duplicate$ text.length$ #2 <
+        { pop$ s #1 "{ll}" format.name$ #3 text.prefix$ }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+#if SORTED
+        { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+#else !SORTED           % need warning here because we won't give it later
+        { "for label, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+          cite$ #1 #3 substring$
+        }
+#endif SORTED
+        { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+        { key empty$
+#if SORTED
+            { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+#else !SORTED           % need warning here because we won't give it later
+            { "for label, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+              cite$ #1 #3 substring$
+            }
+#endif SORTED
+            { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+          if$
+        }
+        { editor format.lab.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.organization.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { organization empty$
+#if SORTED
+            { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+#else !SORTED           % need warning here because we won't give it later
+            { "for label, need author, key, or organization in " cite$ *
+                                                                warning$
+              cite$ #1 #3 substring$
+            }
+#endif SORTED
+            { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ }
+          if$
+        }
+        { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.organization.label}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { organization empty$
+#if SORTED
+            { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+#else !SORTED           % need warning here because we won't give it later
+            { "for label, need editor, key, or organization in " cite$ *
+                                                                warning$
+              cite$ #1 #3 substring$
+            }
+#endif SORTED
+            { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ }
+          if$
+        }
+        { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.key.label
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+        'editor.key.organization.label
+        { type$ "manual" =
+            'author.key.organization.label
+            'author.key.label
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  duplicate$
+  year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #2 substring$
+  *
+  'label :=
+  year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$
+  *
+  sortify 'sort.label :=
+}
+
+% It doesn't seem like a particularly good idea to use an order-of-citation
+% reference list when using alphabetic labels, but we need to have a
+% special pass to calculate labels when this happens.
+
+#if !SORTED
+
+ITERATE {calc.label}
+
+#endif !SORTED
+
+#endif LAB_ALPH
+
+% When sorting, we compute the sortkey by executing "presort" on each entry.
+% The presort key contains a number of "sortify"ed strings, concatenated
+% with multiple blanks between them.  This makes things like "brinch  per"
+% come before "brinch hansen  per".
+%
+% The fields used here are: the sort.label for alphabetic labels (as set by
+% calc.label), followed by the author names (or editor names or organization
+% (with a leading "The " removed) or key field, depending on entry type and on
+% what's empty), followed by year, followed by the first bit of the title
+% (chopping off a leading "The ", "A ", or "An ").
+% Names are formatted: Von Last First Junior.
+% The names within a part will be separated by a single blank
+% (such as "brinch hansen"), two will separate the name parts themselves
+% (except the von and last), three will separate the names,
+% four will separate the names from year (and from label, if alphabetic),
+% and four will separate year from title.
+%
+% The sort.format.names function takes an argument that should be in
+% BibTeX name format, and returns a string containing "   "-separated
+% names in the format described above.  The function is almost the same
+% as format.names.
+
+#if SORTED
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  ""
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { nameptr #1 >
+        { "   " * }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+#if NAME_FULL
+      s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  ff{ }}{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+#else
+      s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  f{ }}{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+#endif NAME_FULL
+      nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+        { "et al" * }
+        { t sortify * }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+% The sort.format.title function returns the argument,
+% but first any leading "A "'s, "An "'s, or "The "'s are removed.
+% The chop.word function uses s, so we need another string variable, t
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+  sortify
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+% The auxiliary functions here, for the presort function, are analogous to
+% the ones for calc.label; the same comments apply, except that the
+% organization field takes precedence here over the key field.  For sorting
+% purposes, we still remove a leading "The " from the organization field.
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+          ""
+        }
+        { key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { key sortify }
+          if$
+        }
+        { editor sort.format.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.organization.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { key sortify }
+          if$
+        }
+        { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { key sortify }
+          if$
+        }
+        { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+% There is a limit, entry.max$, on the length of an entry string variable
+% (which is what its sort.key$ is), so we take at most that many characters
+% of the constructed key, and hope there aren't many references that match
+% to that many characters!
+
+FUNCTION {presort}
+#if LAB_ALPH
+{ calc.label
+  sort.label
+  "    "
+  *
+  type$ "book" =
+#else !LAB_ALPH
+{ type$ "book" =
+#endif LAB_ALPH
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.sort
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+        'editor.organization.sort
+        { type$ "manual" =
+            'author.organization.sort
+            'author.sort
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+#if LAB_ALPH
+  *
+#endif LAB_ALPH
+  "    "
+  *
+  year field.or.null sortify
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+% And now we can sort
+
+SORT
+
+#endif SORTED
+
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels, when sorted
+%
+% Now comes the final computation for alphabetic labels, putting in the 'a's
+% and 'b's and so forth if required.  This involves two passes: a forward
+% pass to put in the 'b's, 'c's and so on, and a backwards pass
+% to put in the 'a's (we don't want to put in 'a's unless we know there
+% are 'b's).
+% We have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+%
+% VAR: longest.label, last.sort.label, next.extra: string
+%      longest.label.width, last.extra.num: integer
+%
+% initialize.longest.label ==
+%  BEGIN
+%       longest.label := ""
+%       last.sort.label := int.to.chr$(0)
+%       next.extra := ""
+%       longest.label.width := 0
+%       last.extra.num := 0
+%  END
+%
+% forward.pass ==
+%  BEGIN
+%       if last.sort.label = sort.label then
+%           last.extra.num := last.extra.num + 1
+%           extra.label := int.to.chr$(last.extra.num)
+%       else
+%           last.extra.num := chr.to.int$("a")
+%           extra.label := ""
+%           last.sort.label := sort.label
+%       fi
+%  END
+%
+% reverse.pass ==
+%  BEGIN
+%       if next.extra = "b" then
+%           extra.label := "a"
+%       fi
+%       label := label * extra.label
+%       if width$(label) > longest.label.width then
+%           longest.label := label
+%           longest.label.width := width$(label)
+%       fi
+%       next.extra := extra.label
+%  END
+
+#if LAB_ALPH
+
+#if SORTED
+
+STRINGS { longest.label last.sort.label next.extra }
+
+INTEGERS { longest.label.width last.extra.num }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+  #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.sort.label :=
+  "" 'next.extra :=
+  #0 'longest.label.width :=
+  #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.sort.label sort.label =
+    { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+      last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+    }
+    { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+      "" 'extra.label :=
+      sort.label 'last.sort.label :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+    { "a" 'extra.label := }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  label extra.label * 'label :=
+  label width$ longest.label.width >
+    { label 'longest.label :=
+      label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+    }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+#else !SORTED
+
+% It still doesn't seem like a good idea to use an order-of-citation
+% reference list when using alphabetic labels, but when this happens we
+% must compute the longest label
+
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+
+INTEGERS { longest.label.width }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+  #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ label width$ longest.label.width >
+    { label 'longest.label :=
+      label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+    }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+
+#endif SORTED
+
+#else !LAB_ALPH
+
+% Now comes the computation for numeric labels.
+% We use either the sorted order or original order.
+% We still have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+  #1 'number.label :=
+  #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+  number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+  label width$ longest.label.width >
+    { label 'longest.label :=
+      label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+    }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+
+#endif LAB_ALPH
+
+% Now we're ready to start writing the .BBL file.
+% We begin, if necessary, with a LaTeX macro for unnamed names in an alphabetic
+% label; next comes stuff from the `preamble' command in the database files.
+% Then we give an incantation containing the command
+%     \begin{thebibliography}{...}
+% where the `...' is the longest label.
+%
+% We also call init.state.consts, for use by the output routines.
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+#if LAB_ALPH
+{ et.al.char.used
+    { "\newcommand{\etalchar}[1]{$^{#1}$}" write$ newline$ }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  preamble$ empty$
+#else !LAB_ALPH
+{ preamble$ empty$
+#endif LAB_ALPH
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{"  longest.label  * "}" * write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+% Now we produce the output for all the entries
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+% Finally, we finish up by writing the `\end{thebibliography}' command.
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}